<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1589/index.xml"/>
    <title>Access Top-Rated Full Audiobooks in History, The Americas</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1589/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1589/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports &amp;amp; Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life.

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1589/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jan 2025 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 08 Jan 2025 12:52:21 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1589/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1589/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Access Top-Rated Full Audiobooks in History, The Americas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1589/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1589/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Trevion Wyman PhD</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1589/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1589/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports &amp;amp; Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life.

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="History"/>
    <item>
      <title>Insurgency: How Republicans Lost Their Party and Got Everything They Ever Wanted by Jeremy W. Peters</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insurgency: How Republicans Lost Their Party and Got Everything They Ever Wanted
Author: Jeremy W. Peters
Narrator: Jeremy W. Peters
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • How did the party of Lincoln become the party of Trump? From an acclaimed political reporter for The New York Times comes the definitive story of the mutiny that shattered American politics. “A bracing account of how the party of Lincoln and Reagan was hijacked by gadflies and grifters who reshaped their movement into becoming an anti-democratic cancer that attacked the U.S. Capitol.”—Joe Scarborough An epic narrative chronicling the fracturing of the Republican Party, Jeremy Peters’s Insurgency is the story of a party establishment that believed it could control the dark energy it helped foment—right up until it suddenly couldn’t. How, Peters asks, did conservative values that Republicans claimed to cherish, like small government, fiscal responsibility, and morality in public service, get completely eroded as an unshakable faith in Donald Trump grew to define the party? The answer is a tale traced across three decades—with new reporting and firsthand accounts from the people who were there—of populist uprisings that destabilized the party. The signs of conflict were plainly evident for anyone who cared to look. After Barack Obama’s election convinced many Republicans that they faced an existential demographics crossroads, many believed the only way to save the party was to create a more inclusive and diverse coalition. But party leaders underestimated the energy and popular appeal of those who would pull the party in the opposite direction. They failed to see how the right-wing media they hailed as truth-telling was warping the reality in which their voters lived. And they did not understand the complicated moral framework by which many conservatives would view Trump, leading evangelicals and one-issue voters to shed Republican orthodoxy if it delivered a Supreme Court that would undo Roe v. Wade. In this sweeping history, Peters details key junctures and episodes to unfurl the story of a revolution from within. Its architects had little interest in the America of the new century but a deep understanding of the iron will of a shrinking minority. With Trump as their polestar, their gamble paid greater dividends than they’d ever imagined, extending the life of far-right conservatism in United States domestic policy into the next half century.</description>
      <author>Jeremy W. Peters</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2022 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593167106.mp3" length="2780161" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593167106.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insurgency: How Republicans Lost Their Party and Got Everything They Ever Wanted
Author: Jeremy W. Peters
Narrator: Jeremy W. Peters
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • How did the party of Lincoln become the party of Trump? From an acclaimed political reporter for The New York Times comes the definitive story of the mutiny that shattered American politics. “A bracing account of how the party of Lincoln and Reagan was hijacked by gadflies and grifters who reshaped their movement into becoming an anti-democratic cancer that attacked the U.S. Capitol.”—Joe Scarborough An epic narrative chronicling the fracturing of the Republican Party, Jeremy Peters’s Insurgency is the story of a party establishment that believed it could control the dark energy it helped foment—right up until it suddenly couldn’t. How, Peters asks, did conservative values that Republicans claimed to cherish, like small government, fiscal responsibility, and morality in public service, get completely eroded as an unshakable faith in Donald Trump grew to define the party? The answer is a tale traced across three decades—with new reporting and firsthand accounts from the people who were there—of populist uprisings that destabilized the party. The signs of conflict were plainly evident for anyone who cared to look. After Barack Obama’s election convinced many Republicans that they faced an existential demographics crossroads, many believed the only way to save the party was to create a more inclusive and diverse coalition. But party leaders underestimated the energy and popular appeal of those who would pull the party in the opposite direction. They failed to see how the right-wing media they hailed as truth-telling was warping the reality in which their voters lived. And they did not understand the complicated moral framework by which many conservatives would view Trump, leading evangelicals and one-issue voters to shed Republican orthodoxy if it delivered a Supreme Court that would undo Roe v. Wade. In this sweeping history, Peters details key junctures and episodes to unfurl the story of a revolution from within. Its architects had little interest in the America of the new century but a deep understanding of the iron will of a shrinking minority. With Trump as their polestar, their gamble paid greater dividends than they’d ever imagined, extending the life of far-right conservatism in United States domestic policy into the next half century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insurgency: How Republicans Lost Their Party and Got Everything They Ever Wanted
Author: Jeremy W. Peters
Narrator: Jeremy W. Peters
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • How did the party of Lincoln become the party of Trump? From an acclaimed political reporter for The New York Times comes the definitive story of the mutiny that shattered American politics. “A bracing account of how the party of Lincoln and Reagan was hijacked by gadflies and grifters who reshaped their movement into becoming an anti-democratic cancer that attacked the U.S. Capitol.”—Joe Scarborough An epic narrative chronicling the fracturing of the Republican Party, Jeremy Peters’s Insurgency is the story of a party establishment that believed it could control the dark energy it helped foment—right up until it suddenly couldn’t. How, Peters asks, did conservative values that Republicans claimed to cherish, like small government, fiscal responsibility, and morality in public service, get completely eroded as an unshakable faith in Donald Trump grew to define the party? The answer is a tale traced across three decades—with new reporting and firsthand accounts from the people who were there—of populist uprisings that destabilized the party. The signs of conflict were plainly evident for anyone who cared to look. After Barack Obama’s election convinced many Republicans that they faced an existential demographics crossroads, many believed the only way to save the party was to create a more inclusive and diverse coalition. But party leaders underestimated the energy and popular appeal of those who would pull the party in the opposite direction. They failed to see how the right-wing media they hailed as truth-telling was warping the reality in which their voters lived. And they did not understand the complicated moral framework by which many conservatives would view Trump, leading evangelicals and one-issue voters to shed Republican orthodoxy if it delivered a Supreme Court that would undo Roe v. Wade. In this sweeping history, Peters details key junctures and episodes to unfurl the story of a revolution from within. Its architects had little interest in the America of the new century but a deep understanding of the iron will of a shrinking minority. With Trump as their polestar, their gamble paid greater dividends than they’d ever imagined, extending the life of far-right conservatism in United States domestic policy into the next half century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Central America&amp;#039;s Forgotten History: Revolution, Violence, and the Roots of Migration by Aviva Chomsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Central America&amp;#039;s Forgotten History: Revolution, Violence, and the Roots of Migration
Author: Aviva Chomsky
Narrator: Aida Reluzco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Restores the region’s fraught history of repression and resistance to popular consciousness and connects the United States’ interventions and influence to the influx of refugees seeking asylum today. At the center of the current immigration debate are migrants from Central America fleeing poverty, corruption, and violence in search of refuge in the United States. In Central America’s Forgotten History, Aviva Chomsky answers the urgent question “How did we get here?” Centering the centuries-long intertwined histories of US expansion and Indigenous and Central American struggles against inequality and oppression, Chomsky highlights the pernicious cycle of colonial and neocolonial development policies that promote cultures of violence and forgetting without any accountability or restorative reparations. Focusing on the valiant struggles for social and economic justice in Guatemala, Nicaragua, El Salvador, and Honduras, Chomsky restores these vivid and gripping events to popular consciousness. Tracing the roots of displacement and migration in Central America to the Spanish conquest and bringing us to the present day, she concludes that the more immediate roots of migration from El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras lie in the wars and in the US interventions of the 1980s and the peace accords of the 1990s that set the stage for neoliberalism in Central America. Chomsky also examines how and why histories and memories are suppressed, and the impact of losing historical memory. Only by erasing history can we claim that Central American countries created their own poverty and violence, while the United States’ enjoyment and profit from their bananas, coffee, mining, clothing, and export of arms are simply unrelated curiosities.</description>
      <author>Aviva Chomsky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807057018.mp3" length="2672353" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807057018.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Central America&amp;#039;s Forgotten History: Revolution, Violence, and the Roots of Migration
Author: Aviva Chomsky
Narrator: Aida Reluzco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Restores the region’s fraught history of repression and resistance to popular consciousness and connects the United States’ interventions and influence to the influx of refugees seeking asylum today. At the center of the current immigration debate are migrants from Central America fleeing poverty, corruption, and violence in search of refuge in the United States. In Central America’s Forgotten History, Aviva Chomsky answers the urgent question “How did we get here?” Centering the centuries-long intertwined histories of US expansion and Indigenous and Central American struggles against inequality and oppression, Chomsky highlights the pernicious cycle of colonial and neocolonial development policies that promote cultures of violence and forgetting without any accountability or restorative reparations. Focusing on the valiant struggles for social and economic justice in Guatemala, Nicaragua, El Salvador, and Honduras, Chomsky restores these vivid and gripping events to popular consciousness. Tracing the roots of displacement and migration in Central America to the Spanish conquest and bringing us to the present day, she concludes that the more immediate roots of migration from El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras lie in the wars and in the US interventions of the 1980s and the peace accords of the 1990s that set the stage for neoliberalism in Central America. Chomsky also examines how and why histories and memories are suppressed, and the impact of losing historical memory. Only by erasing history can we claim that Central American countries created their own poverty and violence, while the United States’ enjoyment and profit from their bananas, coffee, mining, clothing, and export of arms are simply unrelated curiosities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Central America&amp;#039;s Forgotten History: Revolution, Violence, and the Roots of Migration
Author: Aviva Chomsky
Narrator: Aida Reluzco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Restores the region’s fraught history of repression and resistance to popular consciousness and connects the United States’ interventions and influence to the influx of refugees seeking asylum today. At the center of the current immigration debate are migrants from Central America fleeing poverty, corruption, and violence in search of refuge in the United States. In Central America’s Forgotten History, Aviva Chomsky answers the urgent question “How did we get here?” Centering the centuries-long intertwined histories of US expansion and Indigenous and Central American struggles against inequality and oppression, Chomsky highlights the pernicious cycle of colonial and neocolonial development policies that promote cultures of violence and forgetting without any accountability or restorative reparations. Focusing on the valiant struggles for social and economic justice in Guatemala, Nicaragua, El Salvador, and Honduras, Chomsky restores these vivid and gripping events to popular consciousness. Tracing the roots of displacement and migration in Central America to the Spanish conquest and bringing us to the present day, she concludes that the more immediate roots of migration from El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras lie in the wars and in the US interventions of the 1980s and the peace accords of the 1990s that set the stage for neoliberalism in Central America. Chomsky also examines how and why histories and memories are suppressed, and the impact of losing historical memory. Only by erasing history can we claim that Central American countries created their own poverty and violence, while the United States’ enjoyment and profit from their bananas, coffee, mining, clothing, and export of arms are simply unrelated curiosities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>JFK: Volume 1: John F Kennedy: 1917-1956 by Fredrik Logevall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449789</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: JFK: Volume 1: John F Kennedy: 1917-1956
Author: Fredrik Logevall
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The Pulitzer Prize-winning historian takes us as close as we have ever been to the real John F. Kennedy in this revelatory biography of the iconic, yet still elusive, thirty-fifth president. By the time of his assassination in 1963, John F. Kennedy stood at the helm of the greatest power the world had ever seen. Born in 1917 to a striving Irish American family that had become among Boston&amp;#039;s wealthiest, Kennedy knew political ambition from an early age, and his meteoric rise to become the youngest elected president cemented his status as one of the most mythologized figures in modern history. And while hagiographic portrayals of his dazzling charisma, reports of his extramarital affairs, and disagreements over his political legacy have come and gone in the decades since his untimely death, these accounts all fail to capture the full person. Beckoned by this gap in our historical knowledge, Harvard professor Fredrik Logevall has spent much of the last decade combing through material unseen or unused by previous biographers, searching for and piecing together the &amp;#039;real&amp;#039; John F. Kennedy. The result of this prodigious effort is a sweeping two-volume biography that for the first time properly contextualizes Kennedy&amp;#039;s role in the international events of the twentieth century. This volume spans the first thirty-nine years of JFK&amp;#039;s life-from birth through his decision to run for president-to reveal his early relationships, his formative and heroic experiences during World War II, his ideas, his bestselling writings, his political aspirations, and the role of his father, wartime ambassador to Britain. In examining these pre-White House years, Logevall shows us a more serious, independently minded Kennedy than we&amp;#039;ve previously known. In chronicling Kennedy&amp;#039;s extraordinary life and times, with authority and novelistic sensibility, putting the reader in every room where it happened, this landmark work offers the clearest portrait we have of a remarkable figure who still inspires individuals around the world. © Fredrik Logevall 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Fredrik Logevall</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241991985.mp3" length="1402869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449789</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241991985.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: JFK: Volume 1: John F Kennedy: 1917-1956
Author: Fredrik Logevall
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The Pulitzer Prize-winning historian takes us as close as we have ever been to the real John F. Kennedy in this revelatory biography of the iconic, yet still elusive, thirty-fifth president. By the time of his assassination in 1963, John F. Kennedy stood at the helm of the greatest power the world had ever seen. Born in 1917 to a striving Irish American family that had become among Boston&amp;#039;s wealthiest, Kennedy knew political ambition from an early age, and his meteoric rise to become the youngest elected president cemented his status as one of the most mythologized figures in modern history. And while hagiographic portrayals of his dazzling charisma, reports of his extramarital affairs, and disagreements over his political legacy have come and gone in the decades since his untimely death, these accounts all fail to capture the full person. Beckoned by this gap in our historical knowledge, Harvard professor Fredrik Logevall has spent much of the last decade combing through material unseen or unused by previous biographers, searching for and piecing together the &amp;#039;real&amp;#039; John F. Kennedy. The result of this prodigious effort is a sweeping two-volume biography that for the first time properly contextualizes Kennedy&amp;#039;s role in the international events of the twentieth century. This volume spans the first thirty-nine years of JFK&amp;#039;s life-from birth through his decision to run for president-to reveal his early relationships, his formative and heroic experiences during World War II, his ideas, his bestselling writings, his political aspirations, and the role of his father, wartime ambassador to Britain. In examining these pre-White House years, Logevall shows us a more serious, independently minded Kennedy than we&amp;#039;ve previously known. In chronicling Kennedy&amp;#039;s extraordinary life and times, with authority and novelistic sensibility, putting the reader in every room where it happened, this landmark work offers the clearest portrait we have of a remarkable figure who still inspires individuals around the world. © Fredrik Logevall 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: JFK: Volume 1: John F Kennedy: 1917-1956
Author: Fredrik Logevall
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The Pulitzer Prize-winning historian takes us as close as we have ever been to the real John F. Kennedy in this revelatory biography of the iconic, yet still elusive, thirty-fifth president. By the time of his assassination in 1963, John F. Kennedy stood at the helm of the greatest power the world had ever seen. Born in 1917 to a striving Irish American family that had become among Boston&amp;#039;s wealthiest, Kennedy knew political ambition from an early age, and his meteoric rise to become the youngest elected president cemented his status as one of the most mythologized figures in modern history. And while hagiographic portrayals of his dazzling charisma, reports of his extramarital affairs, and disagreements over his political legacy have come and gone in the decades since his untimely death, these accounts all fail to capture the full person. Beckoned by this gap in our historical knowledge, Harvard professor Fredrik Logevall has spent much of the last decade combing through material unseen or unused by previous biographers, searching for and piecing together the &amp;#039;real&amp;#039; John F. Kennedy. The result of this prodigious effort is a sweeping two-volume biography that for the first time properly contextualizes Kennedy&amp;#039;s role in the international events of the twentieth century. This volume spans the first thirty-nine years of JFK&amp;#039;s life-from birth through his decision to run for president-to reveal his early relationships, his formative and heroic experiences during World War II, his ideas, his bestselling writings, his political aspirations, and the role of his father, wartime ambassador to Britain. In examining these pre-White House years, Logevall shows us a more serious, independently minded Kennedy than we&amp;#039;ve previously known. In chronicling Kennedy&amp;#039;s extraordinary life and times, with authority and novelistic sensibility, putting the reader in every room where it happened, this landmark work offers the clearest portrait we have of a remarkable figure who still inspires individuals around the world. © Fredrik Logevall 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three Mothers: How the Mothers of Martin Luther King Jr, Malcolm X and James Baldwin Shaped a Nation by Anna Malaika Tubbs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449785</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Three Mothers: How the Mothers of Martin Luther King Jr, Malcolm X and James Baldwin Shaped a Nation
Author: Anna Malaika Tubbs
Narrator: Anna Malaika Tubbs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER           ‘A fascinating exploration into the lives of three women ignored by history … Eye-opening, engrossing’ Brit Bennett, bestselling author of The Vanishing Half                         In her groundbreaking debut, Anna Malaika Tubbs tells the incredible storIES of three women who raised three world-changing men.                      Much has been written about Berdis Baldwin&amp;#039;s son James, about Alberta King&amp;#039;s son Martin Luther and Louise Little&amp;#039;s son Malcolm. But virtually nothing has been said about the extraordinary women who raised them, each fighting their own battles, born into the beginning of the twentieth century and a deadly landscape of racial prejudice, Jim Crow, exploitation, unpoliced violence and open police vitriol.           It was a society that would deny their sons’ humanity from the beginning as it had denied theirs, but Berdis, Alberta and Louise were extraordinary women who instilled resilience, resistance and greatness in their sons. They would become mothers not just to three world-famous men but to the civil rights movement itself.           These women represent a piece of history left untold and a celebration of Black motherhood long overdue.</description>
      <author>Anna Malaika Tubbs</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008405342.mp3" length="1333505" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449785</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008405342.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Three Mothers: How the Mothers of Martin Luther King Jr, Malcolm X and James Baldwin Shaped a Nation
Author: Anna Malaika Tubbs
Narrator: Anna Malaika Tubbs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER           ‘A fascinating exploration into the lives of three women ignored by history … Eye-opening, engrossing’ Brit Bennett, bestselling author of The Vanishing Half                         In her groundbreaking debut, Anna Malaika Tubbs tells the incredible storIES of three women who raised three world-changing men.                      Much has been written about Berdis Baldwin&amp;#039;s son James, about Alberta King&amp;#039;s son Martin Luther and Louise Little&amp;#039;s son Malcolm. But virtually nothing has been said about the extraordinary women who raised them, each fighting their own battles, born into the beginning of the twentieth century and a deadly landscape of racial prejudice, Jim Crow, exploitation, unpoliced violence and open police vitriol.           It was a society that would deny their sons’ humanity from the beginning as it had denied theirs, but Berdis, Alberta and Louise were extraordinary women who instilled resilience, resistance and greatness in their sons. They would become mothers not just to three world-famous men but to the civil rights movement itself.           These women represent a piece of history left untold and a celebration of Black motherhood long overdue.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Three Mothers: How the Mothers of Martin Luther King Jr, Malcolm X and James Baldwin Shaped a Nation
Author: Anna Malaika Tubbs
Narrator: Anna Malaika Tubbs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER           ‘A fascinating exploration into the lives of three women ignored by history … Eye-opening, engrossing’ Brit Bennett, bestselling author of The Vanishing Half                         In her groundbreaking debut, Anna Malaika Tubbs tells the incredible storIES of three women who raised three world-changing men.                      Much has been written about Berdis Baldwin&amp;#039;s son James, about Alberta King&amp;#039;s son Martin Luther and Louise Little&amp;#039;s son Malcolm. But virtually nothing has been said about the extraordinary women who raised them, each fighting their own battles, born into the beginning of the twentieth century and a deadly landscape of racial prejudice, Jim Crow, exploitation, unpoliced violence and open police vitriol.           It was a society that would deny their sons’ humanity from the beginning as it had denied theirs, but Berdis, Alberta and Louise were extraordinary women who instilled resilience, resistance and greatness in their sons. They would become mothers not just to three world-famous men but to the civil rights movement itself.           These women represent a piece of history left untold and a celebration of Black motherhood long overdue.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists During the Great Depression by Robin Dg Kelley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists During the Great Depression
Author: Robin Dg Kelley
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking contribution to the history of the &amp;#039;long Civil Rights movement,&amp;#039; Hammer and Hoe tells the story of how, during the 1930s and &amp;#039;40s, Communists took on Alabama&amp;#039;s repressive, racist police state to fight for economic justice, civil and political rights, and racial equality. The Alabama Communist Party was made up of working people without a Euro-American radical political tradition: devoutly religious and semiliterate black laborers and sharecroppers, and a handful of whites, including unemployed industrial workers, housewives, youth, and renegade liberals. In this book, Robin D. G. Kelley reveals how the experiences and identities of these people from Alabama&amp;#039;s farms, factories, mines, kitchens, and city streets shaped the Party&amp;#039;s tactics and unique political culture. The result was a remarkably resilient movement forged in a racist world that had little tolerance for radicals. After discussing the book&amp;#039;s origins and impact in a new preface written for this twenty-fifth-anniversary edition, Kelley reflects on what a militantly antiracist, radical movement in the heart of Dixie might teach contemporary social movements confronting rampant inequality, police violence, mass incarceration, and neoliberalism.</description>
      <author>Robin Dg Kelley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705269206.mp3" length="8025331" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705269206.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists During the Great Depression
Author: Robin Dg Kelley
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking contribution to the history of the &amp;#039;long Civil Rights movement,&amp;#039; Hammer and Hoe tells the story of how, during the 1930s and &amp;#039;40s, Communists took on Alabama&amp;#039;s repressive, racist police state to fight for economic justice, civil and political rights, and racial equality. The Alabama Communist Party was made up of working people without a Euro-American radical political tradition: devoutly religious and semiliterate black laborers and sharecroppers, and a handful of whites, including unemployed industrial workers, housewives, youth, and renegade liberals. In this book, Robin D. G. Kelley reveals how the experiences and identities of these people from Alabama&amp;#039;s farms, factories, mines, kitchens, and city streets shaped the Party&amp;#039;s tactics and unique political culture. The result was a remarkably resilient movement forged in a racist world that had little tolerance for radicals. After discussing the book&amp;#039;s origins and impact in a new preface written for this twenty-fifth-anniversary edition, Kelley reflects on what a militantly antiracist, radical movement in the heart of Dixie might teach contemporary social movements confronting rampant inequality, police violence, mass incarceration, and neoliberalism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists During the Great Depression
Author: Robin Dg Kelley
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking contribution to the history of the &amp;#039;long Civil Rights movement,&amp;#039; Hammer and Hoe tells the story of how, during the 1930s and &amp;#039;40s, Communists took on Alabama&amp;#039;s repressive, racist police state to fight for economic justice, civil and political rights, and racial equality. The Alabama Communist Party was made up of working people without a Euro-American radical political tradition: devoutly religious and semiliterate black laborers and sharecroppers, and a handful of whites, including unemployed industrial workers, housewives, youth, and renegade liberals. In this book, Robin D. G. Kelley reveals how the experiences and identities of these people from Alabama&amp;#039;s farms, factories, mines, kitchens, and city streets shaped the Party&amp;#039;s tactics and unique political culture. The result was a remarkably resilient movement forged in a racist world that had little tolerance for radicals. After discussing the book&amp;#039;s origins and impact in a new preface written for this twenty-fifth-anniversary edition, Kelley reflects on what a militantly antiracist, radical movement in the heart of Dixie might teach contemporary social movements confronting rampant inequality, police violence, mass incarceration, and neoliberalism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Road to Guilford Courthouse: The American Revolution in the Carolinas by John Buchanan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447402</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447402">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447402</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Road to Guilford Courthouse: The American Revolution in the Carolinas
Author: John Buchanan
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This brilliant account of the proud and ferocious American fighters who stood up to the British forces in savage battles highlights just how crucial these individuals were in deciding both the fate of the Carolina colonies and the outcome of the American Civil War.</description>
      <author>John Buchanan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666554915.mp3" length="840849" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447402</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666554915.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447402">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447402</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Road to Guilford Courthouse: The American Revolution in the Carolinas
Author: John Buchanan
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This brilliant account of the proud and ferocious American fighters who stood up to the British forces in savage battles highlights just how crucial these individuals were in deciding both the fate of the Carolina colonies and the outcome of the American Civil War.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447402">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447402</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Road to Guilford Courthouse: The American Revolution in the Carolinas
Author: John Buchanan
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This brilliant account of the proud and ferocious American fighters who stood up to the British forces in savage battles highlights just how crucial these individuals were in deciding both the fate of the Carolina colonies and the outcome of the American Civil War.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Saddest Words: William Faulkner&amp;#039;s Civil War by Michael Gorra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447188</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Saddest Words: William Faulkner&amp;#039;s Civil War
Author: Michael Gorra
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How do we read William Faulkner in the twenty-first century? asks Michael Gorra, one of America&amp;#039;s most preeminent literary critics. Should we still read William Faulkner in this new century? What can his works tell us about the legacy of slavery and the Civil War, that central quarrel in our nation&amp;#039;s history? These are the provocative questions that Michael Gorra asks in this historic portrait of the novelist and his world. Born in 1897 in Mississippi, Faulkner wrote such iconic novels as Absalom, Absalom! and The Sound and the Fury, creating in Yoknapatawpha County the richest gallery of characters in American fiction, his achievements culminating in the 1949 Nobel Prize in Literature. But given his works&amp;#039; echo of &amp;#039;Lost Cause&amp;#039; romanticism, his depiction of black characters and black speech, and his rendering of race relations in a largely unreconstructed South, Faulkner demands a sobering reevaluation. Interweaving biography, absorbing literary criticism, and rich travelogue, The Saddest Words recontextualizes Faulkner, revealing a civil war within him, while examining the most plangent cultural issues facing American literature today.</description>
      <author>Michael Gorra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696600354.mp3" length="8323683" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447188</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696600354.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Saddest Words: William Faulkner&amp;#039;s Civil War
Author: Michael Gorra
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How do we read William Faulkner in the twenty-first century? asks Michael Gorra, one of America&amp;#039;s most preeminent literary critics. Should we still read William Faulkner in this new century? What can his works tell us about the legacy of slavery and the Civil War, that central quarrel in our nation&amp;#039;s history? These are the provocative questions that Michael Gorra asks in this historic portrait of the novelist and his world. Born in 1897 in Mississippi, Faulkner wrote such iconic novels as Absalom, Absalom! and The Sound and the Fury, creating in Yoknapatawpha County the richest gallery of characters in American fiction, his achievements culminating in the 1949 Nobel Prize in Literature. But given his works&amp;#039; echo of &amp;#039;Lost Cause&amp;#039; romanticism, his depiction of black characters and black speech, and his rendering of race relations in a largely unreconstructed South, Faulkner demands a sobering reevaluation. Interweaving biography, absorbing literary criticism, and rich travelogue, The Saddest Words recontextualizes Faulkner, revealing a civil war within him, while examining the most plangent cultural issues facing American literature today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Saddest Words: William Faulkner&amp;#039;s Civil War
Author: Michael Gorra
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How do we read William Faulkner in the twenty-first century? asks Michael Gorra, one of America&amp;#039;s most preeminent literary critics. Should we still read William Faulkner in this new century? What can his works tell us about the legacy of slavery and the Civil War, that central quarrel in our nation&amp;#039;s history? These are the provocative questions that Michael Gorra asks in this historic portrait of the novelist and his world. Born in 1897 in Mississippi, Faulkner wrote such iconic novels as Absalom, Absalom! and The Sound and the Fury, creating in Yoknapatawpha County the richest gallery of characters in American fiction, his achievements culminating in the 1949 Nobel Prize in Literature. But given his works&amp;#039; echo of &amp;#039;Lost Cause&amp;#039; romanticism, his depiction of black characters and black speech, and his rendering of race relations in a largely unreconstructed South, Faulkner demands a sobering reevaluation. Interweaving biography, absorbing literary criticism, and rich travelogue, The Saddest Words recontextualizes Faulkner, revealing a civil war within him, while examining the most plangent cultural issues facing American literature today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Canada: A Very Short Introduction by Donald Wright</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447179</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Canada: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Donald Wright
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Canada is not one nation, but three: English Canada, Quebec, and First Nations. Yet as a country Canada is very successful, in part because it maintains national diversity through bilingualism, multiculturalism, and federalism. Alongside this contemporary openness Canada also has its own history to contend with; with a legacy of broken treaties and residential schools for its Indigenous peoples, making reconciliation between Canada and First Nations an ongoing journey, not a destination. Drawing on history, politics, and literature, this Very Short Introduction starts at the end of the last ice age, when the melting of the ice sheets opened the northern half of North America to Indigenous peoples, and covers up to today&amp;#039;s anthropogenic climate change, and Canada&amp;#039;s climate politics. Donald Wright emphasizes Canada&amp;#039;s complexity and diversity as well as its different identities and its commitment to rights, and explores its historical relationship to Great Britain, and its ongoing relationship with the United States. Finally, he examines Canada&amp;#039;s northern realities and its northern identities.</description>
      <author>Donald Wright</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705271049.mp3" length="8405384" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447179</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705271049.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Canada: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Donald Wright
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Canada is not one nation, but three: English Canada, Quebec, and First Nations. Yet as a country Canada is very successful, in part because it maintains national diversity through bilingualism, multiculturalism, and federalism. Alongside this contemporary openness Canada also has its own history to contend with; with a legacy of broken treaties and residential schools for its Indigenous peoples, making reconciliation between Canada and First Nations an ongoing journey, not a destination. Drawing on history, politics, and literature, this Very Short Introduction starts at the end of the last ice age, when the melting of the ice sheets opened the northern half of North America to Indigenous peoples, and covers up to today&amp;#039;s anthropogenic climate change, and Canada&amp;#039;s climate politics. Donald Wright emphasizes Canada&amp;#039;s complexity and diversity as well as its different identities and its commitment to rights, and explores its historical relationship to Great Britain, and its ongoing relationship with the United States. Finally, he examines Canada&amp;#039;s northern realities and its northern identities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Canada: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Donald Wright
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Canada is not one nation, but three: English Canada, Quebec, and First Nations. Yet as a country Canada is very successful, in part because it maintains national diversity through bilingualism, multiculturalism, and federalism. Alongside this contemporary openness Canada also has its own history to contend with; with a legacy of broken treaties and residential schools for its Indigenous peoples, making reconciliation between Canada and First Nations an ongoing journey, not a destination. Drawing on history, politics, and literature, this Very Short Introduction starts at the end of the last ice age, when the melting of the ice sheets opened the northern half of North America to Indigenous peoples, and covers up to today&amp;#039;s anthropogenic climate change, and Canada&amp;#039;s climate politics. Donald Wright emphasizes Canada&amp;#039;s complexity and diversity as well as its different identities and its commitment to rights, and explores its historical relationship to Great Britain, and its ongoing relationship with the United States. Finally, he examines Canada&amp;#039;s northern realities and its northern identities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Warmth of Other Suns: The Epic Story of America&amp;#039;s Great Migration by Isabel Wilkerson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447069</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Warmth of Other Suns: The Epic Story of America&amp;#039;s Great Migration
Author: Isabel Wilkerson
Narrator: Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  From the winner of the Pulitzer Prize, this is one of the great untold stories of American history: the migration of black citizens who fled the south and went north in search of a better life From 1915 to 1970, an exodus of almost six million people would change the face of America. With stunning historical detail, Pulitzer prize-winning journalist Isabel Wilkerson gives us this definitive, vividly dramatic account of how these journeys unfolded. Based on interviews with more than a thousand people, and access to new data and official records, The Warmth of Other Suns tells the story of America&amp;#039;s Great Migration through the lives of three unique individuals: Ida Mae Gladney, who in 1937 left sharecropping and prejudice in Mississippi for Chicago, where she achieved quiet blue-collar success and, in old age, voted for Barack Obama when he ran for an Illinois Senate seat; sharp and quick-tempered George Starling, who in 1945 fled Florida for Harlem, where he endangered his job fighting for civil rights, saw his family fall, and finally found peace in God; and Robert Foster, who left Louisiana in 1953 to pursue a medical career, the personal physician to Ray Charles as part of a glitteringly successful medical career. Wilkerson brilliantly captures their first treacherous and exhausting cross-country journeys, as well as how they changed their new homes forever. &amp;#039;A landmark piece of non-fiction&amp;#039; Janet Maslin, The New York Times &amp;#039;You will never forget these people&amp;#039; Gay Talese &amp;#039;A brilliant and stirring epic&amp;#039; John Stauffer, Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;The mass migration of African Americans out of the US south forever changed the country&amp;#039;s cultural fabric - and Wilkerson&amp;#039;s history of this period is full of sacrifice and hope ... a long overdue account&amp;#039; Lettecha Johnson, Guardian &amp;#039;A deeply affecting, finely crafted and heroic book. . . .Wilkerson has taken on one of the most important demographic upheavals of the past century and told it through the lives of three people ... lyrical and tragic&amp;#039; Jill Lepore, New Yorker © Isabel Wilkerson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Isabel Wilkerson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jan 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141995762.mp3" length="1411357" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447069</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141995762.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Warmth of Other Suns: The Epic Story of America&amp;#039;s Great Migration
Author: Isabel Wilkerson
Narrator: Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  From the winner of the Pulitzer Prize, this is one of the great untold stories of American history: the migration of black citizens who fled the south and went north in search of a better life From 1915 to 1970, an exodus of almost six million people would change the face of America. With stunning historical detail, Pulitzer prize-winning journalist Isabel Wilkerson gives us this definitive, vividly dramatic account of how these journeys unfolded. Based on interviews with more than a thousand people, and access to new data and official records, The Warmth of Other Suns tells the story of America&amp;#039;s Great Migration through the lives of three unique individuals: Ida Mae Gladney, who in 1937 left sharecropping and prejudice in Mississippi for Chicago, where she achieved quiet blue-collar success and, in old age, voted for Barack Obama when he ran for an Illinois Senate seat; sharp and quick-tempered George Starling, who in 1945 fled Florida for Harlem, where he endangered his job fighting for civil rights, saw his family fall, and finally found peace in God; and Robert Foster, who left Louisiana in 1953 to pursue a medical career, the personal physician to Ray Charles as part of a glitteringly successful medical career. Wilkerson brilliantly captures their first treacherous and exhausting cross-country journeys, as well as how they changed their new homes forever. &amp;#039;A landmark piece of non-fiction&amp;#039; Janet Maslin, The New York Times &amp;#039;You will never forget these people&amp;#039; Gay Talese &amp;#039;A brilliant and stirring epic&amp;#039; John Stauffer, Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;The mass migration of African Americans out of the US south forever changed the country&amp;#039;s cultural fabric - and Wilkerson&amp;#039;s history of this period is full of sacrifice and hope ... a long overdue account&amp;#039; Lettecha Johnson, Guardian &amp;#039;A deeply affecting, finely crafted and heroic book. . . .Wilkerson has taken on one of the most important demographic upheavals of the past century and told it through the lives of three people ... lyrical and tragic&amp;#039; Jill Lepore, New Yorker © Isabel Wilkerson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Warmth of Other Suns: The Epic Story of America&amp;#039;s Great Migration
Author: Isabel Wilkerson
Narrator: Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  From the winner of the Pulitzer Prize, this is one of the great untold stories of American history: the migration of black citizens who fled the south and went north in search of a better life From 1915 to 1970, an exodus of almost six million people would change the face of America. With stunning historical detail, Pulitzer prize-winning journalist Isabel Wilkerson gives us this definitive, vividly dramatic account of how these journeys unfolded. Based on interviews with more than a thousand people, and access to new data and official records, The Warmth of Other Suns tells the story of America&amp;#039;s Great Migration through the lives of three unique individuals: Ida Mae Gladney, who in 1937 left sharecropping and prejudice in Mississippi for Chicago, where she achieved quiet blue-collar success and, in old age, voted for Barack Obama when he ran for an Illinois Senate seat; sharp and quick-tempered George Starling, who in 1945 fled Florida for Harlem, where he endangered his job fighting for civil rights, saw his family fall, and finally found peace in God; and Robert Foster, who left Louisiana in 1953 to pursue a medical career, the personal physician to Ray Charles as part of a glitteringly successful medical career. Wilkerson brilliantly captures their first treacherous and exhausting cross-country journeys, as well as how they changed their new homes forever. &amp;#039;A landmark piece of non-fiction&amp;#039; Janet Maslin, The New York Times &amp;#039;You will never forget these people&amp;#039; Gay Talese &amp;#039;A brilliant and stirring epic&amp;#039; John Stauffer, Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;The mass migration of African Americans out of the US south forever changed the country&amp;#039;s cultural fabric - and Wilkerson&amp;#039;s history of this period is full of sacrifice and hope ... a long overdue account&amp;#039; Lettecha Johnson, Guardian &amp;#039;A deeply affecting, finely crafted and heroic book. . . .Wilkerson has taken on one of the most important demographic upheavals of the past century and told it through the lives of three people ... lyrical and tragic&amp;#039; Jill Lepore, New Yorker © Isabel Wilkerson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Truth about Baked Beans: An Edible History of New England by Meg Muckenhoupt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446802</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446802">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446802</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth about Baked Beans: An Edible History of New England
Series: #1 of Washington Mews
Author: Meg Muckenhoupt
Narrator: Caroline Hewitt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Meg Muckenhoupt begins with a simple question: When did Bostonians start making Boston Baked Beans? Storekeepers in Faneuil Hall and Duck Tour guides may tell you that the Pilgrims learned a recipe for beans with maple syrup and bear fat from Native Americans, but in fact, the recipe for Boston Baked Beans is the result of a conscious effort in the late nineteenth century to create New England foods. New England foods were selected and resourcefully reinvented from fanciful stories about what English colonists cooked prior to the American revolution-while pointedly ignoring the foods cooked by contemporary New Englanders, especially the large immigrant populations who were powering industry and taking over farms around the region. The Truth About Baked Beans explores New England’s culinary myths and reality through some of the region’s most famous foods: baked beans, brown bread, clams, cod and lobster, maple syrup, pies, and Yankee pot roast. From 1870 to 1920, the idea of New England food was carefully constructed in magazines, newspapers, and cookbooks, often through fictitious and sometimes bizarre origin stories touted as time-honored American legends. This toothsome volume reveals the effort that went into the creation of these foods and lets us begin to reclaim the culinary heritage of immigrant New England-the French Canadians, Irish, Italians, Portuguese, Polish, indigenous people, African-Americans, and other New Englanders whose culinary contributions were erased from this version of New England food. Complete with historic and contemporary recipes, The Truth About Baked Beans delves into the surprising history of this curious cuisine, explaining why and how “New England food” actually came to be.</description>
      <author>Meg Muckenhoupt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666541977.mp3" length="808739" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446802</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666541977.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446802">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446802</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth about Baked Beans: An Edible History of New England
Series: #1 of Washington Mews
Author: Meg Muckenhoupt
Narrator: Caroline Hewitt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Meg Muckenhoupt begins with a simple question: When did Bostonians start making Boston Baked Beans? Storekeepers in Faneuil Hall and Duck Tour guides may tell you that the Pilgrims learned a recipe for beans with maple syrup and bear fat from Native Americans, but in fact, the recipe for Boston Baked Beans is the result of a conscious effort in the late nineteenth century to create New England foods. New England foods were selected and resourcefully reinvented from fanciful stories about what English colonists cooked prior to the American revolution-while pointedly ignoring the foods cooked by contemporary New Englanders, especially the large immigrant populations who were powering industry and taking over farms around the region. The Truth About Baked Beans explores New England’s culinary myths and reality through some of the region’s most famous foods: baked beans, brown bread, clams, cod and lobster, maple syrup, pies, and Yankee pot roast. From 1870 to 1920, the idea of New England food was carefully constructed in magazines, newspapers, and cookbooks, often through fictitious and sometimes bizarre origin stories touted as time-honored American legends. This toothsome volume reveals the effort that went into the creation of these foods and lets us begin to reclaim the culinary heritage of immigrant New England-the French Canadians, Irish, Italians, Portuguese, Polish, indigenous people, African-Americans, and other New Englanders whose culinary contributions were erased from this version of New England food. Complete with historic and contemporary recipes, The Truth About Baked Beans delves into the surprising history of this curious cuisine, explaining why and how “New England food” actually came to be.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446802">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446802</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth about Baked Beans: An Edible History of New England
Series: #1 of Washington Mews
Author: Meg Muckenhoupt
Narrator: Caroline Hewitt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Meg Muckenhoupt begins with a simple question: When did Bostonians start making Boston Baked Beans? Storekeepers in Faneuil Hall and Duck Tour guides may tell you that the Pilgrims learned a recipe for beans with maple syrup and bear fat from Native Americans, but in fact, the recipe for Boston Baked Beans is the result of a conscious effort in the late nineteenth century to create New England foods. New England foods were selected and resourcefully reinvented from fanciful stories about what English colonists cooked prior to the American revolution-while pointedly ignoring the foods cooked by contemporary New Englanders, especially the large immigrant populations who were powering industry and taking over farms around the region. The Truth About Baked Beans explores New England’s culinary myths and reality through some of the region’s most famous foods: baked beans, brown bread, clams, cod and lobster, maple syrup, pies, and Yankee pot roast. From 1870 to 1920, the idea of New England food was carefully constructed in magazines, newspapers, and cookbooks, often through fictitious and sometimes bizarre origin stories touted as time-honored American legends. This toothsome volume reveals the effort that went into the creation of these foods and lets us begin to reclaim the culinary heritage of immigrant New England-the French Canadians, Irish, Italians, Portuguese, Polish, indigenous people, African-Americans, and other New Englanders whose culinary contributions were erased from this version of New England food. Complete with historic and contemporary recipes, The Truth About Baked Beans delves into the surprising history of this curious cuisine, explaining why and how “New England food” actually came to be.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Dirty Year: Sex, Suffrage, and Scandal in Gilded Age New York by Bill Greer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446127</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Dirty Year: Sex, Suffrage, and Scandal in Gilded Age New York
Author: Bill Greer
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 38 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
As 1872 opened, the New York Times headlined four stories that symptomized the decay in public morals that the editors so frequently decried: financier Jim Fisk was gunned down in a love triangle; suffragist and free-love advocate Victoria Woodhull was running for president; antivice activist Anthony Comstock battled smut dealers poisoning children’s minds; and abortionists were thriving. Throughout the year these stories intertwined in unimaginable ways, pulling in others, both famous and infamous—suffragists Susan B. Anthony and Elizabeth Cady Stanton; Brooklyn’s beloved preacher Henry Ward Beecher; the nation’s richest tycoon, Cornelius Vanderbilt; and William Howe, preeminent counsel to the criminal element. From rigged elections, everyday shootings, and attacks on the press to sexual impropriety, reproductive rights, and the chasm between rich and poor, the issues of the day still resonate. Political parties split over a bitterly contested election; suffragist battled suffragist over bettering women’s place in society; and pious saints fought soulless sinners, until at year end this jumble of conflicts exploded in the greatest sensation of the nineteenth century.</description>
      <author>Bill Greer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094122137.mp3" length="802995" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446127</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094122137.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Dirty Year: Sex, Suffrage, and Scandal in Gilded Age New York
Author: Bill Greer
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 38 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
As 1872 opened, the New York Times headlined four stories that symptomized the decay in public morals that the editors so frequently decried: financier Jim Fisk was gunned down in a love triangle; suffragist and free-love advocate Victoria Woodhull was running for president; antivice activist Anthony Comstock battled smut dealers poisoning children’s minds; and abortionists were thriving. Throughout the year these stories intertwined in unimaginable ways, pulling in others, both famous and infamous—suffragists Susan B. Anthony and Elizabeth Cady Stanton; Brooklyn’s beloved preacher Henry Ward Beecher; the nation’s richest tycoon, Cornelius Vanderbilt; and William Howe, preeminent counsel to the criminal element. From rigged elections, everyday shootings, and attacks on the press to sexual impropriety, reproductive rights, and the chasm between rich and poor, the issues of the day still resonate. Political parties split over a bitterly contested election; suffragist battled suffragist over bettering women’s place in society; and pious saints fought soulless sinners, until at year end this jumble of conflicts exploded in the greatest sensation of the nineteenth century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Dirty Year: Sex, Suffrage, and Scandal in Gilded Age New York
Author: Bill Greer
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 38 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
As 1872 opened, the New York Times headlined four stories that symptomized the decay in public morals that the editors so frequently decried: financier Jim Fisk was gunned down in a love triangle; suffragist and free-love advocate Victoria Woodhull was running for president; antivice activist Anthony Comstock battled smut dealers poisoning children’s minds; and abortionists were thriving. Throughout the year these stories intertwined in unimaginable ways, pulling in others, both famous and infamous—suffragists Susan B. Anthony and Elizabeth Cady Stanton; Brooklyn’s beloved preacher Henry Ward Beecher; the nation’s richest tycoon, Cornelius Vanderbilt; and William Howe, preeminent counsel to the criminal element. From rigged elections, everyday shootings, and attacks on the press to sexual impropriety, reproductive rights, and the chasm between rich and poor, the issues of the day still resonate. Political parties split over a bitterly contested election; suffragist battled suffragist over bettering women’s place in society; and pious saints fought soulless sinners, until at year end this jumble of conflicts exploded in the greatest sensation of the nineteenth century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Where Law Ends: Inside the Mueller Investigation by Andrew Weissmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where Law Ends: Inside the Mueller Investigation
Author: Andrew Weissmann
Narrator: Andrew Weissmann, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In the first and only inside account of the Mueller investigation, one of the special counsel’s most trusted prosecutors breaks his silence on the team’s history-making search for the truth, their painstaking deliberations and costly mistakes, and Trump’s unprecedented efforts to stifle their report. “Weissmann delivers the kind of forceful, ringing indictment that Mueller’s report did not.”—The New York Times In May 2017, Robert Mueller was tapped to lead an inquiry into Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election, coordination by foreign agents with Donald Trump’s campaign, and obstruction of justice by the president. Mueller assembled a “dream team” of top prosecutors, and for the next twenty-two months, the investigation was a black box and the subject of endless anticipation and speculation—until April 2019, when the special counsel’s report was released. In Where Law Ends, legendary prosecutor Andrew Weissmann—a key player in the Special Counsel’s Office—finally pulls back the curtain to reveal exactly what went on inside the investigation, including the heated debates, painful deliberations, and mistakes of the team—not to mention the external efforts by the president and Attorney General William Barr to manipulate the investigation to their political ends.  Weissmann puts the reader in the room as Mueller’s team made their most consequential decisions, such as whether to subpoena the president, whether to conduct a full financial investigation of Trump, and whether to explicitly recommend obstruction charges against him. Weissmann also details for the first time the debilitating effects that President Trump himself had on the investigation, through his dangling of pardons and his constant threats to shut down the inquiry and fire Mueller, which left the team racing against the clock and essentially fighting with one hand tied behind their backs.   In Where Law Ends, Weissmann conjures the camaraderie and esprit de corps of the investigative units led by the enigmatic Mueller, a distinguished public servant who is revealed here, in a way we have never seen him before, as a manager, a colleague, and a very human presence. Weissmann is as candid about the team’s mistakes as he is about its successes, and is committed to accurately documenting the historic investigation for future generations to assess and learn from. Ultimately, Where Law Ends is a story about a team of public servants, dedicated to the rule of law, tasked with investigating a president who did everything he could to stand in their way.</description>
      <author>Andrew Weissmann</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593398647.mp3" length="2724519" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593398647.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where Law Ends: Inside the Mueller Investigation
Author: Andrew Weissmann
Narrator: Andrew Weissmann, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In the first and only inside account of the Mueller investigation, one of the special counsel’s most trusted prosecutors breaks his silence on the team’s history-making search for the truth, their painstaking deliberations and costly mistakes, and Trump’s unprecedented efforts to stifle their report. “Weissmann delivers the kind of forceful, ringing indictment that Mueller’s report did not.”—The New York Times In May 2017, Robert Mueller was tapped to lead an inquiry into Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election, coordination by foreign agents with Donald Trump’s campaign, and obstruction of justice by the president. Mueller assembled a “dream team” of top prosecutors, and for the next twenty-two months, the investigation was a black box and the subject of endless anticipation and speculation—until April 2019, when the special counsel’s report was released. In Where Law Ends, legendary prosecutor Andrew Weissmann—a key player in the Special Counsel’s Office—finally pulls back the curtain to reveal exactly what went on inside the investigation, including the heated debates, painful deliberations, and mistakes of the team—not to mention the external efforts by the president and Attorney General William Barr to manipulate the investigation to their political ends.  Weissmann puts the reader in the room as Mueller’s team made their most consequential decisions, such as whether to subpoena the president, whether to conduct a full financial investigation of Trump, and whether to explicitly recommend obstruction charges against him. Weissmann also details for the first time the debilitating effects that President Trump himself had on the investigation, through his dangling of pardons and his constant threats to shut down the inquiry and fire Mueller, which left the team racing against the clock and essentially fighting with one hand tied behind their backs.   In Where Law Ends, Weissmann conjures the camaraderie and esprit de corps of the investigative units led by the enigmatic Mueller, a distinguished public servant who is revealed here, in a way we have never seen him before, as a manager, a colleague, and a very human presence. Weissmann is as candid about the team’s mistakes as he is about its successes, and is committed to accurately documenting the historic investigation for future generations to assess and learn from. Ultimately, Where Law Ends is a story about a team of public servants, dedicated to the rule of law, tasked with investigating a president who did everything he could to stand in their way.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where Law Ends: Inside the Mueller Investigation
Author: Andrew Weissmann
Narrator: Andrew Weissmann, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In the first and only inside account of the Mueller investigation, one of the special counsel’s most trusted prosecutors breaks his silence on the team’s history-making search for the truth, their painstaking deliberations and costly mistakes, and Trump’s unprecedented efforts to stifle their report. “Weissmann delivers the kind of forceful, ringing indictment that Mueller’s report did not.”—The New York Times In May 2017, Robert Mueller was tapped to lead an inquiry into Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election, coordination by foreign agents with Donald Trump’s campaign, and obstruction of justice by the president. Mueller assembled a “dream team” of top prosecutors, and for the next twenty-two months, the investigation was a black box and the subject of endless anticipation and speculation—until April 2019, when the special counsel’s report was released. In Where Law Ends, legendary prosecutor Andrew Weissmann—a key player in the Special Counsel’s Office—finally pulls back the curtain to reveal exactly what went on inside the investigation, including the heated debates, painful deliberations, and mistakes of the team—not to mention the external efforts by the president and Attorney General William Barr to manipulate the investigation to their political ends.  Weissmann puts the reader in the room as Mueller’s team made their most consequential decisions, such as whether to subpoena the president, whether to conduct a full financial investigation of Trump, and whether to explicitly recommend obstruction charges against him. Weissmann also details for the first time the debilitating effects that President Trump himself had on the investigation, through his dangling of pardons and his constant threats to shut down the inquiry and fire Mueller, which left the team racing against the clock and essentially fighting with one hand tied behind their backs.   In Where Law Ends, Weissmann conjures the camaraderie and esprit de corps of the investigative units led by the enigmatic Mueller, a distinguished public servant who is revealed here, in a way we have never seen him before, as a manager, a colleague, and a very human presence. Weissmann is as candid about the team’s mistakes as he is about its successes, and is committed to accurately documenting the historic investigation for future generations to assess and learn from. Ultimately, Where Law Ends is a story about a team of public servants, dedicated to the rule of law, tasked with investigating a president who did everything he could to stand in their way.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Devil You Know: A Black Power Manifesto by Charles M. Blow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445591</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil You Know: A Black Power Manifesto
Author: Charles M. Blow
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A New York Times Editor’s Choice | A Kirkus Best Nonfiction Book of the Year ?The Inspiration for the HBO Original Documentary South to Black Power From journalist and New York Times bestselling author Charles Blow comes a powerful manifesto and call to action, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;a must-read in the effort to dismantle deep-seated poisons of systemic racism and white supremacy&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (San Francisco Chronicle). Race, as we have come to understand it, is a fiction; but, racism, as we have come to live it, is a fact. The point here is not to impose a new racial hierarchy, but to remove an existing one. After centuries of waiting for white majorities to overturn white supremacy, it seems to me that it has fallen to Black people to do it themselves. Acclaimed columnist and author Charles Blow never wanted to write a “race book.” But as violence against Black people—both physical and psychological—seemed only to increase in recent years, culminating in the historic pandemic and protests of the summer of 2020, he felt compelled to write a new story for Black Americans. He envisioned a succinct, counterintuitive, and impassioned corrective to the myths that have for too long governed our thinking about race and geography in America. Drawing on both political observations and personal experience as a Black son of the South, Charles set out to offer a call to action by which Black people can finally achieve equality, on their own terms. So what will it take to make lasting change when small steps have so frequently failed? It’s going to take an unprecedented shift in power. The Devil You Know is a groundbreaking manifesto, proposing nothing short of the most audacious power play by Black people in the history of this country. This book is a grand exhortation to generations of a people, offering a road map to true and lasting freedom.</description>
      <author>Charles M. Blow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062914699.mp3" length="1372357" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445591</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062914699.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil You Know: A Black Power Manifesto
Author: Charles M. Blow
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A New York Times Editor’s Choice | A Kirkus Best Nonfiction Book of the Year ?The Inspiration for the HBO Original Documentary South to Black Power From journalist and New York Times bestselling author Charles Blow comes a powerful manifesto and call to action, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;a must-read in the effort to dismantle deep-seated poisons of systemic racism and white supremacy&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (San Francisco Chronicle). Race, as we have come to understand it, is a fiction; but, racism, as we have come to live it, is a fact. The point here is not to impose a new racial hierarchy, but to remove an existing one. After centuries of waiting for white majorities to overturn white supremacy, it seems to me that it has fallen to Black people to do it themselves. Acclaimed columnist and author Charles Blow never wanted to write a “race book.” But as violence against Black people—both physical and psychological—seemed only to increase in recent years, culminating in the historic pandemic and protests of the summer of 2020, he felt compelled to write a new story for Black Americans. He envisioned a succinct, counterintuitive, and impassioned corrective to the myths that have for too long governed our thinking about race and geography in America. Drawing on both political observations and personal experience as a Black son of the South, Charles set out to offer a call to action by which Black people can finally achieve equality, on their own terms. So what will it take to make lasting change when small steps have so frequently failed? It’s going to take an unprecedented shift in power. The Devil You Know is a groundbreaking manifesto, proposing nothing short of the most audacious power play by Black people in the history of this country. This book is a grand exhortation to generations of a people, offering a road map to true and lasting freedom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil You Know: A Black Power Manifesto
Author: Charles M. Blow
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A New York Times Editor’s Choice | A Kirkus Best Nonfiction Book of the Year ?The Inspiration for the HBO Original Documentary South to Black Power From journalist and New York Times bestselling author Charles Blow comes a powerful manifesto and call to action, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;a must-read in the effort to dismantle deep-seated poisons of systemic racism and white supremacy&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (San Francisco Chronicle). Race, as we have come to understand it, is a fiction; but, racism, as we have come to live it, is a fact. The point here is not to impose a new racial hierarchy, but to remove an existing one. After centuries of waiting for white majorities to overturn white supremacy, it seems to me that it has fallen to Black people to do it themselves. Acclaimed columnist and author Charles Blow never wanted to write a “race book.” But as violence against Black people—both physical and psychological—seemed only to increase in recent years, culminating in the historic pandemic and protests of the summer of 2020, he felt compelled to write a new story for Black Americans. He envisioned a succinct, counterintuitive, and impassioned corrective to the myths that have for too long governed our thinking about race and geography in America. Drawing on both political observations and personal experience as a Black son of the South, Charles set out to offer a call to action by which Black people can finally achieve equality, on their own terms. So what will it take to make lasting change when small steps have so frequently failed? It’s going to take an unprecedented shift in power. The Devil You Know is a groundbreaking manifesto, proposing nothing short of the most audacious power play by Black people in the history of this country. This book is a grand exhortation to generations of a people, offering a road map to true and lasting freedom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reconstruction: A Very Short Introduction by Allen C. Guelzo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445363</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reconstruction: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Allen C. Guelzo
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The era known as Reconstruction is one of the unhappiest times in American history. It succeeded in reuniting the nation politically after the Civil War but in little else. Among its chief failures was the inability to chart a progressive course for race relations after the abolition of slavery and rise of Jim Crow. Reconstruction also struggled to successfully manage the Southern resistance towards a Northern, free-labor pattern. But the failures cannot obscure a number of notable accomplishments, with decisive long-term consequences for American life: the 14th and 15th Amendments to the Constitution, the election of the first African American representatives to the US Congress, and the avoidance of any renewed outbreak of civil war. Reconstruction suffered from poor leadership and uncertainty of direction, but it also laid the groundwork for renewed struggles for racial equality during the Civil Rights Movement. This Very Short Introduction delves into the constitutional, political, and social issues behind Reconstruction to provide a lucid and original account of a historical moment that left an indelible mark on American social fabric.</description>
      <author>Allen C. Guelzo</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705265642.mp3" length="8999335" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445363</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705265642.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reconstruction: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Allen C. Guelzo
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The era known as Reconstruction is one of the unhappiest times in American history. It succeeded in reuniting the nation politically after the Civil War but in little else. Among its chief failures was the inability to chart a progressive course for race relations after the abolition of slavery and rise of Jim Crow. Reconstruction also struggled to successfully manage the Southern resistance towards a Northern, free-labor pattern. But the failures cannot obscure a number of notable accomplishments, with decisive long-term consequences for American life: the 14th and 15th Amendments to the Constitution, the election of the first African American representatives to the US Congress, and the avoidance of any renewed outbreak of civil war. Reconstruction suffered from poor leadership and uncertainty of direction, but it also laid the groundwork for renewed struggles for racial equality during the Civil Rights Movement. This Very Short Introduction delves into the constitutional, political, and social issues behind Reconstruction to provide a lucid and original account of a historical moment that left an indelible mark on American social fabric.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reconstruction: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Allen C. Guelzo
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The era known as Reconstruction is one of the unhappiest times in American history. It succeeded in reuniting the nation politically after the Civil War but in little else. Among its chief failures was the inability to chart a progressive course for race relations after the abolition of slavery and rise of Jim Crow. Reconstruction also struggled to successfully manage the Southern resistance towards a Northern, free-labor pattern. But the failures cannot obscure a number of notable accomplishments, with decisive long-term consequences for American life: the 14th and 15th Amendments to the Constitution, the election of the first African American representatives to the US Congress, and the avoidance of any renewed outbreak of civil war. Reconstruction suffered from poor leadership and uncertainty of direction, but it also laid the groundwork for renewed struggles for racial equality during the Civil Rights Movement. This Very Short Introduction delves into the constitutional, political, and social issues behind Reconstruction to provide a lucid and original account of a historical moment that left an indelible mark on American social fabric.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Legend of the Black Mecca: Politics and Class in the Making of Modern Atlanta by Maurice J. Hobson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445343</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of the Black Mecca: Politics and Class in the Making of Modern Atlanta
Author: Maurice J. Hobson
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
For more than a century, the city of Atlanta has been associated with black achievement in education, business, politics, media, and music, earning it the nickname &amp;#039;the black Mecca.&amp;#039; Atlanta&amp;#039;s long tradition of black education dates back to Reconstruction, and produced an elite that flourished in spite of Jim Crow, rose to leadership during the civil rights movement, and then took power in the 1970s by building a coalition between white progressives, business interests, and black Atlantans. But as Maurice J. Hobson demonstrates, Atlanta&amp;#039;s political leadership—from the election of Maynard Jackson, Atlanta&amp;#039;s first black mayor, through the city&amp;#039;s hosting of the 1996 Olympic Games—has consistently mishandled the black poor. Drawn from vivid primary sources and unnerving oral histories of working-class city-dwellers and hip-hop artists from Atlanta&amp;#039;s underbelly, Hobson argues that Atlanta&amp;#039;s political leadership has governed by bargaining with white business interests to the detriment of ordinary black Atlantans. In telling this history through the prism of the black New South and Atlanta politics, policy, and pop culture, Hobson portrays a striking schism between the black political elite and poor city-dwellers, complicating the long-held view of Atlanta as a mecca for black people.</description>
      <author>Maurice J. Hobson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705251607.mp3" length="8946039" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445343</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705251607.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of the Black Mecca: Politics and Class in the Making of Modern Atlanta
Author: Maurice J. Hobson
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
For more than a century, the city of Atlanta has been associated with black achievement in education, business, politics, media, and music, earning it the nickname &amp;#039;the black Mecca.&amp;#039; Atlanta&amp;#039;s long tradition of black education dates back to Reconstruction, and produced an elite that flourished in spite of Jim Crow, rose to leadership during the civil rights movement, and then took power in the 1970s by building a coalition between white progressives, business interests, and black Atlantans. But as Maurice J. Hobson demonstrates, Atlanta&amp;#039;s political leadership—from the election of Maynard Jackson, Atlanta&amp;#039;s first black mayor, through the city&amp;#039;s hosting of the 1996 Olympic Games—has consistently mishandled the black poor. Drawn from vivid primary sources and unnerving oral histories of working-class city-dwellers and hip-hop artists from Atlanta&amp;#039;s underbelly, Hobson argues that Atlanta&amp;#039;s political leadership has governed by bargaining with white business interests to the detriment of ordinary black Atlantans. In telling this history through the prism of the black New South and Atlanta politics, policy, and pop culture, Hobson portrays a striking schism between the black political elite and poor city-dwellers, complicating the long-held view of Atlanta as a mecca for black people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of the Black Mecca: Politics and Class in the Making of Modern Atlanta
Author: Maurice J. Hobson
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
For more than a century, the city of Atlanta has been associated with black achievement in education, business, politics, media, and music, earning it the nickname &amp;#039;the black Mecca.&amp;#039; Atlanta&amp;#039;s long tradition of black education dates back to Reconstruction, and produced an elite that flourished in spite of Jim Crow, rose to leadership during the civil rights movement, and then took power in the 1970s by building a coalition between white progressives, business interests, and black Atlantans. But as Maurice J. Hobson demonstrates, Atlanta&amp;#039;s political leadership—from the election of Maynard Jackson, Atlanta&amp;#039;s first black mayor, through the city&amp;#039;s hosting of the 1996 Olympic Games—has consistently mishandled the black poor. Drawn from vivid primary sources and unnerving oral histories of working-class city-dwellers and hip-hop artists from Atlanta&amp;#039;s underbelly, Hobson argues that Atlanta&amp;#039;s political leadership has governed by bargaining with white business interests to the detriment of ordinary black Atlantans. In telling this history through the prism of the black New South and Atlanta politics, policy, and pop culture, Hobson portrays a striking schism between the black political elite and poor city-dwellers, complicating the long-held view of Atlanta as a mecca for black people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last Slave Ships: New York and the End of the Middle Passage by John Harris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445340</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Slave Ships: New York and the End of the Middle Passage
Author: John Harris
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A stunning behind-the-curtain look into the last years of the illegal transatlantic slave trade in the United States Long after the transatlantic slave trade was officially outlawed by every major slave trading nation in the early nineteenth century, merchants based in the United States were still sending hundreds of illegal slave ships from American ports to the African coast. The key instigators were slave traders who moved to New York City after the shuttering of the massive illegal slave trade to Brazil in 1850. These traffickers were determined to make lower Manhattan a key hub in the illegal slave trade to Cuba. In conjunction with allies in Africa and Cuba, they ensnared around 200,000 African men, women, and children during the 1850s and 1860s. John Harris explores how the US government went from ignoring, and even abetting, this illegal trade to helping to shut it down completely in 1867.</description>
      <author>John Harris</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705244906.mp3" length="2848731" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445340</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705244906.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Slave Ships: New York and the End of the Middle Passage
Author: John Harris
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A stunning behind-the-curtain look into the last years of the illegal transatlantic slave trade in the United States Long after the transatlantic slave trade was officially outlawed by every major slave trading nation in the early nineteenth century, merchants based in the United States were still sending hundreds of illegal slave ships from American ports to the African coast. The key instigators were slave traders who moved to New York City after the shuttering of the massive illegal slave trade to Brazil in 1850. These traffickers were determined to make lower Manhattan a key hub in the illegal slave trade to Cuba. In conjunction with allies in Africa and Cuba, they ensnared around 200,000 African men, women, and children during the 1850s and 1860s. John Harris explores how the US government went from ignoring, and even abetting, this illegal trade to helping to shut it down completely in 1867.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Slave Ships: New York and the End of the Middle Passage
Author: John Harris
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A stunning behind-the-curtain look into the last years of the illegal transatlantic slave trade in the United States Long after the transatlantic slave trade was officially outlawed by every major slave trading nation in the early nineteenth century, merchants based in the United States were still sending hundreds of illegal slave ships from American ports to the African coast. The key instigators were slave traders who moved to New York City after the shuttering of the massive illegal slave trade to Brazil in 1850. These traffickers were determined to make lower Manhattan a key hub in the illegal slave trade to Cuba. In conjunction with allies in Africa and Cuba, they ensnared around 200,000 African men, women, and children during the 1850s and 1860s. John Harris explores how the US government went from ignoring, and even abetting, this illegal trade to helping to shut it down completely in 1867.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Really Happened: The Lincoln Assassination by Robert J. Hutchinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444914</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Really Happened: The Lincoln Assassination
Series: #1 of The What Really Happened Series
Author: Robert J. Hutchinson
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
After 150 years, many unsolved mysteries and enduring urban legends still surround the assassination of Abraham Lincoln by the popular stage actor John Wilkes Booth. In a new look at the case, award-winning author Robert Hutchinson (The Dawn of Christianity) explores what we know, and don’t know, about what really happened at Ford’s Theatre on the night of April 14, 1865. In addition, he argues that the deep-seated political hatreds that roiled Washington, DC, in the final weeks of the Civil War are particularly relevant to our own polarized age. Among the tantalizing questions Hutchinson explores are why Abraham Lincoln’s final day on earth one of the happiest of his life;whether desperate Confederate political leaders, fearing for their lives, had a hand in the assassination plot;how a talented family of actors, poets, and physicians opposed to slavery somehow produced a presidential assassin;the mystery of Lincoln’s police bodyguard—why he disappeared at Ford’s Theatre when Lincoln had already been the subject of an assassination attempt the previous year;what led Booth to give up on his original plan to kidnap Lincoln and decide on assassination instead;whether Lucy Hale, Booth’s secret fiancée and the daughter of a US senator, who once caught the eye of Lincoln’s son Robert, knew about Booth’s plans to kill Lincoln;how Booth evaded the largest manhunt in US history for nearly two weeks despite being unable to walk;why the government insisted on the death penalty for Mary Surratt, who ran a boarding house where Booth used to visit, but allowed most of the Confederate sympathizers who aided his escape to get off scot-free;who gave the order to shoot Booth in the Garrett barn—and what happened to his body;what became of the Booth and Lincoln families after the assassination; andmuch more.</description>
      <author>Robert J. Hutchinson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094175645.mp3" length="834408" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444914</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094175645.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Really Happened: The Lincoln Assassination
Series: #1 of The What Really Happened Series
Author: Robert J. Hutchinson
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
After 150 years, many unsolved mysteries and enduring urban legends still surround the assassination of Abraham Lincoln by the popular stage actor John Wilkes Booth. In a new look at the case, award-winning author Robert Hutchinson (The Dawn of Christianity) explores what we know, and don’t know, about what really happened at Ford’s Theatre on the night of April 14, 1865. In addition, he argues that the deep-seated political hatreds that roiled Washington, DC, in the final weeks of the Civil War are particularly relevant to our own polarized age. Among the tantalizing questions Hutchinson explores are why Abraham Lincoln’s final day on earth one of the happiest of his life;whether desperate Confederate political leaders, fearing for their lives, had a hand in the assassination plot;how a talented family of actors, poets, and physicians opposed to slavery somehow produced a presidential assassin;the mystery of Lincoln’s police bodyguard—why he disappeared at Ford’s Theatre when Lincoln had already been the subject of an assassination attempt the previous year;what led Booth to give up on his original plan to kidnap Lincoln and decide on assassination instead;whether Lucy Hale, Booth’s secret fiancée and the daughter of a US senator, who once caught the eye of Lincoln’s son Robert, knew about Booth’s plans to kill Lincoln;how Booth evaded the largest manhunt in US history for nearly two weeks despite being unable to walk;why the government insisted on the death penalty for Mary Surratt, who ran a boarding house where Booth used to visit, but allowed most of the Confederate sympathizers who aided his escape to get off scot-free;who gave the order to shoot Booth in the Garrett barn—and what happened to his body;what became of the Booth and Lincoln families after the assassination; andmuch more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Really Happened: The Lincoln Assassination
Series: #1 of The What Really Happened Series
Author: Robert J. Hutchinson
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
After 150 years, many unsolved mysteries and enduring urban legends still surround the assassination of Abraham Lincoln by the popular stage actor John Wilkes Booth. In a new look at the case, award-winning author Robert Hutchinson (The Dawn of Christianity) explores what we know, and don’t know, about what really happened at Ford’s Theatre on the night of April 14, 1865. In addition, he argues that the deep-seated political hatreds that roiled Washington, DC, in the final weeks of the Civil War are particularly relevant to our own polarized age. Among the tantalizing questions Hutchinson explores are why Abraham Lincoln’s final day on earth one of the happiest of his life;whether desperate Confederate political leaders, fearing for their lives, had a hand in the assassination plot;how a talented family of actors, poets, and physicians opposed to slavery somehow produced a presidential assassin;the mystery of Lincoln’s police bodyguard—why he disappeared at Ford’s Theatre when Lincoln had already been the subject of an assassination attempt the previous year;what led Booth to give up on his original plan to kidnap Lincoln and decide on assassination instead;whether Lucy Hale, Booth’s secret fiancée and the daughter of a US senator, who once caught the eye of Lincoln’s son Robert, knew about Booth’s plans to kill Lincoln;how Booth evaded the largest manhunt in US history for nearly two weeks despite being unable to walk;why the government insisted on the death penalty for Mary Surratt, who ran a boarding house where Booth used to visit, but allowed most of the Confederate sympathizers who aided his escape to get off scot-free;who gave the order to shoot Booth in the Garrett barn—and what happened to his body;what became of the Booth and Lincoln families after the assassination; andmuch more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hollywood Double Agent: The True Tale of Boris Morros, Film Producer Turned Cold War Spy by Jonathan Gill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444892</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hollywood Double Agent: The True Tale of Boris Morros, Film Producer Turned Cold War Spy
Author: Jonathan Gill
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Cold War and the Golden Age of Hollywood meet in this story of the remarkable career of Boris Morros, film producer and Russian double agent. Boris Morros was a major figure in the 1930s and 1940s. The head of music at Paramount, nominated for Academy Awards, he then went on to produce his own films with Laurel and Hardy, Fred Astaire, Henry Fonda, and others. But as J. Edgar Hoover would discover, these successes were a cover for one of the most incredible espionage tales in the history of the Cold War—Boris Morros also worked for Russian intelligence. Morros’s assignments took him to the White House, the Vatican, and deep behind the Iron Curtain. The high-level intelligence he provided the KGB included military secrets and compromising information on prominent Americans: his friends. But in 1947, Morros flipped. At the height of the McCarthy era, he played a leading role in a deadly tale. Jonathan Gill’s Hollywood Double Agent is an extraordinary story about Russian spies at the heart of American culture and politics, and one man caught in the middle of the Cold War.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Gill</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094150864.mp3" length="781469" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444892</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094150864.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hollywood Double Agent: The True Tale of Boris Morros, Film Producer Turned Cold War Spy
Author: Jonathan Gill
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Cold War and the Golden Age of Hollywood meet in this story of the remarkable career of Boris Morros, film producer and Russian double agent. Boris Morros was a major figure in the 1930s and 1940s. The head of music at Paramount, nominated for Academy Awards, he then went on to produce his own films with Laurel and Hardy, Fred Astaire, Henry Fonda, and others. But as J. Edgar Hoover would discover, these successes were a cover for one of the most incredible espionage tales in the history of the Cold War—Boris Morros also worked for Russian intelligence. Morros’s assignments took him to the White House, the Vatican, and deep behind the Iron Curtain. The high-level intelligence he provided the KGB included military secrets and compromising information on prominent Americans: his friends. But in 1947, Morros flipped. At the height of the McCarthy era, he played a leading role in a deadly tale. Jonathan Gill’s Hollywood Double Agent is an extraordinary story about Russian spies at the heart of American culture and politics, and one man caught in the middle of the Cold War.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hollywood Double Agent: The True Tale of Boris Morros, Film Producer Turned Cold War Spy
Author: Jonathan Gill
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Cold War and the Golden Age of Hollywood meet in this story of the remarkable career of Boris Morros, film producer and Russian double agent. Boris Morros was a major figure in the 1930s and 1940s. The head of music at Paramount, nominated for Academy Awards, he then went on to produce his own films with Laurel and Hardy, Fred Astaire, Henry Fonda, and others. But as J. Edgar Hoover would discover, these successes were a cover for one of the most incredible espionage tales in the history of the Cold War—Boris Morros also worked for Russian intelligence. Morros’s assignments took him to the White House, the Vatican, and deep behind the Iron Curtain. The high-level intelligence he provided the KGB included military secrets and compromising information on prominent Americans: his friends. But in 1947, Morros flipped. At the height of the McCarthy era, he played a leading role in a deadly tale. Jonathan Gill’s Hollywood Double Agent is an extraordinary story about Russian spies at the heart of American culture and politics, and one man caught in the middle of the Cold War.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vanguard: How Black Women Broke Barriers, Won the Vote, and Insisted on Equality for All by Martha S. Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444633</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444633">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444633</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vanguard: How Black Women Broke Barriers, Won the Vote, and Insisted on Equality for All
Author: Martha S. Jones
Narrator: Mela Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The epic history of African American women&amp;#039;s pursuit of political power -- and how it transformed America. In the standard story, the suffrage crusade began in Seneca Falls in 1848 and ended with the ratification of the Nineteenth Amendment in 1920. But this overwhelmingly white women&amp;#039;s movement did not win the vote for most black women. Securing their rights required a movement of their own. In Vanguard, acclaimed historian Martha S. Jones offers a new history of African American women&amp;#039;s political lives in America. She recounts how they defied both racism and sexism to fight for the ballot, and how they wielded political power to secure the equality and dignity of all persons. From the earliest days of the republic to the passage of the 1965 Voting Rights Act and beyond, Jones excavates the lives and work of black women -- Maria Stewart, Frances Ellen Watkins Harper, Fannie Lou Hamer, and more -- who were the vanguard of women&amp;#039;s rights, calling on America to realize its best ideals.</description>
      <author>Martha S. Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549190155.mp3" length="867213" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444633</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549190155.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444633">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444633</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vanguard: How Black Women Broke Barriers, Won the Vote, and Insisted on Equality for All
Author: Martha S. Jones
Narrator: Mela Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The epic history of African American women&amp;#039;s pursuit of political power -- and how it transformed America. In the standard story, the suffrage crusade began in Seneca Falls in 1848 and ended with the ratification of the Nineteenth Amendment in 1920. But this overwhelmingly white women&amp;#039;s movement did not win the vote for most black women. Securing their rights required a movement of their own. In Vanguard, acclaimed historian Martha S. Jones offers a new history of African American women&amp;#039;s political lives in America. She recounts how they defied both racism and sexism to fight for the ballot, and how they wielded political power to secure the equality and dignity of all persons. From the earliest days of the republic to the passage of the 1965 Voting Rights Act and beyond, Jones excavates the lives and work of black women -- Maria Stewart, Frances Ellen Watkins Harper, Fannie Lou Hamer, and more -- who were the vanguard of women&amp;#039;s rights, calling on America to realize its best ideals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444633">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444633</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vanguard: How Black Women Broke Barriers, Won the Vote, and Insisted on Equality for All
Author: Martha S. Jones
Narrator: Mela Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The epic history of African American women&amp;#039;s pursuit of political power -- and how it transformed America. In the standard story, the suffrage crusade began in Seneca Falls in 1848 and ended with the ratification of the Nineteenth Amendment in 1920. But this overwhelmingly white women&amp;#039;s movement did not win the vote for most black women. Securing their rights required a movement of their own. In Vanguard, acclaimed historian Martha S. Jones offers a new history of African American women&amp;#039;s political lives in America. She recounts how they defied both racism and sexism to fight for the ballot, and how they wielded political power to secure the equality and dignity of all persons. From the earliest days of the republic to the passage of the 1965 Voting Rights Act and beyond, Jones excavates the lives and work of black women -- Maria Stewart, Frances Ellen Watkins Harper, Fannie Lou Hamer, and more -- who were the vanguard of women&amp;#039;s rights, calling on America to realize its best ideals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dirty Gold: The Rise and Fall of an International Smuggling Ring by Kyra Gurney, Jim Wyss, Jay Weaver, Nicholas Nehamas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444609</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dirty Gold: The Rise and Fall of an International Smuggling Ring
Author: Kyra Gurney, Jim Wyss, Jay Weaver, Nicholas Nehamas
Narrator: Gustavo Rex
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The explosive story of the illegal gold trade from South America, and the three Miami businessmen who got rich on it In March of 2017, a team of FBI agents arrested Juan Granda, Samer Barrage, and Renato Rodriguez, or as they called themselves, &amp;#039;the three amigos.&amp;#039; The trio--first identified publicly by the authors of this book-- had built a $3.6 billion dollar business in metals trading, mostly illegal Peruvian gold. Their arrests and subsequent prosecution laid bare more than a corrupt finance firm, though. Instead, Dirty Gold lifts the veil on an illegal international business that is five times as lucrative as trafficking cocaine, and arguably more dangerous. As the award-winning team of Miami Herald reporters show, illegal gold mines have become a haven for Latin American drug money. The gold is then sold to metals traders, and ultimately to Americans who want it in their jewelry, smartphones, and investment portfolios. By following the trail of these three traders, Dirty Gold leads us into a criminal underworld that has never before been in full view.</description>
      <author>Kyra Gurney, Jim Wyss, Jay Weaver, Nicholas Nehamas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549148477.mp3" length="913059" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444609</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549148477.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dirty Gold: The Rise and Fall of an International Smuggling Ring
Author: Kyra Gurney, Jim Wyss, Jay Weaver, Nicholas Nehamas
Narrator: Gustavo Rex
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The explosive story of the illegal gold trade from South America, and the three Miami businessmen who got rich on it In March of 2017, a team of FBI agents arrested Juan Granda, Samer Barrage, and Renato Rodriguez, or as they called themselves, &amp;#039;the three amigos.&amp;#039; The trio--first identified publicly by the authors of this book-- had built a $3.6 billion dollar business in metals trading, mostly illegal Peruvian gold. Their arrests and subsequent prosecution laid bare more than a corrupt finance firm, though. Instead, Dirty Gold lifts the veil on an illegal international business that is five times as lucrative as trafficking cocaine, and arguably more dangerous. As the award-winning team of Miami Herald reporters show, illegal gold mines have become a haven for Latin American drug money. The gold is then sold to metals traders, and ultimately to Americans who want it in their jewelry, smartphones, and investment portfolios. By following the trail of these three traders, Dirty Gold leads us into a criminal underworld that has never before been in full view.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dirty Gold: The Rise and Fall of an International Smuggling Ring
Author: Kyra Gurney, Jim Wyss, Jay Weaver, Nicholas Nehamas
Narrator: Gustavo Rex
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The explosive story of the illegal gold trade from South America, and the three Miami businessmen who got rich on it In March of 2017, a team of FBI agents arrested Juan Granda, Samer Barrage, and Renato Rodriguez, or as they called themselves, &amp;#039;the three amigos.&amp;#039; The trio--first identified publicly by the authors of this book-- had built a $3.6 billion dollar business in metals trading, mostly illegal Peruvian gold. Their arrests and subsequent prosecution laid bare more than a corrupt finance firm, though. Instead, Dirty Gold lifts the veil on an illegal international business that is five times as lucrative as trafficking cocaine, and arguably more dangerous. As the award-winning team of Miami Herald reporters show, illegal gold mines have become a haven for Latin American drug money. The gold is then sold to metals traders, and ultimately to Americans who want it in their jewelry, smartphones, and investment portfolios. By following the trail of these three traders, Dirty Gold leads us into a criminal underworld that has never before been in full view.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Road Less Traveled: The Secret Battle to End the Great War, 1916-1917 by Philip Zelikow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444603</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Road Less Traveled: The Secret Battle to End the Great War, 1916-1917
Author: Philip Zelikow
Narrator: Philip Zelikow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This revealing historical examination looks at the pivotal few months in the middle of the First World War, when all sides—Germany, Britain, and America—believed the war could have been concluded and changed the course of history.​    Two years into the most terrible conflict the world had ever known, the warring powers faced a crisis. There were no good military options. Money, men, and supplies were running short on all sides. The German chancellor secretly sought President Woodrow Wilson&amp;#039;s mediation to end the war, just as British ministers and France&amp;#039;s president also concluded that the time was right. The Road Less Traveled describes how tantalizingly close these far-sighted statesmen came to ending the war, saving millions of lives, and avoiding the total war that dimmed hopes for a better world.     Theirs was a secret battle that is only now becoming fully understood, a story of civic courage, awful responsibility, and how some leaders rose to the occasion while others shrank from it or chased other ambitions. &amp;quot;Peace is on the floor waiting to be picked up!&amp;quot; pleaded the German ambassador to the United States. This book explains both the strategies and fumbles of people facing a great crossroads of history.    The Road Less Traveled reveals one of the last great mysteries of the Great War: that it simply never should have lasted so long or cost so much.</description>
      <author>Philip Zelikow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549133954.mp3" length="809883" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444603</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549133954.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Road Less Traveled: The Secret Battle to End the Great War, 1916-1917
Author: Philip Zelikow
Narrator: Philip Zelikow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This revealing historical examination looks at the pivotal few months in the middle of the First World War, when all sides—Germany, Britain, and America—believed the war could have been concluded and changed the course of history.​    Two years into the most terrible conflict the world had ever known, the warring powers faced a crisis. There were no good military options. Money, men, and supplies were running short on all sides. The German chancellor secretly sought President Woodrow Wilson&amp;#039;s mediation to end the war, just as British ministers and France&amp;#039;s president also concluded that the time was right. The Road Less Traveled describes how tantalizingly close these far-sighted statesmen came to ending the war, saving millions of lives, and avoiding the total war that dimmed hopes for a better world.     Theirs was a secret battle that is only now becoming fully understood, a story of civic courage, awful responsibility, and how some leaders rose to the occasion while others shrank from it or chased other ambitions. &amp;quot;Peace is on the floor waiting to be picked up!&amp;quot; pleaded the German ambassador to the United States. This book explains both the strategies and fumbles of people facing a great crossroads of history.    The Road Less Traveled reveals one of the last great mysteries of the Great War: that it simply never should have lasted so long or cost so much.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Road Less Traveled: The Secret Battle to End the Great War, 1916-1917
Author: Philip Zelikow
Narrator: Philip Zelikow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This revealing historical examination looks at the pivotal few months in the middle of the First World War, when all sides—Germany, Britain, and America—believed the war could have been concluded and changed the course of history.​    Two years into the most terrible conflict the world had ever known, the warring powers faced a crisis. There were no good military options. Money, men, and supplies were running short on all sides. The German chancellor secretly sought President Woodrow Wilson&amp;#039;s mediation to end the war, just as British ministers and France&amp;#039;s president also concluded that the time was right. The Road Less Traveled describes how tantalizingly close these far-sighted statesmen came to ending the war, saving millions of lives, and avoiding the total war that dimmed hopes for a better world.     Theirs was a secret battle that is only now becoming fully understood, a story of civic courage, awful responsibility, and how some leaders rose to the occasion while others shrank from it or chased other ambitions. &amp;quot;Peace is on the floor waiting to be picked up!&amp;quot; pleaded the German ambassador to the United States. This book explains both the strategies and fumbles of people facing a great crossroads of history.    The Road Less Traveled reveals one of the last great mysteries of the Great War: that it simply never should have lasted so long or cost so much.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rebels in the Making: The Secession Crisis and the Birth of the Confederacy by William L. Barney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444373</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444373">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444373</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebels in the Making: The Secession Crisis and the Birth of the Confederacy
Author: William L. Barney
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Regardless of whether they owned slaves, Southern whites lived in a world defined by slavery.They seceded from the Union to defend that world when they viewed the election of Abraham Lincoln as a threat to slavery.Rebels in the Making is a narrative-driven history of how and why secession occurred. In this work, eminent Civil War historianWilliam L. Barney narrates the explosion of the sectional conflict into secession and civil war. Carefully examining the events andpolitical circumstances in each of the fifteen slave states, he argues that this was not a mass democratic movement but one ledfrom above. The work focuses on the years of 1860–1861 when sectional conflict led to the break-up of the Union. Exploitingfears of slave insurrections, anxieties over crops ravaged by a long drought, and the perceived moral degradation of submittingto the rule of an antislavery Republican, secessionists launched a movement in South Carolina that spread across the South in afrenzied atmosphere described as the great excitement. Secession swept over the Lower South in January of 1861 but stalled in theUpper South. The driving forces behind it were the middling ranks of the slaveholders who saw their aspirations of planter statusblocked and denigrated by the Republicans. Pushed aside by moderates and former conservatives at the Montgomery Conventionin February 1861 that formed the Confederacy, the original secessionists achieved a final success when the crisis over Fort Sumterprecipitated a second wave of secession in the Upper South.Rebels in the Making shows that secession was not a unified movement, but had its own proponents and patterns in each of theslave states. Drawing together the voices of planters, non-slaveholders, women, the enslaved, journalists, and politicians, it is thedefinitive study of the seminal moment in Southern history that culminated in the Civil War.</description>
      <author>William L. Barney</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705008928.mp3" length="1385083" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444373</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705008928.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444373">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444373</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebels in the Making: The Secession Crisis and the Birth of the Confederacy
Author: William L. Barney
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Regardless of whether they owned slaves, Southern whites lived in a world defined by slavery.They seceded from the Union to defend that world when they viewed the election of Abraham Lincoln as a threat to slavery.Rebels in the Making is a narrative-driven history of how and why secession occurred. In this work, eminent Civil War historianWilliam L. Barney narrates the explosion of the sectional conflict into secession and civil war. Carefully examining the events andpolitical circumstances in each of the fifteen slave states, he argues that this was not a mass democratic movement but one ledfrom above. The work focuses on the years of 1860–1861 when sectional conflict led to the break-up of the Union. Exploitingfears of slave insurrections, anxieties over crops ravaged by a long drought, and the perceived moral degradation of submittingto the rule of an antislavery Republican, secessionists launched a movement in South Carolina that spread across the South in afrenzied atmosphere described as the great excitement. Secession swept over the Lower South in January of 1861 but stalled in theUpper South. The driving forces behind it were the middling ranks of the slaveholders who saw their aspirations of planter statusblocked and denigrated by the Republicans. Pushed aside by moderates and former conservatives at the Montgomery Conventionin February 1861 that formed the Confederacy, the original secessionists achieved a final success when the crisis over Fort Sumterprecipitated a second wave of secession in the Upper South.Rebels in the Making shows that secession was not a unified movement, but had its own proponents and patterns in each of theslave states. Drawing together the voices of planters, non-slaveholders, women, the enslaved, journalists, and politicians, it is thedefinitive study of the seminal moment in Southern history that culminated in the Civil War.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444373">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444373</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebels in the Making: The Secession Crisis and the Birth of the Confederacy
Author: William L. Barney
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Regardless of whether they owned slaves, Southern whites lived in a world defined by slavery.They seceded from the Union to defend that world when they viewed the election of Abraham Lincoln as a threat to slavery.Rebels in the Making is a narrative-driven history of how and why secession occurred. In this work, eminent Civil War historianWilliam L. Barney narrates the explosion of the sectional conflict into secession and civil war. Carefully examining the events andpolitical circumstances in each of the fifteen slave states, he argues that this was not a mass democratic movement but one ledfrom above. The work focuses on the years of 1860–1861 when sectional conflict led to the break-up of the Union. Exploitingfears of slave insurrections, anxieties over crops ravaged by a long drought, and the perceived moral degradation of submittingto the rule of an antislavery Republican, secessionists launched a movement in South Carolina that spread across the South in afrenzied atmosphere described as the great excitement. Secession swept over the Lower South in January of 1861 but stalled in theUpper South. The driving forces behind it were the middling ranks of the slaveholders who saw their aspirations of planter statusblocked and denigrated by the Republicans. Pushed aside by moderates and former conservatives at the Montgomery Conventionin February 1861 that formed the Confederacy, the original secessionists achieved a final success when the crisis over Fort Sumterprecipitated a second wave of secession in the Upper South.Rebels in the Making shows that secession was not a unified movement, but had its own proponents and patterns in each of theslave states. Drawing together the voices of planters, non-slaveholders, women, the enslaved, journalists, and politicians, it is thedefinitive study of the seminal moment in Southern history that culminated in the Civil War.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Abolitionist and the Spy: A Father, a Son, and Their Battle for the Union by Ken Lizzio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443930</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Abolitionist and the Spy: A Father, a Son, and Their Battle for the Union
Author: Ken Lizzio
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An abolitionist and a spy, father and son, in the forgotten Western theater of the Civil War The abolitionist legacies of Orville Brown and his son, Spencer, live on in this historic and daring nineteenth-century account. Journeying apart from each other, but with similar passion, Orville and Spencer&amp;#039;s stories span virtually every major abolitionist event: from the battles of Bleeding Kansas and the establishment of the free-soil movement to the river wars of Memphis, Vicksburg, and Shiloh. Listeners will follow Orville west as he strikes out for Kansas Territory to help ensure its entry as a free state. But the life of his precocious eldest son, Spencer, serves as an eventful accompaniment to Orville&amp;#039;s own adventures. As a young Navy recruit in the Civil War&amp;#039;s Western theater, Spencer volunteered to go behind enemy lines on numerous occasions. With his bold sleuthing and detailed diaries, Spencer&amp;#039;s life unfolds vividly against the exciting backdrop of the Union and Confederate battle for control of the Mississippi River. The lives of these daring men are a fortifying record of American perseverance.</description>
      <author>Ken Lizzio</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696602495.mp3" length="8009621" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443930</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696602495.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Abolitionist and the Spy: A Father, a Son, and Their Battle for the Union
Author: Ken Lizzio
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An abolitionist and a spy, father and son, in the forgotten Western theater of the Civil War The abolitionist legacies of Orville Brown and his son, Spencer, live on in this historic and daring nineteenth-century account. Journeying apart from each other, but with similar passion, Orville and Spencer&amp;#039;s stories span virtually every major abolitionist event: from the battles of Bleeding Kansas and the establishment of the free-soil movement to the river wars of Memphis, Vicksburg, and Shiloh. Listeners will follow Orville west as he strikes out for Kansas Territory to help ensure its entry as a free state. But the life of his precocious eldest son, Spencer, serves as an eventful accompaniment to Orville&amp;#039;s own adventures. As a young Navy recruit in the Civil War&amp;#039;s Western theater, Spencer volunteered to go behind enemy lines on numerous occasions. With his bold sleuthing and detailed diaries, Spencer&amp;#039;s life unfolds vividly against the exciting backdrop of the Union and Confederate battle for control of the Mississippi River. The lives of these daring men are a fortifying record of American perseverance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Abolitionist and the Spy: A Father, a Son, and Their Battle for the Union
Author: Ken Lizzio
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An abolitionist and a spy, father and son, in the forgotten Western theater of the Civil War The abolitionist legacies of Orville Brown and his son, Spencer, live on in this historic and daring nineteenth-century account. Journeying apart from each other, but with similar passion, Orville and Spencer&amp;#039;s stories span virtually every major abolitionist event: from the battles of Bleeding Kansas and the establishment of the free-soil movement to the river wars of Memphis, Vicksburg, and Shiloh. Listeners will follow Orville west as he strikes out for Kansas Territory to help ensure its entry as a free state. But the life of his precocious eldest son, Spencer, serves as an eventful accompaniment to Orville&amp;#039;s own adventures. As a young Navy recruit in the Civil War&amp;#039;s Western theater, Spencer volunteered to go behind enemy lines on numerous occasions. With his bold sleuthing and detailed diaries, Spencer&amp;#039;s life unfolds vividly against the exciting backdrop of the Union and Confederate battle for control of the Mississippi River. The lives of these daring men are a fortifying record of American perseverance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>People of the Morning Star: A Novel of North America’s Forgotten Past by Kathleen O&amp;#039;neal Gear, W. Michael Gear</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443869</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443869">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443869</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People of the Morning Star: A Novel of North America’s Forgotten Past
Series: #1 of Morning Star
Author: Kathleen O&amp;#039;neal Gear, W. Michael Gear
Narrator: Charlie Thurston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning archaeologists and New York Times and USA Today bestselling authors W. Michael Gear and Kathleen O&amp;#039;Neal Gear begin the stunning saga of the North American equivalent of ancient Rome in People of the Morning Star. The city of Cahokia, at its height, covered more than six square miles around what is now St. Louis and included structures more than ten stories high. Cahokian warriors and traders roamed from the Great Lakes to the Gulf of Mexico. What force on earth would motivate hundreds of thousands of people to pick up, move hundreds of miles, and once plopped down amidst a polyglot of strangers, build an incredible city? A religious miracle: the Cahokians believed that the divine hero Morning Star had been resurrected in the flesh. But not all is fine and stable in glorious Cahokia. To the astonishment of the ruling clan, an attempt is made on the living god&amp;#039;s life. Now it is up to Morning Star&amp;#039;s aunt, Matron Blue Heron, to keep it quiet until she can uncover the plot and bring the culprits to justice. If she fails, Cahokia will be torn asunder in warfare, rage, and blood as civil war consumes them all.</description>
      <author>Kathleen O&amp;#039;neal Gear, W. Michael Gear</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705213506.mp3" length="7354653" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443869</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705213506.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443869">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443869</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People of the Morning Star: A Novel of North America’s Forgotten Past
Series: #1 of Morning Star
Author: Kathleen O&amp;#039;neal Gear, W. Michael Gear
Narrator: Charlie Thurston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning archaeologists and New York Times and USA Today bestselling authors W. Michael Gear and Kathleen O&amp;#039;Neal Gear begin the stunning saga of the North American equivalent of ancient Rome in People of the Morning Star. The city of Cahokia, at its height, covered more than six square miles around what is now St. Louis and included structures more than ten stories high. Cahokian warriors and traders roamed from the Great Lakes to the Gulf of Mexico. What force on earth would motivate hundreds of thousands of people to pick up, move hundreds of miles, and once plopped down amidst a polyglot of strangers, build an incredible city? A religious miracle: the Cahokians believed that the divine hero Morning Star had been resurrected in the flesh. But not all is fine and stable in glorious Cahokia. To the astonishment of the ruling clan, an attempt is made on the living god&amp;#039;s life. Now it is up to Morning Star&amp;#039;s aunt, Matron Blue Heron, to keep it quiet until she can uncover the plot and bring the culprits to justice. If she fails, Cahokia will be torn asunder in warfare, rage, and blood as civil war consumes them all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443869">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443869</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People of the Morning Star: A Novel of North America’s Forgotten Past
Series: #1 of Morning Star
Author: Kathleen O&amp;#039;neal Gear, W. Michael Gear
Narrator: Charlie Thurston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning archaeologists and New York Times and USA Today bestselling authors W. Michael Gear and Kathleen O&amp;#039;Neal Gear begin the stunning saga of the North American equivalent of ancient Rome in People of the Morning Star. The city of Cahokia, at its height, covered more than six square miles around what is now St. Louis and included structures more than ten stories high. Cahokian warriors and traders roamed from the Great Lakes to the Gulf of Mexico. What force on earth would motivate hundreds of thousands of people to pick up, move hundreds of miles, and once plopped down amidst a polyglot of strangers, build an incredible city? A religious miracle: the Cahokians believed that the divine hero Morning Star had been resurrected in the flesh. But not all is fine and stable in glorious Cahokia. To the astonishment of the ruling clan, an attempt is made on the living god&amp;#039;s life. Now it is up to Morning Star&amp;#039;s aunt, Matron Blue Heron, to keep it quiet until she can uncover the plot and bring the culprits to justice. If she fails, Cahokia will be torn asunder in warfare, rage, and blood as civil war consumes them all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sports Superstars: Ten Legendary Athletes on and off the Field by David Hudson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443493</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sports Superstars: Ten Legendary Athletes on and off the Field
Author: David Hudson
Narrator: David Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.53 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.8 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Join bestselling biographer and sports author  David L. Hudson for an inspirational view into the lives and triumphs of the world’s greatest athletes. We love them. We cheer for them like we know them personally. We name roads, buildings, and even towns after them. These are the sports heroes and heroines whose athletic accomplishments amaze and inspire us. Many are remarkable not only for their accomplishments in sports but also for the courageous ways they approached life. Now, you can get to know the individuals behind some of the historic moments in sports that sent a shiver down our collective spine. Your presenter, Prof. Hudson, is a leading expert on sports history as well as a championship boxing judge. The author or coauthor of numerous books on sports, his extensive knowledge and passion for our sports heroes shine through in this 12-part audio series. In these captivating lectures, you’ll meet the audacious Muhammad Ali, who defied the US government by standing up for his religious beliefs even though it cost him his heavyweight crown at his fistic peak. You’ll get to know the phenomenal Jim Thorpe, the first Native American Olympian gold medalist. And you’ll spend time with Wilma Rudolph, who defied expectations by overcoming childhood polio to become the fastest woman in the world.  Admire these singular athletes with Prof. Hudson today.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</description>
      <author>David Hudson</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jan 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632519269.mp3" length="1175605" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443493</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632519269.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sports Superstars: Ten Legendary Athletes on and off the Field
Author: David Hudson
Narrator: David Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.53 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.8 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Join bestselling biographer and sports author  David L. Hudson for an inspirational view into the lives and triumphs of the world’s greatest athletes. We love them. We cheer for them like we know them personally. We name roads, buildings, and even towns after them. These are the sports heroes and heroines whose athletic accomplishments amaze and inspire us. Many are remarkable not only for their accomplishments in sports but also for the courageous ways they approached life. Now, you can get to know the individuals behind some of the historic moments in sports that sent a shiver down our collective spine. Your presenter, Prof. Hudson, is a leading expert on sports history as well as a championship boxing judge. The author or coauthor of numerous books on sports, his extensive knowledge and passion for our sports heroes shine through in this 12-part audio series. In these captivating lectures, you’ll meet the audacious Muhammad Ali, who defied the US government by standing up for his religious beliefs even though it cost him his heavyweight crown at his fistic peak. You’ll get to know the phenomenal Jim Thorpe, the first Native American Olympian gold medalist. And you’ll spend time with Wilma Rudolph, who defied expectations by overcoming childhood polio to become the fastest woman in the world.  Admire these singular athletes with Prof. Hudson today.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sports Superstars: Ten Legendary Athletes on and off the Field
Author: David Hudson
Narrator: David Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.53 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.8 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Join bestselling biographer and sports author  David L. Hudson for an inspirational view into the lives and triumphs of the world’s greatest athletes. We love them. We cheer for them like we know them personally. We name roads, buildings, and even towns after them. These are the sports heroes and heroines whose athletic accomplishments amaze and inspire us. Many are remarkable not only for their accomplishments in sports but also for the courageous ways they approached life. Now, you can get to know the individuals behind some of the historic moments in sports that sent a shiver down our collective spine. Your presenter, Prof. Hudson, is a leading expert on sports history as well as a championship boxing judge. The author or coauthor of numerous books on sports, his extensive knowledge and passion for our sports heroes shine through in this 12-part audio series. In these captivating lectures, you’ll meet the audacious Muhammad Ali, who defied the US government by standing up for his religious beliefs even though it cost him his heavyweight crown at his fistic peak. You’ll get to know the phenomenal Jim Thorpe, the first Native American Olympian gold medalist. And you’ll spend time with Wilma Rudolph, who defied expectations by overcoming childhood polio to become the fastest woman in the world.  Admire these singular athletes with Prof. Hudson today.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Horizontal Vertigo: A City Called Mexico by Juan Villoro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443088</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Horizontal Vertigo: A City Called Mexico
Author: Juan Villoro
Narrator: Gabriel Porras
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At once intimate and wide-ranging, and as enthralling, surprising, and vivid as the place itself, this is a uniquely eye-opening tour of one of the great metropolises of the world, and its largest Spanish-speaking city.     Horizontal Vertigo: The title refers to the fear of ever-impending earthquakes that led Mexicans to build their capital city outward rather than upward. With the perspicacity of a keenly observant flaneur, Juan Villoro wanders through Mexico City seemingly without a plan, describing people, places, and things while brilliantly drawing connections among them. In so doing he reveals, in all its multitudinous glory, the vicissitudes and triumphs of the city ’s cultural, political, and social history: from indigenous antiquity to the Aztec period, from the Spanish conquest to Mexico City today—one of the world’s leading cultural and financial centers.     In this deeply iconoclastic book, Villoro organizes his text around a recurring series of topics: “Living in the City,” “City Characters,” “Shocks,” “Crossings,” and “Ceremonies.” What he achieves, miraculously, is a stunning, intriguingly coherent meditation on Mexico City’s genius loci, its spirit of place.</description>
      <author>Juan Villoro</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593395356.mp3" length="2579325" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443088</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593395356.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Horizontal Vertigo: A City Called Mexico
Author: Juan Villoro
Narrator: Gabriel Porras
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At once intimate and wide-ranging, and as enthralling, surprising, and vivid as the place itself, this is a uniquely eye-opening tour of one of the great metropolises of the world, and its largest Spanish-speaking city.     Horizontal Vertigo: The title refers to the fear of ever-impending earthquakes that led Mexicans to build their capital city outward rather than upward. With the perspicacity of a keenly observant flaneur, Juan Villoro wanders through Mexico City seemingly without a plan, describing people, places, and things while brilliantly drawing connections among them. In so doing he reveals, in all its multitudinous glory, the vicissitudes and triumphs of the city ’s cultural, political, and social history: from indigenous antiquity to the Aztec period, from the Spanish conquest to Mexico City today—one of the world’s leading cultural and financial centers.     In this deeply iconoclastic book, Villoro organizes his text around a recurring series of topics: “Living in the City,” “City Characters,” “Shocks,” “Crossings,” and “Ceremonies.” What he achieves, miraculously, is a stunning, intriguingly coherent meditation on Mexico City’s genius loci, its spirit of place.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Horizontal Vertigo: A City Called Mexico
Author: Juan Villoro
Narrator: Gabriel Porras
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At once intimate and wide-ranging, and as enthralling, surprising, and vivid as the place itself, this is a uniquely eye-opening tour of one of the great metropolises of the world, and its largest Spanish-speaking city.     Horizontal Vertigo: The title refers to the fear of ever-impending earthquakes that led Mexicans to build their capital city outward rather than upward. With the perspicacity of a keenly observant flaneur, Juan Villoro wanders through Mexico City seemingly without a plan, describing people, places, and things while brilliantly drawing connections among them. In so doing he reveals, in all its multitudinous glory, the vicissitudes and triumphs of the city ’s cultural, political, and social history: from indigenous antiquity to the Aztec period, from the Spanish conquest to Mexico City today—one of the world’s leading cultural and financial centers.     In this deeply iconoclastic book, Villoro organizes his text around a recurring series of topics: “Living in the City,” “City Characters,” “Shocks,” “Crossings,” and “Ceremonies.” What he achieves, miraculously, is a stunning, intriguingly coherent meditation on Mexico City’s genius loci, its spirit of place.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If/Then: How the Simulmatics Corporation Invented the Future by Jill Lepore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443051</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If/Then: How the Simulmatics Corporation Invented the Future
Author: Jill Lepore
Narrator: Jill Lepore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the best-selling author of These Truths, an “exhilarating” (New York Times Book Review) account of the Cold War origins of our data-mad era.The Simulmatics Corporation, founded in 1959, mined data, targeted voters, accelerated news, manipulated consumers, destabilized politics, and disordered knowledge—decades before Facebook, Amazon, and Cambridge Analytica. Although Silicon Valley likes to imagine that it has no past, the scientists of Simulmatics are almost undoubtedly the long-dead ancestors of Mark Zuckerberg and Elon Musk—or so argues Jill Lepore, distinguished Harvard historian and New Yorker staff writer, in this “hilarious, scathing, and sobering” (David Runciman) account of the origins of predictive analytics and behavioral data science.</description>
      <author>Jill Lepore</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705005477.mp3" length="1352773" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443051</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705005477.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If/Then: How the Simulmatics Corporation Invented the Future
Author: Jill Lepore
Narrator: Jill Lepore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the best-selling author of These Truths, an “exhilarating” (New York Times Book Review) account of the Cold War origins of our data-mad era.The Simulmatics Corporation, founded in 1959, mined data, targeted voters, accelerated news, manipulated consumers, destabilized politics, and disordered knowledge—decades before Facebook, Amazon, and Cambridge Analytica. Although Silicon Valley likes to imagine that it has no past, the scientists of Simulmatics are almost undoubtedly the long-dead ancestors of Mark Zuckerberg and Elon Musk—or so argues Jill Lepore, distinguished Harvard historian and New Yorker staff writer, in this “hilarious, scathing, and sobering” (David Runciman) account of the origins of predictive analytics and behavioral data science.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If/Then: How the Simulmatics Corporation Invented the Future
Author: Jill Lepore
Narrator: Jill Lepore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the best-selling author of These Truths, an “exhilarating” (New York Times Book Review) account of the Cold War origins of our data-mad era.The Simulmatics Corporation, founded in 1959, mined data, targeted voters, accelerated news, manipulated consumers, destabilized politics, and disordered knowledge—decades before Facebook, Amazon, and Cambridge Analytica. Although Silicon Valley likes to imagine that it has no past, the scientists of Simulmatics are almost undoubtedly the long-dead ancestors of Mark Zuckerberg and Elon Musk—or so argues Jill Lepore, distinguished Harvard historian and New Yorker staff writer, in this “hilarious, scathing, and sobering” (David Runciman) account of the origins of predictive analytics and behavioral data science.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Bomb Heard Around the World by Gregory Marquette</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443022</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bomb Heard Around the World
Author: Gregory Marquette
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1951 American terrorism was homegrown. There were no battles fought on American soil, yet there were 12 bombings targeting black Americans, Catholics, and Jews in &amp;#039;Jim Crow&amp;#039; Florida. One of those bombs was, symbolically, heard around the world. Harry T. Moore and his wife, Harriette, were murdered on Christmas night 1951 by racist terrorists. Ironically, Harry knew he was a target of the KKK but swore he would keep going, working on rights for African Americans. WWll had just ended and apart from Pearl Harbor, Americans had never experienced the shock and tragedy of war on &amp;#039;home soil&amp;#039;. Americans, for a long time, paid little attention to the persecution of blacks and other minorities, despite the multitude of violent, racist episodes, not dissimilar from events in Nazi Germany. This book explores the events leading up to the Moore assassinations and follows long after, with extensive investigations by the FBI, Florida Department of Law Enforcement, Brevard County Sheriff&amp;#039;s Office, and the Dept. of Justice. What they uncovered was remarkable, and the corruption that accompanied the crime was shocking. The Bomb Heard Around the World reveals new information and facts which exposes both savage corruption and exceptional courage over decades in America. The Moore assassinations became an international referendum on America and its values. At the end of WWII the world turned to America as the beacon of freedom and liberty, yet after the deaths of the Moore’s, world opinion shifted. This journey through their lives and deaths is a road trip through the history of America and while this is the story of the Moore&amp;#039;s, it is also a story for today. With many unjustified killings of blacks in America today, the racial divide has widened. Decades after the assassinations, a Republican Attorney General, Charlie Crist, would take on this criminal case in an attempt to solve the assassinations once and for all. He faced enormous political pressures yet stayed the course.</description>
      <author>Gregory Marquette</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662123719.mp3" length="1414410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443022</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662123719.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bomb Heard Around the World
Author: Gregory Marquette
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1951 American terrorism was homegrown. There were no battles fought on American soil, yet there were 12 bombings targeting black Americans, Catholics, and Jews in &amp;#039;Jim Crow&amp;#039; Florida. One of those bombs was, symbolically, heard around the world. Harry T. Moore and his wife, Harriette, were murdered on Christmas night 1951 by racist terrorists. Ironically, Harry knew he was a target of the KKK but swore he would keep going, working on rights for African Americans. WWll had just ended and apart from Pearl Harbor, Americans had never experienced the shock and tragedy of war on &amp;#039;home soil&amp;#039;. Americans, for a long time, paid little attention to the persecution of blacks and other minorities, despite the multitude of violent, racist episodes, not dissimilar from events in Nazi Germany. This book explores the events leading up to the Moore assassinations and follows long after, with extensive investigations by the FBI, Florida Department of Law Enforcement, Brevard County Sheriff&amp;#039;s Office, and the Dept. of Justice. What they uncovered was remarkable, and the corruption that accompanied the crime was shocking. The Bomb Heard Around the World reveals new information and facts which exposes both savage corruption and exceptional courage over decades in America. The Moore assassinations became an international referendum on America and its values. At the end of WWII the world turned to America as the beacon of freedom and liberty, yet after the deaths of the Moore’s, world opinion shifted. This journey through their lives and deaths is a road trip through the history of America and while this is the story of the Moore&amp;#039;s, it is also a story for today. With many unjustified killings of blacks in America today, the racial divide has widened. Decades after the assassinations, a Republican Attorney General, Charlie Crist, would take on this criminal case in an attempt to solve the assassinations once and for all. He faced enormous political pressures yet stayed the course.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bomb Heard Around the World
Author: Gregory Marquette
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1951 American terrorism was homegrown. There were no battles fought on American soil, yet there were 12 bombings targeting black Americans, Catholics, and Jews in &amp;#039;Jim Crow&amp;#039; Florida. One of those bombs was, symbolically, heard around the world. Harry T. Moore and his wife, Harriette, were murdered on Christmas night 1951 by racist terrorists. Ironically, Harry knew he was a target of the KKK but swore he would keep going, working on rights for African Americans. WWll had just ended and apart from Pearl Harbor, Americans had never experienced the shock and tragedy of war on &amp;#039;home soil&amp;#039;. Americans, for a long time, paid little attention to the persecution of blacks and other minorities, despite the multitude of violent, racist episodes, not dissimilar from events in Nazi Germany. This book explores the events leading up to the Moore assassinations and follows long after, with extensive investigations by the FBI, Florida Department of Law Enforcement, Brevard County Sheriff&amp;#039;s Office, and the Dept. of Justice. What they uncovered was remarkable, and the corruption that accompanied the crime was shocking. The Bomb Heard Around the World reveals new information and facts which exposes both savage corruption and exceptional courage over decades in America. The Moore assassinations became an international referendum on America and its values. At the end of WWII the world turned to America as the beacon of freedom and liberty, yet after the deaths of the Moore’s, world opinion shifted. This journey through their lives and deaths is a road trip through the history of America and while this is the story of the Moore&amp;#039;s, it is also a story for today. With many unjustified killings of blacks in America today, the racial divide has widened. Decades after the assassinations, a Republican Attorney General, Charlie Crist, would take on this criminal case in an attempt to solve the assassinations once and for all. He faced enormous political pressures yet stayed the course.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nicholas Sparks Can&amp;#039;t Beat Newberry by Doc King Cole</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442989</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nicholas Sparks Can&amp;#039;t Beat Newberry
Author: Doc King Cole
Narrator: Cole Bolchoz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: June 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;It was 1973, Nixon had not yet resigned, U. S. troops were still in Vietnam. We had three channels to choose from. Drug use was casual and nobody was getting busted. Gas prices were high as they are know. I remember seeing that Rolling Stones eight track tape in my sister’s boyfriend’s hot rod car. I remember the posters of Zep, Alice Cooper, and the lava lamps. Hendrix stood on a wall all to his own attesting to highs gone too far. Then me and the Bentons down the street decided to get into some trouble. The Bentons were the bad asses, the bullys, the thugs if you will. The three Brothers were in their early teens, and I was there prey. They wanted to cajole me into their antics, and if I didn’t they would beat the shit out of me! As much as I tried to avoid them on the playground, they were always there. In the next couple of paragraphs I will allude to our antics in a few minutes okay? Then there was the project Gallman Heights gang. They were African Americans who used to beat me like white devil slave masters. I remember three of them taking a huge limb, swinging back like George Brett (Kansas City Royals 3rd baseman), and nailing me in the back. I saw stars, and think was passed out for a while. When I came to, they were gone, but left there trusting pine limb as a reminder not to mess with them. But you could not get me off the playground. I remember fighting three of them at one time like a corned animal on the Discovery Channel. One tried to rip my gums out while on top of me. I rolled over, grabbed a nearby stick and hit him in the ribs with all of my seven year old might. He ran off and told his other two hench kids. Then they came over chasing me, so I saw a point were there was a rim from tire. I hurled it at one nailing him in the right anterior thigh. Then I took on the one with the karate skills and laughed while he tried in vain to hurt me with his gentle kicks. I nailed him with a right haymaker and poof gone!&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Doc King Cole</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662123603.mp3" length="1181242" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442989</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662123603.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nicholas Sparks Can&amp;#039;t Beat Newberry
Author: Doc King Cole
Narrator: Cole Bolchoz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: June 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;It was 1973, Nixon had not yet resigned, U. S. troops were still in Vietnam. We had three channels to choose from. Drug use was casual and nobody was getting busted. Gas prices were high as they are know. I remember seeing that Rolling Stones eight track tape in my sister’s boyfriend’s hot rod car. I remember the posters of Zep, Alice Cooper, and the lava lamps. Hendrix stood on a wall all to his own attesting to highs gone too far. Then me and the Bentons down the street decided to get into some trouble. The Bentons were the bad asses, the bullys, the thugs if you will. The three Brothers were in their early teens, and I was there prey. They wanted to cajole me into their antics, and if I didn’t they would beat the shit out of me! As much as I tried to avoid them on the playground, they were always there. In the next couple of paragraphs I will allude to our antics in a few minutes okay? Then there was the project Gallman Heights gang. They were African Americans who used to beat me like white devil slave masters. I remember three of them taking a huge limb, swinging back like George Brett (Kansas City Royals 3rd baseman), and nailing me in the back. I saw stars, and think was passed out for a while. When I came to, they were gone, but left there trusting pine limb as a reminder not to mess with them. But you could not get me off the playground. I remember fighting three of them at one time like a corned animal on the Discovery Channel. One tried to rip my gums out while on top of me. I rolled over, grabbed a nearby stick and hit him in the ribs with all of my seven year old might. He ran off and told his other two hench kids. Then they came over chasing me, so I saw a point were there was a rim from tire. I hurled it at one nailing him in the right anterior thigh. Then I took on the one with the karate skills and laughed while he tried in vain to hurt me with his gentle kicks. I nailed him with a right haymaker and poof gone!&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nicholas Sparks Can&amp;#039;t Beat Newberry
Author: Doc King Cole
Narrator: Cole Bolchoz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: June 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;It was 1973, Nixon had not yet resigned, U. S. troops were still in Vietnam. We had three channels to choose from. Drug use was casual and nobody was getting busted. Gas prices were high as they are know. I remember seeing that Rolling Stones eight track tape in my sister’s boyfriend’s hot rod car. I remember the posters of Zep, Alice Cooper, and the lava lamps. Hendrix stood on a wall all to his own attesting to highs gone too far. Then me and the Bentons down the street decided to get into some trouble. The Bentons were the bad asses, the bullys, the thugs if you will. The three Brothers were in their early teens, and I was there prey. They wanted to cajole me into their antics, and if I didn’t they would beat the shit out of me! As much as I tried to avoid them on the playground, they were always there. In the next couple of paragraphs I will allude to our antics in a few minutes okay? Then there was the project Gallman Heights gang. They were African Americans who used to beat me like white devil slave masters. I remember three of them taking a huge limb, swinging back like George Brett (Kansas City Royals 3rd baseman), and nailing me in the back. I saw stars, and think was passed out for a while. When I came to, they were gone, but left there trusting pine limb as a reminder not to mess with them. But you could not get me off the playground. I remember fighting three of them at one time like a corned animal on the Discovery Channel. One tried to rip my gums out while on top of me. I rolled over, grabbed a nearby stick and hit him in the ribs with all of my seven year old might. He ran off and told his other two hench kids. Then they came over chasing me, so I saw a point were there was a rim from tire. I hurled it at one nailing him in the right anterior thigh. Then I took on the one with the karate skills and laughed while he tried in vain to hurt me with his gentle kicks. I nailed him with a right haymaker and poof gone!&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Agitators: Three Friends Who Fought for Abolition and Women&amp;#039;s Rights by Dorothy Wickenden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442969</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Agitators: Three Friends Who Fought for Abolition and Women&amp;#039;s Rights
Author: Dorothy Wickenden
Narrator: Gabra Zackman, Heather Alicia Simms, Anne Twomey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An LA Times Best Book of the Year, Christopher Award Winner, and Chautauqua Prize Finalist!     “Engrossing... examines the major events of the mid 19th century through the lives of three key figures in the abolitionist and women’s rights movements.” —Smithsonian    From the executive editor of The New Yorker, a riveting, provocative, and revelatory history told through the story of three women—Harriet Tubman, Frances Seward, and Martha Wright—in the years before, during and after the Civil War. In the 1850s, Harriet Tubman, strategically brilliant and uncannily prescient, rescued some seventy enslaved people from Maryland’s Eastern Shore and shepherded them north along the underground railroad. One of her regular stops was Auburn, New York, where she entrusted passengers to Martha Coffin Wright, a Quaker mother of seven, and Frances A. Seward, the wife of William H. Seward, who served over the years as governor, senator, and secretary of state under Abraham Lincoln. During the Civil War, Tubman worked for the Union Army in South Carolina as a nurse and spy, and took part in a spectacular river raid in which she helped to liberate 750 slaves from several rice plantations.    Wright, a “dangerous woman” in the eyes of her neighbors, worked side by side with Elizabeth Cady Stanton and Susan B. Anthony to organize women’s rights and anti-slavery conventions across New York State, braving hecklers and mobs when she spoke. Frances Seward, the most conventional of the three friends, hid her radicalism in public, while privately acting as a political adviser to her husband, pressing him to persuade President Lincoln to move immediately on emancipation.    The Agitators opens in the 1820s, when Tubman is enslaved and Wright and Seward are young homemakers bound by law and tradition, and ends after the war. Many of the most prominent figures of the era—Lincoln, William H. Seward, Frederick Douglass, Daniel Webster, Charles Sumner, John Brown, William Lloyd Garrison—are seen through the discerning eyes of the protagonists. So are the most explosive political debates: about the civil rights of African Americans and women, about the enlistment of Black troops, and about opposing interpretations of the Constitution.    Through richly detailed letters from the time and exhaustive research, Wickenden traces the second American revolution these women fought to bring about, the toll it took on their families, and its lasting effects on the country. Riveting and profoundly relevant to our own time, The Agitators brings a vibrant, original voice to this transformative period in our history.</description>
      <author>Dorothy Wickenden</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797101057.mp3" length="784302" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442969</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797101057.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Agitators: Three Friends Who Fought for Abolition and Women&amp;#039;s Rights
Author: Dorothy Wickenden
Narrator: Gabra Zackman, Heather Alicia Simms, Anne Twomey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An LA Times Best Book of the Year, Christopher Award Winner, and Chautauqua Prize Finalist!     “Engrossing... examines the major events of the mid 19th century through the lives of three key figures in the abolitionist and women’s rights movements.” —Smithsonian    From the executive editor of The New Yorker, a riveting, provocative, and revelatory history told through the story of three women—Harriet Tubman, Frances Seward, and Martha Wright—in the years before, during and after the Civil War. In the 1850s, Harriet Tubman, strategically brilliant and uncannily prescient, rescued some seventy enslaved people from Maryland’s Eastern Shore and shepherded them north along the underground railroad. One of her regular stops was Auburn, New York, where she entrusted passengers to Martha Coffin Wright, a Quaker mother of seven, and Frances A. Seward, the wife of William H. Seward, who served over the years as governor, senator, and secretary of state under Abraham Lincoln. During the Civil War, Tubman worked for the Union Army in South Carolina as a nurse and spy, and took part in a spectacular river raid in which she helped to liberate 750 slaves from several rice plantations.    Wright, a “dangerous woman” in the eyes of her neighbors, worked side by side with Elizabeth Cady Stanton and Susan B. Anthony to organize women’s rights and anti-slavery conventions across New York State, braving hecklers and mobs when she spoke. Frances Seward, the most conventional of the three friends, hid her radicalism in public, while privately acting as a political adviser to her husband, pressing him to persuade President Lincoln to move immediately on emancipation.    The Agitators opens in the 1820s, when Tubman is enslaved and Wright and Seward are young homemakers bound by law and tradition, and ends after the war. Many of the most prominent figures of the era—Lincoln, William H. Seward, Frederick Douglass, Daniel Webster, Charles Sumner, John Brown, William Lloyd Garrison—are seen through the discerning eyes of the protagonists. So are the most explosive political debates: about the civil rights of African Americans and women, about the enlistment of Black troops, and about opposing interpretations of the Constitution.    Through richly detailed letters from the time and exhaustive research, Wickenden traces the second American revolution these women fought to bring about, the toll it took on their families, and its lasting effects on the country. Riveting and profoundly relevant to our own time, The Agitators brings a vibrant, original voice to this transformative period in our history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Agitators: Three Friends Who Fought for Abolition and Women&amp;#039;s Rights
Author: Dorothy Wickenden
Narrator: Gabra Zackman, Heather Alicia Simms, Anne Twomey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An LA Times Best Book of the Year, Christopher Award Winner, and Chautauqua Prize Finalist!     “Engrossing... examines the major events of the mid 19th century through the lives of three key figures in the abolitionist and women’s rights movements.” —Smithsonian    From the executive editor of The New Yorker, a riveting, provocative, and revelatory history told through the story of three women—Harriet Tubman, Frances Seward, and Martha Wright—in the years before, during and after the Civil War. In the 1850s, Harriet Tubman, strategically brilliant and uncannily prescient, rescued some seventy enslaved people from Maryland’s Eastern Shore and shepherded them north along the underground railroad. One of her regular stops was Auburn, New York, where she entrusted passengers to Martha Coffin Wright, a Quaker mother of seven, and Frances A. Seward, the wife of William H. Seward, who served over the years as governor, senator, and secretary of state under Abraham Lincoln. During the Civil War, Tubman worked for the Union Army in South Carolina as a nurse and spy, and took part in a spectacular river raid in which she helped to liberate 750 slaves from several rice plantations.    Wright, a “dangerous woman” in the eyes of her neighbors, worked side by side with Elizabeth Cady Stanton and Susan B. Anthony to organize women’s rights and anti-slavery conventions across New York State, braving hecklers and mobs when she spoke. Frances Seward, the most conventional of the three friends, hid her radicalism in public, while privately acting as a political adviser to her husband, pressing him to persuade President Lincoln to move immediately on emancipation.    The Agitators opens in the 1820s, when Tubman is enslaved and Wright and Seward are young homemakers bound by law and tradition, and ends after the war. Many of the most prominent figures of the era—Lincoln, William H. Seward, Frederick Douglass, Daniel Webster, Charles Sumner, John Brown, William Lloyd Garrison—are seen through the discerning eyes of the protagonists. So are the most explosive political debates: about the civil rights of African Americans and women, about the enlistment of Black troops, and about opposing interpretations of the Constitution.    Through richly detailed letters from the time and exhaustive research, Wickenden traces the second American revolution these women fought to bring about, the toll it took on their families, and its lasting effects on the country. Riveting and profoundly relevant to our own time, The Agitators brings a vibrant, original voice to this transformative period in our history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Had a Little Real Estate Problem: The Unheralded Story of Native Americans &amp;amp; Comedy by Kliph Nesteroff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442929</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Had a Little Real Estate Problem: The Unheralded Story of Native Americans &amp;amp; Comedy
Author: Kliph Nesteroff
Narrator: Kliph Nesteroff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
*A Best Book of the Year by NPR and Esquire*   &amp;#039;A remarkable book.&amp;#039; —Steve Martin   &amp;#039;An illumating and stereotype-busting history of Native Americans and comedy&amp;#039; (The Washington Post) from Kliph Nesteroff, “the human encyclopedia of comedy” (VICE). It was one of the most reliable jokes in Charlie Hill’s stand-up routine: “My people are from Wisconsin. We used to be from New York. We had a little real estate problem.”   In We Had a Little Real Estate Problem, acclaimed comedy historian Kliph Nesteroff focuses on one of comedy’s most significant and little-known stories: how, despite having been denied representation in the entertainment industry, Native Americans have influenced and advanced the art form.   The account begins in the late 1880s, when Native Americans were forced to tour in wild west shows as an alternative to prison. (One modern comedian said it was as “if a Guantanamo detainee suddenly had to appear on X-Factor.”) This is followed by a detailed look at the life and work of seminal figures such as Cherokee humorist Will Rogers and Hill, who in the 1970s was the first Native American comedian to appear The Tonight Show.   Also profiled are several contemporary comedians, including Jonny Roberts, a social worker from the Red Lake Nation who drives five hours to the closest comedy club to pursue his stand-up dreams; Kiowa-Apache comic Adrianne Chalepah, who formed the touring group the Native Ladies of Comedy; and the 1491s, a sketch troupe whose satire is smashing stereotypes to critical acclaim. As Ryan Red Corn, the Osage member of the 1491s, says: “The American narrative dictates that Indians are supposed to be sad. It’s not really true and it’s not indicative of the community experience itself…Laughter and joy is very much a part of Native culture.”   Featuring dozens of original interviews and the exhaustive research that is Nesteroff’s trademark, We Had a Little Real Estate Problem is a powerful tribute to a neglected legacy.</description>
      <author>Kliph Nesteroff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797118932.mp3" length="870161" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442929</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797118932.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Had a Little Real Estate Problem: The Unheralded Story of Native Americans &amp;amp; Comedy
Author: Kliph Nesteroff
Narrator: Kliph Nesteroff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
*A Best Book of the Year by NPR and Esquire*   &amp;#039;A remarkable book.&amp;#039; —Steve Martin   &amp;#039;An illumating and stereotype-busting history of Native Americans and comedy&amp;#039; (The Washington Post) from Kliph Nesteroff, “the human encyclopedia of comedy” (VICE). It was one of the most reliable jokes in Charlie Hill’s stand-up routine: “My people are from Wisconsin. We used to be from New York. We had a little real estate problem.”   In We Had a Little Real Estate Problem, acclaimed comedy historian Kliph Nesteroff focuses on one of comedy’s most significant and little-known stories: how, despite having been denied representation in the entertainment industry, Native Americans have influenced and advanced the art form.   The account begins in the late 1880s, when Native Americans were forced to tour in wild west shows as an alternative to prison. (One modern comedian said it was as “if a Guantanamo detainee suddenly had to appear on X-Factor.”) This is followed by a detailed look at the life and work of seminal figures such as Cherokee humorist Will Rogers and Hill, who in the 1970s was the first Native American comedian to appear The Tonight Show.   Also profiled are several contemporary comedians, including Jonny Roberts, a social worker from the Red Lake Nation who drives five hours to the closest comedy club to pursue his stand-up dreams; Kiowa-Apache comic Adrianne Chalepah, who formed the touring group the Native Ladies of Comedy; and the 1491s, a sketch troupe whose satire is smashing stereotypes to critical acclaim. As Ryan Red Corn, the Osage member of the 1491s, says: “The American narrative dictates that Indians are supposed to be sad. It’s not really true and it’s not indicative of the community experience itself…Laughter and joy is very much a part of Native culture.”   Featuring dozens of original interviews and the exhaustive research that is Nesteroff’s trademark, We Had a Little Real Estate Problem is a powerful tribute to a neglected legacy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Had a Little Real Estate Problem: The Unheralded Story of Native Americans &amp;amp; Comedy
Author: Kliph Nesteroff
Narrator: Kliph Nesteroff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
*A Best Book of the Year by NPR and Esquire*   &amp;#039;A remarkable book.&amp;#039; —Steve Martin   &amp;#039;An illumating and stereotype-busting history of Native Americans and comedy&amp;#039; (The Washington Post) from Kliph Nesteroff, “the human encyclopedia of comedy” (VICE). It was one of the most reliable jokes in Charlie Hill’s stand-up routine: “My people are from Wisconsin. We used to be from New York. We had a little real estate problem.”   In We Had a Little Real Estate Problem, acclaimed comedy historian Kliph Nesteroff focuses on one of comedy’s most significant and little-known stories: how, despite having been denied representation in the entertainment industry, Native Americans have influenced and advanced the art form.   The account begins in the late 1880s, when Native Americans were forced to tour in wild west shows as an alternative to prison. (One modern comedian said it was as “if a Guantanamo detainee suddenly had to appear on X-Factor.”) This is followed by a detailed look at the life and work of seminal figures such as Cherokee humorist Will Rogers and Hill, who in the 1970s was the first Native American comedian to appear The Tonight Show.   Also profiled are several contemporary comedians, including Jonny Roberts, a social worker from the Red Lake Nation who drives five hours to the closest comedy club to pursue his stand-up dreams; Kiowa-Apache comic Adrianne Chalepah, who formed the touring group the Native Ladies of Comedy; and the 1491s, a sketch troupe whose satire is smashing stereotypes to critical acclaim. As Ryan Red Corn, the Osage member of the 1491s, says: “The American narrative dictates that Indians are supposed to be sad. It’s not really true and it’s not indicative of the community experience itself…Laughter and joy is very much a part of Native culture.”   Featuring dozens of original interviews and the exhaustive research that is Nesteroff’s trademark, We Had a Little Real Estate Problem is a powerful tribute to a neglected legacy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Triumph of Nancy Reagan by Karen Tumulty</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442924</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Triumph of Nancy Reagan
Author: Karen Tumulty
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive biography of the fiercely vigilant and politically astute First Lady who shaped one of the most consequential presidencies of the 20th century: Nancy Reagan. The made-in-Hollywood marriage of Ronald and Nancy Reagan is more than a love story—it’s the partnership that made him president. Of the pair, Nancy was the one with the sharper instincts about people, the superior radar for trouble, and the keen sense of how to secure his place in history. The only person in the world to whom Ronald Reagan felt truly close, Nancy understood how to foster his strengths and compensate for his weaknesses. Neither timid nor apologetic about wielding her power, Nancy Reagan became “the most influential and complex First Lady of our time” (Walter Isaacson, New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker).   But that confidence took years to develop. Nancy’s traumatic early childhood instilled in her a lifelong anxiety and a craving for security. Born into a broken marriage, she spent seven years yearning for the absent mother who abandoned her to pursue an acting career. When she met Ronnie, who had a difficult upbringing of his own, the two fractured halves became whole. And as Ronnie turned from acting to politics, she did too, helping build the scaffolding of his rise and cultivating the wealthy and powerful figures who would help pave his way. Not only was Nancy crucial in shaping Ronald’s White House team and in softening her husband’s rhetoric, she became an unseen force pushing her husband toward what she saw as his grandest purpose—to shake his image as a warmonger and leave behind a more peaceful world.   This “riveting, beautifully written portrait” (Doris Kearns Goodwin, Pulitzer Prize–winning and #1 New York Times bestselling author of Leadership) reveals new details surrounding the tumultuous presidency. The Washington Post columnist Karen Tumulty spent four years interviewing the people who knew this couple best and draws on overlooked archives, letters, memoirs, and White House records, compiling the most extensive biography of Nancy Reagan yet. From the AIDS epidemic to tensions with the Soviets and the war on drugs, this book shows how Nancy Reagan became one of the most influential First Ladies of the century.</description>
      <author>Karen Tumulty</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797119144.mp3" length="750545" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442924</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797119144.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Triumph of Nancy Reagan
Author: Karen Tumulty
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive biography of the fiercely vigilant and politically astute First Lady who shaped one of the most consequential presidencies of the 20th century: Nancy Reagan. The made-in-Hollywood marriage of Ronald and Nancy Reagan is more than a love story—it’s the partnership that made him president. Of the pair, Nancy was the one with the sharper instincts about people, the superior radar for trouble, and the keen sense of how to secure his place in history. The only person in the world to whom Ronald Reagan felt truly close, Nancy understood how to foster his strengths and compensate for his weaknesses. Neither timid nor apologetic about wielding her power, Nancy Reagan became “the most influential and complex First Lady of our time” (Walter Isaacson, New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker).   But that confidence took years to develop. Nancy’s traumatic early childhood instilled in her a lifelong anxiety and a craving for security. Born into a broken marriage, she spent seven years yearning for the absent mother who abandoned her to pursue an acting career. When she met Ronnie, who had a difficult upbringing of his own, the two fractured halves became whole. And as Ronnie turned from acting to politics, she did too, helping build the scaffolding of his rise and cultivating the wealthy and powerful figures who would help pave his way. Not only was Nancy crucial in shaping Ronald’s White House team and in softening her husband’s rhetoric, she became an unseen force pushing her husband toward what she saw as his grandest purpose—to shake his image as a warmonger and leave behind a more peaceful world.   This “riveting, beautifully written portrait” (Doris Kearns Goodwin, Pulitzer Prize–winning and #1 New York Times bestselling author of Leadership) reveals new details surrounding the tumultuous presidency. The Washington Post columnist Karen Tumulty spent four years interviewing the people who knew this couple best and draws on overlooked archives, letters, memoirs, and White House records, compiling the most extensive biography of Nancy Reagan yet. From the AIDS epidemic to tensions with the Soviets and the war on drugs, this book shows how Nancy Reagan became one of the most influential First Ladies of the century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Triumph of Nancy Reagan
Author: Karen Tumulty
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive biography of the fiercely vigilant and politically astute First Lady who shaped one of the most consequential presidencies of the 20th century: Nancy Reagan. The made-in-Hollywood marriage of Ronald and Nancy Reagan is more than a love story—it’s the partnership that made him president. Of the pair, Nancy was the one with the sharper instincts about people, the superior radar for trouble, and the keen sense of how to secure his place in history. The only person in the world to whom Ronald Reagan felt truly close, Nancy understood how to foster his strengths and compensate for his weaknesses. Neither timid nor apologetic about wielding her power, Nancy Reagan became “the most influential and complex First Lady of our time” (Walter Isaacson, New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker).   But that confidence took years to develop. Nancy’s traumatic early childhood instilled in her a lifelong anxiety and a craving for security. Born into a broken marriage, she spent seven years yearning for the absent mother who abandoned her to pursue an acting career. When she met Ronnie, who had a difficult upbringing of his own, the two fractured halves became whole. And as Ronnie turned from acting to politics, she did too, helping build the scaffolding of his rise and cultivating the wealthy and powerful figures who would help pave his way. Not only was Nancy crucial in shaping Ronald’s White House team and in softening her husband’s rhetoric, she became an unseen force pushing her husband toward what she saw as his grandest purpose—to shake his image as a warmonger and leave behind a more peaceful world.   This “riveting, beautifully written portrait” (Doris Kearns Goodwin, Pulitzer Prize–winning and #1 New York Times bestselling author of Leadership) reveals new details surrounding the tumultuous presidency. The Washington Post columnist Karen Tumulty spent four years interviewing the people who knew this couple best and draws on overlooked archives, letters, memoirs, and White House records, compiling the most extensive biography of Nancy Reagan yet. From the AIDS epidemic to tensions with the Soviets and the war on drugs, this book shows how Nancy Reagan became one of the most influential First Ladies of the century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rope: A True Story of Murder, Heroism, and the Dawn of the NAACP by Alex Tresniowski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442916</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rope: A True Story of Murder, Heroism, and the Dawn of the NAACP
Author: Alex Tresniowski
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author Alex Tresniowski comes a “compelling” (The Guardian) and “riveting” (The New York Times Book Review) true-crime thriller recounting the 1910 murder of ten-year-old Marie Smith, the dawn of modern criminal detection, and the launch of the NAACP.  In the tranquil seaside town of Asbury Park, New Jersey, ten-year-old schoolgirl Marie Smith is brutally murdered. Small town officials, unable to find the culprit, call upon the young manager of a New York detective agency for help. It is the detective’s first murder case, and now, the specifics of the investigation and daring sting operation that caught the killer is captured in all its rich detail for the first time.   Occurring exactly halfway between the end of the Civil War in 1865 and the formal beginning of the Civil Rights Movement in 1954, the brutal murder and its highly-covered investigation sits at the historic intersection of sweeping national forces—religious extremism, class struggle, the infancy of criminal forensics, and America’s Jim Crow racial violence.   History and true crime collide in this “compelling and timely” (Vanity Fair) murder mystery featuring characters as complex and colorful as those found in the best psychological thrillers—the unconventional truth-seeking detective Ray Schindler; the sinister pedophile Frank Heidemann; the ambitious Asbury Park Sheriff Clarence Hetrick; the mysterious “sting artist,” Carl Neumeister; the indomitable crusader Ida Wells; and the victim, Marie Smith, who represented all the innocent and vulnerable children living in turn-of-the-century America.   “Brisk and cinematic” (The Wall Street Journal), The Rope is an important piece of history that gives a voice to the voiceless and resurrects a long-forgotten true crime story that speaks to the very divisions tearing at the nation’s fabric today.</description>
      <author>Alex Tresniowski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797119410.mp3" length="874561" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442916</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797119410.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rope: A True Story of Murder, Heroism, and the Dawn of the NAACP
Author: Alex Tresniowski
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author Alex Tresniowski comes a “compelling” (The Guardian) and “riveting” (The New York Times Book Review) true-crime thriller recounting the 1910 murder of ten-year-old Marie Smith, the dawn of modern criminal detection, and the launch of the NAACP.  In the tranquil seaside town of Asbury Park, New Jersey, ten-year-old schoolgirl Marie Smith is brutally murdered. Small town officials, unable to find the culprit, call upon the young manager of a New York detective agency for help. It is the detective’s first murder case, and now, the specifics of the investigation and daring sting operation that caught the killer is captured in all its rich detail for the first time.   Occurring exactly halfway between the end of the Civil War in 1865 and the formal beginning of the Civil Rights Movement in 1954, the brutal murder and its highly-covered investigation sits at the historic intersection of sweeping national forces—religious extremism, class struggle, the infancy of criminal forensics, and America’s Jim Crow racial violence.   History and true crime collide in this “compelling and timely” (Vanity Fair) murder mystery featuring characters as complex and colorful as those found in the best psychological thrillers—the unconventional truth-seeking detective Ray Schindler; the sinister pedophile Frank Heidemann; the ambitious Asbury Park Sheriff Clarence Hetrick; the mysterious “sting artist,” Carl Neumeister; the indomitable crusader Ida Wells; and the victim, Marie Smith, who represented all the innocent and vulnerable children living in turn-of-the-century America.   “Brisk and cinematic” (The Wall Street Journal), The Rope is an important piece of history that gives a voice to the voiceless and resurrects a long-forgotten true crime story that speaks to the very divisions tearing at the nation’s fabric today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rope: A True Story of Murder, Heroism, and the Dawn of the NAACP
Author: Alex Tresniowski
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author Alex Tresniowski comes a “compelling” (The Guardian) and “riveting” (The New York Times Book Review) true-crime thriller recounting the 1910 murder of ten-year-old Marie Smith, the dawn of modern criminal detection, and the launch of the NAACP.  In the tranquil seaside town of Asbury Park, New Jersey, ten-year-old schoolgirl Marie Smith is brutally murdered. Small town officials, unable to find the culprit, call upon the young manager of a New York detective agency for help. It is the detective’s first murder case, and now, the specifics of the investigation and daring sting operation that caught the killer is captured in all its rich detail for the first time.   Occurring exactly halfway between the end of the Civil War in 1865 and the formal beginning of the Civil Rights Movement in 1954, the brutal murder and its highly-covered investigation sits at the historic intersection of sweeping national forces—religious extremism, class struggle, the infancy of criminal forensics, and America’s Jim Crow racial violence.   History and true crime collide in this “compelling and timely” (Vanity Fair) murder mystery featuring characters as complex and colorful as those found in the best psychological thrillers—the unconventional truth-seeking detective Ray Schindler; the sinister pedophile Frank Heidemann; the ambitious Asbury Park Sheriff Clarence Hetrick; the mysterious “sting artist,” Carl Neumeister; the indomitable crusader Ida Wells; and the victim, Marie Smith, who represented all the innocent and vulnerable children living in turn-of-the-century America.   “Brisk and cinematic” (The Wall Street Journal), The Rope is an important piece of history that gives a voice to the voiceless and resurrects a long-forgotten true crime story that speaks to the very divisions tearing at the nation’s fabric today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Barbizon: The Hotel That Set Women Free by Paulina Bren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442905</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Barbizon: The Hotel That Set Women Free
Author: Paulina Bren
Narrator: Andi Arndt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “captivating portrait” (The Wall Street Journal), both “poignant and intriguing” (The New Republic): from award-winning author Paulina Bren comes the remarkable history of New York’s most famous residential hotel and the women who stayed there, including Grace Kelly, Sylvia Plath, and Joan Didion. Welcome to New York’s legendary hotel for women, the Barbizon.   Liberated after WWI from home and hearth, women flocked to New York City during the Roaring Twenties. But even as women’s residential hotels became the fashion, the Barbizon stood out; it was designed for young women with artistic aspirations, and included soaring art studios and soundproofed practice rooms. More importantly still, with no men allowed beyond the lobby, the Barbizon signaled respectability, a place where a young woman of a certain class could feel at home.    But as the stock market crashed and the Great Depression set in, the clientele changed, though women’s ambitions did not; the Barbizon Hotel became the go-to destination for any young American woman with a dream to be something more. While Sylvia Plath most famously fictionalized her time there in The Bell Jar, the Barbizon was also where Titanic survivor Molly Brown sang her last aria; where Grace Kelly danced topless in the hallways; where Joan Didion got her first taste of Manhattan; and where both Ali MacGraw and Jaclyn Smith found their calling as actresses. Students of the prestigious Katharine Gibbs Secretarial School had three floors to themselves, Eileen Ford used the hotel as a guest house for her youngest models, and Mademoiselle magazine boarded its summer interns there, including a young designer named Betsey Johnson.    The first ever history of this extraordinary hotel, and of the women who arrived in New York City alone from “elsewhere” with a suitcase and a dream, The Barbizon offers readers a multilayered history of New York City in the 20th century, and of the generations of American women torn between their desire for independence and their looming social expiration date. By providing women a room of their own, the Barbizon was the hotel that set them free.</description>
      <author>Paulina Bren</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797119922.mp3" length="853910" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442905</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797119922.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Barbizon: The Hotel That Set Women Free
Author: Paulina Bren
Narrator: Andi Arndt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “captivating portrait” (The Wall Street Journal), both “poignant and intriguing” (The New Republic): from award-winning author Paulina Bren comes the remarkable history of New York’s most famous residential hotel and the women who stayed there, including Grace Kelly, Sylvia Plath, and Joan Didion. Welcome to New York’s legendary hotel for women, the Barbizon.   Liberated after WWI from home and hearth, women flocked to New York City during the Roaring Twenties. But even as women’s residential hotels became the fashion, the Barbizon stood out; it was designed for young women with artistic aspirations, and included soaring art studios and soundproofed practice rooms. More importantly still, with no men allowed beyond the lobby, the Barbizon signaled respectability, a place where a young woman of a certain class could feel at home.    But as the stock market crashed and the Great Depression set in, the clientele changed, though women’s ambitions did not; the Barbizon Hotel became the go-to destination for any young American woman with a dream to be something more. While Sylvia Plath most famously fictionalized her time there in The Bell Jar, the Barbizon was also where Titanic survivor Molly Brown sang her last aria; where Grace Kelly danced topless in the hallways; where Joan Didion got her first taste of Manhattan; and where both Ali MacGraw and Jaclyn Smith found their calling as actresses. Students of the prestigious Katharine Gibbs Secretarial School had three floors to themselves, Eileen Ford used the hotel as a guest house for her youngest models, and Mademoiselle magazine boarded its summer interns there, including a young designer named Betsey Johnson.    The first ever history of this extraordinary hotel, and of the women who arrived in New York City alone from “elsewhere” with a suitcase and a dream, The Barbizon offers readers a multilayered history of New York City in the 20th century, and of the generations of American women torn between their desire for independence and their looming social expiration date. By providing women a room of their own, the Barbizon was the hotel that set them free.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Barbizon: The Hotel That Set Women Free
Author: Paulina Bren
Narrator: Andi Arndt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “captivating portrait” (The Wall Street Journal), both “poignant and intriguing” (The New Republic): from award-winning author Paulina Bren comes the remarkable history of New York’s most famous residential hotel and the women who stayed there, including Grace Kelly, Sylvia Plath, and Joan Didion. Welcome to New York’s legendary hotel for women, the Barbizon.   Liberated after WWI from home and hearth, women flocked to New York City during the Roaring Twenties. But even as women’s residential hotels became the fashion, the Barbizon stood out; it was designed for young women with artistic aspirations, and included soaring art studios and soundproofed practice rooms. More importantly still, with no men allowed beyond the lobby, the Barbizon signaled respectability, a place where a young woman of a certain class could feel at home.    But as the stock market crashed and the Great Depression set in, the clientele changed, though women’s ambitions did not; the Barbizon Hotel became the go-to destination for any young American woman with a dream to be something more. While Sylvia Plath most famously fictionalized her time there in The Bell Jar, the Barbizon was also where Titanic survivor Molly Brown sang her last aria; where Grace Kelly danced topless in the hallways; where Joan Didion got her first taste of Manhattan; and where both Ali MacGraw and Jaclyn Smith found their calling as actresses. Students of the prestigious Katharine Gibbs Secretarial School had three floors to themselves, Eileen Ford used the hotel as a guest house for her youngest models, and Mademoiselle magazine boarded its summer interns there, including a young designer named Betsey Johnson.    The first ever history of this extraordinary hotel, and of the women who arrived in New York City alone from “elsewhere” with a suitcase and a dream, The Barbizon offers readers a multilayered history of New York City in the 20th century, and of the generations of American women torn between their desire for independence and their looming social expiration date. By providing women a room of their own, the Barbizon was the hotel that set them free.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Women Invented Television: The Untold Story of the Female Powerhouses Who Pioneered the Way We Watch Today by Jennifer Keishin Armstrong</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441991</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Women Invented Television: The Untold Story of the Female Powerhouses Who Pioneered the Way We Watch Today
Author: Jennifer Keishin Armstrong
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Leaps at the throat of television history and takes down the patriarchy with its fervent, inspired prose. When Women Invented Television offers proof that what we watch is a reflection of who we are as a people.” —Nathalia Holt, New York Times bestselling author of Rise of the Rocket Girls New York Times bestselling author of Seinfeldia Jennifer Keishin Armstrong tells the little-known story of four trailblazing women in the early days of television who laid the foundation of the industry we know today. It was the Golden Age of Radio and powerful men were making millions in advertising dollars reaching thousands of listeners every day. When television arrived, few radio moguls were interested in the upstart industry and its tiny production budgets, and expensive television sets were out of reach for most families. But four women—each an independent visionary— saw an opportunity and carved their own paths, and in so doing invented the way we watch tv today. Irna Phillips turned real-life tragedy into daytime serials featuring female dominated casts. Gertrude Berg turned her radio show into a Jewish family comedy that spawned a play, a musical, an advice column, a line of house dresses, and other products. Hazel Scott, already a renowned musician, was the first African American to host a national evening variety program. Betty White became a daytime talk show fan favorite and one of the first women to produce, write, and star in her own show. Together, their stories chronicle a forgotten chapter in the history of television and popular culture. But as the medium became more popular—and lucrative—in the wake of World War II, the House Un-American Activities Committee arose to threaten entertainers, blacklisting many as communist sympathizers. As politics, sexism, racism, anti-Semitism, and money collided, the women who invented television found themselves fighting from the margins, as men took control. But these women were true survivors who never gave up—and thus their legacies remain with us in our television-dominated era. It&amp;#039;s time we reclaimed their forgotten histories and the work they did to pioneer the medium that now rules our lives. This amazing and heartbreaking history tells it all for the first time.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Keishin Armstrong</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062973344.mp3" length="1356039" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441991</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062973344.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Women Invented Television: The Untold Story of the Female Powerhouses Who Pioneered the Way We Watch Today
Author: Jennifer Keishin Armstrong
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Leaps at the throat of television history and takes down the patriarchy with its fervent, inspired prose. When Women Invented Television offers proof that what we watch is a reflection of who we are as a people.” —Nathalia Holt, New York Times bestselling author of Rise of the Rocket Girls New York Times bestselling author of Seinfeldia Jennifer Keishin Armstrong tells the little-known story of four trailblazing women in the early days of television who laid the foundation of the industry we know today. It was the Golden Age of Radio and powerful men were making millions in advertising dollars reaching thousands of listeners every day. When television arrived, few radio moguls were interested in the upstart industry and its tiny production budgets, and expensive television sets were out of reach for most families. But four women—each an independent visionary— saw an opportunity and carved their own paths, and in so doing invented the way we watch tv today. Irna Phillips turned real-life tragedy into daytime serials featuring female dominated casts. Gertrude Berg turned her radio show into a Jewish family comedy that spawned a play, a musical, an advice column, a line of house dresses, and other products. Hazel Scott, already a renowned musician, was the first African American to host a national evening variety program. Betty White became a daytime talk show fan favorite and one of the first women to produce, write, and star in her own show. Together, their stories chronicle a forgotten chapter in the history of television and popular culture. But as the medium became more popular—and lucrative—in the wake of World War II, the House Un-American Activities Committee arose to threaten entertainers, blacklisting many as communist sympathizers. As politics, sexism, racism, anti-Semitism, and money collided, the women who invented television found themselves fighting from the margins, as men took control. But these women were true survivors who never gave up—and thus their legacies remain with us in our television-dominated era. It&amp;#039;s time we reclaimed their forgotten histories and the work they did to pioneer the medium that now rules our lives. This amazing and heartbreaking history tells it all for the first time.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Women Invented Television: The Untold Story of the Female Powerhouses Who Pioneered the Way We Watch Today
Author: Jennifer Keishin Armstrong
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Leaps at the throat of television history and takes down the patriarchy with its fervent, inspired prose. When Women Invented Television offers proof that what we watch is a reflection of who we are as a people.” —Nathalia Holt, New York Times bestselling author of Rise of the Rocket Girls New York Times bestselling author of Seinfeldia Jennifer Keishin Armstrong tells the little-known story of four trailblazing women in the early days of television who laid the foundation of the industry we know today. It was the Golden Age of Radio and powerful men were making millions in advertising dollars reaching thousands of listeners every day. When television arrived, few radio moguls were interested in the upstart industry and its tiny production budgets, and expensive television sets were out of reach for most families. But four women—each an independent visionary— saw an opportunity and carved their own paths, and in so doing invented the way we watch tv today. Irna Phillips turned real-life tragedy into daytime serials featuring female dominated casts. Gertrude Berg turned her radio show into a Jewish family comedy that spawned a play, a musical, an advice column, a line of house dresses, and other products. Hazel Scott, already a renowned musician, was the first African American to host a national evening variety program. Betty White became a daytime talk show fan favorite and one of the first women to produce, write, and star in her own show. Together, their stories chronicle a forgotten chapter in the history of television and popular culture. But as the medium became more popular—and lucrative—in the wake of World War II, the House Un-American Activities Committee arose to threaten entertainers, blacklisting many as communist sympathizers. As politics, sexism, racism, anti-Semitism, and money collided, the women who invented television found themselves fighting from the margins, as men took control. But these women were true survivors who never gave up—and thus their legacies remain with us in our television-dominated era. It&amp;#039;s time we reclaimed their forgotten histories and the work they did to pioneer the medium that now rules our lives. This amazing and heartbreaking history tells it all for the first time.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rock Me on the Water: 1974-The Year Los Angeles Transformed Movies, Music, Television and Politics by Ronald Brownstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rock Me on the Water: 1974-The Year Los Angeles Transformed Movies, Music, Television and Politics
Author: Ronald Brownstein
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.77 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this exceptional cultural history, Atlantic Senior Editor Ronald Brownstein—“one of America&amp;#039;s best political journalists (The Economist)—tells the kaleidoscopic story of one monumental year that marked the city of Los Angeles’ creative peak, a glittering moment when popular culture was ahead of politics in predicting what America would become.  Los Angeles in 1974 exerted more influence over popular culture than any other city in America. Los Angeles that year, in fact, dominated popular culture more than it ever had before, or would again. Working in film, recording, and television studios around Sunset Boulevard, living in Brentwood and Beverly Hills or amid the flickering lights of the Hollywood Hills, a cluster of transformative talents produced an explosion in popular culture which reflected the demographic, social, and cultural realities of a changing America. At a time when Richard Nixon won two presidential elections with a message of backlash against the social changes unleashed by the sixties, popular culture was ahead of politics in predicting what America would become. The early 1970s in Los Angeles was the time and the place where conservatives definitively lost the battle to control popular culture. Rock Me on the Water traces the confluence of movies, music, television, and politics in Los Angeles month by month through that transformative, magical year. Ronald Brownstein reveals how 1974 represented a confrontation between a massive younger generation intent on change, and a political order rooted in the status quo. Today, we are again witnessing a generational cultural divide. Brownstein shows how the voices resistant to change may win the political battle for a time, but they cannot hold back the future.</description>
      <author>Ronald Brownstein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063066830.mp3" length="1481235" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063066830.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rock Me on the Water: 1974-The Year Los Angeles Transformed Movies, Music, Television and Politics
Author: Ronald Brownstein
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.77 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this exceptional cultural history, Atlantic Senior Editor Ronald Brownstein—“one of America&amp;#039;s best political journalists (The Economist)—tells the kaleidoscopic story of one monumental year that marked the city of Los Angeles’ creative peak, a glittering moment when popular culture was ahead of politics in predicting what America would become.  Los Angeles in 1974 exerted more influence over popular culture than any other city in America. Los Angeles that year, in fact, dominated popular culture more than it ever had before, or would again. Working in film, recording, and television studios around Sunset Boulevard, living in Brentwood and Beverly Hills or amid the flickering lights of the Hollywood Hills, a cluster of transformative talents produced an explosion in popular culture which reflected the demographic, social, and cultural realities of a changing America. At a time when Richard Nixon won two presidential elections with a message of backlash against the social changes unleashed by the sixties, popular culture was ahead of politics in predicting what America would become. The early 1970s in Los Angeles was the time and the place where conservatives definitively lost the battle to control popular culture. Rock Me on the Water traces the confluence of movies, music, television, and politics in Los Angeles month by month through that transformative, magical year. Ronald Brownstein reveals how 1974 represented a confrontation between a massive younger generation intent on change, and a political order rooted in the status quo. Today, we are again witnessing a generational cultural divide. Brownstein shows how the voices resistant to change may win the political battle for a time, but they cannot hold back the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rock Me on the Water: 1974-The Year Los Angeles Transformed Movies, Music, Television and Politics
Author: Ronald Brownstein
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.77 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this exceptional cultural history, Atlantic Senior Editor Ronald Brownstein—“one of America&amp;#039;s best political journalists (The Economist)—tells the kaleidoscopic story of one monumental year that marked the city of Los Angeles’ creative peak, a glittering moment when popular culture was ahead of politics in predicting what America would become.  Los Angeles in 1974 exerted more influence over popular culture than any other city in America. Los Angeles that year, in fact, dominated popular culture more than it ever had before, or would again. Working in film, recording, and television studios around Sunset Boulevard, living in Brentwood and Beverly Hills or amid the flickering lights of the Hollywood Hills, a cluster of transformative talents produced an explosion in popular culture which reflected the demographic, social, and cultural realities of a changing America. At a time when Richard Nixon won two presidential elections with a message of backlash against the social changes unleashed by the sixties, popular culture was ahead of politics in predicting what America would become. The early 1970s in Los Angeles was the time and the place where conservatives definitively lost the battle to control popular culture. Rock Me on the Water traces the confluence of movies, music, television, and politics in Los Angeles month by month through that transformative, magical year. Ronald Brownstein reveals how 1974 represented a confrontation between a massive younger generation intent on change, and a political order rooted in the status quo. Today, we are again witnessing a generational cultural divide. Brownstein shows how the voices resistant to change may win the political battle for a time, but they cannot hold back the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Terror to the Wicked: America&amp;#039;s First Trial by Jury That Ended a War and Helped to Form a Nation by Tobey Pearl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441970</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terror to the Wicked: America&amp;#039;s First Trial by Jury That Ended a War and Helped to Form a Nation
Author: Tobey Pearl
Narrator: Barrett Leddy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A little-known moment in colonial history that changed the course of America’s future. A riveting account of a brutal killing, an all-out manhunt, and the first murder trial in America, set against the backdrop of the Pequot War (between the Pequot tribe and the colonists of Massachusetts Bay) that ended this two-year war and brought about a peace that allowed the colonies to become a nation. The year: 1638. The setting: Providence, near Plymouth Colony. A young Nipmuc tribesman returning home from trading beaver pelts is fatally stabbed in a robbery in the woods near Plymouth Colony by a vicious white runaway indentured servant. The tribesman, fighting for his life, is able with his final breaths to reveal the details of the attack to Providence’s governor, Roger Williams. A frantic manhunt by the fledgling government ensues to capture the killer and his gang, now the most hunted men in the New World. With their capture, the two-year-old Plymouth Colony faces overnight its first trial—a murder trial—with Plymouth’s governor presiding as judge and prosecutor,interviewing witnesses and defendants alike, and Myles Standish, Plymouth Colony authority, as overseer of the courtroom, his sidearm at the ready. The jury—Plymouth colonists, New England farmers (“a rude and ignorant sorte,” as described by former governor William Bradford)—white, male, picked from a total population of five hundred and fifty, knows from past persecutions the horrors of a society without a jury system. Would they be tempted to protect their own—including a cold-blooded murderer who was also a Pequot War veteran—over the life of a tribesman who had fought in a war allied against them?  Tobey Pearl brings to vivid life those caught up in the drama: Roger Williams, founder of Plymouth Colony, a self-taught expert in indigenous cultures and the first investigator of the murder; Myles Standish; Edward Winslow, a former governor of Plymouth Colony and the master of the indentured servant and accused murderer; John Winthrop, governor of Massachusetts Bay Colony; the men on trial for the murder; and the lone tribesman, from the last of the Woodland American Indians, whose life was brutally taken from him.  Pearl writes of the witnesses who testified before the court and of the twelve colonists on the jury who went about their duties with grave purpose, influenced by a complex mixture of Puritan religious dictates, lingering medieval mores, new ideals of humanism, and an England still influenced by the last gasp of the English Renaissance. And she shows how, in the end, the twelve came to render a groundbreaking judicial decision that forever set the standard for American justice.  An extraordinary work of historical piecing-together; a moment that set the precedence of our basic, fundamental right to trial by jury, ensuring civil liberties and establishing it as a safeguard against injustice.</description>
      <author>Tobey Pearl</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593395479.mp3" length="2673399" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441970</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593395479.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terror to the Wicked: America&amp;#039;s First Trial by Jury That Ended a War and Helped to Form a Nation
Author: Tobey Pearl
Narrator: Barrett Leddy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A little-known moment in colonial history that changed the course of America’s future. A riveting account of a brutal killing, an all-out manhunt, and the first murder trial in America, set against the backdrop of the Pequot War (between the Pequot tribe and the colonists of Massachusetts Bay) that ended this two-year war and brought about a peace that allowed the colonies to become a nation. The year: 1638. The setting: Providence, near Plymouth Colony. A young Nipmuc tribesman returning home from trading beaver pelts is fatally stabbed in a robbery in the woods near Plymouth Colony by a vicious white runaway indentured servant. The tribesman, fighting for his life, is able with his final breaths to reveal the details of the attack to Providence’s governor, Roger Williams. A frantic manhunt by the fledgling government ensues to capture the killer and his gang, now the most hunted men in the New World. With their capture, the two-year-old Plymouth Colony faces overnight its first trial—a murder trial—with Plymouth’s governor presiding as judge and prosecutor,interviewing witnesses and defendants alike, and Myles Standish, Plymouth Colony authority, as overseer of the courtroom, his sidearm at the ready. The jury—Plymouth colonists, New England farmers (“a rude and ignorant sorte,” as described by former governor William Bradford)—white, male, picked from a total population of five hundred and fifty, knows from past persecutions the horrors of a society without a jury system. Would they be tempted to protect their own—including a cold-blooded murderer who was also a Pequot War veteran—over the life of a tribesman who had fought in a war allied against them?  Tobey Pearl brings to vivid life those caught up in the drama: Roger Williams, founder of Plymouth Colony, a self-taught expert in indigenous cultures and the first investigator of the murder; Myles Standish; Edward Winslow, a former governor of Plymouth Colony and the master of the indentured servant and accused murderer; John Winthrop, governor of Massachusetts Bay Colony; the men on trial for the murder; and the lone tribesman, from the last of the Woodland American Indians, whose life was brutally taken from him.  Pearl writes of the witnesses who testified before the court and of the twelve colonists on the jury who went about their duties with grave purpose, influenced by a complex mixture of Puritan religious dictates, lingering medieval mores, new ideals of humanism, and an England still influenced by the last gasp of the English Renaissance. And she shows how, in the end, the twelve came to render a groundbreaking judicial decision that forever set the standard for American justice.  An extraordinary work of historical piecing-together; a moment that set the precedence of our basic, fundamental right to trial by jury, ensuring civil liberties and establishing it as a safeguard against injustice.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terror to the Wicked: America&amp;#039;s First Trial by Jury That Ended a War and Helped to Form a Nation
Author: Tobey Pearl
Narrator: Barrett Leddy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A little-known moment in colonial history that changed the course of America’s future. A riveting account of a brutal killing, an all-out manhunt, and the first murder trial in America, set against the backdrop of the Pequot War (between the Pequot tribe and the colonists of Massachusetts Bay) that ended this two-year war and brought about a peace that allowed the colonies to become a nation. The year: 1638. The setting: Providence, near Plymouth Colony. A young Nipmuc tribesman returning home from trading beaver pelts is fatally stabbed in a robbery in the woods near Plymouth Colony by a vicious white runaway indentured servant. The tribesman, fighting for his life, is able with his final breaths to reveal the details of the attack to Providence’s governor, Roger Williams. A frantic manhunt by the fledgling government ensues to capture the killer and his gang, now the most hunted men in the New World. With their capture, the two-year-old Plymouth Colony faces overnight its first trial—a murder trial—with Plymouth’s governor presiding as judge and prosecutor,interviewing witnesses and defendants alike, and Myles Standish, Plymouth Colony authority, as overseer of the courtroom, his sidearm at the ready. The jury—Plymouth colonists, New England farmers (“a rude and ignorant sorte,” as described by former governor William Bradford)—white, male, picked from a total population of five hundred and fifty, knows from past persecutions the horrors of a society without a jury system. Would they be tempted to protect their own—including a cold-blooded murderer who was also a Pequot War veteran—over the life of a tribesman who had fought in a war allied against them?  Tobey Pearl brings to vivid life those caught up in the drama: Roger Williams, founder of Plymouth Colony, a self-taught expert in indigenous cultures and the first investigator of the murder; Myles Standish; Edward Winslow, a former governor of Plymouth Colony and the master of the indentured servant and accused murderer; John Winthrop, governor of Massachusetts Bay Colony; the men on trial for the murder; and the lone tribesman, from the last of the Woodland American Indians, whose life was brutally taken from him.  Pearl writes of the witnesses who testified before the court and of the twelve colonists on the jury who went about their duties with grave purpose, influenced by a complex mixture of Puritan religious dictates, lingering medieval mores, new ideals of humanism, and an England still influenced by the last gasp of the English Renaissance. And she shows how, in the end, the twelve came to render a groundbreaking judicial decision that forever set the standard for American justice.  An extraordinary work of historical piecing-together; a moment that set the precedence of our basic, fundamental right to trial by jury, ensuring civil liberties and establishing it as a safeguard against injustice.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Battle Tested!: Gettysburg Leadership Lessons for 21st Century Leaders by Jeffrey D. Mccausland, Tom Vossler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441607</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battle Tested!: Gettysburg Leadership Lessons for 21st Century Leaders
Author: Jeffrey D. Mccausland, Tom Vossler
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
You may never visit the Gettysburg battlefield, but understanding historic lessons from Battle Tested! will have a profound influence on not only your leadership abilities, but also your life, organizations, and career. In order to be a truly effective leader, it is necessary to learn as much as possible from the examples of history—the disasters as well as the triumphs. At Gettysburg, Union and Confederate commanders faced a series of critical leadership challenges under the enormous stress of combat. The fate of the nation hung in the balance. These leaders each responded in different ways, but the concepts and principles they applied during those traumatic three days contain critical lessons for today&amp;#039;s leaders that are both useful and applicable—whether those leaders manage operations at a large corporation, supervise a public institution, lead an athletic team, or govern a state or municipality.    In the twenty-first century, leadership is the indispensable quantity that separates successful organizations from failures. Successful leaders communicate vision, motivate team members, and inspire trust. One must move both people and the collective organization into the future while, at the same time, dealing with the past. A leader must learn to master the dynamic requirements of decision-making and change.</description>
      <author>Jeffrey D. Mccausland, Tom Vossler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469083391.mp3" length="737998" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441607</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469083391.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battle Tested!: Gettysburg Leadership Lessons for 21st Century Leaders
Author: Jeffrey D. Mccausland, Tom Vossler
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
You may never visit the Gettysburg battlefield, but understanding historic lessons from Battle Tested! will have a profound influence on not only your leadership abilities, but also your life, organizations, and career. In order to be a truly effective leader, it is necessary to learn as much as possible from the examples of history—the disasters as well as the triumphs. At Gettysburg, Union and Confederate commanders faced a series of critical leadership challenges under the enormous stress of combat. The fate of the nation hung in the balance. These leaders each responded in different ways, but the concepts and principles they applied during those traumatic three days contain critical lessons for today&amp;#039;s leaders that are both useful and applicable—whether those leaders manage operations at a large corporation, supervise a public institution, lead an athletic team, or govern a state or municipality.    In the twenty-first century, leadership is the indispensable quantity that separates successful organizations from failures. Successful leaders communicate vision, motivate team members, and inspire trust. One must move both people and the collective organization into the future while, at the same time, dealing with the past. A leader must learn to master the dynamic requirements of decision-making and change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battle Tested!: Gettysburg Leadership Lessons for 21st Century Leaders
Author: Jeffrey D. Mccausland, Tom Vossler
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
You may never visit the Gettysburg battlefield, but understanding historic lessons from Battle Tested! will have a profound influence on not only your leadership abilities, but also your life, organizations, and career. In order to be a truly effective leader, it is necessary to learn as much as possible from the examples of history—the disasters as well as the triumphs. At Gettysburg, Union and Confederate commanders faced a series of critical leadership challenges under the enormous stress of combat. The fate of the nation hung in the balance. These leaders each responded in different ways, but the concepts and principles they applied during those traumatic three days contain critical lessons for today&amp;#039;s leaders that are both useful and applicable—whether those leaders manage operations at a large corporation, supervise a public institution, lead an athletic team, or govern a state or municipality.    In the twenty-first century, leadership is the indispensable quantity that separates successful organizations from failures. Successful leaders communicate vision, motivate team members, and inspire trust. One must move both people and the collective organization into the future while, at the same time, dealing with the past. A leader must learn to master the dynamic requirements of decision-making and change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Kidnap Years: The Astonishing True History of the Forgotten Kidnapping Epidemic That Shook Depression-Era America by David Stout</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441380</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kidnap Years: The Astonishing True History of the Forgotten Kidnapping Epidemic That Shook Depression-Era America
Author: David Stout
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Great Depression was a time of desperation in America—parents struggled to feed their children and unemployment was at a record high. Adding to the lawlessness of the decade, thugs with submachine guns and corrupt law-enforcement officers ran rampant. But amidst this panic, there was one sure-fire way to make money, one used by criminals and resourceful civilians alike: kidnapping. Jump into this forgotten history with Edgar Award-winning author David Stout as he explores the reports of missing people that inundated newspapers at the time. Learn the horrifying details of these abduction cases, from the methods used and the investigative processes to the personal histories of the culprits and victims. All of this culminates with the most infamous kidnapping in American history, the one that targeted an international celebrity and changed legislation forever: the Lindbergh kidnapping. The Kidnap Years is a gritty, visceral, thoughtfully reported page-turner that chronicles the sweep of abductions that afflicted all corners of the country as desperate people were pushed to do the unthinkable.</description>
      <author>David Stout</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666555172.mp3" length="868837" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441380</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666555172.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kidnap Years: The Astonishing True History of the Forgotten Kidnapping Epidemic That Shook Depression-Era America
Author: David Stout
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Great Depression was a time of desperation in America—parents struggled to feed their children and unemployment was at a record high. Adding to the lawlessness of the decade, thugs with submachine guns and corrupt law-enforcement officers ran rampant. But amidst this panic, there was one sure-fire way to make money, one used by criminals and resourceful civilians alike: kidnapping. Jump into this forgotten history with Edgar Award-winning author David Stout as he explores the reports of missing people that inundated newspapers at the time. Learn the horrifying details of these abduction cases, from the methods used and the investigative processes to the personal histories of the culprits and victims. All of this culminates with the most infamous kidnapping in American history, the one that targeted an international celebrity and changed legislation forever: the Lindbergh kidnapping. The Kidnap Years is a gritty, visceral, thoughtfully reported page-turner that chronicles the sweep of abductions that afflicted all corners of the country as desperate people were pushed to do the unthinkable.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kidnap Years: The Astonishing True History of the Forgotten Kidnapping Epidemic That Shook Depression-Era America
Author: David Stout
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Great Depression was a time of desperation in America—parents struggled to feed their children and unemployment was at a record high. Adding to the lawlessness of the decade, thugs with submachine guns and corrupt law-enforcement officers ran rampant. But amidst this panic, there was one sure-fire way to make money, one used by criminals and resourceful civilians alike: kidnapping. Jump into this forgotten history with Edgar Award-winning author David Stout as he explores the reports of missing people that inundated newspapers at the time. Learn the horrifying details of these abduction cases, from the methods used and the investigative processes to the personal histories of the culprits and victims. All of this culminates with the most infamous kidnapping in American history, the one that targeted an international celebrity and changed legislation forever: the Lindbergh kidnapping. The Kidnap Years is a gritty, visceral, thoughtfully reported page-turner that chronicles the sweep of abductions that afflicted all corners of the country as desperate people were pushed to do the unthinkable.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Case for the American People: The United States v. Donald J. Trump by Norman Eisen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Case for the American People: The United States v. Donald J. Trump
Author: Norman Eisen
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Democrats’ special impeachment counsel on the House Judiciary Committee lays out President Trump’s shocking pattern of betrayals, lies, and high crimes, arguing articles of impeachment to the ultimate judges: the American people.   In his behind-the-scenes account of the attempts to bring the president to justice—from filing the very first legal actions against him, through the Mueller report, to the turbulent impeachment and trial, to the president’s ongoing wrongdoing today—Norman Eisen, at the forefront of the battle since the day of Trump’s inauguration, pulls back the curtain on the process. He reveals ten proposed articles of impeachment, not just the two that were publicly tried, all of which he had a hand in drafting. He then guides us through Trump’s lifelong instincts that have dictated his presidency: a cycle of abuse, corruption, and relentless obstruction of the truth.   Since taking the oath of office, Donald Trump has been on a spree of high crimes and misdemeanors, using the awesome power of the presidency for his own personal gain, at the expense of the American people. He has inflamed our divisions for his electoral benefit, with flagrant disregard for the Constitution that makes us America. Each step of the way, he has lied incessantly, including to cover up his crimes. And yet he remains in the country’s highest office.   Congress, federal and state prosecutors, and courts have worked to hold the president accountable for his myriad offenses—with some surprising successes and devastating failures. Eisen, who served as special counsel to the House Judiciary Committee for Trump’s impeachment and trial, presents the case against Trump anew. Eisen’s gripping narrative and rousing closing argument—at turns revelatory, insightful, and enraging—will inspire our nation of judges. History has proven that this president’s nefarious behavior will continue, no matter the crisis. But, as Eisen’s candid retelling affirms, there is an ultimate constitutional power that transcends the president’s, a power that can and must defeat him if our nation is to survive. The verdict of the American people remains in the balance. It is time for us to act.</description>
      <author>Norman Eisen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593346280.mp3" length="2763997" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593346280.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Case for the American People: The United States v. Donald J. Trump
Author: Norman Eisen
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Democrats’ special impeachment counsel on the House Judiciary Committee lays out President Trump’s shocking pattern of betrayals, lies, and high crimes, arguing articles of impeachment to the ultimate judges: the American people.   In his behind-the-scenes account of the attempts to bring the president to justice—from filing the very first legal actions against him, through the Mueller report, to the turbulent impeachment and trial, to the president’s ongoing wrongdoing today—Norman Eisen, at the forefront of the battle since the day of Trump’s inauguration, pulls back the curtain on the process. He reveals ten proposed articles of impeachment, not just the two that were publicly tried, all of which he had a hand in drafting. He then guides us through Trump’s lifelong instincts that have dictated his presidency: a cycle of abuse, corruption, and relentless obstruction of the truth.   Since taking the oath of office, Donald Trump has been on a spree of high crimes and misdemeanors, using the awesome power of the presidency for his own personal gain, at the expense of the American people. He has inflamed our divisions for his electoral benefit, with flagrant disregard for the Constitution that makes us America. Each step of the way, he has lied incessantly, including to cover up his crimes. And yet he remains in the country’s highest office.   Congress, federal and state prosecutors, and courts have worked to hold the president accountable for his myriad offenses—with some surprising successes and devastating failures. Eisen, who served as special counsel to the House Judiciary Committee for Trump’s impeachment and trial, presents the case against Trump anew. Eisen’s gripping narrative and rousing closing argument—at turns revelatory, insightful, and enraging—will inspire our nation of judges. History has proven that this president’s nefarious behavior will continue, no matter the crisis. But, as Eisen’s candid retelling affirms, there is an ultimate constitutional power that transcends the president’s, a power that can and must defeat him if our nation is to survive. The verdict of the American people remains in the balance. It is time for us to act.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Case for the American People: The United States v. Donald J. Trump
Author: Norman Eisen
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Democrats’ special impeachment counsel on the House Judiciary Committee lays out President Trump’s shocking pattern of betrayals, lies, and high crimes, arguing articles of impeachment to the ultimate judges: the American people.   In his behind-the-scenes account of the attempts to bring the president to justice—from filing the very first legal actions against him, through the Mueller report, to the turbulent impeachment and trial, to the president’s ongoing wrongdoing today—Norman Eisen, at the forefront of the battle since the day of Trump’s inauguration, pulls back the curtain on the process. He reveals ten proposed articles of impeachment, not just the two that were publicly tried, all of which he had a hand in drafting. He then guides us through Trump’s lifelong instincts that have dictated his presidency: a cycle of abuse, corruption, and relentless obstruction of the truth.   Since taking the oath of office, Donald Trump has been on a spree of high crimes and misdemeanors, using the awesome power of the presidency for his own personal gain, at the expense of the American people. He has inflamed our divisions for his electoral benefit, with flagrant disregard for the Constitution that makes us America. Each step of the way, he has lied incessantly, including to cover up his crimes. And yet he remains in the country’s highest office.   Congress, federal and state prosecutors, and courts have worked to hold the president accountable for his myriad offenses—with some surprising successes and devastating failures. Eisen, who served as special counsel to the House Judiciary Committee for Trump’s impeachment and trial, presents the case against Trump anew. Eisen’s gripping narrative and rousing closing argument—at turns revelatory, insightful, and enraging—will inspire our nation of judges. History has proven that this president’s nefarious behavior will continue, no matter the crisis. But, as Eisen’s candid retelling affirms, there is an ultimate constitutional power that transcends the president’s, a power that can and must defeat him if our nation is to survive. The verdict of the American people remains in the balance. It is time for us to act.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fireside Chats of Franklin Delano Roosevelt by Franklin Delano Roosevelt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fireside Chats of Franklin Delano Roosevelt
Author: Franklin Delano Roosevelt
Narrator: Douglas Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortly after taking office in 1933 President Franklin Delano Roosevelt delivered the first of his radio broadcasts to the American public.  In simple, plain language, he took pains to explain the basic mechanics of the banking system, the causes of the present banking crisis, and the steps he was taking to stabilize the system.  It was an extraordinary moment – the first time an American President had bypassed the traditional channels of communication (newspapers largely owned by conservative Republicans) and taken his message directly to the people.  In doing so, he conveyed a sense of intimacy and engagement with the decision-making process that earned the trust and affection of the American people. He was able to squelch rumors and build public support for the most radical social changes and the largest war in the history of the United States. They are an astonishing testimony to what great leadership looks like, sounds like, and what it can accomplish. There are thirty addresses in all, ranging from about ten to thirty minutes, given at the rate of about one every five months, with the timing dictated by public events.  The term “fireside chat” was coined by Harry C. Butcher at CBS in a press release in 1933. Most, but not all, of the original addresses were recorded in part or in full. The sound quality, however, is often quite poor.  Thus, these new recordings of the published texts of the original addresses.  While it is impossible to capture the cheery, affable charm of President Roosevelt, we hope the readings convey the spirit of the times and the temper of the man.</description>
      <author>Franklin Delano Roosevelt</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662121395.mp3" length="1255573" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662121395.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fireside Chats of Franklin Delano Roosevelt
Author: Franklin Delano Roosevelt
Narrator: Douglas Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortly after taking office in 1933 President Franklin Delano Roosevelt delivered the first of his radio broadcasts to the American public.  In simple, plain language, he took pains to explain the basic mechanics of the banking system, the causes of the present banking crisis, and the steps he was taking to stabilize the system.  It was an extraordinary moment – the first time an American President had bypassed the traditional channels of communication (newspapers largely owned by conservative Republicans) and taken his message directly to the people.  In doing so, he conveyed a sense of intimacy and engagement with the decision-making process that earned the trust and affection of the American people. He was able to squelch rumors and build public support for the most radical social changes and the largest war in the history of the United States. They are an astonishing testimony to what great leadership looks like, sounds like, and what it can accomplish. There are thirty addresses in all, ranging from about ten to thirty minutes, given at the rate of about one every five months, with the timing dictated by public events.  The term “fireside chat” was coined by Harry C. Butcher at CBS in a press release in 1933. Most, but not all, of the original addresses were recorded in part or in full. The sound quality, however, is often quite poor.  Thus, these new recordings of the published texts of the original addresses.  While it is impossible to capture the cheery, affable charm of President Roosevelt, we hope the readings convey the spirit of the times and the temper of the man.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fireside Chats of Franklin Delano Roosevelt
Author: Franklin Delano Roosevelt
Narrator: Douglas Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortly after taking office in 1933 President Franklin Delano Roosevelt delivered the first of his radio broadcasts to the American public.  In simple, plain language, he took pains to explain the basic mechanics of the banking system, the causes of the present banking crisis, and the steps he was taking to stabilize the system.  It was an extraordinary moment – the first time an American President had bypassed the traditional channels of communication (newspapers largely owned by conservative Republicans) and taken his message directly to the people.  In doing so, he conveyed a sense of intimacy and engagement with the decision-making process that earned the trust and affection of the American people. He was able to squelch rumors and build public support for the most radical social changes and the largest war in the history of the United States. They are an astonishing testimony to what great leadership looks like, sounds like, and what it can accomplish. There are thirty addresses in all, ranging from about ten to thirty minutes, given at the rate of about one every five months, with the timing dictated by public events.  The term “fireside chat” was coined by Harry C. Butcher at CBS in a press release in 1933. Most, but not all, of the original addresses were recorded in part or in full. The sound quality, however, is often quite poor.  Thus, these new recordings of the published texts of the original addresses.  While it is impossible to capture the cheery, affable charm of President Roosevelt, we hope the readings convey the spirit of the times and the temper of the man.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conspiracy to Riot: The Life and Times of One of the Chicago 7 by Lee Weiner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conspiracy to Riot: The Life and Times of One of the Chicago 7
Author: Lee Weiner
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In March 1969, eight young men were indicted by the federal government for conspiracy to incite a riot. Some of them barely knew one another, having come together briefly to protest the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago and the war in Vietnam. First dubbed the &amp;#039;Conspiracy 8&amp;#039; and later the &amp;#039;Chicago 7,&amp;#039; the group included firebrands like Abbie Hoffman and Bobby Seale, but also a little-known community activist and social worker named Lee Weiner, who was just as surprised as the rest of the country when his name was called. The ensuing trial was a media sensation, and it changed Weiner&amp;#039;s life forever. But as he recalls in his memoir, the actions that brought him before a jury and a vindictive government were part of a long tradition of American radicalism that had shaped him from an early age and remain directly relevant to today&amp;#039;s efforts to change America for the better. From Weiner&amp;#039;s Jewish family&amp;#039;s leftist political roots to wild anti-war demonstrations on the streets and high-profile political appointments, Conspiracy to Riot shows how commitment to your ideals can change your destiny—for better and for worse.</description>
      <author>Lee Weiner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705248461.mp3" length="3992949" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705248461.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conspiracy to Riot: The Life and Times of One of the Chicago 7
Author: Lee Weiner
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In March 1969, eight young men were indicted by the federal government for conspiracy to incite a riot. Some of them barely knew one another, having come together briefly to protest the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago and the war in Vietnam. First dubbed the &amp;#039;Conspiracy 8&amp;#039; and later the &amp;#039;Chicago 7,&amp;#039; the group included firebrands like Abbie Hoffman and Bobby Seale, but also a little-known community activist and social worker named Lee Weiner, who was just as surprised as the rest of the country when his name was called. The ensuing trial was a media sensation, and it changed Weiner&amp;#039;s life forever. But as he recalls in his memoir, the actions that brought him before a jury and a vindictive government were part of a long tradition of American radicalism that had shaped him from an early age and remain directly relevant to today&amp;#039;s efforts to change America for the better. From Weiner&amp;#039;s Jewish family&amp;#039;s leftist political roots to wild anti-war demonstrations on the streets and high-profile political appointments, Conspiracy to Riot shows how commitment to your ideals can change your destiny—for better and for worse.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conspiracy to Riot: The Life and Times of One of the Chicago 7
Author: Lee Weiner
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In March 1969, eight young men were indicted by the federal government for conspiracy to incite a riot. Some of them barely knew one another, having come together briefly to protest the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago and the war in Vietnam. First dubbed the &amp;#039;Conspiracy 8&amp;#039; and later the &amp;#039;Chicago 7,&amp;#039; the group included firebrands like Abbie Hoffman and Bobby Seale, but also a little-known community activist and social worker named Lee Weiner, who was just as surprised as the rest of the country when his name was called. The ensuing trial was a media sensation, and it changed Weiner&amp;#039;s life forever. But as he recalls in his memoir, the actions that brought him before a jury and a vindictive government were part of a long tradition of American radicalism that had shaped him from an early age and remain directly relevant to today&amp;#039;s efforts to change America for the better. From Weiner&amp;#039;s Jewish family&amp;#039;s leftist political roots to wild anti-war demonstrations on the streets and high-profile political appointments, Conspiracy to Riot shows how commitment to your ideals can change your destiny—for better and for worse.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lewis &amp;amp; Clark For Dummies by Sammye J. Meadows, Jana Prewitt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440509</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lewis &amp;amp; Clark For Dummies
Author: Sammye J. Meadows, Jana Prewitt
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Lewis and Clark expedition was the greatest camping trip in history. It was one of those irresistible American adventures that many people dream of living. This book shares the delightful details of the journey that historians have gleaned from the group&amp;#039;s journals and maps, and also discusses what&amp;#039;s known of the Indian perspective of the expedition. Throughout Lewis and Clark For Dummies, you find out about Jefferson&amp;#039;s western exploration from his earliest efforts to see the Corps assembled through the aftermath for the explorers, the tribes, and the United States. But the focus of Lewis &amp;amp; Clark For Dummies is on the period between Jefferson&amp;#039;s confidential letter to Congress requesting dollars to mount a western exploration (January 18,1803) and the expedition&amp;#039;s triumphant (and improbable) return to St. Louis (September 23, 1806): forty-two months that changed the world. The story of Lewis and Clark doesn&amp;#039;t end with their return to St. Louis. This book will also lead you on an exploration of the fates and lessons of the Corps of Discovery. Find out what happened to Lewis, Clark, and many other key players after their famous journey. And examine the aftermath for the American Indians and the political and cultural ramifications for the United States.</description>
      <author>Sammye J. Meadows, Jana Prewitt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705240823.mp3" length="8436819" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440509</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705240823.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lewis &amp;amp; Clark For Dummies
Author: Sammye J. Meadows, Jana Prewitt
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Lewis and Clark expedition was the greatest camping trip in history. It was one of those irresistible American adventures that many people dream of living. This book shares the delightful details of the journey that historians have gleaned from the group&amp;#039;s journals and maps, and also discusses what&amp;#039;s known of the Indian perspective of the expedition. Throughout Lewis and Clark For Dummies, you find out about Jefferson&amp;#039;s western exploration from his earliest efforts to see the Corps assembled through the aftermath for the explorers, the tribes, and the United States. But the focus of Lewis &amp;amp; Clark For Dummies is on the period between Jefferson&amp;#039;s confidential letter to Congress requesting dollars to mount a western exploration (January 18,1803) and the expedition&amp;#039;s triumphant (and improbable) return to St. Louis (September 23, 1806): forty-two months that changed the world. The story of Lewis and Clark doesn&amp;#039;t end with their return to St. Louis. This book will also lead you on an exploration of the fates and lessons of the Corps of Discovery. Find out what happened to Lewis, Clark, and many other key players after their famous journey. And examine the aftermath for the American Indians and the political and cultural ramifications for the United States.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lewis &amp;amp; Clark For Dummies
Author: Sammye J. Meadows, Jana Prewitt
Narrator: Chris Abernathy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Lewis and Clark expedition was the greatest camping trip in history. It was one of those irresistible American adventures that many people dream of living. This book shares the delightful details of the journey that historians have gleaned from the group&amp;#039;s journals and maps, and also discusses what&amp;#039;s known of the Indian perspective of the expedition. Throughout Lewis and Clark For Dummies, you find out about Jefferson&amp;#039;s western exploration from his earliest efforts to see the Corps assembled through the aftermath for the explorers, the tribes, and the United States. But the focus of Lewis &amp;amp; Clark For Dummies is on the period between Jefferson&amp;#039;s confidential letter to Congress requesting dollars to mount a western exploration (January 18,1803) and the expedition&amp;#039;s triumphant (and improbable) return to St. Louis (September 23, 1806): forty-two months that changed the world. The story of Lewis and Clark doesn&amp;#039;t end with their return to St. Louis. This book will also lead you on an exploration of the fates and lessons of the Corps of Discovery. Find out what happened to Lewis, Clark, and many other key players after their famous journey. And examine the aftermath for the American Indians and the political and cultural ramifications for the United States.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trump on Trial by Kevin Sullivan, Mary Jordan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trump on Trial
Author: Kevin Sullivan, Mary Jordan
Narrator: Jackie Sanders, Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Sets a standard for political storytelling with impeccable research and lively writing.” —Kirkus Reviews (starred review)  “Page-turning…riveting…colorful and detailed…a barometer of the health of our democracy.” —Barbara McQuade, The Washington Post   Two investigations. Two impeachments. Two acquittals. One president. The full story. Unprecedented. Unimaginable. Until Donald Trump’s presidency.   A year apart, two ferocious political dramas challenged American democracy. As Pulitzer Prize–winning Washington Post reporters Kevin Sullivan and Mary Jordan show in this gripping account, the two Trump impeachments and acquittals shared common threads: An American president, relentless in his drive to win re-election, willing to disregard the laws that limit his powers, no matter the cost. A divided Congress, split along party lines, unable to agree on whether Trump’s actions met the Constitutional standard for removal from office. The Constitution itself, tested in ways that its framers had not anticipated.   Trump’s Trials is an expanded version of Trump on Trial, Sullivan and Jordan’s compelling and masterful 2020 account of the first impeachment. That narrative, a crisp page-turner with exquisite detail and vivid scenes, deftly conveyed the calculations of the central ﬁgures, in particular Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi and Republican Senate leader Mitch McConnell. The authors have added three new chapters, and revised others, to carry the narrative through the 2020 presidential election of Joe Biden; Trump’s feverish attempts to overturn Biden’s victory; his supporters’ deadly attack on the Capitol as Congress was certifying the electoral votes; Trump’s second impeachment and acquittal—but this time, with seven Republican senators voting against him.   Sullivan and Jordan, aided by editor Steve Luxenberg, have written a fast-paced, authoritative account of the historic events that rocked America—an invaluable examination of what happened and why.</description>
      <author>Kevin Sullivan, Mary Jordan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797118727.mp3" length="862451" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797118727.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trump on Trial
Author: Kevin Sullivan, Mary Jordan
Narrator: Jackie Sanders, Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Sets a standard for political storytelling with impeccable research and lively writing.” —Kirkus Reviews (starred review)  “Page-turning…riveting…colorful and detailed…a barometer of the health of our democracy.” —Barbara McQuade, The Washington Post   Two investigations. Two impeachments. Two acquittals. One president. The full story. Unprecedented. Unimaginable. Until Donald Trump’s presidency.   A year apart, two ferocious political dramas challenged American democracy. As Pulitzer Prize–winning Washington Post reporters Kevin Sullivan and Mary Jordan show in this gripping account, the two Trump impeachments and acquittals shared common threads: An American president, relentless in his drive to win re-election, willing to disregard the laws that limit his powers, no matter the cost. A divided Congress, split along party lines, unable to agree on whether Trump’s actions met the Constitutional standard for removal from office. The Constitution itself, tested in ways that its framers had not anticipated.   Trump’s Trials is an expanded version of Trump on Trial, Sullivan and Jordan’s compelling and masterful 2020 account of the first impeachment. That narrative, a crisp page-turner with exquisite detail and vivid scenes, deftly conveyed the calculations of the central ﬁgures, in particular Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi and Republican Senate leader Mitch McConnell. The authors have added three new chapters, and revised others, to carry the narrative through the 2020 presidential election of Joe Biden; Trump’s feverish attempts to overturn Biden’s victory; his supporters’ deadly attack on the Capitol as Congress was certifying the electoral votes; Trump’s second impeachment and acquittal—but this time, with seven Republican senators voting against him.   Sullivan and Jordan, aided by editor Steve Luxenberg, have written a fast-paced, authoritative account of the historic events that rocked America—an invaluable examination of what happened and why.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trump on Trial
Author: Kevin Sullivan, Mary Jordan
Narrator: Jackie Sanders, Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Sets a standard for political storytelling with impeccable research and lively writing.” —Kirkus Reviews (starred review)  “Page-turning…riveting…colorful and detailed…a barometer of the health of our democracy.” —Barbara McQuade, The Washington Post   Two investigations. Two impeachments. Two acquittals. One president. The full story. Unprecedented. Unimaginable. Until Donald Trump’s presidency.   A year apart, two ferocious political dramas challenged American democracy. As Pulitzer Prize–winning Washington Post reporters Kevin Sullivan and Mary Jordan show in this gripping account, the two Trump impeachments and acquittals shared common threads: An American president, relentless in his drive to win re-election, willing to disregard the laws that limit his powers, no matter the cost. A divided Congress, split along party lines, unable to agree on whether Trump’s actions met the Constitutional standard for removal from office. The Constitution itself, tested in ways that its framers had not anticipated.   Trump’s Trials is an expanded version of Trump on Trial, Sullivan and Jordan’s compelling and masterful 2020 account of the first impeachment. That narrative, a crisp page-turner with exquisite detail and vivid scenes, deftly conveyed the calculations of the central ﬁgures, in particular Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi and Republican Senate leader Mitch McConnell. The authors have added three new chapters, and revised others, to carry the narrative through the 2020 presidential election of Joe Biden; Trump’s feverish attempts to overturn Biden’s victory; his supporters’ deadly attack on the Capitol as Congress was certifying the electoral votes; Trump’s second impeachment and acquittal—but this time, with seven Republican senators voting against him.   Sullivan and Jordan, aided by editor Steve Luxenberg, have written a fast-paced, authoritative account of the historic events that rocked America—an invaluable examination of what happened and why.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Oxford Inklings: Lewis, Tolkien and Their Circle by Colin Duriez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439803</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Oxford Inklings: Lewis, Tolkien and Their Circle
Author: Colin Duriez
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Oxford Inklings tells the story of the friendships, mutual influence, and common purpose of the Inklings - the literary circle which congregated around C.S. Lewis and J.R.R. Tolkien. Meeting in pubs or Lewis&amp;#039;s college rooms, they included an influential array of literary figures. They were, claimed poet and novelist John Wain, bent on &amp;#039;the task of redirecting the whole current of contemporary art and life&amp;#039;. Tolkien and Lewis expert Colin Duriez unpacks the Inklings&amp;#039; origins, relationships, and the nature of their collaboration. He shows how they influenced, encouraged, and moulded each other. Duriez also covers the less celebrated Inklings, neglected, he claims, for too long. What did they owe - and offer - to the more acknowledged names? What brought them together? And what, eventually, drove them apart from their initial focus upon each other&amp;#039;s writings?</description>
      <author>Colin Duriez</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645551508.mp3" length="1469727" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439803</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645551508.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Oxford Inklings: Lewis, Tolkien and Their Circle
Author: Colin Duriez
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Oxford Inklings tells the story of the friendships, mutual influence, and common purpose of the Inklings - the literary circle which congregated around C.S. Lewis and J.R.R. Tolkien. Meeting in pubs or Lewis&amp;#039;s college rooms, they included an influential array of literary figures. They were, claimed poet and novelist John Wain, bent on &amp;#039;the task of redirecting the whole current of contemporary art and life&amp;#039;. Tolkien and Lewis expert Colin Duriez unpacks the Inklings&amp;#039; origins, relationships, and the nature of their collaboration. He shows how they influenced, encouraged, and moulded each other. Duriez also covers the less celebrated Inklings, neglected, he claims, for too long. What did they owe - and offer - to the more acknowledged names? What brought them together? And what, eventually, drove them apart from their initial focus upon each other&amp;#039;s writings?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Oxford Inklings: Lewis, Tolkien and Their Circle
Author: Colin Duriez
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Oxford Inklings tells the story of the friendships, mutual influence, and common purpose of the Inklings - the literary circle which congregated around C.S. Lewis and J.R.R. Tolkien. Meeting in pubs or Lewis&amp;#039;s college rooms, they included an influential array of literary figures. They were, claimed poet and novelist John Wain, bent on &amp;#039;the task of redirecting the whole current of contemporary art and life&amp;#039;. Tolkien and Lewis expert Colin Duriez unpacks the Inklings&amp;#039; origins, relationships, and the nature of their collaboration. He shows how they influenced, encouraged, and moulded each other. Duriez also covers the less celebrated Inklings, neglected, he claims, for too long. What did they owe - and offer - to the more acknowledged names? What brought them together? And what, eventually, drove them apart from their initial focus upon each other&amp;#039;s writings?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Walking the Old Road: A People’s History of Chippewa City and the Grand Marais Anishinaabe by Staci Lola Drouillard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439723</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking the Old Road: A People’s History of Chippewa City and the Grand Marais Anishinaabe
Author: Staci Lola Drouillard
Narrator: Staci Lola Drouillard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of a once vibrant, now vanished off-reservation Ojibwe village—and a vital chapter of the history of the North Shore At the turn of the nineteenth century, one mile east of Grand Marais, Minnesota, you would have found Chippewa City, a village that as many as 200 Anishinaabe families called home. Today you will find only Highway 61, private lakeshore property, and the one remaining village building: St. Francis Xavier Church. In Walking the Old Road, Staci Lola Drouillard guides listeners through the story of that lost community, reclaiming for history the Ojibwe voices that have for so long, and so unceremoniously, been silenced. Blending memoir, oral history, and narrative, Walking the Old Road reaches back to a time when Chippewa City, then called Nishkwakwansing (at the edge of the forest), was home to generations of Ojibwe ancestors. Drouillard, whose own family once lived in Chippewa City, draws on memories, family history, historical analysis, and testimony passed from one generation to the next to conduct us through the ages of early European contact, government land allotment, family relocation, and assimilation. Documenting a story too often told by non-Natives, whether historians or travelers, archaeologists or settlers, Walking the Old Road gives an authentic voice to the Native American history of the North Shore. This history, infused with a powerful sense of place, connects the Ojibwe of today with the traditions of their ancestors and their descendants, recreating the narrative of Chippewa City as it was—and is and forever will be—lived.</description>
      <author>Staci Lola Drouillard</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094126050.mp3" length="823409" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439723</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094126050.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking the Old Road: A People’s History of Chippewa City and the Grand Marais Anishinaabe
Author: Staci Lola Drouillard
Narrator: Staci Lola Drouillard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of a once vibrant, now vanished off-reservation Ojibwe village—and a vital chapter of the history of the North Shore At the turn of the nineteenth century, one mile east of Grand Marais, Minnesota, you would have found Chippewa City, a village that as many as 200 Anishinaabe families called home. Today you will find only Highway 61, private lakeshore property, and the one remaining village building: St. Francis Xavier Church. In Walking the Old Road, Staci Lola Drouillard guides listeners through the story of that lost community, reclaiming for history the Ojibwe voices that have for so long, and so unceremoniously, been silenced. Blending memoir, oral history, and narrative, Walking the Old Road reaches back to a time when Chippewa City, then called Nishkwakwansing (at the edge of the forest), was home to generations of Ojibwe ancestors. Drouillard, whose own family once lived in Chippewa City, draws on memories, family history, historical analysis, and testimony passed from one generation to the next to conduct us through the ages of early European contact, government land allotment, family relocation, and assimilation. Documenting a story too often told by non-Natives, whether historians or travelers, archaeologists or settlers, Walking the Old Road gives an authentic voice to the Native American history of the North Shore. This history, infused with a powerful sense of place, connects the Ojibwe of today with the traditions of their ancestors and their descendants, recreating the narrative of Chippewa City as it was—and is and forever will be—lived.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking the Old Road: A People’s History of Chippewa City and the Grand Marais Anishinaabe
Author: Staci Lola Drouillard
Narrator: Staci Lola Drouillard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of a once vibrant, now vanished off-reservation Ojibwe village—and a vital chapter of the history of the North Shore At the turn of the nineteenth century, one mile east of Grand Marais, Minnesota, you would have found Chippewa City, a village that as many as 200 Anishinaabe families called home. Today you will find only Highway 61, private lakeshore property, and the one remaining village building: St. Francis Xavier Church. In Walking the Old Road, Staci Lola Drouillard guides listeners through the story of that lost community, reclaiming for history the Ojibwe voices that have for so long, and so unceremoniously, been silenced. Blending memoir, oral history, and narrative, Walking the Old Road reaches back to a time when Chippewa City, then called Nishkwakwansing (at the edge of the forest), was home to generations of Ojibwe ancestors. Drouillard, whose own family once lived in Chippewa City, draws on memories, family history, historical analysis, and testimony passed from one generation to the next to conduct us through the ages of early European contact, government land allotment, family relocation, and assimilation. Documenting a story too often told by non-Natives, whether historians or travelers, archaeologists or settlers, Walking the Old Road gives an authentic voice to the Native American history of the North Shore. This history, infused with a powerful sense of place, connects the Ojibwe of today with the traditions of their ancestors and their descendants, recreating the narrative of Chippewa City as it was—and is and forever will be—lived.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Doomed Romance: Broken Hearts, Lost Souls, and Sexual Tumult in Nineteenth-Century America by Christine Leigh Heyrman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439515</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Doomed Romance: Broken Hearts, Lost Souls, and Sexual Tumult in Nineteenth-Century America
Author: Christine Leigh Heyrman
Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • A thwarted love triangle of heartbreak rediscovered after almost two hundred years—two men and a woman of equal ambition—that exploded in scandal and investigation, set between America&amp;#039;s Revolution and its Civil War, revealing an age in subtle and powerful transformation, caught between the fight for women&amp;#039;s rights and the campaign waged by evangelical Protestants to dominate the nation&amp;#039;s culture and politics. From the winner of the Bancroft Prize and the Francis Parkman Prize in History. At its center—and the center of a love triangle—Martha Parker, a gifted young New England woman, smart, pretty, ambitious, determined to make the most of her opportunities, aspiring to become an educator and a foreign missionary. Late in 1825, Martha accepted a proposal from a schoolmaster, Thomas Tenney, only to reject him several weeks later for a rival suitor, a clergyman headed for the mission field, Elnathan Gridley. Tenney&amp;#039;s male friends, deeply resentful of the new prominence of women in academies, benevolent and reform associations, and the mission field, decided to retaliate on Tenney&amp;#039;s behalf by sending an anonymous letter to the head of the foreign missions board impugning Martha&amp;#039;s character. Tenney further threatened Martha with revealing even more about their relationship, thereby ruining her future prospects as a missionary. The head of the board began an inquiry into the truth of the claims about Martha, and in so doing, collected letters, diaries, depositions, and firsthand witness accounts of Martha&amp;#039;s character.  The ruin of Martha Parker&amp;#039;s hopes provoked a resistance within evangelical ranks over womanhood, manhood, and, surprisingly, homosexuality, ultimately threatening to destroy the foreign missions enterprise.</description>
      <author>Christine Leigh Heyrman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593349311.mp3" length="2744560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439515</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593349311.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Doomed Romance: Broken Hearts, Lost Souls, and Sexual Tumult in Nineteenth-Century America
Author: Christine Leigh Heyrman
Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • A thwarted love triangle of heartbreak rediscovered after almost two hundred years—two men and a woman of equal ambition—that exploded in scandal and investigation, set between America&amp;#039;s Revolution and its Civil War, revealing an age in subtle and powerful transformation, caught between the fight for women&amp;#039;s rights and the campaign waged by evangelical Protestants to dominate the nation&amp;#039;s culture and politics. From the winner of the Bancroft Prize and the Francis Parkman Prize in History. At its center—and the center of a love triangle—Martha Parker, a gifted young New England woman, smart, pretty, ambitious, determined to make the most of her opportunities, aspiring to become an educator and a foreign missionary. Late in 1825, Martha accepted a proposal from a schoolmaster, Thomas Tenney, only to reject him several weeks later for a rival suitor, a clergyman headed for the mission field, Elnathan Gridley. Tenney&amp;#039;s male friends, deeply resentful of the new prominence of women in academies, benevolent and reform associations, and the mission field, decided to retaliate on Tenney&amp;#039;s behalf by sending an anonymous letter to the head of the foreign missions board impugning Martha&amp;#039;s character. Tenney further threatened Martha with revealing even more about their relationship, thereby ruining her future prospects as a missionary. The head of the board began an inquiry into the truth of the claims about Martha, and in so doing, collected letters, diaries, depositions, and firsthand witness accounts of Martha&amp;#039;s character.  The ruin of Martha Parker&amp;#039;s hopes provoked a resistance within evangelical ranks over womanhood, manhood, and, surprisingly, homosexuality, ultimately threatening to destroy the foreign missions enterprise.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Doomed Romance: Broken Hearts, Lost Souls, and Sexual Tumult in Nineteenth-Century America
Author: Christine Leigh Heyrman
Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • A thwarted love triangle of heartbreak rediscovered after almost two hundred years—two men and a woman of equal ambition—that exploded in scandal and investigation, set between America&amp;#039;s Revolution and its Civil War, revealing an age in subtle and powerful transformation, caught between the fight for women&amp;#039;s rights and the campaign waged by evangelical Protestants to dominate the nation&amp;#039;s culture and politics. From the winner of the Bancroft Prize and the Francis Parkman Prize in History. At its center—and the center of a love triangle—Martha Parker, a gifted young New England woman, smart, pretty, ambitious, determined to make the most of her opportunities, aspiring to become an educator and a foreign missionary. Late in 1825, Martha accepted a proposal from a schoolmaster, Thomas Tenney, only to reject him several weeks later for a rival suitor, a clergyman headed for the mission field, Elnathan Gridley. Tenney&amp;#039;s male friends, deeply resentful of the new prominence of women in academies, benevolent and reform associations, and the mission field, decided to retaliate on Tenney&amp;#039;s behalf by sending an anonymous letter to the head of the foreign missions board impugning Martha&amp;#039;s character. Tenney further threatened Martha with revealing even more about their relationship, thereby ruining her future prospects as a missionary. The head of the board began an inquiry into the truth of the claims about Martha, and in so doing, collected letters, diaries, depositions, and firsthand witness accounts of Martha&amp;#039;s character.  The ruin of Martha Parker&amp;#039;s hopes provoked a resistance within evangelical ranks over womanhood, manhood, and, surprisingly, homosexuality, ultimately threatening to destroy the foreign missions enterprise.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>George Washington: The Political Rise of America&amp;#039;s Founding Father by David O. Stewart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George Washington: The Political Rise of America&amp;#039;s Founding Father
Author: David O. Stewart
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating and illuminating account of how George Washington became the dominant force in the creation of the United States of America, from award-winning author David O. Stewart “An outstanding biography . . . [George Washington] has a narrative drive such a life deserves.”—The Wall Street Journal Washington&amp;#039;s rise constitutes one of the greatest self-reinventions in history. In his mid-twenties, this third son of a modest Virginia planter had ruined his own military career thanks to an outrageous ego. But by his mid-forties, that headstrong, unwise young man had evolved into an unassailable leader chosen as the commander in chief of the fledgling Continental Army. By his mid-fifties, he was unanimously elected the nation&amp;#039;s first president. How did Washington emerge from the wilderness to become the central founder of the United States of America? In this remarkable new portrait, award-winning historian David O. Stewart unveils the political education that made Washington a master politician—and America&amp;#039;s most essential leader. From Virginia&amp;#039;s House of Burgesses, where Washington mastered the craft and timing of a practicing politician, to his management of local government as a justice of the Fairfax County Court to his eventual role in the Second Continental Congress and his grueling generalship in the American Revolution, Washington perfected the art of governing and service, earned trust, and built bridges. The lessons in leadership he absorbed along the way would be invaluable during the early years of the republic as he fought to unify the new nation.</description>
      <author>David O. Stewart</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593343555.mp3" length="2749358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593343555.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George Washington: The Political Rise of America&amp;#039;s Founding Father
Author: David O. Stewart
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating and illuminating account of how George Washington became the dominant force in the creation of the United States of America, from award-winning author David O. Stewart “An outstanding biography . . . [George Washington] has a narrative drive such a life deserves.”—The Wall Street Journal Washington&amp;#039;s rise constitutes one of the greatest self-reinventions in history. In his mid-twenties, this third son of a modest Virginia planter had ruined his own military career thanks to an outrageous ego. But by his mid-forties, that headstrong, unwise young man had evolved into an unassailable leader chosen as the commander in chief of the fledgling Continental Army. By his mid-fifties, he was unanimously elected the nation&amp;#039;s first president. How did Washington emerge from the wilderness to become the central founder of the United States of America? In this remarkable new portrait, award-winning historian David O. Stewart unveils the political education that made Washington a master politician—and America&amp;#039;s most essential leader. From Virginia&amp;#039;s House of Burgesses, where Washington mastered the craft and timing of a practicing politician, to his management of local government as a justice of the Fairfax County Court to his eventual role in the Second Continental Congress and his grueling generalship in the American Revolution, Washington perfected the art of governing and service, earned trust, and built bridges. The lessons in leadership he absorbed along the way would be invaluable during the early years of the republic as he fought to unify the new nation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George Washington: The Political Rise of America&amp;#039;s Founding Father
Author: David O. Stewart
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating and illuminating account of how George Washington became the dominant force in the creation of the United States of America, from award-winning author David O. Stewart “An outstanding biography . . . [George Washington] has a narrative drive such a life deserves.”—The Wall Street Journal Washington&amp;#039;s rise constitutes one of the greatest self-reinventions in history. In his mid-twenties, this third son of a modest Virginia planter had ruined his own military career thanks to an outrageous ego. But by his mid-forties, that headstrong, unwise young man had evolved into an unassailable leader chosen as the commander in chief of the fledgling Continental Army. By his mid-fifties, he was unanimously elected the nation&amp;#039;s first president. How did Washington emerge from the wilderness to become the central founder of the United States of America? In this remarkable new portrait, award-winning historian David O. Stewart unveils the political education that made Washington a master politician—and America&amp;#039;s most essential leader. From Virginia&amp;#039;s House of Burgesses, where Washington mastered the craft and timing of a practicing politician, to his management of local government as a justice of the Fairfax County Court to his eventual role in the Second Continental Congress and his grueling generalship in the American Revolution, Washington perfected the art of governing and service, earned trust, and built bridges. The lessons in leadership he absorbed along the way would be invaluable during the early years of the republic as he fought to unify the new nation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Were We Thinking: A Brief Intellectual History of the Trump Era by Carlos Lozada</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Were We Thinking: A Brief Intellectual History of the Trump Era
Author: Carlos Lozada
Narrator: Christian Barillas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “crisp, engaging, and very smart” (The New York Times Book Review) work, The Washington Post’s Pulitzer Prize–winning book critic digs into books of the Trump era and finds that our response to this presidency often reflects the same polarization, contradictions, and resentments that made it possible. It is an irony of our age that a man who rarely reads has unleashed an onslaught of books about his tenure and his time. Dissections of the white working class. Manifestos of political resistance. Works on identity, gender, and migration. Memoirs on race and protest. Revelations of White House mayhem. Warnings over the future of conservatism, progressivism, and of American democracy itself.   As a book critic for The Washington Post, Carlos Lozada has read just about all of them. In What Were We Thinking, he draws on some 150 recent volumes to explore how we understand ourselves in the Trump era. Lozada’s characters are not the president, his advisers, or his antagonists but the political and cultural ideas at play—and at stake—in America.   Just as Trump’s election upended the country’s political establishment, it shocked its intellectual class. Though some of the books of the Trump era skillfully illuminate the challenges and transformations the nation faces, too many works are more defensive than incisive, more righteous than right. Lozada offers a provocative argument: Whether written by liberals or conservatives, activists or academics, true believers or harsh critics, the books of Trump’s America are vulnerable to the same failures of imagination that gave us this presidency in the first place.   In What Were We Thinking, Lozada’s selections range from bestselling titles to little-known works, from thoroughly reported accounts of the administration to partisan polemics, from meditations on the fate of truth to memoirs about enduring—or enabling—the Trump presidency. He also identifies books that challenge entrenched assumptions and shift our vantage points, the books that best help us make sense of this era.   The result is an “elegant yet lacerating” (The Guardian) intellectual history of our time, a work that transcends daily headlines to discern how we got here and how we thought here. What Were We Thinking will help today’s readers understand America, and will help tomorrow’s readers look back and understand us.</description>
      <author>Carlos Lozada</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797118376.mp3" length="779655" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797118376.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Were We Thinking: A Brief Intellectual History of the Trump Era
Author: Carlos Lozada
Narrator: Christian Barillas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “crisp, engaging, and very smart” (The New York Times Book Review) work, The Washington Post’s Pulitzer Prize–winning book critic digs into books of the Trump era and finds that our response to this presidency often reflects the same polarization, contradictions, and resentments that made it possible. It is an irony of our age that a man who rarely reads has unleashed an onslaught of books about his tenure and his time. Dissections of the white working class. Manifestos of political resistance. Works on identity, gender, and migration. Memoirs on race and protest. Revelations of White House mayhem. Warnings over the future of conservatism, progressivism, and of American democracy itself.   As a book critic for The Washington Post, Carlos Lozada has read just about all of them. In What Were We Thinking, he draws on some 150 recent volumes to explore how we understand ourselves in the Trump era. Lozada’s characters are not the president, his advisers, or his antagonists but the political and cultural ideas at play—and at stake—in America.   Just as Trump’s election upended the country’s political establishment, it shocked its intellectual class. Though some of the books of the Trump era skillfully illuminate the challenges and transformations the nation faces, too many works are more defensive than incisive, more righteous than right. Lozada offers a provocative argument: Whether written by liberals or conservatives, activists or academics, true believers or harsh critics, the books of Trump’s America are vulnerable to the same failures of imagination that gave us this presidency in the first place.   In What Were We Thinking, Lozada’s selections range from bestselling titles to little-known works, from thoroughly reported accounts of the administration to partisan polemics, from meditations on the fate of truth to memoirs about enduring—or enabling—the Trump presidency. He also identifies books that challenge entrenched assumptions and shift our vantage points, the books that best help us make sense of this era.   The result is an “elegant yet lacerating” (The Guardian) intellectual history of our time, a work that transcends daily headlines to discern how we got here and how we thought here. What Were We Thinking will help today’s readers understand America, and will help tomorrow’s readers look back and understand us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Were We Thinking: A Brief Intellectual History of the Trump Era
Author: Carlos Lozada
Narrator: Christian Barillas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “crisp, engaging, and very smart” (The New York Times Book Review) work, The Washington Post’s Pulitzer Prize–winning book critic digs into books of the Trump era and finds that our response to this presidency often reflects the same polarization, contradictions, and resentments that made it possible. It is an irony of our age that a man who rarely reads has unleashed an onslaught of books about his tenure and his time. Dissections of the white working class. Manifestos of political resistance. Works on identity, gender, and migration. Memoirs on race and protest. Revelations of White House mayhem. Warnings over the future of conservatism, progressivism, and of American democracy itself.   As a book critic for The Washington Post, Carlos Lozada has read just about all of them. In What Were We Thinking, he draws on some 150 recent volumes to explore how we understand ourselves in the Trump era. Lozada’s characters are not the president, his advisers, or his antagonists but the political and cultural ideas at play—and at stake—in America.   Just as Trump’s election upended the country’s political establishment, it shocked its intellectual class. Though some of the books of the Trump era skillfully illuminate the challenges and transformations the nation faces, too many works are more defensive than incisive, more righteous than right. Lozada offers a provocative argument: Whether written by liberals or conservatives, activists or academics, true believers or harsh critics, the books of Trump’s America are vulnerable to the same failures of imagination that gave us this presidency in the first place.   In What Were We Thinking, Lozada’s selections range from bestselling titles to little-known works, from thoroughly reported accounts of the administration to partisan polemics, from meditations on the fate of truth to memoirs about enduring—or enabling—the Trump presidency. He also identifies books that challenge entrenched assumptions and shift our vantage points, the books that best help us make sense of this era.   The result is an “elegant yet lacerating” (The Guardian) intellectual history of our time, a work that transcends daily headlines to discern how we got here and how we thought here. What Were We Thinking will help today’s readers understand America, and will help tomorrow’s readers look back and understand us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Better Angels: Five Women Who Changed Civil War America by Robert C. Plumb</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438641</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Better Angels: Five Women Who Changed Civil War America
Author: Robert C. Plumb
Narrator: Kate Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Excellent biographies have been written about Clara Barton, Sarah Josepha Hale, Julia Ward Howe, Harriet Beecher Stowe, and Harriet Tubman, but their lives have never been looked at together as they intertwined with the Civil War narrative. Plumb compares and contrasts the qualities of the women to discover their common attributes for success and what was unique to each woman. Without leading troops in battle or wielding political power, these five women profoundly influenced the start of the war and its conduct throughout as North and South clashed. Coming from varying backgrounds and with different skills, the women performed acts embodying truth, freedom, compassion, inspiration, and conciliation that helped change the course of the war. They were each independent, resourceful, and intelligent women who overcame the social and political climate of mid-nineteenth century America to play important game-changing roles. They influenced the abolitionist cause, freedom for enslaved people, military medical care, inspiration of Union troops, and reconciliation as the war drew to a close. The Better Angels explores how each of the women’s lives were affected by the war and as the doors of opportunity opened for them. Their stories are filled with times of joy, frustration, success, confrontation, disappointment, and satisfaction that shaped them as they found purpose and fulfillment in the midst of a devastating war.</description>
      <author>Robert C. Plumb</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Mar 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982591434.mp3" length="822222" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438641</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982591434.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Better Angels: Five Women Who Changed Civil War America
Author: Robert C. Plumb
Narrator: Kate Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Excellent biographies have been written about Clara Barton, Sarah Josepha Hale, Julia Ward Howe, Harriet Beecher Stowe, and Harriet Tubman, but their lives have never been looked at together as they intertwined with the Civil War narrative. Plumb compares and contrasts the qualities of the women to discover their common attributes for success and what was unique to each woman. Without leading troops in battle or wielding political power, these five women profoundly influenced the start of the war and its conduct throughout as North and South clashed. Coming from varying backgrounds and with different skills, the women performed acts embodying truth, freedom, compassion, inspiration, and conciliation that helped change the course of the war. They were each independent, resourceful, and intelligent women who overcame the social and political climate of mid-nineteenth century America to play important game-changing roles. They influenced the abolitionist cause, freedom for enslaved people, military medical care, inspiration of Union troops, and reconciliation as the war drew to a close. The Better Angels explores how each of the women’s lives were affected by the war and as the doors of opportunity opened for them. Their stories are filled with times of joy, frustration, success, confrontation, disappointment, and satisfaction that shaped them as they found purpose and fulfillment in the midst of a devastating war.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Better Angels: Five Women Who Changed Civil War America
Author: Robert C. Plumb
Narrator: Kate Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Excellent biographies have been written about Clara Barton, Sarah Josepha Hale, Julia Ward Howe, Harriet Beecher Stowe, and Harriet Tubman, but their lives have never been looked at together as they intertwined with the Civil War narrative. Plumb compares and contrasts the qualities of the women to discover their common attributes for success and what was unique to each woman. Without leading troops in battle or wielding political power, these five women profoundly influenced the start of the war and its conduct throughout as North and South clashed. Coming from varying backgrounds and with different skills, the women performed acts embodying truth, freedom, compassion, inspiration, and conciliation that helped change the course of the war. They were each independent, resourceful, and intelligent women who overcame the social and political climate of mid-nineteenth century America to play important game-changing roles. They influenced the abolitionist cause, freedom for enslaved people, military medical care, inspiration of Union troops, and reconciliation as the war drew to a close. The Better Angels explores how each of the women’s lives were affected by the war and as the doors of opportunity opened for them. Their stories are filled with times of joy, frustration, success, confrontation, disappointment, and satisfaction that shaped them as they found purpose and fulfillment in the midst of a devastating war.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>His Truth Is Marching On: John Lewis and the Power of Hope by Jon Meacham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438554</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: His Truth Is Marching On: John Lewis and the Power of Hope
Author: Jon Meacham
Narrator: Jon Meacham, Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An intimate and revealing portrait of civil rights icon and longtime U.S. congressman John Lewis, linking his life to the painful quest for justice in America from the 1950s to the present—from the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of America    John Lewis, who at age twenty-five marched in Selma, Alabama, and was beaten on the Edmund Pettus Bridge, was a visionary and a man of faith. Drawing on decades of wide-ranging interviews with Lewis, Jon Meacham writes of how this great-grandson of a slave and son of an Alabama tenant farmer was inspired by the Bible and his teachers in nonviolence, Reverend James Lawson and Martin Luther King, Jr., to put his life on the line in the service of what Abraham Lincoln called “the better angels of our nature.” From an early age, Lewis learned that nonviolence was not only a tactic but a philosophy, a biblical imperative, and a transforming reality. At the age of four, Lewis, ambitious to become a minister, practiced by preaching to his family’s chickens. When his mother cooked one of the chickens, the boy refused to eat it—his first act, he wryly recalled, of nonviolent protest. Integral to Lewis’s commitment to bettering the nation was his faith in humanity and in God—and an unshakable belief in the power of hope.    Meacham calls Lewis “as important to the founding of a modern and multiethnic twentieth- and twenty-first-century America as Thomas Jefferson and James Madison and Samuel Adams were to the initial creation of the Republic itself in the eighteenth century.” A believer in the injunction that one should love one&amp;#039;s neighbor as oneself, Lewis was arguably a saint in our time, risking limb and life to bear witness for the powerless in the face of the powerful. In many ways he brought a still-evolving nation closer to realizing its ideals, and his story offers inspiration and illumination for Americans today who are working for social and political change.  This audiobook includes a PDF of the book’s Appendix.</description>
      <author>Jon Meacham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593347645.mp3" length="2572951" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438554</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593347645.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: His Truth Is Marching On: John Lewis and the Power of Hope
Author: Jon Meacham
Narrator: Jon Meacham, Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An intimate and revealing portrait of civil rights icon and longtime U.S. congressman John Lewis, linking his life to the painful quest for justice in America from the 1950s to the present—from the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of America    John Lewis, who at age twenty-five marched in Selma, Alabama, and was beaten on the Edmund Pettus Bridge, was a visionary and a man of faith. Drawing on decades of wide-ranging interviews with Lewis, Jon Meacham writes of how this great-grandson of a slave and son of an Alabama tenant farmer was inspired by the Bible and his teachers in nonviolence, Reverend James Lawson and Martin Luther King, Jr., to put his life on the line in the service of what Abraham Lincoln called “the better angels of our nature.” From an early age, Lewis learned that nonviolence was not only a tactic but a philosophy, a biblical imperative, and a transforming reality. At the age of four, Lewis, ambitious to become a minister, practiced by preaching to his family’s chickens. When his mother cooked one of the chickens, the boy refused to eat it—his first act, he wryly recalled, of nonviolent protest. Integral to Lewis’s commitment to bettering the nation was his faith in humanity and in God—and an unshakable belief in the power of hope.    Meacham calls Lewis “as important to the founding of a modern and multiethnic twentieth- and twenty-first-century America as Thomas Jefferson and James Madison and Samuel Adams were to the initial creation of the Republic itself in the eighteenth century.” A believer in the injunction that one should love one&amp;#039;s neighbor as oneself, Lewis was arguably a saint in our time, risking limb and life to bear witness for the powerless in the face of the powerful. In many ways he brought a still-evolving nation closer to realizing its ideals, and his story offers inspiration and illumination for Americans today who are working for social and political change.  This audiobook includes a PDF of the book’s Appendix.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: His Truth Is Marching On: John Lewis and the Power of Hope
Author: Jon Meacham
Narrator: Jon Meacham, Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An intimate and revealing portrait of civil rights icon and longtime U.S. congressman John Lewis, linking his life to the painful quest for justice in America from the 1950s to the present—from the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of America    John Lewis, who at age twenty-five marched in Selma, Alabama, and was beaten on the Edmund Pettus Bridge, was a visionary and a man of faith. Drawing on decades of wide-ranging interviews with Lewis, Jon Meacham writes of how this great-grandson of a slave and son of an Alabama tenant farmer was inspired by the Bible and his teachers in nonviolence, Reverend James Lawson and Martin Luther King, Jr., to put his life on the line in the service of what Abraham Lincoln called “the better angels of our nature.” From an early age, Lewis learned that nonviolence was not only a tactic but a philosophy, a biblical imperative, and a transforming reality. At the age of four, Lewis, ambitious to become a minister, practiced by preaching to his family’s chickens. When his mother cooked one of the chickens, the boy refused to eat it—his first act, he wryly recalled, of nonviolent protest. Integral to Lewis’s commitment to bettering the nation was his faith in humanity and in God—and an unshakable belief in the power of hope.    Meacham calls Lewis “as important to the founding of a modern and multiethnic twentieth- and twenty-first-century America as Thomas Jefferson and James Madison and Samuel Adams were to the initial creation of the Republic itself in the eighteenth century.” A believer in the injunction that one should love one&amp;#039;s neighbor as oneself, Lewis was arguably a saint in our time, risking limb and life to bear witness for the powerless in the face of the powerful. In many ways he brought a still-evolving nation closer to realizing its ideals, and his story offers inspiration and illumination for Americans today who are working for social and political change.  This audiobook includes a PDF of the book’s Appendix.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Monopolies Suck: 7 Ways Big Corporations Rule Your Life and How to Take Back Control by Sally Hubbard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monopolies Suck: 7 Ways Big Corporations Rule Your Life and How to Take Back Control
Author: Sally Hubbard
Narrator: Vivienne Leheny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent and witty manifesto, Monopolies Suck “lucidly explains how monopolies threaten democracy, worsen inequality, and imperil the American Dream—and why it’s more important than ever to take action” (David Cicilline). Something’s not right. No matter how hard you work, life seems to only get harder. When your expenses keep going up but your income stays flat, when you’re price-gouged buying medicine for your child’s life-threatening allergy, when you live in a hyped-up state of fear and anxiety, monopoly power is playing a key role. In Monopolies Suck, antitrust expert and director at the Open Markets Institute, Sally Hubbard, shows us the seven ways big corporations rule our lives—and what must be done to stop them.   Throughout history, monopolists who controlled entire industries like railroads and oil were aptly called “robber barons” because they extracted wealth from everyone else—and today’s monopolies are no different. By charging high prices, skirting taxes, and reducing our pay and economic opportunities, they are not only stealing our money, but also robbing us of innovation and choice, as market dominance prevents new companies from challenging them. They’re robbing us of the ability to take care of our sick, a healthy food supply, and a habitable planet by using business practices that deplete rather than generate. They’re a threat to our private lives, fair elections, a robust press, and ultimately, the American Dream that so many of us are striving for.   In this “accessible guide” (Zephyr Teachout, author of Break ‘Em Up), Sally Hubbard gives us an easy-to-understand overview of the history of monopolies and antitrust law, and urges us to use our voices, votes, and wallets to protest monopoly power. Emboldened by the previous century when we successfully broke up monopoly power in the US, we have the tools to dismantle corporate power again today—before their lobbying threatens to undermine our economy and democracy for generations to come.</description>
      <author>Sally Hubbard</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797118130.mp3" length="826690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797118130.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monopolies Suck: 7 Ways Big Corporations Rule Your Life and How to Take Back Control
Author: Sally Hubbard
Narrator: Vivienne Leheny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent and witty manifesto, Monopolies Suck “lucidly explains how monopolies threaten democracy, worsen inequality, and imperil the American Dream—and why it’s more important than ever to take action” (David Cicilline). Something’s not right. No matter how hard you work, life seems to only get harder. When your expenses keep going up but your income stays flat, when you’re price-gouged buying medicine for your child’s life-threatening allergy, when you live in a hyped-up state of fear and anxiety, monopoly power is playing a key role. In Monopolies Suck, antitrust expert and director at the Open Markets Institute, Sally Hubbard, shows us the seven ways big corporations rule our lives—and what must be done to stop them.   Throughout history, monopolists who controlled entire industries like railroads and oil were aptly called “robber barons” because they extracted wealth from everyone else—and today’s monopolies are no different. By charging high prices, skirting taxes, and reducing our pay and economic opportunities, they are not only stealing our money, but also robbing us of innovation and choice, as market dominance prevents new companies from challenging them. They’re robbing us of the ability to take care of our sick, a healthy food supply, and a habitable planet by using business practices that deplete rather than generate. They’re a threat to our private lives, fair elections, a robust press, and ultimately, the American Dream that so many of us are striving for.   In this “accessible guide” (Zephyr Teachout, author of Break ‘Em Up), Sally Hubbard gives us an easy-to-understand overview of the history of monopolies and antitrust law, and urges us to use our voices, votes, and wallets to protest monopoly power. Emboldened by the previous century when we successfully broke up monopoly power in the US, we have the tools to dismantle corporate power again today—before their lobbying threatens to undermine our economy and democracy for generations to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monopolies Suck: 7 Ways Big Corporations Rule Your Life and How to Take Back Control
Author: Sally Hubbard
Narrator: Vivienne Leheny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent and witty manifesto, Monopolies Suck “lucidly explains how monopolies threaten democracy, worsen inequality, and imperil the American Dream—and why it’s more important than ever to take action” (David Cicilline). Something’s not right. No matter how hard you work, life seems to only get harder. When your expenses keep going up but your income stays flat, when you’re price-gouged buying medicine for your child’s life-threatening allergy, when you live in a hyped-up state of fear and anxiety, monopoly power is playing a key role. In Monopolies Suck, antitrust expert and director at the Open Markets Institute, Sally Hubbard, shows us the seven ways big corporations rule our lives—and what must be done to stop them.   Throughout history, monopolists who controlled entire industries like railroads and oil were aptly called “robber barons” because they extracted wealth from everyone else—and today’s monopolies are no different. By charging high prices, skirting taxes, and reducing our pay and economic opportunities, they are not only stealing our money, but also robbing us of innovation and choice, as market dominance prevents new companies from challenging them. They’re robbing us of the ability to take care of our sick, a healthy food supply, and a habitable planet by using business practices that deplete rather than generate. They’re a threat to our private lives, fair elections, a robust press, and ultimately, the American Dream that so many of us are striving for.   In this “accessible guide” (Zephyr Teachout, author of Break ‘Em Up), Sally Hubbard gives us an easy-to-understand overview of the history of monopolies and antitrust law, and urges us to use our voices, votes, and wallets to protest monopoly power. Emboldened by the previous century when we successfully broke up monopoly power in the US, we have the tools to dismantle corporate power again today—before their lobbying threatens to undermine our economy and democracy for generations to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>But Not in Shame: The Six Months after Pearl Harbor by John Toland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437822</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: But Not in Shame: The Six Months after Pearl Harbor
Author: John Toland
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 19 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
December 7, 1941—at exactly 7:55 a.m. on a seemingly peaceful Sunday morning, the United States was plunged into the greatest war in history! What were the events which determined the Pearl Harbor catastrophe? What were the last few days on Wake Island like? What really occurred on the infamous Bataan Death March and why did it happen? How did MacArthur make his dramatic escape from Corregidor? And what is the story behind the greatest capitulation in American history, General Wainwright’s forced surrender of the Philippines? But Not in Shame begins with the race to decode intercepted secret Japanese messages the day before the Pearl Harbor attack, and ends six months later with the stunning victory which unexpectedly turned the tide—the Battle of Midway. More than an exciting narrative of battles and leaders, it is a story of the individuals on both sides who took part in the most critical decisions and momentous events.</description>
      <author>John Toland</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094131269.mp3" length="853507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437822</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094131269.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: But Not in Shame: The Six Months after Pearl Harbor
Author: John Toland
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 19 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
December 7, 1941—at exactly 7:55 a.m. on a seemingly peaceful Sunday morning, the United States was plunged into the greatest war in history! What were the events which determined the Pearl Harbor catastrophe? What were the last few days on Wake Island like? What really occurred on the infamous Bataan Death March and why did it happen? How did MacArthur make his dramatic escape from Corregidor? And what is the story behind the greatest capitulation in American history, General Wainwright’s forced surrender of the Philippines? But Not in Shame begins with the race to decode intercepted secret Japanese messages the day before the Pearl Harbor attack, and ends six months later with the stunning victory which unexpectedly turned the tide—the Battle of Midway. More than an exciting narrative of battles and leaders, it is a story of the individuals on both sides who took part in the most critical decisions and momentous events.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: But Not in Shame: The Six Months after Pearl Harbor
Author: John Toland
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 19 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
December 7, 1941—at exactly 7:55 a.m. on a seemingly peaceful Sunday morning, the United States was plunged into the greatest war in history! What were the events which determined the Pearl Harbor catastrophe? What were the last few days on Wake Island like? What really occurred on the infamous Bataan Death March and why did it happen? How did MacArthur make his dramatic escape from Corregidor? And what is the story behind the greatest capitulation in American history, General Wainwright’s forced surrender of the Philippines? But Not in Shame begins with the race to decode intercepted secret Japanese messages the day before the Pearl Harbor attack, and ends six months later with the stunning victory which unexpectedly turned the tide—the Battle of Midway. More than an exciting narrative of battles and leaders, it is a story of the individuals on both sides who took part in the most critical decisions and momentous events.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Children Under Fire: An American Crisis by John Woodrow Cox</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437708</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437708">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437708</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Children Under Fire: An American Crisis
Author: John Woodrow Cox
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of The New York Times’ 16 New Books to Watch for in March One of Publishers Weekly’s Most Anticipated Books of the Year One of Newsweek’s Most Highly Anticipated Books of The Year One of Buzzfeed’s Most Anticipated Books the Year Based on the acclaimed series—a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize—an intimate account of the devastating effects of gun violence on our nation’s children, and a call to action for a new way forward In 2017, seven-year-old Ava in South Carolina wrote a letter to Tyshaun, an eight-year-old boy from Washington, DC. She asked him to be her pen pal; Ava thought they could help each other. The kids had a tragic connection—both were traumatized by gun violence. Ava’s best friend had been killed in a campus shooting at her elementary school, and Tyshaun’s father had been shot to death outside of the boy’s elementary school. Ava’s and Tyshaun’s stories are extraordinary, but not unique. In the past decade, 15,000 children have been killed from gunfire, though that number does not account for the kids who weren’t shot and aren’t considered victims but have nevertheless been irreparably harmed by gun violence. In Children Under Fire, John Woodrow Cox investigates the effectiveness of gun safety reforms as well as efforts to manage children’s trauma in the wake of neighborhood shootings and campus massacres, from Columbine to Marjory Stoneman Douglas. Through deep reporting, Cox addresses how we can effect change now, and help children like Ava and Tyshaun. He explores their stories and more, including a couple in South Carolina whose eleven-year-old son shot himself, a Republican politician fighting for gun safety laws, and the charlatans infiltrating the school safety business. In a moment when the country is desperate to better understand and address gun violence, Children Under Fire offers a way to do just that, weaving wrenching personal stories into a critical call for the United States to embrace practical reforms that would save thousands of young lives.</description>
      <author>John Woodrow Cox</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063065819.mp3" length="1378602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437708</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063065819.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437708">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437708</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Children Under Fire: An American Crisis
Author: John Woodrow Cox
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of The New York Times’ 16 New Books to Watch for in March One of Publishers Weekly’s Most Anticipated Books of the Year One of Newsweek’s Most Highly Anticipated Books of The Year One of Buzzfeed’s Most Anticipated Books the Year Based on the acclaimed series—a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize—an intimate account of the devastating effects of gun violence on our nation’s children, and a call to action for a new way forward In 2017, seven-year-old Ava in South Carolina wrote a letter to Tyshaun, an eight-year-old boy from Washington, DC. She asked him to be her pen pal; Ava thought they could help each other. The kids had a tragic connection—both were traumatized by gun violence. Ava’s best friend had been killed in a campus shooting at her elementary school, and Tyshaun’s father had been shot to death outside of the boy’s elementary school. Ava’s and Tyshaun’s stories are extraordinary, but not unique. In the past decade, 15,000 children have been killed from gunfire, though that number does not account for the kids who weren’t shot and aren’t considered victims but have nevertheless been irreparably harmed by gun violence. In Children Under Fire, John Woodrow Cox investigates the effectiveness of gun safety reforms as well as efforts to manage children’s trauma in the wake of neighborhood shootings and campus massacres, from Columbine to Marjory Stoneman Douglas. Through deep reporting, Cox addresses how we can effect change now, and help children like Ava and Tyshaun. He explores their stories and more, including a couple in South Carolina whose eleven-year-old son shot himself, a Republican politician fighting for gun safety laws, and the charlatans infiltrating the school safety business. In a moment when the country is desperate to better understand and address gun violence, Children Under Fire offers a way to do just that, weaving wrenching personal stories into a critical call for the United States to embrace practical reforms that would save thousands of young lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437708">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437708</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Children Under Fire: An American Crisis
Author: John Woodrow Cox
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of The New York Times’ 16 New Books to Watch for in March One of Publishers Weekly’s Most Anticipated Books of the Year One of Newsweek’s Most Highly Anticipated Books of The Year One of Buzzfeed’s Most Anticipated Books the Year Based on the acclaimed series—a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize—an intimate account of the devastating effects of gun violence on our nation’s children, and a call to action for a new way forward In 2017, seven-year-old Ava in South Carolina wrote a letter to Tyshaun, an eight-year-old boy from Washington, DC. She asked him to be her pen pal; Ava thought they could help each other. The kids had a tragic connection—both were traumatized by gun violence. Ava’s best friend had been killed in a campus shooting at her elementary school, and Tyshaun’s father had been shot to death outside of the boy’s elementary school. Ava’s and Tyshaun’s stories are extraordinary, but not unique. In the past decade, 15,000 children have been killed from gunfire, though that number does not account for the kids who weren’t shot and aren’t considered victims but have nevertheless been irreparably harmed by gun violence. In Children Under Fire, John Woodrow Cox investigates the effectiveness of gun safety reforms as well as efforts to manage children’s trauma in the wake of neighborhood shootings and campus massacres, from Columbine to Marjory Stoneman Douglas. Through deep reporting, Cox addresses how we can effect change now, and help children like Ava and Tyshaun. He explores their stories and more, including a couple in South Carolina whose eleven-year-old son shot himself, a Republican politician fighting for gun safety laws, and the charlatans infiltrating the school safety business. In a moment when the country is desperate to better understand and address gun violence, Children Under Fire offers a way to do just that, weaving wrenching personal stories into a critical call for the United States to embrace practical reforms that would save thousands of young lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight by Julia Sweig</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight
Author: Julia Sweig
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “A revelation . . . a book in the Caro mold, using Lady Bird, along with tapes and transcripts of her entire White House diary, to tell the history of America during the Johnson years.”—The New York Times The inspiration for the documentary film The Lady Bird Diaries, premiering November 13 on Hulu Perhaps the most underestimated First Lady of the twentieth century, Lady Bird Johnson was also one of the most powerful. In Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight, Julia Sweig reveals how indispensable the First Lady was to Lyndon Johnson’s administration—which Lady Bird called “our” presidency. In addition to advising him through critical moments, she took on her own policy initiatives, including the most ambitious national environmental effort since Theodore Roosevelt and a virtually unknown initiative to desegregate access to public recreation and national parks in Washington, D.C.   Where no presidential biographer has understood Lady Bird’s full impact, Julia Sweig is the first to draw substantially on her White House diaries and to place her center stage. In doing so, Sweig reveals a woman ahead of her time—and an accomplished strategist and politician in her own right. This program includes an actual recording of Lady Bird’s audio diary, dated October 12, 1965.   Winner of the Texas Book Award • Longlisted for the PEN/Jacqueline Bogard Weld Award</description>
      <author>Julia Sweig</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593346143.mp3" length="2668600" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593346143.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight
Author: Julia Sweig
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “A revelation . . . a book in the Caro mold, using Lady Bird, along with tapes and transcripts of her entire White House diary, to tell the history of America during the Johnson years.”—The New York Times The inspiration for the documentary film The Lady Bird Diaries, premiering November 13 on Hulu Perhaps the most underestimated First Lady of the twentieth century, Lady Bird Johnson was also one of the most powerful. In Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight, Julia Sweig reveals how indispensable the First Lady was to Lyndon Johnson’s administration—which Lady Bird called “our” presidency. In addition to advising him through critical moments, she took on her own policy initiatives, including the most ambitious national environmental effort since Theodore Roosevelt and a virtually unknown initiative to desegregate access to public recreation and national parks in Washington, D.C.   Where no presidential biographer has understood Lady Bird’s full impact, Julia Sweig is the first to draw substantially on her White House diaries and to place her center stage. In doing so, Sweig reveals a woman ahead of her time—and an accomplished strategist and politician in her own right. This program includes an actual recording of Lady Bird’s audio diary, dated October 12, 1965.   Winner of the Texas Book Award • Longlisted for the PEN/Jacqueline Bogard Weld Award</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight
Author: Julia Sweig
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “A revelation . . . a book in the Caro mold, using Lady Bird, along with tapes and transcripts of her entire White House diary, to tell the history of America during the Johnson years.”—The New York Times The inspiration for the documentary film The Lady Bird Diaries, premiering November 13 on Hulu Perhaps the most underestimated First Lady of the twentieth century, Lady Bird Johnson was also one of the most powerful. In Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight, Julia Sweig reveals how indispensable the First Lady was to Lyndon Johnson’s administration—which Lady Bird called “our” presidency. In addition to advising him through critical moments, she took on her own policy initiatives, including the most ambitious national environmental effort since Theodore Roosevelt and a virtually unknown initiative to desegregate access to public recreation and national parks in Washington, D.C.   Where no presidential biographer has understood Lady Bird’s full impact, Julia Sweig is the first to draw substantially on her White House diaries and to place her center stage. In doing so, Sweig reveals a woman ahead of her time—and an accomplished strategist and politician in her own right. This program includes an actual recording of Lady Bird’s audio diary, dated October 12, 1965.   Winner of the Texas Book Award • Longlisted for the PEN/Jacqueline Bogard Weld Award</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ida B. the Queen by Michelle Duster</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437129</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ida B. the Queen
Author: Michelle Duster
Narrator: Michelle Duster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 43 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Journalist. Suffragist. Antilynching crusader. In 1862, Ida B. Wells was born enslaved in Holly Springs, Mississippi. In 2020, she won a Pulitzer Prize.  Ida B. Wells committed herself to the needs of those who did not have power. In the eyes of the FBI, this made her a “dangerous negro agitator.” In the annals of history, it makes her an icon.    Ida B. the Queen tells the awe-inspiring story of an pioneering woman who was often overlooked and underestimated—a woman who refused to exit a train car meant for white passengers; a woman brought to light the horrors of lynching in America; a woman who cofounded the NAACP. Written by Wells’s great-granddaughter Michelle Duster, this “warm remembrance of a civil rights icon” (Kirkus Reviews) is a unique visual celebration of Wells’s life, and of the Black experience.    A century after her death, Wells’s genius is being celebrated in popular culture by politicians, through song, public artwork, and landmarks. Like her contemporaries Frederick Douglass and Susan B. Anthony, Wells left an indelible mark on history—one that can still be felt today. As America confronts the unfinished business of systemic racism, Ida B. the Queen pays tribute to a transformational leader and reminds us of the power we all hold to smash the status quo.</description>
      <author>Michelle Duster</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797117713.mp3" length="796539" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437129</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797117713.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ida B. the Queen
Author: Michelle Duster
Narrator: Michelle Duster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 43 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Journalist. Suffragist. Antilynching crusader. In 1862, Ida B. Wells was born enslaved in Holly Springs, Mississippi. In 2020, she won a Pulitzer Prize.  Ida B. Wells committed herself to the needs of those who did not have power. In the eyes of the FBI, this made her a “dangerous negro agitator.” In the annals of history, it makes her an icon.    Ida B. the Queen tells the awe-inspiring story of an pioneering woman who was often overlooked and underestimated—a woman who refused to exit a train car meant for white passengers; a woman brought to light the horrors of lynching in America; a woman who cofounded the NAACP. Written by Wells’s great-granddaughter Michelle Duster, this “warm remembrance of a civil rights icon” (Kirkus Reviews) is a unique visual celebration of Wells’s life, and of the Black experience.    A century after her death, Wells’s genius is being celebrated in popular culture by politicians, through song, public artwork, and landmarks. Like her contemporaries Frederick Douglass and Susan B. Anthony, Wells left an indelible mark on history—one that can still be felt today. As America confronts the unfinished business of systemic racism, Ida B. the Queen pays tribute to a transformational leader and reminds us of the power we all hold to smash the status quo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ida B. the Queen
Author: Michelle Duster
Narrator: Michelle Duster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 43 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Journalist. Suffragist. Antilynching crusader. In 1862, Ida B. Wells was born enslaved in Holly Springs, Mississippi. In 2020, she won a Pulitzer Prize.  Ida B. Wells committed herself to the needs of those who did not have power. In the eyes of the FBI, this made her a “dangerous negro agitator.” In the annals of history, it makes her an icon.    Ida B. the Queen tells the awe-inspiring story of an pioneering woman who was often overlooked and underestimated—a woman who refused to exit a train car meant for white passengers; a woman brought to light the horrors of lynching in America; a woman who cofounded the NAACP. Written by Wells’s great-granddaughter Michelle Duster, this “warm remembrance of a civil rights icon” (Kirkus Reviews) is a unique visual celebration of Wells’s life, and of the Black experience.    A century after her death, Wells’s genius is being celebrated in popular culture by politicians, through song, public artwork, and landmarks. Like her contemporaries Frederick Douglass and Susan B. Anthony, Wells left an indelible mark on history—one that can still be felt today. As America confronts the unfinished business of systemic racism, Ida B. the Queen pays tribute to a transformational leader and reminds us of the power we all hold to smash the status quo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Birthright Citizens: A History of Race and Rights in Antebellum America by Martha S. Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436929</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Birthright Citizens: A History of Race and Rights in Antebellum America
Author: Martha S. Jones
Narrator: Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Birthright Citizens tells how African American activists radically transformed the terms of citizenship for all Americans.   Before the Civil War, colonization schemes and black laws threatened to deport former slaves born in the United States. Birthright Citizens recovers the story of how African American activists remade national belonging through battles in legislatures, conventions, and courthouses. They faced formidable opposition, most notoriously from the US Supreme Court decision in Dred Scott. Still, Martha S. Jones explains, no single case defined their status. Former slaves studied law, secured allies, and conducted themselves like citizens, establishing their status through local, everyday claims. All along they argued that birth guaranteed their rights.   With fresh archival sources and an ambitious reframing of constitutional law-making before the Civil War, Jones shows how when the Fourteenth Amendment constitutionalized the birthright principle, the aspirations of black Americans&amp;#039; aspirations were realized.</description>
      <author>Martha S. Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705223185.mp3" length="8096054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436929</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705223185.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Birthright Citizens: A History of Race and Rights in Antebellum America
Author: Martha S. Jones
Narrator: Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Birthright Citizens tells how African American activists radically transformed the terms of citizenship for all Americans.   Before the Civil War, colonization schemes and black laws threatened to deport former slaves born in the United States. Birthright Citizens recovers the story of how African American activists remade national belonging through battles in legislatures, conventions, and courthouses. They faced formidable opposition, most notoriously from the US Supreme Court decision in Dred Scott. Still, Martha S. Jones explains, no single case defined their status. Former slaves studied law, secured allies, and conducted themselves like citizens, establishing their status through local, everyday claims. All along they argued that birth guaranteed their rights.   With fresh archival sources and an ambitious reframing of constitutional law-making before the Civil War, Jones shows how when the Fourteenth Amendment constitutionalized the birthright principle, the aspirations of black Americans&amp;#039; aspirations were realized.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Birthright Citizens: A History of Race and Rights in Antebellum America
Author: Martha S. Jones
Narrator: Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Birthright Citizens tells how African American activists radically transformed the terms of citizenship for all Americans.   Before the Civil War, colonization schemes and black laws threatened to deport former slaves born in the United States. Birthright Citizens recovers the story of how African American activists remade national belonging through battles in legislatures, conventions, and courthouses. They faced formidable opposition, most notoriously from the US Supreme Court decision in Dred Scott. Still, Martha S. Jones explains, no single case defined their status. Former slaves studied law, secured allies, and conducted themselves like citizens, establishing their status through local, everyday claims. All along they argued that birth guaranteed their rights.   With fresh archival sources and an ambitious reframing of constitutional law-making before the Civil War, Jones shows how when the Fourteenth Amendment constitutionalized the birthright principle, the aspirations of black Americans&amp;#039; aspirations were realized.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>America’s First Freedom Rider: Elizabeth Jennings, Chester A. Arthur, and the Early Fight for Civil Rights by Jerry Mikorenda</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436423</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: America’s First Freedom Rider: Elizabeth Jennings, Chester A. Arthur, and the Early Fight for Civil Rights
Author: Jerry Mikorenda
Narrator: Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1854, traveling was full of danger. Omnibus accidents were commonplace. Pedestrians were regularly attacked by the Five Points’ gangs. Rival police forces watched and argued over who should help. Pickpockets, drunks, and kidnappers were all part of the daily street scene in old New York. Yet somehow, they endured and transformed a trading post into the Empire City. None of this was on Elizabeth Jennings’s mind as she climbed the platform onto the Chatham Street horse-car. But her destination and that of the country took a sudden turn when the conductor told her to wait for the next car because it had “her people” in it. When she refused to step off the bus, she was assaulted by the conductor who was aided by a New York police officer. On February 22, 1855, the Elizabeth Jennings v. Third Avenue Rail Road case was settled: the jury stunned the courtroom with a $250 verdict in Lizzie’s favor. Future US president Chester A. Arthur was Jennings’s attorney and their lives would be forever onward intertwined. This is the story of what happened that day. It’s also the story of Jennings and Arthur’s families, the struggle for equality, and race relations. It’s the history of America at its most despicable and most exhilarating. Yet few historians know of Elizabeth Jennings or the impact she had on desegregating public transit.</description>
      <author>Jerry Mikorenda</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094147932.mp3" length="840886" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436423</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094147932.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: America’s First Freedom Rider: Elizabeth Jennings, Chester A. Arthur, and the Early Fight for Civil Rights
Author: Jerry Mikorenda
Narrator: Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1854, traveling was full of danger. Omnibus accidents were commonplace. Pedestrians were regularly attacked by the Five Points’ gangs. Rival police forces watched and argued over who should help. Pickpockets, drunks, and kidnappers were all part of the daily street scene in old New York. Yet somehow, they endured and transformed a trading post into the Empire City. None of this was on Elizabeth Jennings’s mind as she climbed the platform onto the Chatham Street horse-car. But her destination and that of the country took a sudden turn when the conductor told her to wait for the next car because it had “her people” in it. When she refused to step off the bus, she was assaulted by the conductor who was aided by a New York police officer. On February 22, 1855, the Elizabeth Jennings v. Third Avenue Rail Road case was settled: the jury stunned the courtroom with a $250 verdict in Lizzie’s favor. Future US president Chester A. Arthur was Jennings’s attorney and their lives would be forever onward intertwined. This is the story of what happened that day. It’s also the story of Jennings and Arthur’s families, the struggle for equality, and race relations. It’s the history of America at its most despicable and most exhilarating. Yet few historians know of Elizabeth Jennings or the impact she had on desegregating public transit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: America’s First Freedom Rider: Elizabeth Jennings, Chester A. Arthur, and the Early Fight for Civil Rights
Author: Jerry Mikorenda
Narrator: Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1854, traveling was full of danger. Omnibus accidents were commonplace. Pedestrians were regularly attacked by the Five Points’ gangs. Rival police forces watched and argued over who should help. Pickpockets, drunks, and kidnappers were all part of the daily street scene in old New York. Yet somehow, they endured and transformed a trading post into the Empire City. None of this was on Elizabeth Jennings’s mind as she climbed the platform onto the Chatham Street horse-car. But her destination and that of the country took a sudden turn when the conductor told her to wait for the next car because it had “her people” in it. When she refused to step off the bus, she was assaulted by the conductor who was aided by a New York police officer. On February 22, 1855, the Elizabeth Jennings v. Third Avenue Rail Road case was settled: the jury stunned the courtroom with a $250 verdict in Lizzie’s favor. Future US president Chester A. Arthur was Jennings’s attorney and their lives would be forever onward intertwined. This is the story of what happened that day. It’s also the story of Jennings and Arthur’s families, the struggle for equality, and race relations. It’s the history of America at its most despicable and most exhilarating. Yet few historians know of Elizabeth Jennings or the impact she had on desegregating public transit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Portrait of a President by William Manchester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436416</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Portrait of a President
Author: William Manchester
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An up-close look at John F. Kennedy by one of his closest confidants, a New York Times–bestselling biographer Written by a prize-winning historian and biographer of such giants as Winston S. Churchill and Douglas MacArthur, this intimately detailed account provides a rare personal glimpse into the emotions behind the Kennedy administration—from the elation of victory to the frustrating challenges facing a young president at a pivotal turning point in US history. Originally published in 1962—before the assassination of JFK—Portrait of a President is William Manchester’s first biography of the thirty-fifth president of the United States. In addition to firsthand encounters with JFK, the biography draws from over forty interviews conducted in the first year of his presidency. In speaking with those closest to the commander-in-chief, both in his administration and his family, Manchester captures a complete portrait of one of the most highly regarded figures of the twentieth century. This edition includes a new introduction and epilogue written by Manchester in the aftermath of November 1963, adding to the mythos by documenting not just how President Kennedy lived but also the legacy he left behind.</description>
      <author>William Manchester</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094130545.mp3" length="825156" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436416</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094130545.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Portrait of a President
Author: William Manchester
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An up-close look at John F. Kennedy by one of his closest confidants, a New York Times–bestselling biographer Written by a prize-winning historian and biographer of such giants as Winston S. Churchill and Douglas MacArthur, this intimately detailed account provides a rare personal glimpse into the emotions behind the Kennedy administration—from the elation of victory to the frustrating challenges facing a young president at a pivotal turning point in US history. Originally published in 1962—before the assassination of JFK—Portrait of a President is William Manchester’s first biography of the thirty-fifth president of the United States. In addition to firsthand encounters with JFK, the biography draws from over forty interviews conducted in the first year of his presidency. In speaking with those closest to the commander-in-chief, both in his administration and his family, Manchester captures a complete portrait of one of the most highly regarded figures of the twentieth century. This edition includes a new introduction and epilogue written by Manchester in the aftermath of November 1963, adding to the mythos by documenting not just how President Kennedy lived but also the legacy he left behind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Portrait of a President
Author: William Manchester
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An up-close look at John F. Kennedy by one of his closest confidants, a New York Times–bestselling biographer Written by a prize-winning historian and biographer of such giants as Winston S. Churchill and Douglas MacArthur, this intimately detailed account provides a rare personal glimpse into the emotions behind the Kennedy administration—from the elation of victory to the frustrating challenges facing a young president at a pivotal turning point in US history. Originally published in 1962—before the assassination of JFK—Portrait of a President is William Manchester’s first biography of the thirty-fifth president of the United States. In addition to firsthand encounters with JFK, the biography draws from over forty interviews conducted in the first year of his presidency. In speaking with those closest to the commander-in-chief, both in his administration and his family, Manchester captures a complete portrait of one of the most highly regarded figures of the twentieth century. This edition includes a new introduction and epilogue written by Manchester in the aftermath of November 1963, adding to the mythos by documenting not just how President Kennedy lived but also the legacy he left behind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cry of Murder on Broadway: A Woman&amp;#039;s Ruin and Revenge in Old New York by Julie Miller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436136</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cry of Murder on Broadway: A Woman&amp;#039;s Ruin and Revenge in Old New York
Author: Julie Miller
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the evening of November 1, 1843, a young household servant named Amelia Norman attacked Henry Ballard, a prosperous merchant, on the steps of the new and luxurious Astor House hotel. Agitated and distraught, Norman followed Ballard down Broadway before confronting him at the door to the Astor House. Taking out a folding knife, she stabbed him, just missing his heart. Ballard survived the attack, and the trial that followed created a sensation. Newspapers in New York and beyond followed the case eagerly, and crowds filled the courtroom every day. Prominent author and abolitionist Lydia Maria Child championed Norman and later included her story in her fiction and her writing on women&amp;#039;s rights. The would-be murderer also attracted the support of politicians, journalists, and legal and moral reformers who saw her story as a vehicle to change the law as it related to &amp;#039;seduction,&amp;#039; and advocate for the rights of workers. Cry of Murder on Broadway describes how New Yorkers, besotted with the drama of the courtroom and the lurid stories of the penny press, followed the trial for sensation. Throughout all this, Norman gained the sympathy of New Yorkers, in particular the jury, which acquitted her in less than ten minutes.</description>
      <author>Julie Miller</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705250365.mp3" length="8138431" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436136</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705250365.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cry of Murder on Broadway: A Woman&amp;#039;s Ruin and Revenge in Old New York
Author: Julie Miller
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the evening of November 1, 1843, a young household servant named Amelia Norman attacked Henry Ballard, a prosperous merchant, on the steps of the new and luxurious Astor House hotel. Agitated and distraught, Norman followed Ballard down Broadway before confronting him at the door to the Astor House. Taking out a folding knife, she stabbed him, just missing his heart. Ballard survived the attack, and the trial that followed created a sensation. Newspapers in New York and beyond followed the case eagerly, and crowds filled the courtroom every day. Prominent author and abolitionist Lydia Maria Child championed Norman and later included her story in her fiction and her writing on women&amp;#039;s rights. The would-be murderer also attracted the support of politicians, journalists, and legal and moral reformers who saw her story as a vehicle to change the law as it related to &amp;#039;seduction,&amp;#039; and advocate for the rights of workers. Cry of Murder on Broadway describes how New Yorkers, besotted with the drama of the courtroom and the lurid stories of the penny press, followed the trial for sensation. Throughout all this, Norman gained the sympathy of New Yorkers, in particular the jury, which acquitted her in less than ten minutes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cry of Murder on Broadway: A Woman&amp;#039;s Ruin and Revenge in Old New York
Author: Julie Miller
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the evening of November 1, 1843, a young household servant named Amelia Norman attacked Henry Ballard, a prosperous merchant, on the steps of the new and luxurious Astor House hotel. Agitated and distraught, Norman followed Ballard down Broadway before confronting him at the door to the Astor House. Taking out a folding knife, she stabbed him, just missing his heart. Ballard survived the attack, and the trial that followed created a sensation. Newspapers in New York and beyond followed the case eagerly, and crowds filled the courtroom every day. Prominent author and abolitionist Lydia Maria Child championed Norman and later included her story in her fiction and her writing on women&amp;#039;s rights. The would-be murderer also attracted the support of politicians, journalists, and legal and moral reformers who saw her story as a vehicle to change the law as it related to &amp;#039;seduction,&amp;#039; and advocate for the rights of workers. Cry of Murder on Broadway describes how New Yorkers, besotted with the drama of the courtroom and the lurid stories of the penny press, followed the trial for sensation. Throughout all this, Norman gained the sympathy of New Yorkers, in particular the jury, which acquitted her in less than ten minutes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inventing Equality: Reconstructing the Constitution in the Aftermath of the Civil War by Michael Bellesiles</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436120</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inventing Equality: Reconstructing the Constitution in the Aftermath of the Civil War
Author: Michael Bellesiles
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On July 4, 1852, Frederick Douglass stood in front of a crowd in Rochester, New York, and asked, &amp;#039;What to the slave is the Fourth of July?&amp;#039; The audience had invited him to speak on the day celebrating freedom, and had expected him to offer a hopeful message about America; instead, he&amp;#039;d offered back to them their own hypocrisy. How could the Constitution defend both freedom and slavery? How could it celebrate liberty with one hand while withdrawing it with another? Theirs was a country which promoted and even celebrated inequality. From the very beginning, American history can be seen as a battle to reconcile the large gap between America&amp;#039;s stated ideals and the reality of its republic. Its struggle is not one of steady progress toward greater freedom and equality, but rather for every step forward there is a step taken in a different direction. In Inventing Equality, Michael Bellesiles traces the evolution of the battle for true equality—the stories of those fighting forward, to expand the working definition of what it means to be an American citizen—from the Revolution through the late nineteenth century. He identifies the systemic flaws in the Constitution, and explores through the role of the Supreme Court and three Constitutional amendments—the 13th, 14th, and 15th—the ways in which equality and inequality waxed and waned over the decades.</description>
      <author>Michael Bellesiles</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705246924.mp3" length="8434356" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436120</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705246924.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inventing Equality: Reconstructing the Constitution in the Aftermath of the Civil War
Author: Michael Bellesiles
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On July 4, 1852, Frederick Douglass stood in front of a crowd in Rochester, New York, and asked, &amp;#039;What to the slave is the Fourth of July?&amp;#039; The audience had invited him to speak on the day celebrating freedom, and had expected him to offer a hopeful message about America; instead, he&amp;#039;d offered back to them their own hypocrisy. How could the Constitution defend both freedom and slavery? How could it celebrate liberty with one hand while withdrawing it with another? Theirs was a country which promoted and even celebrated inequality. From the very beginning, American history can be seen as a battle to reconcile the large gap between America&amp;#039;s stated ideals and the reality of its republic. Its struggle is not one of steady progress toward greater freedom and equality, but rather for every step forward there is a step taken in a different direction. In Inventing Equality, Michael Bellesiles traces the evolution of the battle for true equality—the stories of those fighting forward, to expand the working definition of what it means to be an American citizen—from the Revolution through the late nineteenth century. He identifies the systemic flaws in the Constitution, and explores through the role of the Supreme Court and three Constitutional amendments—the 13th, 14th, and 15th—the ways in which equality and inequality waxed and waned over the decades.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inventing Equality: Reconstructing the Constitution in the Aftermath of the Civil War
Author: Michael Bellesiles
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On July 4, 1852, Frederick Douglass stood in front of a crowd in Rochester, New York, and asked, &amp;#039;What to the slave is the Fourth of July?&amp;#039; The audience had invited him to speak on the day celebrating freedom, and had expected him to offer a hopeful message about America; instead, he&amp;#039;d offered back to them their own hypocrisy. How could the Constitution defend both freedom and slavery? How could it celebrate liberty with one hand while withdrawing it with another? Theirs was a country which promoted and even celebrated inequality. From the very beginning, American history can be seen as a battle to reconcile the large gap between America&amp;#039;s stated ideals and the reality of its republic. Its struggle is not one of steady progress toward greater freedom and equality, but rather for every step forward there is a step taken in a different direction. In Inventing Equality, Michael Bellesiles traces the evolution of the battle for true equality—the stories of those fighting forward, to expand the working definition of what it means to be an American citizen—from the Revolution through the late nineteenth century. He identifies the systemic flaws in the Constitution, and explores through the role of the Supreme Court and three Constitutional amendments—the 13th, 14th, and 15th—the ways in which equality and inequality waxed and waned over the decades.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rangers, Trappers, and Trailblazers: Early Adventures in Montana&amp;#039;s Bob Marshall Wilderness and Glacier National Park by John Fraley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436121</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rangers, Trappers, and Trailblazers: Early Adventures in Montana&amp;#039;s Bob Marshall Wilderness and Glacier National Park
Author: John Fraley
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The North, Middle, and South Forks of the Flathead River drain some of the wildest country in Montana, including Glacier National Park and the Bob Marshall Wilderness Complex. In Rangers, Trappers, and Trailblazers, John Fraley recounts the true adventures of people who earned their living among the mountains and along the cold, clear rivers in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Here are the stories of the intrepid Glacier Park Ranger Clyde Fauley and his young family using a cable bucket to reach their isolated cabin across the Middle Fork, trapper Slim Link&amp;#039;s fateful meeting with a grizzly bear in the deep woods of the North Fork, and the life and times of Henry Thol, &amp;#039;the ranger&amp;#039;s ranger,&amp;#039; who happily snowshoed hundreds of miles through deep snows and minus-forty cold to patrol the South Fork wilderness. Tragedies and near-misses abound: a fatal shootout, tangles with bears and packrats, a devastating train wreck, and a missing airplane. But these are balanced with tales of courage, endurance, and remarkable personal achievement. Fraley tells all in intriguing detail wrested from primary sources.</description>
      <author>John Fraley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705247204.mp3" length="8373548" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436121</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705247204.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rangers, Trappers, and Trailblazers: Early Adventures in Montana&amp;#039;s Bob Marshall Wilderness and Glacier National Park
Author: John Fraley
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The North, Middle, and South Forks of the Flathead River drain some of the wildest country in Montana, including Glacier National Park and the Bob Marshall Wilderness Complex. In Rangers, Trappers, and Trailblazers, John Fraley recounts the true adventures of people who earned their living among the mountains and along the cold, clear rivers in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Here are the stories of the intrepid Glacier Park Ranger Clyde Fauley and his young family using a cable bucket to reach their isolated cabin across the Middle Fork, trapper Slim Link&amp;#039;s fateful meeting with a grizzly bear in the deep woods of the North Fork, and the life and times of Henry Thol, &amp;#039;the ranger&amp;#039;s ranger,&amp;#039; who happily snowshoed hundreds of miles through deep snows and minus-forty cold to patrol the South Fork wilderness. Tragedies and near-misses abound: a fatal shootout, tangles with bears and packrats, a devastating train wreck, and a missing airplane. But these are balanced with tales of courage, endurance, and remarkable personal achievement. Fraley tells all in intriguing detail wrested from primary sources.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rangers, Trappers, and Trailblazers: Early Adventures in Montana&amp;#039;s Bob Marshall Wilderness and Glacier National Park
Author: John Fraley
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The North, Middle, and South Forks of the Flathead River drain some of the wildest country in Montana, including Glacier National Park and the Bob Marshall Wilderness Complex. In Rangers, Trappers, and Trailblazers, John Fraley recounts the true adventures of people who earned their living among the mountains and along the cold, clear rivers in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Here are the stories of the intrepid Glacier Park Ranger Clyde Fauley and his young family using a cable bucket to reach their isolated cabin across the Middle Fork, trapper Slim Link&amp;#039;s fateful meeting with a grizzly bear in the deep woods of the North Fork, and the life and times of Henry Thol, &amp;#039;the ranger&amp;#039;s ranger,&amp;#039; who happily snowshoed hundreds of miles through deep snows and minus-forty cold to patrol the South Fork wilderness. Tragedies and near-misses abound: a fatal shootout, tangles with bears and packrats, a devastating train wreck, and a missing airplane. But these are balanced with tales of courage, endurance, and remarkable personal achievement. Fraley tells all in intriguing detail wrested from primary sources.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Singular Sensation: The Triumph of Broadway by Michael Riedel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436054</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Singular Sensation: The Triumph of Broadway
Author: Michael Riedel
Narrator: Shaun Taylor-Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Fun and gossipy.” —The Wall Street Journal * “A masterful history.” —Publishers Weekly (starred review) * “Engaging.” —Newsweek   A “brisk, insightful, and deliciously detailed take” (Kirkus Reviews) on a transformative decade on Broadway, featuring behind-the-scenes accounts of shows such as Rent, Angels in America, Chicago, The Lion King, and The Producers—shows that changed the history of the American theater.  The 1990s was a decade of profound change on Broadway. At the dawn of the nineties, the British invasion of Broadway was in full swing, as musical spectacles like Les Miserables, Cats, and The Phantom of the Opera dominated the box office. But Andrew Lloyd Webber’s Sunset Boulevard soon spelled the end of this era and ushered in a new wave of American musicals, beginning with the ascendance of an unlikely show by a struggling writer who reimagined Puccini’s opera La Bohème as the smash Broadway show Rent. American musical comedy made its grand return, culminating in The Producers, while plays, always an endangered species on Broadway, staged a powerful comeback with Tony Kushner’s Angels in America. A different breed of producers rose up to challenge the grip theater owners had long held on Broadway, and corporations began to see how much money could be made from live theater.   And just as Broadway had clawed its way back into the mainstream of American popular culture, the September 11 attacks struck fear into the heart of Americans who thought Times Square might be the next target. But Broadway was back in business just two days later, buoyed by talented theater people intent on bringing New Yorkers together and supporting the economics of an injured city.   “Told with all the wit and style readers could wish for” (Booklist) Michael Riedel presents the drama behind every mega-hit or shocking flop. From the bitter feuds to the surprising collaborations, all the intrigue of a revolutionary era in the Theater District is packed into Singular Sensation. Broadway has triumphs and disasters, but the show always goes on.</description>
      <author>Michael Riedel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797117454.mp3" length="827085" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436054</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797117454.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Singular Sensation: The Triumph of Broadway
Author: Michael Riedel
Narrator: Shaun Taylor-Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Fun and gossipy.” —The Wall Street Journal * “A masterful history.” —Publishers Weekly (starred review) * “Engaging.” —Newsweek   A “brisk, insightful, and deliciously detailed take” (Kirkus Reviews) on a transformative decade on Broadway, featuring behind-the-scenes accounts of shows such as Rent, Angels in America, Chicago, The Lion King, and The Producers—shows that changed the history of the American theater.  The 1990s was a decade of profound change on Broadway. At the dawn of the nineties, the British invasion of Broadway was in full swing, as musical spectacles like Les Miserables, Cats, and The Phantom of the Opera dominated the box office. But Andrew Lloyd Webber’s Sunset Boulevard soon spelled the end of this era and ushered in a new wave of American musicals, beginning with the ascendance of an unlikely show by a struggling writer who reimagined Puccini’s opera La Bohème as the smash Broadway show Rent. American musical comedy made its grand return, culminating in The Producers, while plays, always an endangered species on Broadway, staged a powerful comeback with Tony Kushner’s Angels in America. A different breed of producers rose up to challenge the grip theater owners had long held on Broadway, and corporations began to see how much money could be made from live theater.   And just as Broadway had clawed its way back into the mainstream of American popular culture, the September 11 attacks struck fear into the heart of Americans who thought Times Square might be the next target. But Broadway was back in business just two days later, buoyed by talented theater people intent on bringing New Yorkers together and supporting the economics of an injured city.   “Told with all the wit and style readers could wish for” (Booklist) Michael Riedel presents the drama behind every mega-hit or shocking flop. From the bitter feuds to the surprising collaborations, all the intrigue of a revolutionary era in the Theater District is packed into Singular Sensation. Broadway has triumphs and disasters, but the show always goes on.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Singular Sensation: The Triumph of Broadway
Author: Michael Riedel
Narrator: Shaun Taylor-Corbett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Fun and gossipy.” —The Wall Street Journal * “A masterful history.” —Publishers Weekly (starred review) * “Engaging.” —Newsweek   A “brisk, insightful, and deliciously detailed take” (Kirkus Reviews) on a transformative decade on Broadway, featuring behind-the-scenes accounts of shows such as Rent, Angels in America, Chicago, The Lion King, and The Producers—shows that changed the history of the American theater.  The 1990s was a decade of profound change on Broadway. At the dawn of the nineties, the British invasion of Broadway was in full swing, as musical spectacles like Les Miserables, Cats, and The Phantom of the Opera dominated the box office. But Andrew Lloyd Webber’s Sunset Boulevard soon spelled the end of this era and ushered in a new wave of American musicals, beginning with the ascendance of an unlikely show by a struggling writer who reimagined Puccini’s opera La Bohème as the smash Broadway show Rent. American musical comedy made its grand return, culminating in The Producers, while plays, always an endangered species on Broadway, staged a powerful comeback with Tony Kushner’s Angels in America. A different breed of producers rose up to challenge the grip theater owners had long held on Broadway, and corporations began to see how much money could be made from live theater.   And just as Broadway had clawed its way back into the mainstream of American popular culture, the September 11 attacks struck fear into the heart of Americans who thought Times Square might be the next target. But Broadway was back in business just two days later, buoyed by talented theater people intent on bringing New Yorkers together and supporting the economics of an injured city.   “Told with all the wit and style readers could wish for” (Booklist) Michael Riedel presents the drama behind every mega-hit or shocking flop. From the bitter feuds to the surprising collaborations, all the intrigue of a revolutionary era in the Theater District is packed into Singular Sensation. Broadway has triumphs and disasters, but the show always goes on.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>America: The Last Best Hope (Volume III): From the Collapse of Communism to the Rise of Radical Islam by William J. Bennett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436049</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436049">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436049</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: America: The Last Best Hope (Volume III): From the Collapse of Communism to the Rise of Radical Islam
Author: William J. Bennett
Narrator: Jon Gauger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Respected scholar William Bennett reacquaints America with its heritage in the third volume of America: The Last Best Hope (Volume III). This engaging narrative slices through the cobwebs of time, memory, and prevailing cynicism to reinvigorate America with an informed patriotism. America began to breathe easy at the close of the Cold War and loosened its grip on the fear of nuclear confrontation for the first time since World War Two. Peace was palpable, but in retrospect the years between 1988 and 2008 were as rocky as they were uncertain. Turbulence, not tranquility, marked the turn of the century: the war on drugs, race riots, values debates, deep economic shifts, and the growing threat of terrorism on U.S. soil that would tragically play out on September 11, 2001. In this, the third volume of America: The Last Best Hope, William J. Bennett explores America&amp;#039;s recent and momentous history: - the fall of the Berlin Wall and the collapse of global Communism - sweeping changes in political and popular culture - the war on terror - the election of America&amp;#039;s first African American president   Surveying the players, personalities, and pivotal moments, Bennett captures this recent chapter in the American story with piercing insight and unrelenting optimism.  Praise for America: The Last Best Hope &amp;#039;This is the American history that Abraham Lincoln has long awaited.&amp;#039; -Harry V. Jaffa, Crisis of the House Divided &amp;#039;Bennett has a gift for choosing the pithy, revealing anecdote and for providing fresh character sketches and critical analyses of the leading figures. This is an American history that adults will find refreshing and enlightening and that younger readers will find a darn good read.&amp;#039; -Michael Barone, US News &amp;amp; World Report &amp;#039;A worthy and necessary book for our time.&amp;#039; -Michael J. Lewis, Commentary &amp;#039;Bennett ... has a strong sense of narrative, a flair for anecdote and a lively style. And the American story really is a remarkable one, filled with its share of brilliant leaders and tragic mistakes. Bennett brings that story to life.&amp;#039; -Alan Wolfe, The Washington Post &amp;#039;The role of history is to inform, inspire, and sometimes provoke us, which is why Bill Bennett&amp;#039;s wonderfully readable book is so important. He puts our nation&amp;#039;s triumphs, along with its lapses, into the context of a narrative about the progress of freedom. Every now and then it&amp;#039;s useful to be reminded that we are a fortunate people, blessed with generations of leaders who repeatedly renewed the meaning of America.&amp;#039; -Walter Isaacson, Benjamin Franklin: An American Life &amp;#039;The importance of America: The Last Best Hope probably exceeds anything Dr. Bennett has ever written, and it is more elegantly crafted and eminently readable than any comprehensive work of history I&amp;#039;ve read in a very long time. It&amp;#039;s silly to compare great works of history to great novels, but this book truly is a page-turner.&amp;#039; -Brad Miner, American Compass &amp;#039;This lively book acknowledges mistakes and shortcomings, yet patriotically asserts that the American experiment in democracy is still a success story.&amp;#039; -School Library Journal</description>
      <author>William J. Bennett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400226092.mp3" length="901015" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436049</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400226092.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436049">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436049</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: America: The Last Best Hope (Volume III): From the Collapse of Communism to the Rise of Radical Islam
Author: William J. Bennett
Narrator: Jon Gauger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Respected scholar William Bennett reacquaints America with its heritage in the third volume of America: The Last Best Hope (Volume III). This engaging narrative slices through the cobwebs of time, memory, and prevailing cynicism to reinvigorate America with an informed patriotism. America began to breathe easy at the close of the Cold War and loosened its grip on the fear of nuclear confrontation for the first time since World War Two. Peace was palpable, but in retrospect the years between 1988 and 2008 were as rocky as they were uncertain. Turbulence, not tranquility, marked the turn of the century: the war on drugs, race riots, values debates, deep economic shifts, and the growing threat of terrorism on U.S. soil that would tragically play out on September 11, 2001. In this, the third volume of America: The Last Best Hope, William J. Bennett explores America&amp;#039;s recent and momentous history: - the fall of the Berlin Wall and the collapse of global Communism - sweeping changes in political and popular culture - the war on terror - the election of America&amp;#039;s first African American president   Surveying the players, personalities, and pivotal moments, Bennett captures this recent chapter in the American story with piercing insight and unrelenting optimism.  Praise for America: The Last Best Hope &amp;#039;This is the American history that Abraham Lincoln has long awaited.&amp;#039; -Harry V. Jaffa, Crisis of the House Divided &amp;#039;Bennett has a gift for choosing the pithy, revealing anecdote and for providing fresh character sketches and critical analyses of the leading figures. This is an American history that adults will find refreshing and enlightening and that younger readers will find a darn good read.&amp;#039; -Michael Barone, US News &amp;amp; World Report &amp;#039;A worthy and necessary book for our time.&amp;#039; -Michael J. Lewis, Commentary &amp;#039;Bennett ... has a strong sense of narrative, a flair for anecdote and a lively style. And the American story really is a remarkable one, filled with its share of brilliant leaders and tragic mistakes. Bennett brings that story to life.&amp;#039; -Alan Wolfe, The Washington Post &amp;#039;The role of history is to inform, inspire, and sometimes provoke us, which is why Bill Bennett&amp;#039;s wonderfully readable book is so important. He puts our nation&amp;#039;s triumphs, along with its lapses, into the context of a narrative about the progress of freedom. Every now and then it&amp;#039;s useful to be reminded that we are a fortunate people, blessed with generations of leaders who repeatedly renewed the meaning of America.&amp;#039; -Walter Isaacson, Benjamin Franklin: An American Life &amp;#039;The importance of America: The Last Best Hope probably exceeds anything Dr. Bennett has ever written, and it is more elegantly crafted and eminently readable than any comprehensive work of history I&amp;#039;ve read in a very long time. It&amp;#039;s silly to compare great works of history to great novels, but this book truly is a page-turner.&amp;#039; -Brad Miner, American Compass &amp;#039;This lively book acknowledges mistakes and shortcomings, yet patriotically asserts that the American experiment in democracy is still a success story.&amp;#039; -School Library Journal</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436049">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436049</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: America: The Last Best Hope (Volume III): From the Collapse of Communism to the Rise of Radical Islam
Author: William J. Bennett
Narrator: Jon Gauger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Respected scholar William Bennett reacquaints America with its heritage in the third volume of America: The Last Best Hope (Volume III). This engaging narrative slices through the cobwebs of time, memory, and prevailing cynicism to reinvigorate America with an informed patriotism. America began to breathe easy at the close of the Cold War and loosened its grip on the fear of nuclear confrontation for the first time since World War Two. Peace was palpable, but in retrospect the years between 1988 and 2008 were as rocky as they were uncertain. Turbulence, not tranquility, marked the turn of the century: the war on drugs, race riots, values debates, deep economic shifts, and the growing threat of terrorism on U.S. soil that would tragically play out on September 11, 2001. In this, the third volume of America: The Last Best Hope, William J. Bennett explores America&amp;#039;s recent and momentous history: - the fall of the Berlin Wall and the collapse of global Communism - sweeping changes in political and popular culture - the war on terror - the election of America&amp;#039;s first African American president   Surveying the players, personalities, and pivotal moments, Bennett captures this recent chapter in the American story with piercing insight and unrelenting optimism.  Praise for America: The Last Best Hope &amp;#039;This is the American history that Abraham Lincoln has long awaited.&amp;#039; -Harry V. Jaffa, Crisis of the House Divided &amp;#039;Bennett has a gift for choosing the pithy, revealing anecdote and for providing fresh character sketches and critical analyses of the leading figures. This is an American history that adults will find refreshing and enlightening and that younger readers will find a darn good read.&amp;#039; -Michael Barone, US News &amp;amp; World Report &amp;#039;A worthy and necessary book for our time.&amp;#039; -Michael J. Lewis, Commentary &amp;#039;Bennett ... has a strong sense of narrative, a flair for anecdote and a lively style. And the American story really is a remarkable one, filled with its share of brilliant leaders and tragic mistakes. Bennett brings that story to life.&amp;#039; -Alan Wolfe, The Washington Post &amp;#039;The role of history is to inform, inspire, and sometimes provoke us, which is why Bill Bennett&amp;#039;s wonderfully readable book is so important. He puts our nation&amp;#039;s triumphs, along with its lapses, into the context of a narrative about the progress of freedom. Every now and then it&amp;#039;s useful to be reminded that we are a fortunate people, blessed with generations of leaders who repeatedly renewed the meaning of America.&amp;#039; -Walter Isaacson, Benjamin Franklin: An American Life &amp;#039;The importance of America: The Last Best Hope probably exceeds anything Dr. Bennett has ever written, and it is more elegantly crafted and eminently readable than any comprehensive work of history I&amp;#039;ve read in a very long time. It&amp;#039;s silly to compare great works of history to great novels, but this book truly is a page-turner.&amp;#039; -Brad Miner, American Compass &amp;#039;This lively book acknowledges mistakes and shortcomings, yet patriotically asserts that the American experiment in democracy is still a success story.&amp;#039; -School Library Journal</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Landmark Supreme Court Decisions and How They Impact Your Life by David Hudson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Landmark Supreme Court Decisions and How They Impact Your Life
Author: David Hudson
Narrator: David Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How has the Supreme Court impacted your life? Can the police search your emails? What made desegregation possible? Who is entitled to equal protection under the law? What are your essential rights and freedoms? What are the government&amp;#039;s responsibilities and limits? 16 Supreme Court cases have played an outsized role in answering these vital questions. You may know many by name - like Brown v. Board of Education, Roe v. Wade, and Marbury v. Madison. But who were the people involved, and what issues were at stake? How have your life and your country changed because of these decisions? Join award-winning professor David L. Hudson on a riveting journey through these 16 monumental decisions. You will come away with a better understanding of American history, the legal system, and your individual freedoms. And you will enjoy each step, replete with vivid stories, along your way. A legal scholar with over 40 books to his name, Prof. Hudson also happens to be a judge - of professional boxing. You&amp;#039;ll find that his lectures take after his own refreshing blend of knowledgeability on the one hand and liveliness on the other. By the end of the course, you will have gained a deep understanding of some of the Court&amp;#039;s landmark decisions. You will also better understand how the Supreme Court actually works, and what its role might be for our future as a nation.</description>
      <author>David Hudson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517852.mp3" length="1318593" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517852.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Landmark Supreme Court Decisions and How They Impact Your Life
Author: David Hudson
Narrator: David Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How has the Supreme Court impacted your life? Can the police search your emails? What made desegregation possible? Who is entitled to equal protection under the law? What are your essential rights and freedoms? What are the government&amp;#039;s responsibilities and limits? 16 Supreme Court cases have played an outsized role in answering these vital questions. You may know many by name - like Brown v. Board of Education, Roe v. Wade, and Marbury v. Madison. But who were the people involved, and what issues were at stake? How have your life and your country changed because of these decisions? Join award-winning professor David L. Hudson on a riveting journey through these 16 monumental decisions. You will come away with a better understanding of American history, the legal system, and your individual freedoms. And you will enjoy each step, replete with vivid stories, along your way. A legal scholar with over 40 books to his name, Prof. Hudson also happens to be a judge - of professional boxing. You&amp;#039;ll find that his lectures take after his own refreshing blend of knowledgeability on the one hand and liveliness on the other. By the end of the course, you will have gained a deep understanding of some of the Court&amp;#039;s landmark decisions. You will also better understand how the Supreme Court actually works, and what its role might be for our future as a nation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Landmark Supreme Court Decisions and How They Impact Your Life
Author: David Hudson
Narrator: David Hudson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How has the Supreme Court impacted your life? Can the police search your emails? What made desegregation possible? Who is entitled to equal protection under the law? What are your essential rights and freedoms? What are the government&amp;#039;s responsibilities and limits? 16 Supreme Court cases have played an outsized role in answering these vital questions. You may know many by name - like Brown v. Board of Education, Roe v. Wade, and Marbury v. Madison. But who were the people involved, and what issues were at stake? How have your life and your country changed because of these decisions? Join award-winning professor David L. Hudson on a riveting journey through these 16 monumental decisions. You will come away with a better understanding of American history, the legal system, and your individual freedoms. And you will enjoy each step, replete with vivid stories, along your way. A legal scholar with over 40 books to his name, Prof. Hudson also happens to be a judge - of professional boxing. You&amp;#039;ll find that his lectures take after his own refreshing blend of knowledgeability on the one hand and liveliness on the other. By the end of the course, you will have gained a deep understanding of some of the Court&amp;#039;s landmark decisions. You will also better understand how the Supreme Court actually works, and what its role might be for our future as a nation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Liberty: Natural Rights and the American Constitution by Michael Zuckert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberty: Natural Rights and the American Constitution
Author: Michael Zuckert
Narrator: Michael Zuckert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Much of the political life of the United States takes the form of contests about rights. This passion for liberty was forged and stoked by the nation&amp;#039;s foundational documents: the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights of the U.S. Constitution. Now you can join esteemed political scientist Professor Michael Zuckert for a fascinating exploration of America&amp;#039;s enduring passion for rights as sparked by these two documents. The Nancy R. Dreux Professor Emeritus of Political Science at Notre Dame, Prof. Zuckert was awarded a Lifetime Achievement Award from the Jack Miller Center for his many contributions to American political scholarship. In 15 gripping audio lectures, Prof. Zuckert examines the doctrine of rights as it finds first expression in these early documents, exploring American thinking about rights from the founding up to recent battles over controversial rights such as the right to same-sex marriage. He reveals not only the transformational effect of these documents on U.S. national identity, but also their ripple effect in constitutions throughout the world. By following the thread of rights language throughout American political documents alongside Prof. Zuckert, you&amp;#039;ll gain a deeper understanding of the American emphasis on rights protections. You&amp;#039;ll also heighten your awareness of the nation&amp;#039;s failure to protect the rights of certain of its citizens throughout history and the ways in which this has-and hasn&amp;#039;t-been rectified by further rights legislation. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.</description>
      <author>Michael Zuckert</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632518545.mp3" length="1459910" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632518545.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberty: Natural Rights and the American Constitution
Author: Michael Zuckert
Narrator: Michael Zuckert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Much of the political life of the United States takes the form of contests about rights. This passion for liberty was forged and stoked by the nation&amp;#039;s foundational documents: the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights of the U.S. Constitution. Now you can join esteemed political scientist Professor Michael Zuckert for a fascinating exploration of America&amp;#039;s enduring passion for rights as sparked by these two documents. The Nancy R. Dreux Professor Emeritus of Political Science at Notre Dame, Prof. Zuckert was awarded a Lifetime Achievement Award from the Jack Miller Center for his many contributions to American political scholarship. In 15 gripping audio lectures, Prof. Zuckert examines the doctrine of rights as it finds first expression in these early documents, exploring American thinking about rights from the founding up to recent battles over controversial rights such as the right to same-sex marriage. He reveals not only the transformational effect of these documents on U.S. national identity, but also their ripple effect in constitutions throughout the world. By following the thread of rights language throughout American political documents alongside Prof. Zuckert, you&amp;#039;ll gain a deeper understanding of the American emphasis on rights protections. You&amp;#039;ll also heighten your awareness of the nation&amp;#039;s failure to protect the rights of certain of its citizens throughout history and the ways in which this has-and hasn&amp;#039;t-been rectified by further rights legislation. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberty: Natural Rights and the American Constitution
Author: Michael Zuckert
Narrator: Michael Zuckert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Much of the political life of the United States takes the form of contests about rights. This passion for liberty was forged and stoked by the nation&amp;#039;s foundational documents: the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights of the U.S. Constitution. Now you can join esteemed political scientist Professor Michael Zuckert for a fascinating exploration of America&amp;#039;s enduring passion for rights as sparked by these two documents. The Nancy R. Dreux Professor Emeritus of Political Science at Notre Dame, Prof. Zuckert was awarded a Lifetime Achievement Award from the Jack Miller Center for his many contributions to American political scholarship. In 15 gripping audio lectures, Prof. Zuckert examines the doctrine of rights as it finds first expression in these early documents, exploring American thinking about rights from the founding up to recent battles over controversial rights such as the right to same-sex marriage. He reveals not only the transformational effect of these documents on U.S. national identity, but also their ripple effect in constitutions throughout the world. By following the thread of rights language throughout American political documents alongside Prof. Zuckert, you&amp;#039;ll gain a deeper understanding of the American emphasis on rights protections. You&amp;#039;ll also heighten your awareness of the nation&amp;#039;s failure to protect the rights of certain of its citizens throughout history and the ways in which this has-and hasn&amp;#039;t-been rectified by further rights legislation. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Exceptional History: The Birth of American Democracy by Jeff Webb</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435933</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Exceptional History: The Birth of American Democracy
Author: Jeff Webb
Narrator: Jeff Webb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This brilliant course celebrates the American experiment to test a revolutionary form of government. Today, democracy remains at the core of our nation&amp;#039;s political, social, and economic organization. Now, you can explore its miraculous and fragile origins in the colonial and revolutionary eras (1607-1790). In 15 erudite lectures, celebrated history professor and author Jeffrey B. Webb gets you to realize that there was nothing inevitable about the coming of democracy to America. Specializing in early American history and culture, Prof. Webb begins by revealing how much the weight of history, tradition, and colonists&amp;#039; contemporary experience counseled against democratic systems of government. The recipient of numerous teaching and research awards - including a fellowship from the National Endowment for the Humanities - Prof. Webb guides you through key moments in American history at which our future democratic institutions were shaped and tested. Throughout, you&amp;#039;ll discover the stories of less-familiar people and events from our history: John Winthrop, Robert Keayne, and Bacon&amp;#039;s Rebellion, to name a few. In these unsung stories, you will find not only the appeal of democratic ideas but also the disruptive nature of democratic values. In the end, you will appreciate the American system of government as the most outstanding of contributions by the United States to world history.</description>
      <author>Jeff Webb</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517760.mp3" length="1434875" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435933</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517760.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Exceptional History: The Birth of American Democracy
Author: Jeff Webb
Narrator: Jeff Webb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This brilliant course celebrates the American experiment to test a revolutionary form of government. Today, democracy remains at the core of our nation&amp;#039;s political, social, and economic organization. Now, you can explore its miraculous and fragile origins in the colonial and revolutionary eras (1607-1790). In 15 erudite lectures, celebrated history professor and author Jeffrey B. Webb gets you to realize that there was nothing inevitable about the coming of democracy to America. Specializing in early American history and culture, Prof. Webb begins by revealing how much the weight of history, tradition, and colonists&amp;#039; contemporary experience counseled against democratic systems of government. The recipient of numerous teaching and research awards - including a fellowship from the National Endowment for the Humanities - Prof. Webb guides you through key moments in American history at which our future democratic institutions were shaped and tested. Throughout, you&amp;#039;ll discover the stories of less-familiar people and events from our history: John Winthrop, Robert Keayne, and Bacon&amp;#039;s Rebellion, to name a few. In these unsung stories, you will find not only the appeal of democratic ideas but also the disruptive nature of democratic values. In the end, you will appreciate the American system of government as the most outstanding of contributions by the United States to world history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Exceptional History: The Birth of American Democracy
Author: Jeff Webb
Narrator: Jeff Webb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This brilliant course celebrates the American experiment to test a revolutionary form of government. Today, democracy remains at the core of our nation&amp;#039;s political, social, and economic organization. Now, you can explore its miraculous and fragile origins in the colonial and revolutionary eras (1607-1790). In 15 erudite lectures, celebrated history professor and author Jeffrey B. Webb gets you to realize that there was nothing inevitable about the coming of democracy to America. Specializing in early American history and culture, Prof. Webb begins by revealing how much the weight of history, tradition, and colonists&amp;#039; contemporary experience counseled against democratic systems of government. The recipient of numerous teaching and research awards - including a fellowship from the National Endowment for the Humanities - Prof. Webb guides you through key moments in American history at which our future democratic institutions were shaped and tested. Throughout, you&amp;#039;ll discover the stories of less-familiar people and events from our history: John Winthrop, Robert Keayne, and Bacon&amp;#039;s Rebellion, to name a few. In these unsung stories, you will find not only the appeal of democratic ideas but also the disruptive nature of democratic values. In the end, you will appreciate the American system of government as the most outstanding of contributions by the United States to world history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Miracles: Understanding the Miracles of Jesus and His Disciples by Raymond F. Collins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435921</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435921">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435921</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Miracles: Understanding the Miracles of Jesus and His Disciples
Author: Raymond F. Collins
Narrator: Raymond F. Collins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2015
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From acclaimed New Testament scholar and leading author Fr. Raymond Collins, essential listening for Christians, Catholics, and all who wish to better understand Christ&amp;#039;s ministry.   Stories about Jesus&amp;#039; miracles have enthralled men and women for the past 2,000 years. Now you can gain deeper knowledge about the miraculous stories in the four Gospels, the Acts of the Apostles, and the letters of Paul. In 18 riveting audio lectures, Fr. Collins will guide you through the nature of miracles, the types of biblical miracles, and how miracle workers were understood in biblical times and early Christianity. Then you will journey through Scripture, gaining a fuller picture of Christ and his disciples. First you will examine the Synoptic Gospels, learning how Matthew and Luke developed the stories in Mark. Then you will explore the Gospel of John, looking at its unique treatment of miracles, the wedding miracle at Cana, and the notion of a Johannine &amp;quot;sign.&amp;quot;  After exploring John, you will revisit the only miracle story told in all four Gospels: the feeding of the multitudes. You will also encounter the works of the apostles whom Jesus commissioned to &amp;quot;work miracles.&amp;quot;  The miracles of Jesus portray Christ in action, and the works of the apostles show how we are all called to follow the lord. Experience the power of miracles today.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.</description>
      <author>Raymond F. Collins</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2015 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632511065.mp3" length="1388400" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435921</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632511065.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435921">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435921</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Miracles: Understanding the Miracles of Jesus and His Disciples
Author: Raymond F. Collins
Narrator: Raymond F. Collins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2015
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From acclaimed New Testament scholar and leading author Fr. Raymond Collins, essential listening for Christians, Catholics, and all who wish to better understand Christ&amp;#039;s ministry.   Stories about Jesus&amp;#039; miracles have enthralled men and women for the past 2,000 years. Now you can gain deeper knowledge about the miraculous stories in the four Gospels, the Acts of the Apostles, and the letters of Paul. In 18 riveting audio lectures, Fr. Collins will guide you through the nature of miracles, the types of biblical miracles, and how miracle workers were understood in biblical times and early Christianity. Then you will journey through Scripture, gaining a fuller picture of Christ and his disciples. First you will examine the Synoptic Gospels, learning how Matthew and Luke developed the stories in Mark. Then you will explore the Gospel of John, looking at its unique treatment of miracles, the wedding miracle at Cana, and the notion of a Johannine &amp;quot;sign.&amp;quot;  After exploring John, you will revisit the only miracle story told in all four Gospels: the feeding of the multitudes. You will also encounter the works of the apostles whom Jesus commissioned to &amp;quot;work miracles.&amp;quot;  The miracles of Jesus portray Christ in action, and the works of the apostles show how we are all called to follow the lord. Experience the power of miracles today.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435921">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435921</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Miracles: Understanding the Miracles of Jesus and His Disciples
Author: Raymond F. Collins
Narrator: Raymond F. Collins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2015
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From acclaimed New Testament scholar and leading author Fr. Raymond Collins, essential listening for Christians, Catholics, and all who wish to better understand Christ&amp;#039;s ministry.   Stories about Jesus&amp;#039; miracles have enthralled men and women for the past 2,000 years. Now you can gain deeper knowledge about the miraculous stories in the four Gospels, the Acts of the Apostles, and the letters of Paul. In 18 riveting audio lectures, Fr. Collins will guide you through the nature of miracles, the types of biblical miracles, and how miracle workers were understood in biblical times and early Christianity. Then you will journey through Scripture, gaining a fuller picture of Christ and his disciples. First you will examine the Synoptic Gospels, learning how Matthew and Luke developed the stories in Mark. Then you will explore the Gospel of John, looking at its unique treatment of miracles, the wedding miracle at Cana, and the notion of a Johannine &amp;quot;sign.&amp;quot;  After exploring John, you will revisit the only miracle story told in all four Gospels: the feeding of the multitudes. You will also encounter the works of the apostles whom Jesus commissioned to &amp;quot;work miracles.&amp;quot;  The miracles of Jesus portray Christ in action, and the works of the apostles show how we are all called to follow the lord. Experience the power of miracles today.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Foreign Policy 101: America&amp;#039;s International Relations Past and Present by Robert Brigham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435913</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Foreign Policy 101: America&amp;#039;s International Relations Past and Present
Author: Robert Brigham
Narrator: Robert Brigham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Follow acclaimed history professor and American foreign policy expert Robert K. Brigham, Ph.D., on a trek across the globe to explore the dramatic events that shaped America and the world. The great American experiment is one of the most remarkable achievements in the history of civilization. How did America transform from a scrappy collection of British colonies into a global superpower? Through vivid accounts and insightful analysis, Prof. Brigham shows you that America&amp;#039;s ascent into world leadership was neither preordained nor accidental. Rather, from its very beginnings, American foreign policy has been central to the country&amp;#039;s national identity. While the Founding Fathers used foreign relations to secure the young republic&amp;#039;s political experiment, subsequent leaders have consistently wielded American power to ensure the country&amp;#039;s prosperity and security. As Prof. Brigham ably demonstrates in 24 riveting lectures, America&amp;#039;s role on the world stage has rarely been uncomplicated. Americans have always debated their place in foreign affairs-their wars, their commitments, their interests-and challenged others&amp;#039; perception of the nation&amp;#039;s power. In fact, few issues have divided policy makers and the American public more than US foreign policy. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</description>
      <author>Robert Brigham</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Nov 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632513427.mp3" length="1470215" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435913</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632513427.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Foreign Policy 101: America&amp;#039;s International Relations Past and Present
Author: Robert Brigham
Narrator: Robert Brigham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Follow acclaimed history professor and American foreign policy expert Robert K. Brigham, Ph.D., on a trek across the globe to explore the dramatic events that shaped America and the world. The great American experiment is one of the most remarkable achievements in the history of civilization. How did America transform from a scrappy collection of British colonies into a global superpower? Through vivid accounts and insightful analysis, Prof. Brigham shows you that America&amp;#039;s ascent into world leadership was neither preordained nor accidental. Rather, from its very beginnings, American foreign policy has been central to the country&amp;#039;s national identity. While the Founding Fathers used foreign relations to secure the young republic&amp;#039;s political experiment, subsequent leaders have consistently wielded American power to ensure the country&amp;#039;s prosperity and security. As Prof. Brigham ably demonstrates in 24 riveting lectures, America&amp;#039;s role on the world stage has rarely been uncomplicated. Americans have always debated their place in foreign affairs-their wars, their commitments, their interests-and challenged others&amp;#039; perception of the nation&amp;#039;s power. In fact, few issues have divided policy makers and the American public more than US foreign policy. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Foreign Policy 101: America&amp;#039;s International Relations Past and Present
Author: Robert Brigham
Narrator: Robert Brigham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Follow acclaimed history professor and American foreign policy expert Robert K. Brigham, Ph.D., on a trek across the globe to explore the dramatic events that shaped America and the world. The great American experiment is one of the most remarkable achievements in the history of civilization. How did America transform from a scrappy collection of British colonies into a global superpower? Through vivid accounts and insightful analysis, Prof. Brigham shows you that America&amp;#039;s ascent into world leadership was neither preordained nor accidental. Rather, from its very beginnings, American foreign policy has been central to the country&amp;#039;s national identity. While the Founding Fathers used foreign relations to secure the young republic&amp;#039;s political experiment, subsequent leaders have consistently wielded American power to ensure the country&amp;#039;s prosperity and security. As Prof. Brigham ably demonstrates in 24 riveting lectures, America&amp;#039;s role on the world stage has rarely been uncomplicated. Americans have always debated their place in foreign affairs-their wars, their commitments, their interests-and challenged others&amp;#039; perception of the nation&amp;#039;s power. In fact, few issues have divided policy makers and the American public more than US foreign policy. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Religious History by Peter A. Huff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435914</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Religious History
Author: Peter A. Huff
Narrator: Peter A. Huff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.17 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How has religion - in all its varieties - contributed to the flavor of life in the United States? America&amp;#039;s first settlements, founding documents, and most important traditions are replete with religious sentiment. Today, religion continues to play an important role in the lives of American people - nearly 80 percent are religiously affiliated - and institutions. These audio lectures bring you face to face with the fascinating people, movements, groups, beliefs, and practices that have made the US one of the most religiously diverse nations in the history of the world. Your guide is Professor Peter A. Huff, an expert on religious pluralism in the US and the co-editor of the volume Knowledge and Belief in America. You will find his discussion balanced and meticulously researched. Across more than five hundred years of innovation and change, you will trace the development of religious life and thought in America. Prof. Huff invites you to investigate indigenous traditions before turning to the transplantation of religions (like Catholicism) from other continents and the growth of new religious movements (like Shakerism) in the young country. As you absorb the diversity of religious experience in the US, you will gain not only a deeper understanding of the hows and whys, but also an impressionistic snapshot of the cultural bounty we enjoy as a result of living at the crossroads of so many traditions. Feast at the banquet of American beliefs today.</description>
      <author>Peter A. Huff</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517876.mp3" length="1347286" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435914</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517876.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Religious History
Author: Peter A. Huff
Narrator: Peter A. Huff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.17 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How has religion - in all its varieties - contributed to the flavor of life in the United States? America&amp;#039;s first settlements, founding documents, and most important traditions are replete with religious sentiment. Today, religion continues to play an important role in the lives of American people - nearly 80 percent are religiously affiliated - and institutions. These audio lectures bring you face to face with the fascinating people, movements, groups, beliefs, and practices that have made the US one of the most religiously diverse nations in the history of the world. Your guide is Professor Peter A. Huff, an expert on religious pluralism in the US and the co-editor of the volume Knowledge and Belief in America. You will find his discussion balanced and meticulously researched. Across more than five hundred years of innovation and change, you will trace the development of religious life and thought in America. Prof. Huff invites you to investigate indigenous traditions before turning to the transplantation of religions (like Catholicism) from other continents and the growth of new religious movements (like Shakerism) in the young country. As you absorb the diversity of religious experience in the US, you will gain not only a deeper understanding of the hows and whys, but also an impressionistic snapshot of the cultural bounty we enjoy as a result of living at the crossroads of so many traditions. Feast at the banquet of American beliefs today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Religious History
Author: Peter A. Huff
Narrator: Peter A. Huff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.17 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How has religion - in all its varieties - contributed to the flavor of life in the United States? America&amp;#039;s first settlements, founding documents, and most important traditions are replete with religious sentiment. Today, religion continues to play an important role in the lives of American people - nearly 80 percent are religiously affiliated - and institutions. These audio lectures bring you face to face with the fascinating people, movements, groups, beliefs, and practices that have made the US one of the most religiously diverse nations in the history of the world. Your guide is Professor Peter A. Huff, an expert on religious pluralism in the US and the co-editor of the volume Knowledge and Belief in America. You will find his discussion balanced and meticulously researched. Across more than five hundred years of innovation and change, you will trace the development of religious life and thought in America. Prof. Huff invites you to investigate indigenous traditions before turning to the transplantation of religions (like Catholicism) from other continents and the growth of new religious movements (like Shakerism) in the young country. As you absorb the diversity of religious experience in the US, you will gain not only a deeper understanding of the hows and whys, but also an impressionistic snapshot of the cultural bounty we enjoy as a result of living at the crossroads of so many traditions. Feast at the banquet of American beliefs today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>History of the Supreme Court by Tim Huebner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the Supreme Court
Author: Tim Huebner
Narrator: Tim Huebner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What would you like to know about the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s evolution, its immense impact, and its crucial role in democracy?  Now is your chance to explore the law of the land with an acclaimed expert on the United States Constitution and the Supreme Court. In 24 stimulating lectures, you will survey the history of the Supreme Court from its inception through the present day.  Your discussion stays rooted in the historical-not the legal or political. In other words, you do not need a law or political science degree to understand how the nomination and confirmation process has changed, or how the justices have differed in their approaches to the Constitution, or why the Court&amp;#039;s decisions matter now more than ever. Likewise, you do not need to put your guard up when discussing controversial decisions. Instead, you will study the evolution of the Court with an eye towards understanding how it has come to play such an important role in American life.  As you know, much of American ideology and history appears mired in contradiction. The Supreme Court is no exception. Throughout the course, you will gain an appreciation for the American public&amp;#039;s paradoxical attitudes toward the judiciary over the centuries.  After examining landmark decisions and key players in the history of the Supreme Court, you will arrive at a fuller understanding of its role in both shaping and responding to larger developments across American society.</description>
      <author>Tim Huebner</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Oct 2018 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517548.mp3" length="1479701" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517548.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the Supreme Court
Author: Tim Huebner
Narrator: Tim Huebner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What would you like to know about the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s evolution, its immense impact, and its crucial role in democracy?  Now is your chance to explore the law of the land with an acclaimed expert on the United States Constitution and the Supreme Court. In 24 stimulating lectures, you will survey the history of the Supreme Court from its inception through the present day.  Your discussion stays rooted in the historical-not the legal or political. In other words, you do not need a law or political science degree to understand how the nomination and confirmation process has changed, or how the justices have differed in their approaches to the Constitution, or why the Court&amp;#039;s decisions matter now more than ever. Likewise, you do not need to put your guard up when discussing controversial decisions. Instead, you will study the evolution of the Court with an eye towards understanding how it has come to play such an important role in American life.  As you know, much of American ideology and history appears mired in contradiction. The Supreme Court is no exception. Throughout the course, you will gain an appreciation for the American public&amp;#039;s paradoxical attitudes toward the judiciary over the centuries.  After examining landmark decisions and key players in the history of the Supreme Court, you will arrive at a fuller understanding of its role in both shaping and responding to larger developments across American society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the Supreme Court
Author: Tim Huebner
Narrator: Tim Huebner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What would you like to know about the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s evolution, its immense impact, and its crucial role in democracy?  Now is your chance to explore the law of the land with an acclaimed expert on the United States Constitution and the Supreme Court. In 24 stimulating lectures, you will survey the history of the Supreme Court from its inception through the present day.  Your discussion stays rooted in the historical-not the legal or political. In other words, you do not need a law or political science degree to understand how the nomination and confirmation process has changed, or how the justices have differed in their approaches to the Constitution, or why the Court&amp;#039;s decisions matter now more than ever. Likewise, you do not need to put your guard up when discussing controversial decisions. Instead, you will study the evolution of the Court with an eye towards understanding how it has come to play such an important role in American life.  As you know, much of American ideology and history appears mired in contradiction. The Supreme Court is no exception. Throughout the course, you will gain an appreciation for the American public&amp;#039;s paradoxical attitudes toward the judiciary over the centuries.  After examining landmark decisions and key players in the history of the Supreme Court, you will arrive at a fuller understanding of its role in both shaping and responding to larger developments across American society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Civil War 101: Understand America&amp;#039;s Greatest Conflict Through the Eyes of Those Who Lived It by Peter Carmichael</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435903</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435903">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435903</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Civil War 101: Understand America&amp;#039;s Greatest Conflict Through the Eyes of Those Who Lived It
Author: Peter Carmichael
Narrator: Peter Carmichael
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Join one of the Civil War&amp;#039;s greatest living historians in exploring this monumental event through the eyes of those who lived it.   Imagine yourself living amid the bloodiest conflict on American soil. An infantry soldier marching into the Gettysburg battlefield in the front lines. A Minnesotan mother whose son responds to Lincoln&amp;#039;s call for volunteers. A slave working the fields of a Mississippi plantation when rumors of Emancipation arrive. Drawing on the letters and records of individual soldiers, this compelling audio course invites you to explore the relationship between events on the battlefield and life on the home front. With more than 600,000 casualties, the Civil War cannot be understood by looking exclusively at famous figures like Abraham Lincoln, Robert E. Lee, and Ulysses S. Grant. As you&amp;#039;ll see, ordinary people-volunteer soldiers, runaway slaves, civilians in both the North and South-shaped the course of history. Hearing their stories illuminates the causes, consequences, and course of the war.  Your guide is Peter S. Carmichael, Director of the Civil War Institute at Gettysburg College and author of The War for the Common Soldier (2018). Throughout, you&amp;#039;ll pay special attention to the men who served in the ranks on both sides. You&amp;#039;ll conclude by looking at the diverse ways that Americans continue to find political relevance in their Civil War past. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</description>
      <author>Peter Carmichael</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Aug 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517937.mp3" length="1378358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435903</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517937.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435903">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435903</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Civil War 101: Understand America&amp;#039;s Greatest Conflict Through the Eyes of Those Who Lived It
Author: Peter Carmichael
Narrator: Peter Carmichael
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Join one of the Civil War&amp;#039;s greatest living historians in exploring this monumental event through the eyes of those who lived it.   Imagine yourself living amid the bloodiest conflict on American soil. An infantry soldier marching into the Gettysburg battlefield in the front lines. A Minnesotan mother whose son responds to Lincoln&amp;#039;s call for volunteers. A slave working the fields of a Mississippi plantation when rumors of Emancipation arrive. Drawing on the letters and records of individual soldiers, this compelling audio course invites you to explore the relationship between events on the battlefield and life on the home front. With more than 600,000 casualties, the Civil War cannot be understood by looking exclusively at famous figures like Abraham Lincoln, Robert E. Lee, and Ulysses S. Grant. As you&amp;#039;ll see, ordinary people-volunteer soldiers, runaway slaves, civilians in both the North and South-shaped the course of history. Hearing their stories illuminates the causes, consequences, and course of the war.  Your guide is Peter S. Carmichael, Director of the Civil War Institute at Gettysburg College and author of The War for the Common Soldier (2018). Throughout, you&amp;#039;ll pay special attention to the men who served in the ranks on both sides. You&amp;#039;ll conclude by looking at the diverse ways that Americans continue to find political relevance in their Civil War past. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435903">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435903</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Civil War 101: Understand America&amp;#039;s Greatest Conflict Through the Eyes of Those Who Lived It
Author: Peter Carmichael
Narrator: Peter Carmichael
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Join one of the Civil War&amp;#039;s greatest living historians in exploring this monumental event through the eyes of those who lived it.   Imagine yourself living amid the bloodiest conflict on American soil. An infantry soldier marching into the Gettysburg battlefield in the front lines. A Minnesotan mother whose son responds to Lincoln&amp;#039;s call for volunteers. A slave working the fields of a Mississippi plantation when rumors of Emancipation arrive. Drawing on the letters and records of individual soldiers, this compelling audio course invites you to explore the relationship between events on the battlefield and life on the home front. With more than 600,000 casualties, the Civil War cannot be understood by looking exclusively at famous figures like Abraham Lincoln, Robert E. Lee, and Ulysses S. Grant. As you&amp;#039;ll see, ordinary people-volunteer soldiers, runaway slaves, civilians in both the North and South-shaped the course of history. Hearing their stories illuminates the causes, consequences, and course of the war.  Your guide is Peter S. Carmichael, Director of the Civil War Institute at Gettysburg College and author of The War for the Common Soldier (2018). Throughout, you&amp;#039;ll pay special attention to the men who served in the ranks on both sides. You&amp;#039;ll conclude by looking at the diverse ways that Americans continue to find political relevance in their Civil War past. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>People of the Sturgeon: Wisconsin&amp;#039;s Love Affair with an Ancient Fish by Frederick P. Binkowski, Ronald M. Bruch, Kathleen Schmitt Kline</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434872</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People of the Sturgeon: Wisconsin&amp;#039;s Love Affair with an Ancient Fish
Author: Frederick P. Binkowski, Ronald M. Bruch, Kathleen Schmitt Kline
Narrator: Kathleen Schmitt Kline
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
People of the Sturgeon tells the poignant story of an ancient fish. Wanton harvest and habitat loss took a heavy toll on these prehistoric creatures until they teetered on the brink of extinction. But, in Wisconsin, lake sturgeon have flourished because of the dedicated work of Department of Natural Resources staff, university researchers and a determined group of spearers known as Sturgeon For Tomorrow. Thanks to these efforts, spearers can still flock by the thousands to frozen Lake Winnebago each winter to take part in a ritual rooted in the traditions of the Menominee and other Wisconsin Indians. A century of sturgeon management on Lake Winnebago has produced the world&amp;#039;s largest and healthiest lake sturgeon population. Through a fascinating collection of images, stories and interviews, People of the Sturgeon chronicles the history of this remarkable fish and the cultural traditions it has spawned. The authors introduce a colorful cast of characters with a good fish tale to tell. Color photos by the late Bob Rashid and images from the Wisconsin Historical Society evoke both the magical and the mortal. Weaving together myriad voices and examining the sturgeon&amp;#039;s profound cultural impact, the authors reveal how a diverse group of people are now joined together as &amp;#039;people of the sturgeon.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Frederick P. Binkowski, Ronald M. Bruch, Kathleen Schmitt Kline</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780870209697.mp3" length="1537820" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434872</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780870209697.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People of the Sturgeon: Wisconsin&amp;#039;s Love Affair with an Ancient Fish
Author: Frederick P. Binkowski, Ronald M. Bruch, Kathleen Schmitt Kline
Narrator: Kathleen Schmitt Kline
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
People of the Sturgeon tells the poignant story of an ancient fish. Wanton harvest and habitat loss took a heavy toll on these prehistoric creatures until they teetered on the brink of extinction. But, in Wisconsin, lake sturgeon have flourished because of the dedicated work of Department of Natural Resources staff, university researchers and a determined group of spearers known as Sturgeon For Tomorrow. Thanks to these efforts, spearers can still flock by the thousands to frozen Lake Winnebago each winter to take part in a ritual rooted in the traditions of the Menominee and other Wisconsin Indians. A century of sturgeon management on Lake Winnebago has produced the world&amp;#039;s largest and healthiest lake sturgeon population. Through a fascinating collection of images, stories and interviews, People of the Sturgeon chronicles the history of this remarkable fish and the cultural traditions it has spawned. The authors introduce a colorful cast of characters with a good fish tale to tell. Color photos by the late Bob Rashid and images from the Wisconsin Historical Society evoke both the magical and the mortal. Weaving together myriad voices and examining the sturgeon&amp;#039;s profound cultural impact, the authors reveal how a diverse group of people are now joined together as &amp;#039;people of the sturgeon.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People of the Sturgeon: Wisconsin&amp;#039;s Love Affair with an Ancient Fish
Author: Frederick P. Binkowski, Ronald M. Bruch, Kathleen Schmitt Kline
Narrator: Kathleen Schmitt Kline
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
People of the Sturgeon tells the poignant story of an ancient fish. Wanton harvest and habitat loss took a heavy toll on these prehistoric creatures until they teetered on the brink of extinction. But, in Wisconsin, lake sturgeon have flourished because of the dedicated work of Department of Natural Resources staff, university researchers and a determined group of spearers known as Sturgeon For Tomorrow. Thanks to these efforts, spearers can still flock by the thousands to frozen Lake Winnebago each winter to take part in a ritual rooted in the traditions of the Menominee and other Wisconsin Indians. A century of sturgeon management on Lake Winnebago has produced the world&amp;#039;s largest and healthiest lake sturgeon population. Through a fascinating collection of images, stories and interviews, People of the Sturgeon chronicles the history of this remarkable fish and the cultural traditions it has spawned. The authors introduce a colorful cast of characters with a good fish tale to tell. Color photos by the late Bob Rashid and images from the Wisconsin Historical Society evoke both the magical and the mortal. Weaving together myriad voices and examining the sturgeon&amp;#039;s profound cultural impact, the authors reveal how a diverse group of people are now joined together as &amp;#039;people of the sturgeon.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alexander Henry&amp;#039;s Travels and Adventures in the years 1760-1776 by Alexander Henry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434865</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434865">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434865</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alexander Henry&amp;#039;s Travels and Adventures in the years 1760-1776
Author: Alexander Henry
Narrator: Nick Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Alexander Henry is one of the giants of the eighteenth century Fur Trade in the Great Lakes region and his journal has been reprinted many times since it was first published in 1809. With the defeat of the French in Canada in 1760, the interior of the continent was suddenly accessible to English traders. Henry set out for the west with goods for the Indian trade, into a land where the First Nations were deeply hostile to the English. These two volumes, “Adventures in Michigan 1760-1764&amp;#039; and “Lake Superior and the Canadian Northwest 1765-1776&amp;#039; were compiled by Henry towards the end of his life and together have become an adventure classic. The Great Lakes region was in turmoil in the 1760&amp;#039;s when Henry embarked upon his trading mission.  The great First Nations leader Pontiac had engineered an uprising against the British Forts and Posts in the region with the intension of driving the British out. It was a time of violence and danger - and Alexander Henry was caught right in the middle of it, frequently experiencing hardship, hunger and abuse - while managing to retain his optimism and courage. The accounts of his experiences are at times harrowing, while at the same time providing an almost unparalleled description of First Nations life in the lands surrounding the Great Lakes and in the Canadian Northwest.</description>
      <author>Alexander Henry</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662112102.mp3" length="1429396" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434865</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662112102.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434865">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434865</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alexander Henry&amp;#039;s Travels and Adventures in the years 1760-1776
Author: Alexander Henry
Narrator: Nick Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Alexander Henry is one of the giants of the eighteenth century Fur Trade in the Great Lakes region and his journal has been reprinted many times since it was first published in 1809. With the defeat of the French in Canada in 1760, the interior of the continent was suddenly accessible to English traders. Henry set out for the west with goods for the Indian trade, into a land where the First Nations were deeply hostile to the English. These two volumes, “Adventures in Michigan 1760-1764&amp;#039; and “Lake Superior and the Canadian Northwest 1765-1776&amp;#039; were compiled by Henry towards the end of his life and together have become an adventure classic. The Great Lakes region was in turmoil in the 1760&amp;#039;s when Henry embarked upon his trading mission.  The great First Nations leader Pontiac had engineered an uprising against the British Forts and Posts in the region with the intension of driving the British out. It was a time of violence and danger - and Alexander Henry was caught right in the middle of it, frequently experiencing hardship, hunger and abuse - while managing to retain his optimism and courage. The accounts of his experiences are at times harrowing, while at the same time providing an almost unparalleled description of First Nations life in the lands surrounding the Great Lakes and in the Canadian Northwest.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434865">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434865</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alexander Henry&amp;#039;s Travels and Adventures in the years 1760-1776
Author: Alexander Henry
Narrator: Nick Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Alexander Henry is one of the giants of the eighteenth century Fur Trade in the Great Lakes region and his journal has been reprinted many times since it was first published in 1809. With the defeat of the French in Canada in 1760, the interior of the continent was suddenly accessible to English traders. Henry set out for the west with goods for the Indian trade, into a land where the First Nations were deeply hostile to the English. These two volumes, “Adventures in Michigan 1760-1764&amp;#039; and “Lake Superior and the Canadian Northwest 1765-1776&amp;#039; were compiled by Henry towards the end of his life and together have become an adventure classic. The Great Lakes region was in turmoil in the 1760&amp;#039;s when Henry embarked upon his trading mission.  The great First Nations leader Pontiac had engineered an uprising against the British Forts and Posts in the region with the intension of driving the British out. It was a time of violence and danger - and Alexander Henry was caught right in the middle of it, frequently experiencing hardship, hunger and abuse - while managing to retain his optimism and courage. The accounts of his experiences are at times harrowing, while at the same time providing an almost unparalleled description of First Nations life in the lands surrounding the Great Lakes and in the Canadian Northwest.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last American Aristocrat: The Brilliant Life and Improbable Education of Henry Adams by David S. Brown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434833</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last American Aristocrat: The Brilliant Life and Improbable Education of Henry Adams
Author: David S. Brown
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “marvelous…compelling” (The New York Times Book Review) biography of literary icon Henry Adams—one of America’s most prominent writers and intellectuals, who witnessed and contributed to the United States’ dramatic transition from a colonial society to a modern nation. Henry Adams is perhaps the most eclectic, accomplished, and important American writer of his time. His autobiography and modern classic The Education of Henry Adams was widely considered one of the best English-language nonfiction books of the 20th century. The last member of his distinguished family—after great-grandfather John Adams, and grandfather John Quincy Adams—to gain national attention, he is remembered today as an historian, a political commentator, and a memoirist.   Now, historian David Brown sheds light on the brilliant yet under-celebrated life of this major American intellectual. Adams not only lived through the Civil War and the Industrial Revolution but he met Abraham Lincoln, bowed before Queen Victoria, and counted Secretary of State John Hay, Senator Henry Cabot Lodge, and President Theodore Roosevelt as friends and neighbors. His observations of these powerful men and their policies in his private letters provide a penetrating assessment of Gilded Age America on the cusp of the modern era.   “Thoroughly researched and gracefully written” (The Wall Street Journal), The Last American Aristocrat details Adams’s relationships with his wife (Marian “Clover” Hooper) and, following her suicide, Elizabeth Cameron, the young wife of a senator and part of the famous Sherman clan from Ohio. Henry Adams’s letters—thousands of them—demonstrate his struggles with depression, familial expectations, and reconciling with his unwanted widower’s existence.   Offering a fresh window on nineteenth century US history, as well as a more “modern” and “human” Henry Adams than ever before, The Last American Aristocrat is a “standout portrait of the man and his era” (Publishers Weekly, starred review).</description>
      <author>David S. Brown</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797116839.mp3" length="859034" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434833</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797116839.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last American Aristocrat: The Brilliant Life and Improbable Education of Henry Adams
Author: David S. Brown
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “marvelous…compelling” (The New York Times Book Review) biography of literary icon Henry Adams—one of America’s most prominent writers and intellectuals, who witnessed and contributed to the United States’ dramatic transition from a colonial society to a modern nation. Henry Adams is perhaps the most eclectic, accomplished, and important American writer of his time. His autobiography and modern classic The Education of Henry Adams was widely considered one of the best English-language nonfiction books of the 20th century. The last member of his distinguished family—after great-grandfather John Adams, and grandfather John Quincy Adams—to gain national attention, he is remembered today as an historian, a political commentator, and a memoirist.   Now, historian David Brown sheds light on the brilliant yet under-celebrated life of this major American intellectual. Adams not only lived through the Civil War and the Industrial Revolution but he met Abraham Lincoln, bowed before Queen Victoria, and counted Secretary of State John Hay, Senator Henry Cabot Lodge, and President Theodore Roosevelt as friends and neighbors. His observations of these powerful men and their policies in his private letters provide a penetrating assessment of Gilded Age America on the cusp of the modern era.   “Thoroughly researched and gracefully written” (The Wall Street Journal), The Last American Aristocrat details Adams’s relationships with his wife (Marian “Clover” Hooper) and, following her suicide, Elizabeth Cameron, the young wife of a senator and part of the famous Sherman clan from Ohio. Henry Adams’s letters—thousands of them—demonstrate his struggles with depression, familial expectations, and reconciling with his unwanted widower’s existence.   Offering a fresh window on nineteenth century US history, as well as a more “modern” and “human” Henry Adams than ever before, The Last American Aristocrat is a “standout portrait of the man and his era” (Publishers Weekly, starred review).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last American Aristocrat: The Brilliant Life and Improbable Education of Henry Adams
Author: David S. Brown
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “marvelous…compelling” (The New York Times Book Review) biography of literary icon Henry Adams—one of America’s most prominent writers and intellectuals, who witnessed and contributed to the United States’ dramatic transition from a colonial society to a modern nation. Henry Adams is perhaps the most eclectic, accomplished, and important American writer of his time. His autobiography and modern classic The Education of Henry Adams was widely considered one of the best English-language nonfiction books of the 20th century. The last member of his distinguished family—after great-grandfather John Adams, and grandfather John Quincy Adams—to gain national attention, he is remembered today as an historian, a political commentator, and a memoirist.   Now, historian David Brown sheds light on the brilliant yet under-celebrated life of this major American intellectual. Adams not only lived through the Civil War and the Industrial Revolution but he met Abraham Lincoln, bowed before Queen Victoria, and counted Secretary of State John Hay, Senator Henry Cabot Lodge, and President Theodore Roosevelt as friends and neighbors. His observations of these powerful men and their policies in his private letters provide a penetrating assessment of Gilded Age America on the cusp of the modern era.   “Thoroughly researched and gracefully written” (The Wall Street Journal), The Last American Aristocrat details Adams’s relationships with his wife (Marian “Clover” Hooper) and, following her suicide, Elizabeth Cameron, the young wife of a senator and part of the famous Sherman clan from Ohio. Henry Adams’s letters—thousands of them—demonstrate his struggles with depression, familial expectations, and reconciling with his unwanted widower’s existence.   Offering a fresh window on nineteenth century US history, as well as a more “modern” and “human” Henry Adams than ever before, The Last American Aristocrat is a “standout portrait of the man and his era” (Publishers Weekly, starred review).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mysteries of the Tayos Caves: The Lost Civilizations Where the Andes Meet the Amazon by Alex Chionetti</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434825</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mysteries of the Tayos Caves: The Lost Civilizations Where the Andes Meet the Amazon
Author: Alex Chionetti
Narrator: Luke Bob Robinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A detailed examination of the controversial expeditions to the Tayos Cave complex in Ecuador and the treasures glimpsed in its depths  • Reconstructs the expeditions from the 1960s and ’70s, including the Mormon Church’s search for lost tablets, Stanley Hall’s quest with Neil Armstrong, and sightings of a metal library, books of gold, copper plates, and a quartz sarcophagus  • Explores connections to Atlantis, Ancient Astronauts, and the Hollow Earth theory and the possibility of tunnel networks that extend from the Rocky Mountains to Patagonia  The Cuevas de los Tayos is a cavern complex in the Amazon rain forest of Ecuador. Named for the tayos, the oil birds that reside within them, these caves have countless enigmas connected with them, from the discovery of inexplicable architectural details, to claims of curses and treasures, to dangerous encounters with the indigenous people, the Shuar, for whom the caves are sacred.  Sharing his more than 30 years of research into the Tayos Caves as well as his own explorations, Alex Chionetti examines the legends and mysteries associated with this site and the explorers who have ventured within. He details the discovery of the Tayos Cave complex by Hungarian explorer Janos Juan Moricz in the 1960s, including Moricz’s claims of finding a metal library with books of gold. Exploring the oral tradition of the Shuar, he explains how this region was the possible origin of Incan culture and the legend of El Dorado. The author shares his own dangerous explorations within the Tayos Caves, and, drawing on unpublished interviews with speleologist Julio Goyén Aguado, he reconstructs the expeditions of the 1960s and ’70s, revealing the Mormon Church’s search for lost tablets, a British army incursion, and sightings of paintings, gold statues and skeletons, copper plates, and a quartz sarcophagus--treasures akin to the Crespi treasure. The author also shares details from Stanley Hall’s suspicious expedition in 1976, which included astronaut Neil Armstrong.  Investigating the lost civilizations behind the Tayos treasures, Chionetti explores the possible connections to Atlantis, aliens, Ancient Astronauts, and the Hollow Earth theory; the caves’ links with hermetic societies; and claims of tunnel networks that extend thousands of miles through both American continents, from the Rocky Mountains to Patagonia. Sharing a real-life adventure story wilder than an Indiana Jones plot, the author shows that Earth’s ancient past has many secrets waiting to be uncovered.</description>
      <author>Alex Chionetti</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781644112458.mp3" length="778359" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434825</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781644112458.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mysteries of the Tayos Caves: The Lost Civilizations Where the Andes Meet the Amazon
Author: Alex Chionetti
Narrator: Luke Bob Robinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A detailed examination of the controversial expeditions to the Tayos Cave complex in Ecuador and the treasures glimpsed in its depths  • Reconstructs the expeditions from the 1960s and ’70s, including the Mormon Church’s search for lost tablets, Stanley Hall’s quest with Neil Armstrong, and sightings of a metal library, books of gold, copper plates, and a quartz sarcophagus  • Explores connections to Atlantis, Ancient Astronauts, and the Hollow Earth theory and the possibility of tunnel networks that extend from the Rocky Mountains to Patagonia  The Cuevas de los Tayos is a cavern complex in the Amazon rain forest of Ecuador. Named for the tayos, the oil birds that reside within them, these caves have countless enigmas connected with them, from the discovery of inexplicable architectural details, to claims of curses and treasures, to dangerous encounters with the indigenous people, the Shuar, for whom the caves are sacred.  Sharing his more than 30 years of research into the Tayos Caves as well as his own explorations, Alex Chionetti examines the legends and mysteries associated with this site and the explorers who have ventured within. He details the discovery of the Tayos Cave complex by Hungarian explorer Janos Juan Moricz in the 1960s, including Moricz’s claims of finding a metal library with books of gold. Exploring the oral tradition of the Shuar, he explains how this region was the possible origin of Incan culture and the legend of El Dorado. The author shares his own dangerous explorations within the Tayos Caves, and, drawing on unpublished interviews with speleologist Julio Goyén Aguado, he reconstructs the expeditions of the 1960s and ’70s, revealing the Mormon Church’s search for lost tablets, a British army incursion, and sightings of paintings, gold statues and skeletons, copper plates, and a quartz sarcophagus--treasures akin to the Crespi treasure. The author also shares details from Stanley Hall’s suspicious expedition in 1976, which included astronaut Neil Armstrong.  Investigating the lost civilizations behind the Tayos treasures, Chionetti explores the possible connections to Atlantis, aliens, Ancient Astronauts, and the Hollow Earth theory; the caves’ links with hermetic societies; and claims of tunnel networks that extend thousands of miles through both American continents, from the Rocky Mountains to Patagonia. Sharing a real-life adventure story wilder than an Indiana Jones plot, the author shows that Earth’s ancient past has many secrets waiting to be uncovered.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mysteries of the Tayos Caves: The Lost Civilizations Where the Andes Meet the Amazon
Author: Alex Chionetti
Narrator: Luke Bob Robinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A detailed examination of the controversial expeditions to the Tayos Cave complex in Ecuador and the treasures glimpsed in its depths  • Reconstructs the expeditions from the 1960s and ’70s, including the Mormon Church’s search for lost tablets, Stanley Hall’s quest with Neil Armstrong, and sightings of a metal library, books of gold, copper plates, and a quartz sarcophagus  • Explores connections to Atlantis, Ancient Astronauts, and the Hollow Earth theory and the possibility of tunnel networks that extend from the Rocky Mountains to Patagonia  The Cuevas de los Tayos is a cavern complex in the Amazon rain forest of Ecuador. Named for the tayos, the oil birds that reside within them, these caves have countless enigmas connected with them, from the discovery of inexplicable architectural details, to claims of curses and treasures, to dangerous encounters with the indigenous people, the Shuar, for whom the caves are sacred.  Sharing his more than 30 years of research into the Tayos Caves as well as his own explorations, Alex Chionetti examines the legends and mysteries associated with this site and the explorers who have ventured within. He details the discovery of the Tayos Cave complex by Hungarian explorer Janos Juan Moricz in the 1960s, including Moricz’s claims of finding a metal library with books of gold. Exploring the oral tradition of the Shuar, he explains how this region was the possible origin of Incan culture and the legend of El Dorado. The author shares his own dangerous explorations within the Tayos Caves, and, drawing on unpublished interviews with speleologist Julio Goyén Aguado, he reconstructs the expeditions of the 1960s and ’70s, revealing the Mormon Church’s search for lost tablets, a British army incursion, and sightings of paintings, gold statues and skeletons, copper plates, and a quartz sarcophagus--treasures akin to the Crespi treasure. The author also shares details from Stanley Hall’s suspicious expedition in 1976, which included astronaut Neil Armstrong.  Investigating the lost civilizations behind the Tayos treasures, Chionetti explores the possible connections to Atlantis, aliens, Ancient Astronauts, and the Hollow Earth theory; the caves’ links with hermetic societies; and claims of tunnel networks that extend thousands of miles through both American continents, from the Rocky Mountains to Patagonia. Sharing a real-life adventure story wilder than an Indiana Jones plot, the author shows that Earth’s ancient past has many secrets waiting to be uncovered.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Carville&amp;#039;s Cure: Leprosy, Stigma, and the Fight for Justice by Pam Fessler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434777</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Carville&amp;#039;s Cure: Leprosy, Stigma, and the Fight for Justice
Author: Pam Fessler
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Following the trail of an unexpected family connection, acclaimed journalist Pam Fessler has unearthed the lost world of the patients, nurses, doctors, and researchers at Carville who struggled for over a century to eradicate Hansen&amp;#039;s disease, the modern name for leprosy. Amid widespread public anxiety about foreign contamination and contagion, patients were deprived of basic rights—denied the right to vote, restricted from leaving Carville, and often forbidden from contact with their own parents or children. Though shunned by their fellow Americans, patients surprisingly made Carville more a refuge than a prison. Many carved out meaningful lives, building a vibrant community and finding solace, brotherhood, and even love behind the barbed-wire fence that surrounded them. Among the memorable figures we meet in Fessler&amp;#039;s masterful narrative are John Early, a pioneering crusader for patients&amp;#039; rights, and the unlucky Landry siblings as well as a butcher from New York, a nineteen-year-old debutante from New Orleans, and a pharmacist from Texas. Though Jim Crow reigned in the South and racial animus prevailed elsewhere, Carville took in people of all faiths, colors, and backgrounds. Aided by their heroic caretakers, patients rallied to find a cure for Hansen&amp;#039;s disease and to fight the insidious stigma that surrounded it.</description>
      <author>Pam Fessler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684579822.mp3" length="8059525" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434777</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684579822.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Carville&amp;#039;s Cure: Leprosy, Stigma, and the Fight for Justice
Author: Pam Fessler
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Following the trail of an unexpected family connection, acclaimed journalist Pam Fessler has unearthed the lost world of the patients, nurses, doctors, and researchers at Carville who struggled for over a century to eradicate Hansen&amp;#039;s disease, the modern name for leprosy. Amid widespread public anxiety about foreign contamination and contagion, patients were deprived of basic rights—denied the right to vote, restricted from leaving Carville, and often forbidden from contact with their own parents or children. Though shunned by their fellow Americans, patients surprisingly made Carville more a refuge than a prison. Many carved out meaningful lives, building a vibrant community and finding solace, brotherhood, and even love behind the barbed-wire fence that surrounded them. Among the memorable figures we meet in Fessler&amp;#039;s masterful narrative are John Early, a pioneering crusader for patients&amp;#039; rights, and the unlucky Landry siblings as well as a butcher from New York, a nineteen-year-old debutante from New Orleans, and a pharmacist from Texas. Though Jim Crow reigned in the South and racial animus prevailed elsewhere, Carville took in people of all faiths, colors, and backgrounds. Aided by their heroic caretakers, patients rallied to find a cure for Hansen&amp;#039;s disease and to fight the insidious stigma that surrounded it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Carville&amp;#039;s Cure: Leprosy, Stigma, and the Fight for Justice
Author: Pam Fessler
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Following the trail of an unexpected family connection, acclaimed journalist Pam Fessler has unearthed the lost world of the patients, nurses, doctors, and researchers at Carville who struggled for over a century to eradicate Hansen&amp;#039;s disease, the modern name for leprosy. Amid widespread public anxiety about foreign contamination and contagion, patients were deprived of basic rights—denied the right to vote, restricted from leaving Carville, and often forbidden from contact with their own parents or children. Though shunned by their fellow Americans, patients surprisingly made Carville more a refuge than a prison. Many carved out meaningful lives, building a vibrant community and finding solace, brotherhood, and even love behind the barbed-wire fence that surrounded them. Among the memorable figures we meet in Fessler&amp;#039;s masterful narrative are John Early, a pioneering crusader for patients&amp;#039; rights, and the unlucky Landry siblings as well as a butcher from New York, a nineteen-year-old debutante from New Orleans, and a pharmacist from Texas. Though Jim Crow reigned in the South and racial animus prevailed elsewhere, Carville took in people of all faiths, colors, and backgrounds. Aided by their heroic caretakers, patients rallied to find a cure for Hansen&amp;#039;s disease and to fight the insidious stigma that surrounded it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The South Carolina State Hospital: Stories from Bull Street by William Buchheit</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434737</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The South Carolina State Hospital: Stories from Bull Street
Author: William Buchheit
Narrator: Adam Lofbomm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Nearly two decades after it closed, the South Carolina State Hospital continues to hold a palpable mystique in Columbia and throughout the state. Founded in 1821 as the South Carolina Lunatic Asylum, it housed, fed, and treated thousands of patients incapable of surviving on their own. The patient population in 1961 eclipsed 6,600, well above its listed capacity of 4,823, despite an operating budget that ranked forty-fifth out of the forty-eight states with such large public hospitals. By the mid-1990s, the patient population had fallen under 700, and the hospital had become a symbol of captivity, horror, and chaos. Author William Buchheit details this history through the words and interviews of those who worked on the iconic campus.</description>
      <author>William Buchheit</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705244722.mp3" length="8418914" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434737</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705244722.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The South Carolina State Hospital: Stories from Bull Street
Author: William Buchheit
Narrator: Adam Lofbomm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Nearly two decades after it closed, the South Carolina State Hospital continues to hold a palpable mystique in Columbia and throughout the state. Founded in 1821 as the South Carolina Lunatic Asylum, it housed, fed, and treated thousands of patients incapable of surviving on their own. The patient population in 1961 eclipsed 6,600, well above its listed capacity of 4,823, despite an operating budget that ranked forty-fifth out of the forty-eight states with such large public hospitals. By the mid-1990s, the patient population had fallen under 700, and the hospital had become a symbol of captivity, horror, and chaos. Author William Buchheit details this history through the words and interviews of those who worked on the iconic campus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The South Carolina State Hospital: Stories from Bull Street
Author: William Buchheit
Narrator: Adam Lofbomm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Nearly two decades after it closed, the South Carolina State Hospital continues to hold a palpable mystique in Columbia and throughout the state. Founded in 1821 as the South Carolina Lunatic Asylum, it housed, fed, and treated thousands of patients incapable of surviving on their own. The patient population in 1961 eclipsed 6,600, well above its listed capacity of 4,823, despite an operating budget that ranked forty-fifth out of the forty-eight states with such large public hospitals. By the mid-1990s, the patient population had fallen under 700, and the hospital had become a symbol of captivity, horror, and chaos. Author William Buchheit details this history through the words and interviews of those who worked on the iconic campus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mr. Lincoln&amp;#039;s T-Mails: How Abraham Lincoln Used the Telegraph to Win the Civil War by Tom Wheeler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434698</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mr. Lincoln&amp;#039;s T-Mails: How Abraham Lincoln Used the Telegraph to Win the Civil War
Author: Tom Wheeler
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Civil War was the first &amp;#039;modern war.&amp;#039; Because of the rapid changes in American society, Abraham Lincoln became president of a divided United States during a period of technological and social revolution. Among the many modern marvels that gave the North an advantage was the telegraph, which Lincoln used to stay connected to the forces in the field in almost real time. No leader in history had ever possessed such a powerful tool to gain control over a fractious situation. An eager student of technology, Lincoln had to learn to use the power of electronic messages. Without precedent to guide him, Lincoln began by reading the telegraph traffic among his generals. Then he used the telegraph to supplement his preferred form of communication—meetings and letters. He did not replace those face-to-face interactions. Through this experience, Lincoln crafted the best way to guide, reprimand, praise, reward, and encourage his commanders in the field. By paying close attention to Lincoln&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;lightning messages,&amp;#039; we see a great leader adapt to a new medium. No listener of this work of history will be able to miss the contemporary parallels. Watching Lincoln carefully word his messages—and follow up on those words with the right actions—offers a striking example for those who spend their days tapping out notes on computers and BlackBerrys.</description>
      <author>Tom Wheeler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705212448.mp3" length="8587179" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434698</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705212448.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mr. Lincoln&amp;#039;s T-Mails: How Abraham Lincoln Used the Telegraph to Win the Civil War
Author: Tom Wheeler
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Civil War was the first &amp;#039;modern war.&amp;#039; Because of the rapid changes in American society, Abraham Lincoln became president of a divided United States during a period of technological and social revolution. Among the many modern marvels that gave the North an advantage was the telegraph, which Lincoln used to stay connected to the forces in the field in almost real time. No leader in history had ever possessed such a powerful tool to gain control over a fractious situation. An eager student of technology, Lincoln had to learn to use the power of electronic messages. Without precedent to guide him, Lincoln began by reading the telegraph traffic among his generals. Then he used the telegraph to supplement his preferred form of communication—meetings and letters. He did not replace those face-to-face interactions. Through this experience, Lincoln crafted the best way to guide, reprimand, praise, reward, and encourage his commanders in the field. By paying close attention to Lincoln&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;lightning messages,&amp;#039; we see a great leader adapt to a new medium. No listener of this work of history will be able to miss the contemporary parallels. Watching Lincoln carefully word his messages—and follow up on those words with the right actions—offers a striking example for those who spend their days tapping out notes on computers and BlackBerrys.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mr. Lincoln&amp;#039;s T-Mails: How Abraham Lincoln Used the Telegraph to Win the Civil War
Author: Tom Wheeler
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Civil War was the first &amp;#039;modern war.&amp;#039; Because of the rapid changes in American society, Abraham Lincoln became president of a divided United States during a period of technological and social revolution. Among the many modern marvels that gave the North an advantage was the telegraph, which Lincoln used to stay connected to the forces in the field in almost real time. No leader in history had ever possessed such a powerful tool to gain control over a fractious situation. An eager student of technology, Lincoln had to learn to use the power of electronic messages. Without precedent to guide him, Lincoln began by reading the telegraph traffic among his generals. Then he used the telegraph to supplement his preferred form of communication—meetings and letters. He did not replace those face-to-face interactions. Through this experience, Lincoln crafted the best way to guide, reprimand, praise, reward, and encourage his commanders in the field. By paying close attention to Lincoln&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;lightning messages,&amp;#039; we see a great leader adapt to a new medium. No listener of this work of history will be able to miss the contemporary parallels. Watching Lincoln carefully word his messages—and follow up on those words with the right actions—offers a striking example for those who spend their days tapping out notes on computers and BlackBerrys.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Californian Century: Stanley Tucci tells the dramatic story of modern California by Laurence Grissell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434648</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Californian Century: Stanley Tucci tells the dramatic story of modern California
Author: Laurence Grissell
Narrator: Stanley Tucci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Hollywood to Silicon Valley, California wants to dazzle you with its sunshine and its vision of the future - but that&amp;#039;s just a mirage. I know the whole, sordid truth. Hello. I&amp;#039;m Stanley Tucci. I&amp;#039;ll be playing a hard-boiled screenwriter - you know the type: he&amp;#039;s met &amp;#039;em all, he&amp;#039;s gotten drunk with &amp;#039;em all. My screenplays will tell the stories of ten men and women who built modern California, warts and all. I&amp;#039;ll show you where all the bodies are buried. I&amp;#039;ll tell the story of the very first movie-maker, shot dead on his studio lot; and the men who lied and lied and lied again to bring water to L.A. Without the water, there would be no L.A. We&amp;#039;ll also hear the story of the revivalist preacher who was as big as Chaplin before she disappeared without a trace; and the man who brought silicon to Silicon Valley, right before he became a white supremacist. That&amp;#039;s the Valley&amp;#039;s dirty little secret. We&amp;#039;ll tell the story of the original gangster rapper Ice-T, the man behind &amp;#039;Cop Killer&amp;#039;; and we&amp;#039;ll finish off with California&amp;#039;s longest-serving governor, Jerry Brown - the man they called &amp;#039;Governor Moonbeam&amp;#039;. The Californian Century is the dramatic story of the west coast: if you make it here, you&amp;#039;re on top of the world. If you don&amp;#039;t, there&amp;#039;s a long, long way to fall. And you never know when your luck&amp;#039;s about to run out.  It&amp;#039;s a story littered with dead bodies, disaster and duplicity. It&amp;#039;ll be one hell of a ride.  Come with me, and bring your shades. Written and produced by Laurence Grissell</description>
      <author>Laurence Grissell</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529134315.mp3" length="1528043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434648</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529134315.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Californian Century: Stanley Tucci tells the dramatic story of modern California
Author: Laurence Grissell
Narrator: Stanley Tucci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Hollywood to Silicon Valley, California wants to dazzle you with its sunshine and its vision of the future - but that&amp;#039;s just a mirage. I know the whole, sordid truth. Hello. I&amp;#039;m Stanley Tucci. I&amp;#039;ll be playing a hard-boiled screenwriter - you know the type: he&amp;#039;s met &amp;#039;em all, he&amp;#039;s gotten drunk with &amp;#039;em all. My screenplays will tell the stories of ten men and women who built modern California, warts and all. I&amp;#039;ll show you where all the bodies are buried. I&amp;#039;ll tell the story of the very first movie-maker, shot dead on his studio lot; and the men who lied and lied and lied again to bring water to L.A. Without the water, there would be no L.A. We&amp;#039;ll also hear the story of the revivalist preacher who was as big as Chaplin before she disappeared without a trace; and the man who brought silicon to Silicon Valley, right before he became a white supremacist. That&amp;#039;s the Valley&amp;#039;s dirty little secret. We&amp;#039;ll tell the story of the original gangster rapper Ice-T, the man behind &amp;#039;Cop Killer&amp;#039;; and we&amp;#039;ll finish off with California&amp;#039;s longest-serving governor, Jerry Brown - the man they called &amp;#039;Governor Moonbeam&amp;#039;. The Californian Century is the dramatic story of the west coast: if you make it here, you&amp;#039;re on top of the world. If you don&amp;#039;t, there&amp;#039;s a long, long way to fall. And you never know when your luck&amp;#039;s about to run out.  It&amp;#039;s a story littered with dead bodies, disaster and duplicity. It&amp;#039;ll be one hell of a ride.  Come with me, and bring your shades. Written and produced by Laurence Grissell</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Californian Century: Stanley Tucci tells the dramatic story of modern California
Author: Laurence Grissell
Narrator: Stanley Tucci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Hollywood to Silicon Valley, California wants to dazzle you with its sunshine and its vision of the future - but that&amp;#039;s just a mirage. I know the whole, sordid truth. Hello. I&amp;#039;m Stanley Tucci. I&amp;#039;ll be playing a hard-boiled screenwriter - you know the type: he&amp;#039;s met &amp;#039;em all, he&amp;#039;s gotten drunk with &amp;#039;em all. My screenplays will tell the stories of ten men and women who built modern California, warts and all. I&amp;#039;ll show you where all the bodies are buried. I&amp;#039;ll tell the story of the very first movie-maker, shot dead on his studio lot; and the men who lied and lied and lied again to bring water to L.A. Without the water, there would be no L.A. We&amp;#039;ll also hear the story of the revivalist preacher who was as big as Chaplin before she disappeared without a trace; and the man who brought silicon to Silicon Valley, right before he became a white supremacist. That&amp;#039;s the Valley&amp;#039;s dirty little secret. We&amp;#039;ll tell the story of the original gangster rapper Ice-T, the man behind &amp;#039;Cop Killer&amp;#039;; and we&amp;#039;ll finish off with California&amp;#039;s longest-serving governor, Jerry Brown - the man they called &amp;#039;Governor Moonbeam&amp;#039;. The Californian Century is the dramatic story of the west coast: if you make it here, you&amp;#039;re on top of the world. If you don&amp;#039;t, there&amp;#039;s a long, long way to fall. And you never know when your luck&amp;#039;s about to run out.  It&amp;#039;s a story littered with dead bodies, disaster and duplicity. It&amp;#039;ll be one hell of a ride.  Come with me, and bring your shades. Written and produced by Laurence Grissell</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lincoln&amp;#039;s Mentors: The Education of a Leader by Michael J. Gerhardt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433592</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433592">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433592</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lincoln&amp;#039;s Mentors: The Education of a Leader
Author: Michael J. Gerhardt
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A brilliant and novel examination of how Abraham Lincoln mastered the art of leadership, revealing how five men mentored an obscure lawyer with no executive experience to become America’s greatest president “Gerhardt has devised an ingenious solution for demystifying America’s most enigmatic president: examining the key people who influenced Lincoln as he developed his own unique skills and leadership style.” –Russell L. Riley, UVA’s Miller Center In 1849, when Abraham Lincoln returned to Springfield, Illinois, after two seemingly uninspiring years in the U.S. House of Representatives, his political career appeared all but finished. His sense of failure was so great that friends worried about his sanity. Yet within a decade, Lincoln would reenter politics, become a leader of the Republican Party, win the 1860 presidential election, and keep America together during its most perilous period. What accounted for the turnaround? As Michael J. Gerhardt reveals, Lincoln’s reemergence followed the same path he had taken before, in which he read voraciously and learned from the successes, failures, oratory, and political maneuvering of a surprisingly diverse handful of men, some of whom he had never met but others of whom he knew intimately—Henry Clay, Andrew Jackson, Zachary Taylor, John Todd Stuart, and Orville Browning. From their experiences and his own, Lincoln learned valuable lessons on leadership, mastering party politics, campaigning, conventions, understanding and using executive power, managing a cabinet, speechwriting and oratory, and—what would become his most enduring legacy—developing policies and rhetoric to match a constitutional vision that spoke to the monumental challenges of his time. Without these mentors, Abraham Lincoln would likely have remained a small-town lawyer—and without Lincoln, the United States as we know it may not have survived. This book tells the unique story of how Lincoln emerged from obscurity and learned how to lead.</description>
      <author>Michael J. Gerhardt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063033429.mp3" length="1376111" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433592</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063033429.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433592">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433592</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lincoln&amp;#039;s Mentors: The Education of a Leader
Author: Michael J. Gerhardt
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A brilliant and novel examination of how Abraham Lincoln mastered the art of leadership, revealing how five men mentored an obscure lawyer with no executive experience to become America’s greatest president “Gerhardt has devised an ingenious solution for demystifying America’s most enigmatic president: examining the key people who influenced Lincoln as he developed his own unique skills and leadership style.” –Russell L. Riley, UVA’s Miller Center In 1849, when Abraham Lincoln returned to Springfield, Illinois, after two seemingly uninspiring years in the U.S. House of Representatives, his political career appeared all but finished. His sense of failure was so great that friends worried about his sanity. Yet within a decade, Lincoln would reenter politics, become a leader of the Republican Party, win the 1860 presidential election, and keep America together during its most perilous period. What accounted for the turnaround? As Michael J. Gerhardt reveals, Lincoln’s reemergence followed the same path he had taken before, in which he read voraciously and learned from the successes, failures, oratory, and political maneuvering of a surprisingly diverse handful of men, some of whom he had never met but others of whom he knew intimately—Henry Clay, Andrew Jackson, Zachary Taylor, John Todd Stuart, and Orville Browning. From their experiences and his own, Lincoln learned valuable lessons on leadership, mastering party politics, campaigning, conventions, understanding and using executive power, managing a cabinet, speechwriting and oratory, and—what would become his most enduring legacy—developing policies and rhetoric to match a constitutional vision that spoke to the monumental challenges of his time. Without these mentors, Abraham Lincoln would likely have remained a small-town lawyer—and without Lincoln, the United States as we know it may not have survived. This book tells the unique story of how Lincoln emerged from obscurity and learned how to lead.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433592">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433592</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lincoln&amp;#039;s Mentors: The Education of a Leader
Author: Michael J. Gerhardt
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A brilliant and novel examination of how Abraham Lincoln mastered the art of leadership, revealing how five men mentored an obscure lawyer with no executive experience to become America’s greatest president “Gerhardt has devised an ingenious solution for demystifying America’s most enigmatic president: examining the key people who influenced Lincoln as he developed his own unique skills and leadership style.” –Russell L. Riley, UVA’s Miller Center In 1849, when Abraham Lincoln returned to Springfield, Illinois, after two seemingly uninspiring years in the U.S. House of Representatives, his political career appeared all but finished. His sense of failure was so great that friends worried about his sanity. Yet within a decade, Lincoln would reenter politics, become a leader of the Republican Party, win the 1860 presidential election, and keep America together during its most perilous period. What accounted for the turnaround? As Michael J. Gerhardt reveals, Lincoln’s reemergence followed the same path he had taken before, in which he read voraciously and learned from the successes, failures, oratory, and political maneuvering of a surprisingly diverse handful of men, some of whom he had never met but others of whom he knew intimately—Henry Clay, Andrew Jackson, Zachary Taylor, John Todd Stuart, and Orville Browning. From their experiences and his own, Lincoln learned valuable lessons on leadership, mastering party politics, campaigning, conventions, understanding and using executive power, managing a cabinet, speechwriting and oratory, and—what would become his most enduring legacy—developing policies and rhetoric to match a constitutional vision that spoke to the monumental challenges of his time. Without these mentors, Abraham Lincoln would likely have remained a small-town lawyer—and without Lincoln, the United States as we know it may not have survived. This book tells the unique story of how Lincoln emerged from obscurity and learned how to lead.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Shot in the Moonlight: How a Freed Slave and a Confederate Soldier Fought for Justice in the Jim Crow South by Ben Montgomery</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433564</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Shot in the Moonlight: How a Freed Slave and a Confederate Soldier Fought for Justice in the Jim Crow South
Author: Ben Montgomery
Narrator: Zeno Robinson, Ben Montgomery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The sensational true story of George Dinning, a freed slave, who in 1899 joined forces with a Confederate war hero in search of justice in the Jim Crow south. “Taut and tense. Inspiring and terrifying in its timelessness.”(Colson Whitehead, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Underground Railroad )     After moonrise on the cold night of January 21, 1897, a mob of twenty-five white men gathered in a patch of woods near Big Road in southwestern Simpson County, Kentucky. Half carried rifles and shotguns, and a few tucked pistols in their pants. Their target was George Dinning, a freed slave who&amp;#039;d farmed peacefully in the area for 14 years, and who had been wrongfully accused of stealing livestock from a neighboring farm. When the mob began firing through the doors and windows of Dinning&amp;#039;s home, he fired back in self-defense, shooting and killing the son of a wealthy Kentucky family.  So began one of the strangest legal episodes in American history — one that ended with Dinning becoming the first Black man in America to win damages after a wrongful murder conviction.  Drawing on a wealth of never-before-published material, bestselling author and Pulitzer Prize finalist Ben Montgomery resurrects this dramatic but largely forgotten story, and the unusual convergence of characters — among them a Confederate war hero-turned-lawyer named Bennett H. Young, Kentucky governor William O&amp;#039;Connell Bradley, and George Dinning himself — that allowed this unlikely story of justice to unfold in a time and place where justice was all too rare.</description>
      <author>Ben Montgomery</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549150678.mp3" length="828727" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433564</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549150678.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Shot in the Moonlight: How a Freed Slave and a Confederate Soldier Fought for Justice in the Jim Crow South
Author: Ben Montgomery
Narrator: Zeno Robinson, Ben Montgomery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The sensational true story of George Dinning, a freed slave, who in 1899 joined forces with a Confederate war hero in search of justice in the Jim Crow south. “Taut and tense. Inspiring and terrifying in its timelessness.”(Colson Whitehead, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Underground Railroad )     After moonrise on the cold night of January 21, 1897, a mob of twenty-five white men gathered in a patch of woods near Big Road in southwestern Simpson County, Kentucky. Half carried rifles and shotguns, and a few tucked pistols in their pants. Their target was George Dinning, a freed slave who&amp;#039;d farmed peacefully in the area for 14 years, and who had been wrongfully accused of stealing livestock from a neighboring farm. When the mob began firing through the doors and windows of Dinning&amp;#039;s home, he fired back in self-defense, shooting and killing the son of a wealthy Kentucky family.  So began one of the strangest legal episodes in American history — one that ended with Dinning becoming the first Black man in America to win damages after a wrongful murder conviction.  Drawing on a wealth of never-before-published material, bestselling author and Pulitzer Prize finalist Ben Montgomery resurrects this dramatic but largely forgotten story, and the unusual convergence of characters — among them a Confederate war hero-turned-lawyer named Bennett H. Young, Kentucky governor William O&amp;#039;Connell Bradley, and George Dinning himself — that allowed this unlikely story of justice to unfold in a time and place where justice was all too rare.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Shot in the Moonlight: How a Freed Slave and a Confederate Soldier Fought for Justice in the Jim Crow South
Author: Ben Montgomery
Narrator: Zeno Robinson, Ben Montgomery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The sensational true story of George Dinning, a freed slave, who in 1899 joined forces with a Confederate war hero in search of justice in the Jim Crow south. “Taut and tense. Inspiring and terrifying in its timelessness.”(Colson Whitehead, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Underground Railroad )     After moonrise on the cold night of January 21, 1897, a mob of twenty-five white men gathered in a patch of woods near Big Road in southwestern Simpson County, Kentucky. Half carried rifles and shotguns, and a few tucked pistols in their pants. Their target was George Dinning, a freed slave who&amp;#039;d farmed peacefully in the area for 14 years, and who had been wrongfully accused of stealing livestock from a neighboring farm. When the mob began firing through the doors and windows of Dinning&amp;#039;s home, he fired back in self-defense, shooting and killing the son of a wealthy Kentucky family.  So began one of the strangest legal episodes in American history — one that ended with Dinning becoming the first Black man in America to win damages after a wrongful murder conviction.  Drawing on a wealth of never-before-published material, bestselling author and Pulitzer Prize finalist Ben Montgomery resurrects this dramatic but largely forgotten story, and the unusual convergence of characters — among them a Confederate war hero-turned-lawyer named Bennett H. Young, Kentucky governor William O&amp;#039;Connell Bradley, and George Dinning himself — that allowed this unlikely story of justice to unfold in a time and place where justice was all too rare.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Robert E. Lee and Me: A Southerner&amp;#039;s Reckoning with the Myth of the Lost Cause by Ty Seidule</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433416</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Robert E. Lee and Me: A Southerner&amp;#039;s Reckoning with the Myth of the Lost Cause
Author: Ty Seidule
Narrator: Ty Seidule
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The narrator’s skill as an educator is evident in this production. Seidule&amp;#039;s varied tone and pace keep listeners engaged while he describes historical events in detail.&amp;#039; -- Booklist This program is read by the author. In a forceful but humane narrative, former soldier and head of the West Point history department Ty Seidule&amp;#039;s Robert E. Lee and Me challenges the myths and lies of the Confederate legacy—and explores why some of this country’s oldest wounds have never healed. Ty Seidule grew up revering Robert E. Lee. From his southern childhood to his service in the U.S. Army, every part of his life reinforced the Lost Cause myth: that Lee was the greatest man who ever lived, and that the Confederates were underdogs who lost the Civil War with honor. Now, as a retired brigadier general and Professor Emeritus of History at West Point, his view has radically changed. From a soldier, a scholar, and a southerner, Ty Seidule believes that American history demands a reckoning. In a unique blend of history and reflection, Seidule deconstructs the truth about the Confederacy—that its undisputed primary goal was the subjugation and enslavement of Black Americans—and directly challenges the idea of honoring those who labored to preserve that system and committed treason in their failed attempt to achieve it. Through the arc of Seidule’s own life, as well as the culture that formed him, he seeks a path to understanding why the facts of the Civil War have remained buried beneath layers of myth and even outright lies—and how they embody a cultural gulf that separates millions of Americans to this day. Part history lecture, part meditation on the Civil War and its fallout, and part memoir, Robert E. Lee and Me challenges the deeply-held legends and myths of the Confederacy—and provides a surprising interpretation of essential truths that our country still has a difficult time articulating and accepting.         A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press &amp;#039;Perhaps the best attribute of this fine book is the author’s honesty. It’s difficult to imagine a more timely book than Robert E. Lee and Me. At this pivotal moment, when we are debating some of the most painful aspects of our history, Seidule’s unsparing assessment of the Lost Cause provides an indispensable contribution to the discussion.”  -- Washington Post &amp;#039;In this fine book Ty Seidule scorches us with the truth and rivets us with his fierce sense of moral urgency. I can&amp;#039;t think of a better book to enrich and invigorate our national discussion about race and memory and the troubled legacy of Robert E. Lee and the Confederacy.&amp;#039; -- New York Times bestselling author of Alexander Hamilton “A beautiful, often searing meditation on race, history, and the American narrative. Evocative and provocative, Robert E. Lee and Me is honest, wry, and utterly engaging.” -- Rick Atkinson, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The British are Coming</description>
      <author>Ty Seidule</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250790026.mp3" length="1429662" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433416</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250790026.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Robert E. Lee and Me: A Southerner&amp;#039;s Reckoning with the Myth of the Lost Cause
Author: Ty Seidule
Narrator: Ty Seidule
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The narrator’s skill as an educator is evident in this production. Seidule&amp;#039;s varied tone and pace keep listeners engaged while he describes historical events in detail.&amp;#039; -- Booklist This program is read by the author. In a forceful but humane narrative, former soldier and head of the West Point history department Ty Seidule&amp;#039;s Robert E. Lee and Me challenges the myths and lies of the Confederate legacy—and explores why some of this country’s oldest wounds have never healed. Ty Seidule grew up revering Robert E. Lee. From his southern childhood to his service in the U.S. Army, every part of his life reinforced the Lost Cause myth: that Lee was the greatest man who ever lived, and that the Confederates were underdogs who lost the Civil War with honor. Now, as a retired brigadier general and Professor Emeritus of History at West Point, his view has radically changed. From a soldier, a scholar, and a southerner, Ty Seidule believes that American history demands a reckoning. In a unique blend of history and reflection, Seidule deconstructs the truth about the Confederacy—that its undisputed primary goal was the subjugation and enslavement of Black Americans—and directly challenges the idea of honoring those who labored to preserve that system and committed treason in their failed attempt to achieve it. Through the arc of Seidule’s own life, as well as the culture that formed him, he seeks a path to understanding why the facts of the Civil War have remained buried beneath layers of myth and even outright lies—and how they embody a cultural gulf that separates millions of Americans to this day. Part history lecture, part meditation on the Civil War and its fallout, and part memoir, Robert E. Lee and Me challenges the deeply-held legends and myths of the Confederacy—and provides a surprising interpretation of essential truths that our country still has a difficult time articulating and accepting.         A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press &amp;#039;Perhaps the best attribute of this fine book is the author’s honesty. It’s difficult to imagine a more timely book than Robert E. Lee and Me. At this pivotal moment, when we are debating some of the most painful aspects of our history, Seidule’s unsparing assessment of the Lost Cause provides an indispensable contribution to the discussion.”  -- Washington Post &amp;#039;In this fine book Ty Seidule scorches us with the truth and rivets us with his fierce sense of moral urgency. I can&amp;#039;t think of a better book to enrich and invigorate our national discussion about race and memory and the troubled legacy of Robert E. Lee and the Confederacy.&amp;#039; -- New York Times bestselling author of Alexander Hamilton “A beautiful, often searing meditation on race, history, and the American narrative. Evocative and provocative, Robert E. Lee and Me is honest, wry, and utterly engaging.” -- Rick Atkinson, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The British are Coming</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Robert E. Lee and Me: A Southerner&amp;#039;s Reckoning with the Myth of the Lost Cause
Author: Ty Seidule
Narrator: Ty Seidule
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The narrator’s skill as an educator is evident in this production. Seidule&amp;#039;s varied tone and pace keep listeners engaged while he describes historical events in detail.&amp;#039; -- Booklist This program is read by the author. In a forceful but humane narrative, former soldier and head of the West Point history department Ty Seidule&amp;#039;s Robert E. Lee and Me challenges the myths and lies of the Confederate legacy—and explores why some of this country’s oldest wounds have never healed. Ty Seidule grew up revering Robert E. Lee. From his southern childhood to his service in the U.S. Army, every part of his life reinforced the Lost Cause myth: that Lee was the greatest man who ever lived, and that the Confederates were underdogs who lost the Civil War with honor. Now, as a retired brigadier general and Professor Emeritus of History at West Point, his view has radically changed. From a soldier, a scholar, and a southerner, Ty Seidule believes that American history demands a reckoning. In a unique blend of history and reflection, Seidule deconstructs the truth about the Confederacy—that its undisputed primary goal was the subjugation and enslavement of Black Americans—and directly challenges the idea of honoring those who labored to preserve that system and committed treason in their failed attempt to achieve it. Through the arc of Seidule’s own life, as well as the culture that formed him, he seeks a path to understanding why the facts of the Civil War have remained buried beneath layers of myth and even outright lies—and how they embody a cultural gulf that separates millions of Americans to this day. Part history lecture, part meditation on the Civil War and its fallout, and part memoir, Robert E. Lee and Me challenges the deeply-held legends and myths of the Confederacy—and provides a surprising interpretation of essential truths that our country still has a difficult time articulating and accepting.         A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press &amp;#039;Perhaps the best attribute of this fine book is the author’s honesty. It’s difficult to imagine a more timely book than Robert E. Lee and Me. At this pivotal moment, when we are debating some of the most painful aspects of our history, Seidule’s unsparing assessment of the Lost Cause provides an indispensable contribution to the discussion.”  -- Washington Post &amp;#039;In this fine book Ty Seidule scorches us with the truth and rivets us with his fierce sense of moral urgency. I can&amp;#039;t think of a better book to enrich and invigorate our national discussion about race and memory and the troubled legacy of Robert E. Lee and the Confederacy.&amp;#039; -- New York Times bestselling author of Alexander Hamilton “A beautiful, often searing meditation on race, history, and the American narrative. Evocative and provocative, Robert E. Lee and Me is honest, wry, and utterly engaging.” -- Rick Atkinson, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The British are Coming</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ten Year War: Obamacare and the Unfinished Crusade For Universal Coverage by Jonathan Cohn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433398</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ten Year War: Obamacare and the Unfinished Crusade For Universal Coverage
Author: Jonathan Cohn
Narrator: Jonathan Cohn, Andrew Colford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This program includes an introduction read by the author. Jonathan Cohn&amp;#039;s The Ten Year War is the definitive account of the battle over Obamacare, based on interviews with sources who were in the room, from one of the nation&amp;#039;s foremost healthcare journalists. The Affordable Care Act, better known as “Obamacare,” was the most sweeping and consequential piece of legislation of the last half century. It has touched nearly every American in one way or another, for better or worse, and become the defining political fight of our time. In The Ten Year War, veteran journalist Jonathan Cohn offers the compelling, authoritative history of how the law came to be, why it looks like it does, and what it’s meant for average Americans. Drawn from hundreds of hours of interviews, plus private diaries, emails and memos, The Ten Year War takes listeners to Capitol Hill and to town hall meetings, inside the West Wing and, eventually, into Trump Tower, as the nation&amp;#039;s most powerful leaders try to reconcile pragmatism and idealism, self-interest and the public good, and ultimately two very different visions for what the country should look like. At the heart of the book is the decades-old argument over what’s wrong with American health care and how to fix it. But the battle over healthcare was always about more than policy. The Ten Year War offers a deeper examination of how our governing institutions, the media and the two parties have evolved, and the dysfunction those changes have left in their wake. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</description>
      <author>Jonathan Cohn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250789945.mp3" length="1426341" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433398</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250789945.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ten Year War: Obamacare and the Unfinished Crusade For Universal Coverage
Author: Jonathan Cohn
Narrator: Jonathan Cohn, Andrew Colford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This program includes an introduction read by the author. Jonathan Cohn&amp;#039;s The Ten Year War is the definitive account of the battle over Obamacare, based on interviews with sources who were in the room, from one of the nation&amp;#039;s foremost healthcare journalists. The Affordable Care Act, better known as “Obamacare,” was the most sweeping and consequential piece of legislation of the last half century. It has touched nearly every American in one way or another, for better or worse, and become the defining political fight of our time. In The Ten Year War, veteran journalist Jonathan Cohn offers the compelling, authoritative history of how the law came to be, why it looks like it does, and what it’s meant for average Americans. Drawn from hundreds of hours of interviews, plus private diaries, emails and memos, The Ten Year War takes listeners to Capitol Hill and to town hall meetings, inside the West Wing and, eventually, into Trump Tower, as the nation&amp;#039;s most powerful leaders try to reconcile pragmatism and idealism, self-interest and the public good, and ultimately two very different visions for what the country should look like. At the heart of the book is the decades-old argument over what’s wrong with American health care and how to fix it. But the battle over healthcare was always about more than policy. The Ten Year War offers a deeper examination of how our governing institutions, the media and the two parties have evolved, and the dysfunction those changes have left in their wake. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ten Year War: Obamacare and the Unfinished Crusade For Universal Coverage
Author: Jonathan Cohn
Narrator: Jonathan Cohn, Andrew Colford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This program includes an introduction read by the author. Jonathan Cohn&amp;#039;s The Ten Year War is the definitive account of the battle over Obamacare, based on interviews with sources who were in the room, from one of the nation&amp;#039;s foremost healthcare journalists. The Affordable Care Act, better known as “Obamacare,” was the most sweeping and consequential piece of legislation of the last half century. It has touched nearly every American in one way or another, for better or worse, and become the defining political fight of our time. In The Ten Year War, veteran journalist Jonathan Cohn offers the compelling, authoritative history of how the law came to be, why it looks like it does, and what it’s meant for average Americans. Drawn from hundreds of hours of interviews, plus private diaries, emails and memos, The Ten Year War takes listeners to Capitol Hill and to town hall meetings, inside the West Wing and, eventually, into Trump Tower, as the nation&amp;#039;s most powerful leaders try to reconcile pragmatism and idealism, self-interest and the public good, and ultimately two very different visions for what the country should look like. At the heart of the book is the decades-old argument over what’s wrong with American health care and how to fix it. But the battle over healthcare was always about more than policy. The Ten Year War offers a deeper examination of how our governing institutions, the media and the two parties have evolved, and the dysfunction those changes have left in their wake. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let the Lord Sort Them: The Rise and Fall of the Death Penalty by Maurice Chammah</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let the Lord Sort Them: The Rise and Fall of the Death Penalty
Author: Maurice Chammah
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A deeply reported, searingly honest portrait of the death penalty in Texas—and what it tells us about crime and punishment in America “If you’re one of those people who despair that nothing changes, and dream that something can, this is a story of how it does.”—Anand Giridharadas, The New York Times Book Review WINNER OF THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS AWARD In 1972, the United States Supreme Court made a surprising ruling: the country’s death penalty system violated the Constitution. The backlash was swift, especially in Texas, where executions were considered part of the cultural fabric, and a dark history of lynching was masked by gauzy visions of a tough-on-crime frontier. When executions resumed, Texas quickly became the nationwide leader in carrying out the punishment. Then, amid a larger wave of criminal justice reform, came the death penalty’s decline, a trend so durable that even in Texas the punishment appears again close to extinction.  In Let the Lord Sort Them, Maurice Chammah charts the rise and fall of capital punishment through the eyes of those it touched. We meet Elsa Alcala, the orphaned daughter of a Mexican American family who found her calling as a prosecutor in the nation’s death penalty capital, before becoming a judge on the state’s highest court. We meet Danalynn Recer, a lawyer who became obsessively devoted to unearthing the life stories of men who committed terrible crimes, and fought for mercy in courtrooms across the state. We meet death row prisoners—many of them once-famous figures like Henry Lee Lucas, Gary Graham, and Karla Faye Tucker—along with their families and the families of their victims. And we meet the executioners, who struggle openly with what society has asked them to do. In tracing these interconnected lives against the rise of mass incarceration in Texas and the country as a whole, Chammah explores what the persistence of the death penalty tells us about forgiveness and retribution, fairness and justice, history and myth. Written with intimacy and grace, Let the Lord Sort Them is the definitive portrait of a particularly American institution.</description>
      <author>Maurice Chammah</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593295618.mp3" length="2638092" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593295618.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let the Lord Sort Them: The Rise and Fall of the Death Penalty
Author: Maurice Chammah
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A deeply reported, searingly honest portrait of the death penalty in Texas—and what it tells us about crime and punishment in America “If you’re one of those people who despair that nothing changes, and dream that something can, this is a story of how it does.”—Anand Giridharadas, The New York Times Book Review WINNER OF THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS AWARD In 1972, the United States Supreme Court made a surprising ruling: the country’s death penalty system violated the Constitution. The backlash was swift, especially in Texas, where executions were considered part of the cultural fabric, and a dark history of lynching was masked by gauzy visions of a tough-on-crime frontier. When executions resumed, Texas quickly became the nationwide leader in carrying out the punishment. Then, amid a larger wave of criminal justice reform, came the death penalty’s decline, a trend so durable that even in Texas the punishment appears again close to extinction.  In Let the Lord Sort Them, Maurice Chammah charts the rise and fall of capital punishment through the eyes of those it touched. We meet Elsa Alcala, the orphaned daughter of a Mexican American family who found her calling as a prosecutor in the nation’s death penalty capital, before becoming a judge on the state’s highest court. We meet Danalynn Recer, a lawyer who became obsessively devoted to unearthing the life stories of men who committed terrible crimes, and fought for mercy in courtrooms across the state. We meet death row prisoners—many of them once-famous figures like Henry Lee Lucas, Gary Graham, and Karla Faye Tucker—along with their families and the families of their victims. And we meet the executioners, who struggle openly with what society has asked them to do. In tracing these interconnected lives against the rise of mass incarceration in Texas and the country as a whole, Chammah explores what the persistence of the death penalty tells us about forgiveness and retribution, fairness and justice, history and myth. Written with intimacy and grace, Let the Lord Sort Them is the definitive portrait of a particularly American institution.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let the Lord Sort Them: The Rise and Fall of the Death Penalty
Author: Maurice Chammah
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A deeply reported, searingly honest portrait of the death penalty in Texas—and what it tells us about crime and punishment in America “If you’re one of those people who despair that nothing changes, and dream that something can, this is a story of how it does.”—Anand Giridharadas, The New York Times Book Review WINNER OF THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS AWARD In 1972, the United States Supreme Court made a surprising ruling: the country’s death penalty system violated the Constitution. The backlash was swift, especially in Texas, where executions were considered part of the cultural fabric, and a dark history of lynching was masked by gauzy visions of a tough-on-crime frontier. When executions resumed, Texas quickly became the nationwide leader in carrying out the punishment. Then, amid a larger wave of criminal justice reform, came the death penalty’s decline, a trend so durable that even in Texas the punishment appears again close to extinction.  In Let the Lord Sort Them, Maurice Chammah charts the rise and fall of capital punishment through the eyes of those it touched. We meet Elsa Alcala, the orphaned daughter of a Mexican American family who found her calling as a prosecutor in the nation’s death penalty capital, before becoming a judge on the state’s highest court. We meet Danalynn Recer, a lawyer who became obsessively devoted to unearthing the life stories of men who committed terrible crimes, and fought for mercy in courtrooms across the state. We meet death row prisoners—many of them once-famous figures like Henry Lee Lucas, Gary Graham, and Karla Faye Tucker—along with their families and the families of their victims. And we meet the executioners, who struggle openly with what society has asked them to do. In tracing these interconnected lives against the rise of mass incarceration in Texas and the country as a whole, Chammah explores what the persistence of the death penalty tells us about forgiveness and retribution, fairness and justice, history and myth. Written with intimacy and grace, Let the Lord Sort Them is the definitive portrait of a particularly American institution.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Greek Connection: The Life of Elias Demetracopoulos and the Untold Story of Watergate by James H. Barron</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432234</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Greek Connection: The Life of Elias Demetracopoulos and the Untold Story of Watergate
Author: James H. Barron
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
He was one of the most fascinating figures in twentieth-century political history. Yet today, Elias Demetracopoulos is strangely overlooked—even though his life reads like an epic adventure story . . . As a precocious twelve-year-old in occupied Athens, he engaged in heroic resistance efforts against the Nazis, for which he was imprisoned and tortured. After his life was miraculously spared, he became an investigative journalist, covering Greece&amp;#039;s tumultuous politics and America&amp;#039;s increasing influence in the region. A clever and scoop-hungry reporter, Elias soon gained access to powerful figures in both governments . . . and attracted many enemies. When the Greek military dictatorship took power in 1967, he narrowly escaped to Washington DC, where he would lead the fight to restore democracy in his homeland—while running afoul of the American government, too. Now, after a decade of research and original reporting, James H. Barron uncovers the story of a man whose tireless pursuit of uncomfortable truths would put him at odds with not only his own government, but that of the Truman, Eisenhower, Kennedy, Johnson, Nixon, Ford, Carter, and Reagan administrations, making him a target of CIA, FBI, and State Department surveillance and harassment—and Greek kidnapping and assassination plots American authorities may have purposefully overlooked.</description>
      <author>James H. Barron</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601559.mp3" length="8475749" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432234</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601559.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Greek Connection: The Life of Elias Demetracopoulos and the Untold Story of Watergate
Author: James H. Barron
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
He was one of the most fascinating figures in twentieth-century political history. Yet today, Elias Demetracopoulos is strangely overlooked—even though his life reads like an epic adventure story . . . As a precocious twelve-year-old in occupied Athens, he engaged in heroic resistance efforts against the Nazis, for which he was imprisoned and tortured. After his life was miraculously spared, he became an investigative journalist, covering Greece&amp;#039;s tumultuous politics and America&amp;#039;s increasing influence in the region. A clever and scoop-hungry reporter, Elias soon gained access to powerful figures in both governments . . . and attracted many enemies. When the Greek military dictatorship took power in 1967, he narrowly escaped to Washington DC, where he would lead the fight to restore democracy in his homeland—while running afoul of the American government, too. Now, after a decade of research and original reporting, James H. Barron uncovers the story of a man whose tireless pursuit of uncomfortable truths would put him at odds with not only his own government, but that of the Truman, Eisenhower, Kennedy, Johnson, Nixon, Ford, Carter, and Reagan administrations, making him a target of CIA, FBI, and State Department surveillance and harassment—and Greek kidnapping and assassination plots American authorities may have purposefully overlooked.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Greek Connection: The Life of Elias Demetracopoulos and the Untold Story of Watergate
Author: James H. Barron
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
He was one of the most fascinating figures in twentieth-century political history. Yet today, Elias Demetracopoulos is strangely overlooked—even though his life reads like an epic adventure story . . . As a precocious twelve-year-old in occupied Athens, he engaged in heroic resistance efforts against the Nazis, for which he was imprisoned and tortured. After his life was miraculously spared, he became an investigative journalist, covering Greece&amp;#039;s tumultuous politics and America&amp;#039;s increasing influence in the region. A clever and scoop-hungry reporter, Elias soon gained access to powerful figures in both governments . . . and attracted many enemies. When the Greek military dictatorship took power in 1967, he narrowly escaped to Washington DC, where he would lead the fight to restore democracy in his homeland—while running afoul of the American government, too. Now, after a decade of research and original reporting, James H. Barron uncovers the story of a man whose tireless pursuit of uncomfortable truths would put him at odds with not only his own government, but that of the Truman, Eisenhower, Kennedy, Johnson, Nixon, Ford, Carter, and Reagan administrations, making him a target of CIA, FBI, and State Department surveillance and harassment—and Greek kidnapping and assassination plots American authorities may have purposefully overlooked.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Just Another Southern Town: Mary Church Terrell and the Struggle for Racial Justice in the Nation’s Capital by Joan Quigley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Another Southern Town: Mary Church Terrell and the Struggle for Racial Justice in the Nation’s Capital
Author: Joan Quigley
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In January of 1950, Mary Church Terrell, an eighty-six-year-old charter member of the NAACP, headed into Thompson’s Restaurant, just a few blocks from the White House, and requested to be served. She and her companions were informed by the manager that they could not eat in his establishment, because they were “colored.” Terrell, a former suffragette and one of the country’s first college-educated African-American women, took the matter to court. Three years later, the Supreme Court vindicated her outrage: District of Columbia v. John R. Thompson Co., Inc. was decided in June 1953, invalidating the segregation of restaurants and cafes in the nation’s capital. In Just Another Southern Town, Joan Quigley recounts an untold chapter of the civil rights movement: an epic battle to topple segregation in Washington, the symbolic home of American democracy. At the book’s heart is the formidable Mary Church Terrell and the test case she mounts seeking to enforce Reconstruction-era laws prohibiting segregation in DC restaurants. Through the prism of Terrell’s story, Quigley reassesses Washington’s relationship to civil rights history, bringing to life a pivotal fight for equality that erupted five years before Rosa Parks refused to move to the back of a Montgomery bus and a decade before the student sit-in movement rocked segregated lunch counters across the South. At a time when most civil rights scholarship begins with Brown v. Board of Education, Just Another Southern Town unearths the story of the nation’s capital as an early flashpoint on race. A rich portrait of American politics and society in the mid-20th century, it interweaves Terrell’s narrative with the courtroom drama of the case and the varied personalities of the justices who ultimately voted unanimously to prohibit segregated restaurants. This work restores Mary Church Terrell and the case that launched a crusade to their rightful place in the pantheon of civil rights history.</description>
      <author>Joan Quigley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094126302.mp3" length="760410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094126302.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Another Southern Town: Mary Church Terrell and the Struggle for Racial Justice in the Nation’s Capital
Author: Joan Quigley
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In January of 1950, Mary Church Terrell, an eighty-six-year-old charter member of the NAACP, headed into Thompson’s Restaurant, just a few blocks from the White House, and requested to be served. She and her companions were informed by the manager that they could not eat in his establishment, because they were “colored.” Terrell, a former suffragette and one of the country’s first college-educated African-American women, took the matter to court. Three years later, the Supreme Court vindicated her outrage: District of Columbia v. John R. Thompson Co., Inc. was decided in June 1953, invalidating the segregation of restaurants and cafes in the nation’s capital. In Just Another Southern Town, Joan Quigley recounts an untold chapter of the civil rights movement: an epic battle to topple segregation in Washington, the symbolic home of American democracy. At the book’s heart is the formidable Mary Church Terrell and the test case she mounts seeking to enforce Reconstruction-era laws prohibiting segregation in DC restaurants. Through the prism of Terrell’s story, Quigley reassesses Washington’s relationship to civil rights history, bringing to life a pivotal fight for equality that erupted five years before Rosa Parks refused to move to the back of a Montgomery bus and a decade before the student sit-in movement rocked segregated lunch counters across the South. At a time when most civil rights scholarship begins with Brown v. Board of Education, Just Another Southern Town unearths the story of the nation’s capital as an early flashpoint on race. A rich portrait of American politics and society in the mid-20th century, it interweaves Terrell’s narrative with the courtroom drama of the case and the varied personalities of the justices who ultimately voted unanimously to prohibit segregated restaurants. This work restores Mary Church Terrell and the case that launched a crusade to their rightful place in the pantheon of civil rights history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Another Southern Town: Mary Church Terrell and the Struggle for Racial Justice in the Nation’s Capital
Author: Joan Quigley
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In January of 1950, Mary Church Terrell, an eighty-six-year-old charter member of the NAACP, headed into Thompson’s Restaurant, just a few blocks from the White House, and requested to be served. She and her companions were informed by the manager that they could not eat in his establishment, because they were “colored.” Terrell, a former suffragette and one of the country’s first college-educated African-American women, took the matter to court. Three years later, the Supreme Court vindicated her outrage: District of Columbia v. John R. Thompson Co., Inc. was decided in June 1953, invalidating the segregation of restaurants and cafes in the nation’s capital. In Just Another Southern Town, Joan Quigley recounts an untold chapter of the civil rights movement: an epic battle to topple segregation in Washington, the symbolic home of American democracy. At the book’s heart is the formidable Mary Church Terrell and the test case she mounts seeking to enforce Reconstruction-era laws prohibiting segregation in DC restaurants. Through the prism of Terrell’s story, Quigley reassesses Washington’s relationship to civil rights history, bringing to life a pivotal fight for equality that erupted five years before Rosa Parks refused to move to the back of a Montgomery bus and a decade before the student sit-in movement rocked segregated lunch counters across the South. At a time when most civil rights scholarship begins with Brown v. Board of Education, Just Another Southern Town unearths the story of the nation’s capital as an early flashpoint on race. A rich portrait of American politics and society in the mid-20th century, it interweaves Terrell’s narrative with the courtroom drama of the case and the varied personalities of the justices who ultimately voted unanimously to prohibit segregated restaurants. This work restores Mary Church Terrell and the case that launched a crusade to their rightful place in the pantheon of civil rights history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rise of the Republican Right: Economic and Social Conservatism by Andrew E. Busch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of the Republican Right: Economic and Social Conservatism
Author: Andrew E. Busch
Narrator: Andrew E. Busch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
If you wish to understand the intellectual history and trajectory of American conservatism, you are sure to enjoy this brilliant course by one of America&amp;#039;s leading conservative scholars.  Since the 1950s, economic conservatives have been in political alliance with social conservatives or traditionalists. That coalition has been a source of both strength and tension. Under the guidance of award-winning Professor Andrew E. Busch, you will first examine the distinctive features of economic and social conservatism before exploring the fascinating relationship between the two.  This course starts with the historical background of economic conservatism (&amp;quot;classical liberalism&amp;quot;). Economic collapse in the 1930s and the rise of the New Deal form the backdrop, and the thinking of figures such as Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman establish the intellectual foundation. You will see how the economic crisis of the 1970s breathed new life into free-market economics, how that revival took new forms, and how it was translated into policy in the 1980s and beyond.  Next, you will consider the rise of Russell Kirk&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;traditionalism&amp;quot; in the 1950s and the mass-based social conservative movement of the late 1970s. You will then consider the ways economic and social conservatism both reinforce and work against each other. How have they worked together electorally and in concrete policy struggles, and when have they worked at cross-purposes?  After this thoughtful examination, you will conclude with a consideration of the future of the economic conservative-social conservative coalition.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection and comes with a free PDF study guide.</description>
      <author>Andrew E. Busch</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2014 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632513489.mp3" length="1444813" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632513489.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of the Republican Right: Economic and Social Conservatism
Author: Andrew E. Busch
Narrator: Andrew E. Busch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
If you wish to understand the intellectual history and trajectory of American conservatism, you are sure to enjoy this brilliant course by one of America&amp;#039;s leading conservative scholars.  Since the 1950s, economic conservatives have been in political alliance with social conservatives or traditionalists. That coalition has been a source of both strength and tension. Under the guidance of award-winning Professor Andrew E. Busch, you will first examine the distinctive features of economic and social conservatism before exploring the fascinating relationship between the two.  This course starts with the historical background of economic conservatism (&amp;quot;classical liberalism&amp;quot;). Economic collapse in the 1930s and the rise of the New Deal form the backdrop, and the thinking of figures such as Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman establish the intellectual foundation. You will see how the economic crisis of the 1970s breathed new life into free-market economics, how that revival took new forms, and how it was translated into policy in the 1980s and beyond.  Next, you will consider the rise of Russell Kirk&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;traditionalism&amp;quot; in the 1950s and the mass-based social conservative movement of the late 1970s. You will then consider the ways economic and social conservatism both reinforce and work against each other. How have they worked together electorally and in concrete policy struggles, and when have they worked at cross-purposes?  After this thoughtful examination, you will conclude with a consideration of the future of the economic conservative-social conservative coalition.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection and comes with a free PDF study guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of the Republican Right: Economic and Social Conservatism
Author: Andrew E. Busch
Narrator: Andrew E. Busch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
If you wish to understand the intellectual history and trajectory of American conservatism, you are sure to enjoy this brilliant course by one of America&amp;#039;s leading conservative scholars.  Since the 1950s, economic conservatives have been in political alliance with social conservatives or traditionalists. That coalition has been a source of both strength and tension. Under the guidance of award-winning Professor Andrew E. Busch, you will first examine the distinctive features of economic and social conservatism before exploring the fascinating relationship between the two.  This course starts with the historical background of economic conservatism (&amp;quot;classical liberalism&amp;quot;). Economic collapse in the 1930s and the rise of the New Deal form the backdrop, and the thinking of figures such as Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman establish the intellectual foundation. You will see how the economic crisis of the 1970s breathed new life into free-market economics, how that revival took new forms, and how it was translated into policy in the 1980s and beyond.  Next, you will consider the rise of Russell Kirk&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;traditionalism&amp;quot; in the 1950s and the mass-based social conservative movement of the late 1970s. You will then consider the ways economic and social conservatism both reinforce and work against each other. How have they worked together electorally and in concrete policy struggles, and when have they worked at cross-purposes?  After this thoughtful examination, you will conclude with a consideration of the future of the economic conservative-social conservative coalition.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection and comes with a free PDF study guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Revolution: The War for Independence and the Birth of the United States by Robert Mcdonald</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431271</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Revolution: The War for Independence and the Birth of the United States
Author: Robert Mcdonald
Narrator: Robert Mcdonald
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.91 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The American Revolutionary War has inspired bestselling books, iconic paintings, and hit Broadway musicals. More than 250 years after the &amp;quot;shot heard around the world&amp;quot; was fired in Concord, we remain fascinated by the causes and legacy of the Revolution. In 18 dynamic audio lectures, West Point history professor Robert McDonald leads you past the politics and battle tactics to explore the underlying ideas that sparked the Revolution. The editor of The American Revolution: Core Documents (Ashbrook Center, 2016) and writer or editor of numerous books about the Founding Fathers, Prof. McDonald has an encyclopedic knowledge of the complex factors that made the Revolution much more than a war for independence. Under his guidance, you&amp;#039;ll examine American history from the establishment of Britain&amp;#039;s North American colonies through the ratification of the Constitution. Although you&amp;#039;ll revisit famous events like the French and Indian War, the Boston Massacre, and the First Continental Congress, this course invites you to reconsider the wider context-political, religious, and economic-of the Revolution. Throughout the series, you&amp;#039;ll entertain questions without easy answers. How can we be sure that it was the Revolutionary War and not something else-like the Enlightenment-that was driving change across the landscape? How did the new land of liberty approach the issues of slavery and women&amp;#039;s equality? Join Prof. McDonald for a fresh and exciting take on the classic story at the heart of the United States of America. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</description>
      <author>Robert Mcdonald</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517715.mp3" length="1353940" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431271</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517715.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Revolution: The War for Independence and the Birth of the United States
Author: Robert Mcdonald
Narrator: Robert Mcdonald
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.91 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The American Revolutionary War has inspired bestselling books, iconic paintings, and hit Broadway musicals. More than 250 years after the &amp;quot;shot heard around the world&amp;quot; was fired in Concord, we remain fascinated by the causes and legacy of the Revolution. In 18 dynamic audio lectures, West Point history professor Robert McDonald leads you past the politics and battle tactics to explore the underlying ideas that sparked the Revolution. The editor of The American Revolution: Core Documents (Ashbrook Center, 2016) and writer or editor of numerous books about the Founding Fathers, Prof. McDonald has an encyclopedic knowledge of the complex factors that made the Revolution much more than a war for independence. Under his guidance, you&amp;#039;ll examine American history from the establishment of Britain&amp;#039;s North American colonies through the ratification of the Constitution. Although you&amp;#039;ll revisit famous events like the French and Indian War, the Boston Massacre, and the First Continental Congress, this course invites you to reconsider the wider context-political, religious, and economic-of the Revolution. Throughout the series, you&amp;#039;ll entertain questions without easy answers. How can we be sure that it was the Revolutionary War and not something else-like the Enlightenment-that was driving change across the landscape? How did the new land of liberty approach the issues of slavery and women&amp;#039;s equality? Join Prof. McDonald for a fresh and exciting take on the classic story at the heart of the United States of America. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Revolution: The War for Independence and the Birth of the United States
Author: Robert Mcdonald
Narrator: Robert Mcdonald
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.91 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The American Revolutionary War has inspired bestselling books, iconic paintings, and hit Broadway musicals. More than 250 years after the &amp;quot;shot heard around the world&amp;quot; was fired in Concord, we remain fascinated by the causes and legacy of the Revolution. In 18 dynamic audio lectures, West Point history professor Robert McDonald leads you past the politics and battle tactics to explore the underlying ideas that sparked the Revolution. The editor of The American Revolution: Core Documents (Ashbrook Center, 2016) and writer or editor of numerous books about the Founding Fathers, Prof. McDonald has an encyclopedic knowledge of the complex factors that made the Revolution much more than a war for independence. Under his guidance, you&amp;#039;ll examine American history from the establishment of Britain&amp;#039;s North American colonies through the ratification of the Constitution. Although you&amp;#039;ll revisit famous events like the French and Indian War, the Boston Massacre, and the First Continental Congress, this course invites you to reconsider the wider context-political, religious, and economic-of the Revolution. Throughout the series, you&amp;#039;ll entertain questions without easy answers. How can we be sure that it was the Revolutionary War and not something else-like the Enlightenment-that was driving change across the landscape? How did the new land of liberty approach the issues of slavery and women&amp;#039;s equality? Join Prof. McDonald for a fresh and exciting take on the classic story at the heart of the United States of America. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Politics and Religion: A Catholic&amp;#039;s Guide to Faith and Public Life by Thomas Massaro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431253</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Politics and Religion: A Catholic&amp;#039;s Guide to Faith and Public Life
Author: Thomas Massaro
Narrator: Thomas Massaro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 19, 2009
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What is the relationship between our faith and public life? Join top moral theologian and award-winning professor Thomas Massaro, S.J., in exploring the fascinating intersection of personal faith and our work, family, and political lives. Most of the Founding Fathers seemed to assume that private religiosity could be sealed off neatly from the institutions and affairs of state, but history has demonstrated otherwise. Many of the crucial reforms our nation has undergone, from the abolition of slavery to the achievement of civil rights for all, have been inspired by religious sentiment and activism. This series offers a wide perspective on the role of religion in our public life. You will examine the challenge of secularization, the workings of civil society, and the pattern of thought called civil religion. You&amp;#039;ll explore precisely how religious voices make themselves heard in the public arena. You will also consider controversial issues such as whether America is actually experiencing a culture war and the possible merits of faith-based initiatives for the provision of public social services. You will come away with an appreciation of the complex relationships among public theology, American culture, and a philosophy of government that emphasizes the pursuit of the common good. By surveying the major features of the church-state landscape today, you will assess the potential for constructive engagement of faith and public life in the years ahead. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.</description>
      <author>Thomas Massaro</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2009 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632512222.mp3" length="1474007" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431253</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632512222.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Politics and Religion: A Catholic&amp;#039;s Guide to Faith and Public Life
Author: Thomas Massaro
Narrator: Thomas Massaro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 19, 2009
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What is the relationship between our faith and public life? Join top moral theologian and award-winning professor Thomas Massaro, S.J., in exploring the fascinating intersection of personal faith and our work, family, and political lives. Most of the Founding Fathers seemed to assume that private religiosity could be sealed off neatly from the institutions and affairs of state, but history has demonstrated otherwise. Many of the crucial reforms our nation has undergone, from the abolition of slavery to the achievement of civil rights for all, have been inspired by religious sentiment and activism. This series offers a wide perspective on the role of religion in our public life. You will examine the challenge of secularization, the workings of civil society, and the pattern of thought called civil religion. You&amp;#039;ll explore precisely how religious voices make themselves heard in the public arena. You will also consider controversial issues such as whether America is actually experiencing a culture war and the possible merits of faith-based initiatives for the provision of public social services. You will come away with an appreciation of the complex relationships among public theology, American culture, and a philosophy of government that emphasizes the pursuit of the common good. By surveying the major features of the church-state landscape today, you will assess the potential for constructive engagement of faith and public life in the years ahead. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Politics and Religion: A Catholic&amp;#039;s Guide to Faith and Public Life
Author: Thomas Massaro
Narrator: Thomas Massaro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 19, 2009
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
What is the relationship between our faith and public life? Join top moral theologian and award-winning professor Thomas Massaro, S.J., in exploring the fascinating intersection of personal faith and our work, family, and political lives. Most of the Founding Fathers seemed to assume that private religiosity could be sealed off neatly from the institutions and affairs of state, but history has demonstrated otherwise. Many of the crucial reforms our nation has undergone, from the abolition of slavery to the achievement of civil rights for all, have been inspired by religious sentiment and activism. This series offers a wide perspective on the role of religion in our public life. You will examine the challenge of secularization, the workings of civil society, and the pattern of thought called civil religion. You&amp;#039;ll explore precisely how religious voices make themselves heard in the public arena. You will also consider controversial issues such as whether America is actually experiencing a culture war and the possible merits of faith-based initiatives for the provision of public social services. You will come away with an appreciation of the complex relationships among public theology, American culture, and a philosophy of government that emphasizes the pursuit of the common good. By surveying the major features of the church-state landscape today, you will assess the potential for constructive engagement of faith and public life in the years ahead. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Before the Mayflower: A History of the Negro in America, 1619-1962 by Lerone Bennett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431105</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before the Mayflower: A History of the Negro in America, 1619-1962
Author: Lerone Bennett
Narrator: John Ridle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The black experience in America--starting from its origins in western Africa up to 1961--is examined in this seminal study from a prominent African American figure. The entire historical timeline of African Americans is addressed, from the Colonial period through the civil rights upheavals of the late 1950s to 1961, the time of publication. &amp;#039;Before the Mayflower&amp;#039; grew out of a series of articles Bennett published in Ebony magazine regarding &amp;#039;the trials and triumphs of a group of Americans whose roots in the American soil are deeper than the roots of the Puritans who arrived on the celebrated Mayflower a year after a &amp;#039;Dutch man of war&amp;#039; deposited twenty Negroes at Jamestown.&amp;#039; Bennett&amp;#039;s history is infused with a desire to set the record straight about black contributions to the Americas and about the powerful Africans of antiquity. While not a fresh history, it provides a solid synthesis of current historical research and a lively writing style that makes it accessible and engaging reading. After discussing the contributions of Africans to the ancient world, &amp;#039;Before the Mayflower&amp;#039; tells the history of &amp;#039;the other Americans,&amp;#039; how they came to America, and what happened to them when they got here. The book is comprehensive and detailed, providing little-known and often overlooked facts about the lives of black folks through slavery, Reconstruction, America&amp;#039;s wars, the Great Depression, and the civil rights movement. The book includes a useful time line and some fascinating archival images.</description>
      <author>Lerone Bennett</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662106699.mp3" length="1449200" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431105</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662106699.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before the Mayflower: A History of the Negro in America, 1619-1962
Author: Lerone Bennett
Narrator: John Ridle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The black experience in America--starting from its origins in western Africa up to 1961--is examined in this seminal study from a prominent African American figure. The entire historical timeline of African Americans is addressed, from the Colonial period through the civil rights upheavals of the late 1950s to 1961, the time of publication. &amp;#039;Before the Mayflower&amp;#039; grew out of a series of articles Bennett published in Ebony magazine regarding &amp;#039;the trials and triumphs of a group of Americans whose roots in the American soil are deeper than the roots of the Puritans who arrived on the celebrated Mayflower a year after a &amp;#039;Dutch man of war&amp;#039; deposited twenty Negroes at Jamestown.&amp;#039; Bennett&amp;#039;s history is infused with a desire to set the record straight about black contributions to the Americas and about the powerful Africans of antiquity. While not a fresh history, it provides a solid synthesis of current historical research and a lively writing style that makes it accessible and engaging reading. After discussing the contributions of Africans to the ancient world, &amp;#039;Before the Mayflower&amp;#039; tells the history of &amp;#039;the other Americans,&amp;#039; how they came to America, and what happened to them when they got here. The book is comprehensive and detailed, providing little-known and often overlooked facts about the lives of black folks through slavery, Reconstruction, America&amp;#039;s wars, the Great Depression, and the civil rights movement. The book includes a useful time line and some fascinating archival images.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before the Mayflower: A History of the Negro in America, 1619-1962
Author: Lerone Bennett
Narrator: John Ridle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The black experience in America--starting from its origins in western Africa up to 1961--is examined in this seminal study from a prominent African American figure. The entire historical timeline of African Americans is addressed, from the Colonial period through the civil rights upheavals of the late 1950s to 1961, the time of publication. &amp;#039;Before the Mayflower&amp;#039; grew out of a series of articles Bennett published in Ebony magazine regarding &amp;#039;the trials and triumphs of a group of Americans whose roots in the American soil are deeper than the roots of the Puritans who arrived on the celebrated Mayflower a year after a &amp;#039;Dutch man of war&amp;#039; deposited twenty Negroes at Jamestown.&amp;#039; Bennett&amp;#039;s history is infused with a desire to set the record straight about black contributions to the Americas and about the powerful Africans of antiquity. While not a fresh history, it provides a solid synthesis of current historical research and a lively writing style that makes it accessible and engaging reading. After discussing the contributions of Africans to the ancient world, &amp;#039;Before the Mayflower&amp;#039; tells the history of &amp;#039;the other Americans,&amp;#039; how they came to America, and what happened to them when they got here. The book is comprehensive and detailed, providing little-known and often overlooked facts about the lives of black folks through slavery, Reconstruction, America&amp;#039;s wars, the Great Depression, and the civil rights movement. The book includes a useful time line and some fascinating archival images.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Native American History For Dummies by Dorothy Lippert PhD, Stephen J. Spignesi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431013</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431013">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431013</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American History For Dummies
Author: Dorothy Lippert PhD, Stephen J. Spignesi
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 43 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Call them Native Americans, American Indians, indigenous peoples, or first nations—a vast and diverse array of nations, tribes, and cultures populated every corner of North America long before Columbus arrived. Native American History For Dummies reveals what is known about their pre-Columbian history and shows how their presence, customs, and beliefs influenced everything that was to follow. This straightforward guide breaks down their ten-thousand-plus year history and explores their influence on European settlement of the continent. You&amp;#039;ll gain fresh insight into the major tribal nations, their cultures and traditions, warfare and famous battles; and the lives of such icons as Pocahontas, Sitting Bull, and Sacagawea. You&amp;#039;ll discover: ● How and when the Native American&amp;#039;s ancestors reached the continent ● How tribes formed and where they migrated ● What North America was like before 1492 ● How Native peoples maximized their environment ● Pre-Columbian farmers, fishermen, hunters, and traders</description>
      <author>Dorothy Lippert PhD, Stephen J. Spignesi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705240847.mp3" length="7101894" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431013</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705240847.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431013">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431013</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American History For Dummies
Author: Dorothy Lippert PhD, Stephen J. Spignesi
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 43 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Call them Native Americans, American Indians, indigenous peoples, or first nations—a vast and diverse array of nations, tribes, and cultures populated every corner of North America long before Columbus arrived. Native American History For Dummies reveals what is known about their pre-Columbian history and shows how their presence, customs, and beliefs influenced everything that was to follow. This straightforward guide breaks down their ten-thousand-plus year history and explores their influence on European settlement of the continent. You&amp;#039;ll gain fresh insight into the major tribal nations, their cultures and traditions, warfare and famous battles; and the lives of such icons as Pocahontas, Sitting Bull, and Sacagawea. You&amp;#039;ll discover: ● How and when the Native American&amp;#039;s ancestors reached the continent ● How tribes formed and where they migrated ● What North America was like before 1492 ● How Native peoples maximized their environment ● Pre-Columbian farmers, fishermen, hunters, and traders</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431013">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431013</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American History For Dummies
Author: Dorothy Lippert PhD, Stephen J. Spignesi
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 43 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Call them Native Americans, American Indians, indigenous peoples, or first nations—a vast and diverse array of nations, tribes, and cultures populated every corner of North America long before Columbus arrived. Native American History For Dummies reveals what is known about their pre-Columbian history and shows how their presence, customs, and beliefs influenced everything that was to follow. This straightforward guide breaks down their ten-thousand-plus year history and explores their influence on European settlement of the continent. You&amp;#039;ll gain fresh insight into the major tribal nations, their cultures and traditions, warfare and famous battles; and the lives of such icons as Pocahontas, Sitting Bull, and Sacagawea. You&amp;#039;ll discover: ● How and when the Native American&amp;#039;s ancestors reached the continent ● How tribes formed and where they migrated ● What North America was like before 1492 ● How Native peoples maximized their environment ● Pre-Columbian farmers, fishermen, hunters, and traders</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>King Philip&amp;#039;s War: The History and Legacy of America&amp;#039;s Forgotten Conflict by Eric B. Schultz, Michael J. Tougias</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430925</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: King Philip&amp;#039;s War: The History and Legacy of America&amp;#039;s Forgotten Conflict
Author: Eric B. Schultz, Michael J. Tougias
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The harrowing story of one of America&amp;#039;s first and costliest wars—featuring a new foreword by bestselling author Nathaniel Philbrick At once an in-depth history of this pivotal war and a guide to the historical sites where the ambushes, raids, and battles took place, King Philip&amp;#039;s War expands our understanding of American history and provides insight into the nature of colonial and ethnic wars in general. Through a careful reconstruction of events, first-person accounts, period illustrations, and maps, and by providing information on the exact locations of more than fifty battles, King Philip&amp;#039;s War is useful as well as informative. Students of history, colonial war buffs, those interested in Native American history, and anyone who is curious about how this war affected a particular New England town, will find important insights into one of the most seminal events to shape the American mind and continent.</description>
      <author>Eric B. Schultz, Michael J. Tougias</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977300461.mp3" length="8606301" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430925</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977300461.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: King Philip&amp;#039;s War: The History and Legacy of America&amp;#039;s Forgotten Conflict
Author: Eric B. Schultz, Michael J. Tougias
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The harrowing story of one of America&amp;#039;s first and costliest wars—featuring a new foreword by bestselling author Nathaniel Philbrick At once an in-depth history of this pivotal war and a guide to the historical sites where the ambushes, raids, and battles took place, King Philip&amp;#039;s War expands our understanding of American history and provides insight into the nature of colonial and ethnic wars in general. Through a careful reconstruction of events, first-person accounts, period illustrations, and maps, and by providing information on the exact locations of more than fifty battles, King Philip&amp;#039;s War is useful as well as informative. Students of history, colonial war buffs, those interested in Native American history, and anyone who is curious about how this war affected a particular New England town, will find important insights into one of the most seminal events to shape the American mind and continent.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: King Philip&amp;#039;s War: The History and Legacy of America&amp;#039;s Forgotten Conflict
Author: Eric B. Schultz, Michael J. Tougias
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The harrowing story of one of America&amp;#039;s first and costliest wars—featuring a new foreword by bestselling author Nathaniel Philbrick At once an in-depth history of this pivotal war and a guide to the historical sites where the ambushes, raids, and battles took place, King Philip&amp;#039;s War expands our understanding of American history and provides insight into the nature of colonial and ethnic wars in general. Through a careful reconstruction of events, first-person accounts, period illustrations, and maps, and by providing information on the exact locations of more than fifty battles, King Philip&amp;#039;s War is useful as well as informative. Students of history, colonial war buffs, those interested in Native American history, and anyone who is curious about how this war affected a particular New England town, will find important insights into one of the most seminal events to shape the American mind and continent.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buses Are a Comin&amp;#039;: Memoir of a Freedom Rider by Charles Person, Richard Rooker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430884</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buses Are a Comin&amp;#039;: Memoir of a Freedom Rider
Author: Charles Person, Richard Rooker
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Narrator Landon Woodson does a masterful job delivering Person&amp;#039;s audiobook--which is both Person&amp;#039;s own coming-of-age story and the story of a nation trying to reckon with racism...This important audiobook is shared exquisitely by Woodson.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine   A firsthand exploration of the cost of boarding the bus of change to move America forward—written by one of the Civil Rights Movement&amp;#039;s pioneers. At 18, Charles Person was the youngest of the original Freedom Riders, key figures in the U.S. Civil Rights Movement who left Washington, D.C. by bus in 1961, headed for New Orleans. This purposeful mix of black and white, male and female activists—including future Congressman John Lewis, Congress of Racial Equality Director James Farmer, Reverend Benjamin Elton Cox, journalist and pacifist James Peck, and CORE field secretary Genevieve Hughes—set out to discover whether America would abide by a Supreme Court decision that ruled segregation unconstitutional in bus depots, waiting areas, restaurants, and restrooms nationwide. Two buses proceeded through Virginia, North and South Carolina, to Georgia where they were greeted by Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., and finally to Alabama. There, the Freedom Riders found their answer: No. Southern states would continue to disregard federal law and use violence to enforce racial segregation. One bus was burned to a shell, its riders narrowly escaping; the second, which Charles rode, was set upon by a mob that beat several riders nearly to death. Buses Are a Comin’ provides a front-row view of the struggle to belong in America, as Charles Person accompanies his colleagues off the bus, into the station, into the mob, and into history to help defeat segregation’s violent grip on African American lives. It is also a challenge from a teenager of a previous era to the young people of today: become agents of transformation. Stand firm. Create a more just and moral country where students have a voice, youth can make a difference, and everyone belongs. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press &amp;#039;Shot through with vivid details of beatdowns, arrests, and awe-inspiring bravery, this inspirational account captures the magnitude of what the early civil rights movement was up against.” -- Publishers Weekly, starred review &amp;#039;A vital story, this memoir is also an instructive gift to future generations fighting for change.” -- Kirkus, starred review</description>
      <author>Charles Person, Richard Rooker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Apr 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250789921.mp3" length="1395132" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430884</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250789921.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buses Are a Comin&amp;#039;: Memoir of a Freedom Rider
Author: Charles Person, Richard Rooker
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Narrator Landon Woodson does a masterful job delivering Person&amp;#039;s audiobook--which is both Person&amp;#039;s own coming-of-age story and the story of a nation trying to reckon with racism...This important audiobook is shared exquisitely by Woodson.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine   A firsthand exploration of the cost of boarding the bus of change to move America forward—written by one of the Civil Rights Movement&amp;#039;s pioneers. At 18, Charles Person was the youngest of the original Freedom Riders, key figures in the U.S. Civil Rights Movement who left Washington, D.C. by bus in 1961, headed for New Orleans. This purposeful mix of black and white, male and female activists—including future Congressman John Lewis, Congress of Racial Equality Director James Farmer, Reverend Benjamin Elton Cox, journalist and pacifist James Peck, and CORE field secretary Genevieve Hughes—set out to discover whether America would abide by a Supreme Court decision that ruled segregation unconstitutional in bus depots, waiting areas, restaurants, and restrooms nationwide. Two buses proceeded through Virginia, North and South Carolina, to Georgia where they were greeted by Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., and finally to Alabama. There, the Freedom Riders found their answer: No. Southern states would continue to disregard federal law and use violence to enforce racial segregation. One bus was burned to a shell, its riders narrowly escaping; the second, which Charles rode, was set upon by a mob that beat several riders nearly to death. Buses Are a Comin’ provides a front-row view of the struggle to belong in America, as Charles Person accompanies his colleagues off the bus, into the station, into the mob, and into history to help defeat segregation’s violent grip on African American lives. It is also a challenge from a teenager of a previous era to the young people of today: become agents of transformation. Stand firm. Create a more just and moral country where students have a voice, youth can make a difference, and everyone belongs. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press &amp;#039;Shot through with vivid details of beatdowns, arrests, and awe-inspiring bravery, this inspirational account captures the magnitude of what the early civil rights movement was up against.” -- Publishers Weekly, starred review &amp;#039;A vital story, this memoir is also an instructive gift to future generations fighting for change.” -- Kirkus, starred review</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buses Are a Comin&amp;#039;: Memoir of a Freedom Rider
Author: Charles Person, Richard Rooker
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Narrator Landon Woodson does a masterful job delivering Person&amp;#039;s audiobook--which is both Person&amp;#039;s own coming-of-age story and the story of a nation trying to reckon with racism...This important audiobook is shared exquisitely by Woodson.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine   A firsthand exploration of the cost of boarding the bus of change to move America forward—written by one of the Civil Rights Movement&amp;#039;s pioneers. At 18, Charles Person was the youngest of the original Freedom Riders, key figures in the U.S. Civil Rights Movement who left Washington, D.C. by bus in 1961, headed for New Orleans. This purposeful mix of black and white, male and female activists—including future Congressman John Lewis, Congress of Racial Equality Director James Farmer, Reverend Benjamin Elton Cox, journalist and pacifist James Peck, and CORE field secretary Genevieve Hughes—set out to discover whether America would abide by a Supreme Court decision that ruled segregation unconstitutional in bus depots, waiting areas, restaurants, and restrooms nationwide. Two buses proceeded through Virginia, North and South Carolina, to Georgia where they were greeted by Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., and finally to Alabama. There, the Freedom Riders found their answer: No. Southern states would continue to disregard federal law and use violence to enforce racial segregation. One bus was burned to a shell, its riders narrowly escaping; the second, which Charles rode, was set upon by a mob that beat several riders nearly to death. Buses Are a Comin’ provides a front-row view of the struggle to belong in America, as Charles Person accompanies his colleagues off the bus, into the station, into the mob, and into history to help defeat segregation’s violent grip on African American lives. It is also a challenge from a teenager of a previous era to the young people of today: become agents of transformation. Stand firm. Create a more just and moral country where students have a voice, youth can make a difference, and everyone belongs. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press &amp;#039;Shot through with vivid details of beatdowns, arrests, and awe-inspiring bravery, this inspirational account captures the magnitude of what the early civil rights movement was up against.” -- Publishers Weekly, starred review &amp;#039;A vital story, this memoir is also an instructive gift to future generations fighting for change.” -- Kirkus, starred review</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It Wasn’t about Slavery: Exposing the Great Lie of the Civil War by Samuel W. Mitcham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430298</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It Wasn’t about Slavery: Exposing the Great Lie of the Civil War
Author: Samuel W. Mitcham
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Was the Civil War really about slavery? Or was it a war fought over money? Civil War historian Samuel W. Mitcham Jr. (Vicksburg, Bust Hell Wide Open) opens his fascinating new book, It Wasn’t About Slavery, with Dr. Grady McWhiney’s claim that “what passes as standard American history is really Yankee history written by New Englanders or their puppets to glorify Yankee heroes and ideals.” Relying on nineteenth-century sources, Mitcham lays out his case that slavery was not the primary cause of the Civil War and that the Civil War narrative taught in schools today is wildly misleading.</description>
      <author>Samuel W. Mitcham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094087382.mp3" length="772060" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430298</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094087382.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It Wasn’t about Slavery: Exposing the Great Lie of the Civil War
Author: Samuel W. Mitcham
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Was the Civil War really about slavery? Or was it a war fought over money? Civil War historian Samuel W. Mitcham Jr. (Vicksburg, Bust Hell Wide Open) opens his fascinating new book, It Wasn’t About Slavery, with Dr. Grady McWhiney’s claim that “what passes as standard American history is really Yankee history written by New Englanders or their puppets to glorify Yankee heroes and ideals.” Relying on nineteenth-century sources, Mitcham lays out his case that slavery was not the primary cause of the Civil War and that the Civil War narrative taught in schools today is wildly misleading.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It Wasn’t about Slavery: Exposing the Great Lie of the Civil War
Author: Samuel W. Mitcham
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Was the Civil War really about slavery? Or was it a war fought over money? Civil War historian Samuel W. Mitcham Jr. (Vicksburg, Bust Hell Wide Open) opens his fascinating new book, It Wasn’t About Slavery, with Dr. Grady McWhiney’s claim that “what passes as standard American history is really Yankee history written by New Englanders or their puppets to glorify Yankee heroes and ideals.” Relying on nineteenth-century sources, Mitcham lays out his case that slavery was not the primary cause of the Civil War and that the Civil War narrative taught in schools today is wildly misleading.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can&amp;#039;t Give It Away on Seventh Avenue: The Rolling Stones and New York City by Christopher Mckittrick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430121</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can&amp;#039;t Give It Away on Seventh Avenue: The Rolling Stones and New York City
Author: Christopher Mckittrick
Narrator: Gary Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
When the Rolling Stones first arrived at JFK Airport in June 1964, they hadn&amp;#039;t even had a hit record in America. By the end of the decade, they were mobbed by packed audiences at Madison Square Garden and were the toast of New York City&amp;#039;s media and celebrity scene. More than fifty years later, the history of New York City and the Rolling Stones have entwined and paralleled, with the group playing in nearly all of the Big Apple&amp;#039;s legendary venues. Along the way Mick Jagger, Keith Richards, and the rest of the Stones have left an impact on the culture of the city, from the turbulent &amp;#039;Fun City&amp;#039; of the 1960s and &amp;#039;70s through the twenty-first century. The evolving career of the Stones has often reflected the cultural changes of the city, as the Stones and their music were the center of social and political controversies during the same era that New York faced similar challenges. Can&amp;#039;t Give It Away on Seventh Avenue: The Rolling Stones and New York City explores the history of the group through the prism of New York. It is a highly detailed document of the dynamic and reciprocal relationship between the world&amp;#039;s most famous band and America&amp;#039;s most famous city as well as an absorbing chronicle of the remarkable impact the city has had on the band&amp;#039;s music and career.</description>
      <author>Christopher Mckittrick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705237502.mp3" length="8301359" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430121</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705237502.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can&amp;#039;t Give It Away on Seventh Avenue: The Rolling Stones and New York City
Author: Christopher Mckittrick
Narrator: Gary Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
When the Rolling Stones first arrived at JFK Airport in June 1964, they hadn&amp;#039;t even had a hit record in America. By the end of the decade, they were mobbed by packed audiences at Madison Square Garden and were the toast of New York City&amp;#039;s media and celebrity scene. More than fifty years later, the history of New York City and the Rolling Stones have entwined and paralleled, with the group playing in nearly all of the Big Apple&amp;#039;s legendary venues. Along the way Mick Jagger, Keith Richards, and the rest of the Stones have left an impact on the culture of the city, from the turbulent &amp;#039;Fun City&amp;#039; of the 1960s and &amp;#039;70s through the twenty-first century. The evolving career of the Stones has often reflected the cultural changes of the city, as the Stones and their music were the center of social and political controversies during the same era that New York faced similar challenges. Can&amp;#039;t Give It Away on Seventh Avenue: The Rolling Stones and New York City explores the history of the group through the prism of New York. It is a highly detailed document of the dynamic and reciprocal relationship between the world&amp;#039;s most famous band and America&amp;#039;s most famous city as well as an absorbing chronicle of the remarkable impact the city has had on the band&amp;#039;s music and career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can&amp;#039;t Give It Away on Seventh Avenue: The Rolling Stones and New York City
Author: Christopher Mckittrick
Narrator: Gary Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
When the Rolling Stones first arrived at JFK Airport in June 1964, they hadn&amp;#039;t even had a hit record in America. By the end of the decade, they were mobbed by packed audiences at Madison Square Garden and were the toast of New York City&amp;#039;s media and celebrity scene. More than fifty years later, the history of New York City and the Rolling Stones have entwined and paralleled, with the group playing in nearly all of the Big Apple&amp;#039;s legendary venues. Along the way Mick Jagger, Keith Richards, and the rest of the Stones have left an impact on the culture of the city, from the turbulent &amp;#039;Fun City&amp;#039; of the 1960s and &amp;#039;70s through the twenty-first century. The evolving career of the Stones has often reflected the cultural changes of the city, as the Stones and their music were the center of social and political controversies during the same era that New York faced similar challenges. Can&amp;#039;t Give It Away on Seventh Avenue: The Rolling Stones and New York City explores the history of the group through the prism of New York. It is a highly detailed document of the dynamic and reciprocal relationship between the world&amp;#039;s most famous band and America&amp;#039;s most famous city as well as an absorbing chronicle of the remarkable impact the city has had on the band&amp;#039;s music and career.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The City-State of Boston: The Rise and Fall of an Atlantic Power, 1630–1865 by Mark Peterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429519</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429519">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429519</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The City-State of Boston: The Rise and Fall of an Atlantic Power, 1630–1865
Author: Mark Peterson
Narrator: Stephen Bowlby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 26 hours 15 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking history of early America that shows how Boston built and sustained an independent city-state in New England before being folded into the United States In the vaunted annals of America’s founding, Boston has long been held up as an exemplary “city upon a hill” and the “cradle of liberty” for an independent United States. Wresting this iconic urban center from these misleading, tired clichés, The City-State of Boston highlights Boston’s overlooked past as an autonomous city-state, and in doing so, offers a path-breaking and brilliant new history of early America. Following Boston’s development over three centuries, Mark Peterson discusses how this self-governing Atlantic trading center began as a refuge from Britain’s Stuart monarchs and how―through its bargain with slavery and ratification of the Constitution―it would tragically lose integrity and autonomy as it became incorporated into the greater United States. Drawing from vast archives, and featuring unfamiliar figures alongside well-known ones, such as John Winthrop, Cotton Mather, and John Adams, Peterson explores Boston’s origins in sixteenth-century utopian ideals, its founding and expansion into the hinterland of New England, and the growth of its distinctive political economy, with ties to the West Indies and southern Europe. By the 1700s, Boston was at full strength, with wide Atlantic trading circuits and cultural ties, both within and beyond Britain’s empire. After the cataclysmic Revolutionary War, “Bostoners” aimed to negotiate a relationship with the American confederation, but through the next century, the new United States unraveled Boston’s regional reign. The fateful decision to ratify the Constitution undercut its power, as Southern planters and slave owners dominated national politics and corroded the city-state’s vision of a common good for all. Peeling away the layers of myth surrounding a revered city, The City-State of Boston offers a startlingly fresh understanding of America’s history.</description>
      <author>Mark Peterson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094108384.mp3" length="852346" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429519</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094108384.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>26:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429519">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429519</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The City-State of Boston: The Rise and Fall of an Atlantic Power, 1630–1865
Author: Mark Peterson
Narrator: Stephen Bowlby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 26 hours 15 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking history of early America that shows how Boston built and sustained an independent city-state in New England before being folded into the United States In the vaunted annals of America’s founding, Boston has long been held up as an exemplary “city upon a hill” and the “cradle of liberty” for an independent United States. Wresting this iconic urban center from these misleading, tired clichés, The City-State of Boston highlights Boston’s overlooked past as an autonomous city-state, and in doing so, offers a path-breaking and brilliant new history of early America. Following Boston’s development over three centuries, Mark Peterson discusses how this self-governing Atlantic trading center began as a refuge from Britain’s Stuart monarchs and how―through its bargain with slavery and ratification of the Constitution―it would tragically lose integrity and autonomy as it became incorporated into the greater United States. Drawing from vast archives, and featuring unfamiliar figures alongside well-known ones, such as John Winthrop, Cotton Mather, and John Adams, Peterson explores Boston’s origins in sixteenth-century utopian ideals, its founding and expansion into the hinterland of New England, and the growth of its distinctive political economy, with ties to the West Indies and southern Europe. By the 1700s, Boston was at full strength, with wide Atlantic trading circuits and cultural ties, both within and beyond Britain’s empire. After the cataclysmic Revolutionary War, “Bostoners” aimed to negotiate a relationship with the American confederation, but through the next century, the new United States unraveled Boston’s regional reign. The fateful decision to ratify the Constitution undercut its power, as Southern planters and slave owners dominated national politics and corroded the city-state’s vision of a common good for all. Peeling away the layers of myth surrounding a revered city, The City-State of Boston offers a startlingly fresh understanding of America’s history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429519">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429519</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The City-State of Boston: The Rise and Fall of an Atlantic Power, 1630–1865
Author: Mark Peterson
Narrator: Stephen Bowlby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 26 hours 15 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking history of early America that shows how Boston built and sustained an independent city-state in New England before being folded into the United States In the vaunted annals of America’s founding, Boston has long been held up as an exemplary “city upon a hill” and the “cradle of liberty” for an independent United States. Wresting this iconic urban center from these misleading, tired clichés, The City-State of Boston highlights Boston’s overlooked past as an autonomous city-state, and in doing so, offers a path-breaking and brilliant new history of early America. Following Boston’s development over three centuries, Mark Peterson discusses how this self-governing Atlantic trading center began as a refuge from Britain’s Stuart monarchs and how―through its bargain with slavery and ratification of the Constitution―it would tragically lose integrity and autonomy as it became incorporated into the greater United States. Drawing from vast archives, and featuring unfamiliar figures alongside well-known ones, such as John Winthrop, Cotton Mather, and John Adams, Peterson explores Boston’s origins in sixteenth-century utopian ideals, its founding and expansion into the hinterland of New England, and the growth of its distinctive political economy, with ties to the West Indies and southern Europe. By the 1700s, Boston was at full strength, with wide Atlantic trading circuits and cultural ties, both within and beyond Britain’s empire. After the cataclysmic Revolutionary War, “Bostoners” aimed to negotiate a relationship with the American confederation, but through the next century, the new United States unraveled Boston’s regional reign. The fateful decision to ratify the Constitution undercut its power, as Southern planters and slave owners dominated national politics and corroded the city-state’s vision of a common good for all. Peeling away the layers of myth surrounding a revered city, The City-State of Boston offers a startlingly fresh understanding of America’s history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Colombia: What Everyone Needs to Know by Richard D. Mahoney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429356</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Colombia: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Richard D. Mahoney
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Colombia&amp;#039;s recent past has been characterized by what its Nobel laureate Gabriel García Marquez once called &amp;#039;a biblical holocaust&amp;#039; of human savagery. Along with the scourge of drug-related massacres facing the country, politically-motivated assassinations (averaging thirty per day in the 1990s), widespread disappearances, rapes, and kidnappings have run rampant through the country for decades. For many Colombians, the violence oft-invoked in today&amp;#039;s immigration debate is a bleak and inescapable reality. And yet, with only eleven years of military rule during its 200 some years of independence, Colombia&amp;#039;s democratic tradition is among the richest and longest-standing in the hemisphere. The country&amp;#039;s economic growth rate over the last seventy-five years is among the highest in South America, the overall living satisfaction of its citizens is on par with citizens of France, and it is home to some of the continent&amp;#039;s best universities and most dazzling fine and industrial arts. With such contradictions, even to experts, Colombia is one of the most confusing countries in the Americas. In this new addition to the popular What Everyone Needs to Know® series, Richard D. Mahoney links historical legacies, cultural features, and the relentless dynamics of the illegal drug industry to unravel the enigma.</description>
      <author>Richard D. Mahoney</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705203163.mp3" length="8087988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429356</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705203163.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Colombia: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Richard D. Mahoney
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Colombia&amp;#039;s recent past has been characterized by what its Nobel laureate Gabriel García Marquez once called &amp;#039;a biblical holocaust&amp;#039; of human savagery. Along with the scourge of drug-related massacres facing the country, politically-motivated assassinations (averaging thirty per day in the 1990s), widespread disappearances, rapes, and kidnappings have run rampant through the country for decades. For many Colombians, the violence oft-invoked in today&amp;#039;s immigration debate is a bleak and inescapable reality. And yet, with only eleven years of military rule during its 200 some years of independence, Colombia&amp;#039;s democratic tradition is among the richest and longest-standing in the hemisphere. The country&amp;#039;s economic growth rate over the last seventy-five years is among the highest in South America, the overall living satisfaction of its citizens is on par with citizens of France, and it is home to some of the continent&amp;#039;s best universities and most dazzling fine and industrial arts. With such contradictions, even to experts, Colombia is one of the most confusing countries in the Americas. In this new addition to the popular What Everyone Needs to Know® series, Richard D. Mahoney links historical legacies, cultural features, and the relentless dynamics of the illegal drug industry to unravel the enigma.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429356">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429356</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Colombia: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Richard D. Mahoney
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Colombia&amp;#039;s recent past has been characterized by what its Nobel laureate Gabriel García Marquez once called &amp;#039;a biblical holocaust&amp;#039; of human savagery. Along with the scourge of drug-related massacres facing the country, politically-motivated assassinations (averaging thirty per day in the 1990s), widespread disappearances, rapes, and kidnappings have run rampant through the country for decades. For many Colombians, the violence oft-invoked in today&amp;#039;s immigration debate is a bleak and inescapable reality. And yet, with only eleven years of military rule during its 200 some years of independence, Colombia&amp;#039;s democratic tradition is among the richest and longest-standing in the hemisphere. The country&amp;#039;s economic growth rate over the last seventy-five years is among the highest in South America, the overall living satisfaction of its citizens is on par with citizens of France, and it is home to some of the continent&amp;#039;s best universities and most dazzling fine and industrial arts. With such contradictions, even to experts, Colombia is one of the most confusing countries in the Americas. In this new addition to the popular What Everyone Needs to Know® series, Richard D. Mahoney links historical legacies, cultural features, and the relentless dynamics of the illegal drug industry to unravel the enigma.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can&amp;#039;t Slow Down: How 1984 Became Pop&amp;#039;s Blockbuster Year by Michaelangelo Matos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429054</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can&amp;#039;t Slow Down: How 1984 Became Pop&amp;#039;s Blockbuster Year
Author: Michaelangelo Matos
Narrator: Michaelangelo Matos, Corey Carthew
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 46 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive account of pop music in the mid-eighties, from Prince and Madonna to the underground hip-hop, indie rock, and club scenes Everybody knows the hits of 1984 - pop music&amp;#039;s greatest year. From &amp;#039;Thriller&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Purple Rain,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Hello&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Against All Odds,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;What&amp;#039;s Love Got to Do with It&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Wake Me Up Before You Go-Go,&amp;#039; these iconic  songs  continue  to  dominate  advertising, karaoke nights, and the soundtracks for film classics (Boogie Nights) and TV hits (Stranger Things). But the story of that thrilling, turbulent time, an era when Top 40 radio was both the leading edge of popular culture and a moral battleground, has never been told with the full detail it deserves - until now. Can&amp;#039;t Slow Down is the definitive portrait of the exploding world of mid-eighties pop and the time it defined, from Cold War anxiety to the home-computer revolution. Big acts like Michael  Jackson  (Thriller),  Prince  (Purple Rain), Madonna (Like a Virgin), Bruce Springsteen (Born in the U.S.A.), and George Michael (Wham!&amp;#039;s Make It Big) rubbed shoulders with the stars of the fermenting scenes of hip-hop, indie rock, and club music.  Rigorously researched, mapping the entire terrain of American pop, with crucial side trips to the UK and Jamaica, from the biz to the stars to the upstarts and beyond, Can&amp;#039;t Slow Down is a vivid journey to the very moment when pop was remaking itself, and the culture at large - one hit at a time.</description>
      <author>Michaelangelo Matos</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549187346.mp3" length="909458" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429054</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549187346.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can&amp;#039;t Slow Down: How 1984 Became Pop&amp;#039;s Blockbuster Year
Author: Michaelangelo Matos
Narrator: Michaelangelo Matos, Corey Carthew
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 46 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive account of pop music in the mid-eighties, from Prince and Madonna to the underground hip-hop, indie rock, and club scenes Everybody knows the hits of 1984 - pop music&amp;#039;s greatest year. From &amp;#039;Thriller&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Purple Rain,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Hello&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Against All Odds,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;What&amp;#039;s Love Got to Do with It&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Wake Me Up Before You Go-Go,&amp;#039; these iconic  songs  continue  to  dominate  advertising, karaoke nights, and the soundtracks for film classics (Boogie Nights) and TV hits (Stranger Things). But the story of that thrilling, turbulent time, an era when Top 40 radio was both the leading edge of popular culture and a moral battleground, has never been told with the full detail it deserves - until now. Can&amp;#039;t Slow Down is the definitive portrait of the exploding world of mid-eighties pop and the time it defined, from Cold War anxiety to the home-computer revolution. Big acts like Michael  Jackson  (Thriller),  Prince  (Purple Rain), Madonna (Like a Virgin), Bruce Springsteen (Born in the U.S.A.), and George Michael (Wham!&amp;#039;s Make It Big) rubbed shoulders with the stars of the fermenting scenes of hip-hop, indie rock, and club music.  Rigorously researched, mapping the entire terrain of American pop, with crucial side trips to the UK and Jamaica, from the biz to the stars to the upstarts and beyond, Can&amp;#039;t Slow Down is a vivid journey to the very moment when pop was remaking itself, and the culture at large - one hit at a time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can&amp;#039;t Slow Down: How 1984 Became Pop&amp;#039;s Blockbuster Year
Author: Michaelangelo Matos
Narrator: Michaelangelo Matos, Corey Carthew
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 46 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive account of pop music in the mid-eighties, from Prince and Madonna to the underground hip-hop, indie rock, and club scenes Everybody knows the hits of 1984 - pop music&amp;#039;s greatest year. From &amp;#039;Thriller&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Purple Rain,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Hello&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Against All Odds,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;What&amp;#039;s Love Got to Do with It&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Wake Me Up Before You Go-Go,&amp;#039; these iconic  songs  continue  to  dominate  advertising, karaoke nights, and the soundtracks for film classics (Boogie Nights) and TV hits (Stranger Things). But the story of that thrilling, turbulent time, an era when Top 40 radio was both the leading edge of popular culture and a moral battleground, has never been told with the full detail it deserves - until now. Can&amp;#039;t Slow Down is the definitive portrait of the exploding world of mid-eighties pop and the time it defined, from Cold War anxiety to the home-computer revolution. Big acts like Michael  Jackson  (Thriller),  Prince  (Purple Rain), Madonna (Like a Virgin), Bruce Springsteen (Born in the U.S.A.), and George Michael (Wham!&amp;#039;s Make It Big) rubbed shoulders with the stars of the fermenting scenes of hip-hop, indie rock, and club music.  Rigorously researched, mapping the entire terrain of American pop, with crucial side trips to the UK and Jamaica, from the biz to the stars to the upstarts and beyond, Can&amp;#039;t Slow Down is a vivid journey to the very moment when pop was remaking itself, and the culture at large - one hit at a time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New York&amp;#039;s Finest: Stories of the NYPD and the Hero Cops Who Saved the City by Michael Daly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: New York&amp;#039;s Finest: Stories of the NYPD and the Hero Cops Who Saved the City
Author: Michael Daly
Narrator: Michael Daly, P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The gritty, true blue story of two remarkable cops and an equally extraordinary nurse who provided the spirit and smarts that transformed Fear City into the safest big city in America. NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST is the story of a city&amp;#039;s transformation through the tireless efforts of Detective Steven McDonald, Nurse Justiniano, Jack Maple, and a host of hero cops—including the great niece of Jazz Age great Josephine Baker—the finest of The Finest. The son and grandson of cops, Officer McDonald was shot and paralyzed from the neck down while on patrol in 1986. The doctors said that if he did survive, he would be better off dead. It was then he came under the care of one Nurse Nina Justiniano. Where the teenage gunman was produced by the worst of Harlem&amp;#039;s social ills, she personified its many graces, rescuing Steven from despair and urging him to transcend hate and bitterness. McDonald was then promoted to detective at the urging of NYPD Deputy Commissioner Jack Maple, a postal worker&amp;#039;s son who sported a bow tie, Homburg hat, and two-tone shoes as he implemented transformative crime-fighting strategies to deter violent subway robberies. Coming up in the force, Maple had been routinely mocked for imagining the impossible: that Times Square would one day be a destination for families and tourists. Now, resentments and tensions are mounting in the same neighborhoods that most benefited from the careful consideration of officers like McDonald and Maple. But as NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST illustrates, their legacies, and those of people like Nurse Justiniano, may well rescue New York City from its present state of unrest and struggle in the wake of protests and the pandemic.</description>
      <author>Michael Daly</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549119156.mp3" length="808131" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549119156.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: New York&amp;#039;s Finest: Stories of the NYPD and the Hero Cops Who Saved the City
Author: Michael Daly
Narrator: Michael Daly, P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The gritty, true blue story of two remarkable cops and an equally extraordinary nurse who provided the spirit and smarts that transformed Fear City into the safest big city in America. NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST is the story of a city&amp;#039;s transformation through the tireless efforts of Detective Steven McDonald, Nurse Justiniano, Jack Maple, and a host of hero cops—including the great niece of Jazz Age great Josephine Baker—the finest of The Finest. The son and grandson of cops, Officer McDonald was shot and paralyzed from the neck down while on patrol in 1986. The doctors said that if he did survive, he would be better off dead. It was then he came under the care of one Nurse Nina Justiniano. Where the teenage gunman was produced by the worst of Harlem&amp;#039;s social ills, she personified its many graces, rescuing Steven from despair and urging him to transcend hate and bitterness. McDonald was then promoted to detective at the urging of NYPD Deputy Commissioner Jack Maple, a postal worker&amp;#039;s son who sported a bow tie, Homburg hat, and two-tone shoes as he implemented transformative crime-fighting strategies to deter violent subway robberies. Coming up in the force, Maple had been routinely mocked for imagining the impossible: that Times Square would one day be a destination for families and tourists. Now, resentments and tensions are mounting in the same neighborhoods that most benefited from the careful consideration of officers like McDonald and Maple. But as NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST illustrates, their legacies, and those of people like Nurse Justiniano, may well rescue New York City from its present state of unrest and struggle in the wake of protests and the pandemic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: New York&amp;#039;s Finest: Stories of the NYPD and the Hero Cops Who Saved the City
Author: Michael Daly
Narrator: Michael Daly, P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The gritty, true blue story of two remarkable cops and an equally extraordinary nurse who provided the spirit and smarts that transformed Fear City into the safest big city in America. NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST is the story of a city&amp;#039;s transformation through the tireless efforts of Detective Steven McDonald, Nurse Justiniano, Jack Maple, and a host of hero cops—including the great niece of Jazz Age great Josephine Baker—the finest of The Finest. The son and grandson of cops, Officer McDonald was shot and paralyzed from the neck down while on patrol in 1986. The doctors said that if he did survive, he would be better off dead. It was then he came under the care of one Nurse Nina Justiniano. Where the teenage gunman was produced by the worst of Harlem&amp;#039;s social ills, she personified its many graces, rescuing Steven from despair and urging him to transcend hate and bitterness. McDonald was then promoted to detective at the urging of NYPD Deputy Commissioner Jack Maple, a postal worker&amp;#039;s son who sported a bow tie, Homburg hat, and two-tone shoes as he implemented transformative crime-fighting strategies to deter violent subway robberies. Coming up in the force, Maple had been routinely mocked for imagining the impossible: that Times Square would one day be a destination for families and tourists. Now, resentments and tensions are mounting in the same neighborhoods that most benefited from the careful consideration of officers like McDonald and Maple. But as NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST illustrates, their legacies, and those of people like Nurse Justiniano, may well rescue New York City from its present state of unrest and struggle in the wake of protests and the pandemic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cotton Kingdom: A Traveler’s Observations on Cotton and Slavery in the American Slave States, 1853–1861 by Frederick Law Olmsted</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428570</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428570">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428570</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cotton Kingdom: A Traveler’s Observations on Cotton and Slavery in the American Slave States, 1853–1861
Author: Frederick Law Olmsted
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1853, Frederick Law Olmsted was working for the New York Times when he journeyed to the southern slave states and wrote one of the most important pro-abolition discourses. The Cotton Kingdom recounts his daily observations of the curse of slavery: the poverty it brought to both black and white people, the inadequacies of the plantation system, and the economic consequences and problems associated with America’s most “peculiar institution.” Disproving the opinion that “cotton is king,” Olmsted examined the huge differences between the economies of the northern and southern states, contrasting the more successful, wealthy, and progressive North with the South, which was stubbornly convinced of the necessity of slavery.  Hailed as one of the most convincing and influential antislavery arguments, Olmsted’s work was widely praised, with London’s Westminster Review declaring, “it is impossible to resist his accumulated evidence.”</description>
      <author>Frederick Law Olmsted</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094093659.mp3" length="809653" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428570</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094093659.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>24:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428570">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428570</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cotton Kingdom: A Traveler’s Observations on Cotton and Slavery in the American Slave States, 1853–1861
Author: Frederick Law Olmsted
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1853, Frederick Law Olmsted was working for the New York Times when he journeyed to the southern slave states and wrote one of the most important pro-abolition discourses. The Cotton Kingdom recounts his daily observations of the curse of slavery: the poverty it brought to both black and white people, the inadequacies of the plantation system, and the economic consequences and problems associated with America’s most “peculiar institution.” Disproving the opinion that “cotton is king,” Olmsted examined the huge differences between the economies of the northern and southern states, contrasting the more successful, wealthy, and progressive North with the South, which was stubbornly convinced of the necessity of slavery.  Hailed as one of the most convincing and influential antislavery arguments, Olmsted’s work was widely praised, with London’s Westminster Review declaring, “it is impossible to resist his accumulated evidence.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428570">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428570</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cotton Kingdom: A Traveler’s Observations on Cotton and Slavery in the American Slave States, 1853–1861
Author: Frederick Law Olmsted
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1853, Frederick Law Olmsted was working for the New York Times when he journeyed to the southern slave states and wrote one of the most important pro-abolition discourses. The Cotton Kingdom recounts his daily observations of the curse of slavery: the poverty it brought to both black and white people, the inadequacies of the plantation system, and the economic consequences and problems associated with America’s most “peculiar institution.” Disproving the opinion that “cotton is king,” Olmsted examined the huge differences between the economies of the northern and southern states, contrasting the more successful, wealthy, and progressive North with the South, which was stubbornly convinced of the necessity of slavery.  Hailed as one of the most convincing and influential antislavery arguments, Olmsted’s work was widely praised, with London’s Westminster Review declaring, “it is impossible to resist his accumulated evidence.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inca Apocalypse: The Spanish Conquest and the Transformation of the Andean World by R. Alan Covey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428369</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inca Apocalypse: The Spanish Conquest and the Transformation of the Andean World
Author: R. Alan Covey
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Previous accounts of the fall of the Inca empire have played up the importance of the events of one violent day in November 1532 at the highland Andean town of Cajamarca. To some, the &amp;#039;Cajamarca miracle&amp;#039;—in which Francisco Pizarro and a small contingent of Spaniards captured an Inca who led an army numbering in the tens of thousands—demonstrated the intervention of divine providence. To others, the outcome was simply the result of European technological and immunological superiority. Inca Apocalypse develops a new perspective on the Spanish invasion and transformation of the Inca realm. R. Alan Covey&amp;#039;s sweeping narrative traces the origins of the Inca and Spanish empires, identifying how Andean and Iberian beliefs about the world&amp;#039;s end shaped the collision of the two civilizations. Rather than a decisive victory on the field at Cajamarca, the Spanish conquest was an uncertain, disruptive process that reshaped the worldviews of those on each side of the conflict. The survivors built colonial Peru, a new society that never forgot the Inca imperial legacy or the enduring supernatural power of the Andean landscape. Covey&amp;#039;s rich new history, based on the latest archaeological and historical evidence, illuminates mysteries that still surround the last days of the largest empire in the pre–Columbian Americas.</description>
      <author>R. Alan Covey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684575367.mp3" length="8584982" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428369</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684575367.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inca Apocalypse: The Spanish Conquest and the Transformation of the Andean World
Author: R. Alan Covey
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Previous accounts of the fall of the Inca empire have played up the importance of the events of one violent day in November 1532 at the highland Andean town of Cajamarca. To some, the &amp;#039;Cajamarca miracle&amp;#039;—in which Francisco Pizarro and a small contingent of Spaniards captured an Inca who led an army numbering in the tens of thousands—demonstrated the intervention of divine providence. To others, the outcome was simply the result of European technological and immunological superiority. Inca Apocalypse develops a new perspective on the Spanish invasion and transformation of the Inca realm. R. Alan Covey&amp;#039;s sweeping narrative traces the origins of the Inca and Spanish empires, identifying how Andean and Iberian beliefs about the world&amp;#039;s end shaped the collision of the two civilizations. Rather than a decisive victory on the field at Cajamarca, the Spanish conquest was an uncertain, disruptive process that reshaped the worldviews of those on each side of the conflict. The survivors built colonial Peru, a new society that never forgot the Inca imperial legacy or the enduring supernatural power of the Andean landscape. Covey&amp;#039;s rich new history, based on the latest archaeological and historical evidence, illuminates mysteries that still surround the last days of the largest empire in the pre–Columbian Americas.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inca Apocalypse: The Spanish Conquest and the Transformation of the Andean World
Author: R. Alan Covey
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Previous accounts of the fall of the Inca empire have played up the importance of the events of one violent day in November 1532 at the highland Andean town of Cajamarca. To some, the &amp;#039;Cajamarca miracle&amp;#039;—in which Francisco Pizarro and a small contingent of Spaniards captured an Inca who led an army numbering in the tens of thousands—demonstrated the intervention of divine providence. To others, the outcome was simply the result of European technological and immunological superiority. Inca Apocalypse develops a new perspective on the Spanish invasion and transformation of the Inca realm. R. Alan Covey&amp;#039;s sweeping narrative traces the origins of the Inca and Spanish empires, identifying how Andean and Iberian beliefs about the world&amp;#039;s end shaped the collision of the two civilizations. Rather than a decisive victory on the field at Cajamarca, the Spanish conquest was an uncertain, disruptive process that reshaped the worldviews of those on each side of the conflict. The survivors built colonial Peru, a new society that never forgot the Inca imperial legacy or the enduring supernatural power of the Andean landscape. Covey&amp;#039;s rich new history, based on the latest archaeological and historical evidence, illuminates mysteries that still surround the last days of the largest empire in the pre–Columbian Americas.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tinder Box: The Iroquois Theatre Disaster 1903 by Anthony P. Hatch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428304</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428304">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428304</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tinder Box: The Iroquois Theatre Disaster 1903
Author: Anthony P. Hatch
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
When the Iroquois Theater opened in Chicago on November 23, 1903, it was considered one of the grandest structures of its day, a monument to modern design and technology, as well as &amp;#039;absolutely fireproof.&amp;#039; This was a theater that would rival any in New York or Paris. Instead it became the funeral pyre for hundreds of victims.   In Tinder Box, Tony Hatch, former CBS reporter and Emmy Award winner, tells the Iroquois story as it has never been told before. In a rush to open the theater on time, corners were cut, and the Iroquois lacked the most basic fire-fighting equipment: sprinklers, fire alarm boxes, backstage telephone, exit signs, and functioning asbestos curtain. Some exits, for aesthetic reasons, were hidden behind heavy draperies, doors opened inward, and exterior fire escapes were unfinished. But Chicago officials, the theater owners and managers, the contractor, stagehands—all looked the other way.   Then, on December 30, 1903, disaster struck. The theater was packed, overcrowded with a standing-room-only audience, mostly women and children who had come to see the popular comedian Eddie Foy perform in the musical fantasy Mr. Bluebeard. A short circuit in a single backstage spotlight touched off a small fire that, in minutes, erupted into an uncontrollable blaze. More than 600 people died.</description>
      <author>Anthony P. Hatch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705225264.mp3" length="2820110" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428304</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705225264.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428304">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428304</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tinder Box: The Iroquois Theatre Disaster 1903
Author: Anthony P. Hatch
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
When the Iroquois Theater opened in Chicago on November 23, 1903, it was considered one of the grandest structures of its day, a monument to modern design and technology, as well as &amp;#039;absolutely fireproof.&amp;#039; This was a theater that would rival any in New York or Paris. Instead it became the funeral pyre for hundreds of victims.   In Tinder Box, Tony Hatch, former CBS reporter and Emmy Award winner, tells the Iroquois story as it has never been told before. In a rush to open the theater on time, corners were cut, and the Iroquois lacked the most basic fire-fighting equipment: sprinklers, fire alarm boxes, backstage telephone, exit signs, and functioning asbestos curtain. Some exits, for aesthetic reasons, were hidden behind heavy draperies, doors opened inward, and exterior fire escapes were unfinished. But Chicago officials, the theater owners and managers, the contractor, stagehands—all looked the other way.   Then, on December 30, 1903, disaster struck. The theater was packed, overcrowded with a standing-room-only audience, mostly women and children who had come to see the popular comedian Eddie Foy perform in the musical fantasy Mr. Bluebeard. A short circuit in a single backstage spotlight touched off a small fire that, in minutes, erupted into an uncontrollable blaze. More than 600 people died.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428304">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428304</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tinder Box: The Iroquois Theatre Disaster 1903
Author: Anthony P. Hatch
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
When the Iroquois Theater opened in Chicago on November 23, 1903, it was considered one of the grandest structures of its day, a monument to modern design and technology, as well as &amp;#039;absolutely fireproof.&amp;#039; This was a theater that would rival any in New York or Paris. Instead it became the funeral pyre for hundreds of victims.   In Tinder Box, Tony Hatch, former CBS reporter and Emmy Award winner, tells the Iroquois story as it has never been told before. In a rush to open the theater on time, corners were cut, and the Iroquois lacked the most basic fire-fighting equipment: sprinklers, fire alarm boxes, backstage telephone, exit signs, and functioning asbestos curtain. Some exits, for aesthetic reasons, were hidden behind heavy draperies, doors opened inward, and exterior fire escapes were unfinished. But Chicago officials, the theater owners and managers, the contractor, stagehands—all looked the other way.   Then, on December 30, 1903, disaster struck. The theater was packed, overcrowded with a standing-room-only audience, mostly women and children who had come to see the popular comedian Eddie Foy perform in the musical fantasy Mr. Bluebeard. A short circuit in a single backstage spotlight touched off a small fire that, in minutes, erupted into an uncontrollable blaze. More than 600 people died.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Voyages and Travels of an Indian Interpreter and Trader by John Long</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427522</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Voyages and Travels of an Indian Interpreter and Trader
Author: John Long
Narrator: Nick Adams
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 20, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1768 John Long set out from Gravesend in England, bound for Canada and a position as an articled clerk. Quickly developing an affection for the First Nations people he encountered, he determined to learn native languages and thereby make him useful in the &amp;#039;Indian Trade&amp;#039; living first among Mohawks at Cahnuaga (Kahnawake) and later, among Ojibwa and Cree people north of Lake Superior.  Long&amp;#039;s journal provides a thrilling depiction the life of a fur trader in the late eighteenth century.  It is a dangerous world, where starvation, torture, murder, war, disease and misfortune are constant threats. Although clearly writing for a contemporary English readership, with all the attitudes and sensibilities that required, Long&amp;#039;s affection for and comfort with the First Nations people with whom he lives and works comes through strongly - indeed, even when offered comfortable accommodation within the officers quarters at Michilimackinac, he prefers to continue to live outside the fort with his First Nation friends and partners. The stories he tells about life on the fur trade frontier and the hazards and dangers he encounters are described with frankness and humour, neither aggrandizing his own achievements or diminishing those of others.  While Long&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Voyages and Travels&amp;#039; has been republished a number of times. it is still not well known. This is a tragedy, as few other works provide as clear and engaging picture of life on the fur trade frontier.</description>
      <author>John Long</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518921834.mp3" length="1424211" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427522</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518921834.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Voyages and Travels of an Indian Interpreter and Trader
Author: John Long
Narrator: Nick Adams
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 20, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1768 John Long set out from Gravesend in England, bound for Canada and a position as an articled clerk. Quickly developing an affection for the First Nations people he encountered, he determined to learn native languages and thereby make him useful in the &amp;#039;Indian Trade&amp;#039; living first among Mohawks at Cahnuaga (Kahnawake) and later, among Ojibwa and Cree people north of Lake Superior.  Long&amp;#039;s journal provides a thrilling depiction the life of a fur trader in the late eighteenth century.  It is a dangerous world, where starvation, torture, murder, war, disease and misfortune are constant threats. Although clearly writing for a contemporary English readership, with all the attitudes and sensibilities that required, Long&amp;#039;s affection for and comfort with the First Nations people with whom he lives and works comes through strongly - indeed, even when offered comfortable accommodation within the officers quarters at Michilimackinac, he prefers to continue to live outside the fort with his First Nation friends and partners. The stories he tells about life on the fur trade frontier and the hazards and dangers he encounters are described with frankness and humour, neither aggrandizing his own achievements or diminishing those of others.  While Long&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Voyages and Travels&amp;#039; has been republished a number of times. it is still not well known. This is a tragedy, as few other works provide as clear and engaging picture of life on the fur trade frontier.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Voyages and Travels of an Indian Interpreter and Trader
Author: John Long
Narrator: Nick Adams
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 20, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1768 John Long set out from Gravesend in England, bound for Canada and a position as an articled clerk. Quickly developing an affection for the First Nations people he encountered, he determined to learn native languages and thereby make him useful in the &amp;#039;Indian Trade&amp;#039; living first among Mohawks at Cahnuaga (Kahnawake) and later, among Ojibwa and Cree people north of Lake Superior.  Long&amp;#039;s journal provides a thrilling depiction the life of a fur trader in the late eighteenth century.  It is a dangerous world, where starvation, torture, murder, war, disease and misfortune are constant threats. Although clearly writing for a contemporary English readership, with all the attitudes and sensibilities that required, Long&amp;#039;s affection for and comfort with the First Nations people with whom he lives and works comes through strongly - indeed, even when offered comfortable accommodation within the officers quarters at Michilimackinac, he prefers to continue to live outside the fort with his First Nation friends and partners. The stories he tells about life on the fur trade frontier and the hazards and dangers he encounters are described with frankness and humour, neither aggrandizing his own achievements or diminishing those of others.  While Long&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Voyages and Travels&amp;#039; has been republished a number of times. it is still not well known. This is a tragedy, as few other works provide as clear and engaging picture of life on the fur trade frontier.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rock Force: The American Paratroopers Who Took Back Corregidor and Exacted MacArthur&amp;#039;s Revenge on Japan by Kevin Maurer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427433</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rock Force: The American Paratroopers Who Took Back Corregidor and Exacted MacArthur&amp;#039;s Revenge on Japan
Author: Kevin Maurer
Narrator: Stephen Graybill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the #1 New York Times bestselling coauthor of No Easy Day comes a thrilling World War II story of the American airborne soldiers who captured a Japanese-held island fortress “Rock Force is a beautifully told story of war: the friendships, the courage and despair, and the terror... One of the most exciting books ever written about the Pacific War.”—Mitch Weiss, New York Times bestselling coauthor of Countdown 1945 In late December 1941, General Douglas MacArthur, caught off guard by the Japanese invasion of the Philippines, is forced to retreat to Corregidor, a jagged, rocky island fortress at the mouth of Manila Bay. Months later, under orders from the president, the general is whisked away in the dark of night, leaving his troops to their fate. It is a bitter pill for a fiercely proud warrior who has always protected his men. He famously declares &amp;#039;I shall return,&amp;#039; but the humiliation of Corregidor haunts him, even earning him the derisive nickname &amp;#039;Dugout Doug.&amp;#039; In early 1945, MacArthur returns to the Philippines, his eyes firmly fixed on Corregidor. To take back the island, he calls on the 503rd Parachute Infantry Regiment, a highly trained veteran airborne unit. Their mission is to jump onto the island—hemmed in by sheer cliffs, pockmarked by bomb craters, bristling with deadly spiky broken tree trunks—and wrest it from some 6,700 Japanese defenders who await, fully armed and ready to fight to the death.   Drawn from firsthand accounts and personal interviews with the battle&amp;#039;s surviving veterans, acclaimed war correspondent and bestselling author Kevin Maurer delves into this extraordinary tale, uncovering astonishing accounts of bravery and heroism during an epic, yet largely forgotten, clash of the Pacific War. Here is an intimate story of uncommon soldiers showing uncommon courage and winning, through blood and sacrifice, the redemption of General MacArthur.</description>
      <author>Kevin Maurer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593294550.mp3" length="2606932" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427433</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593294550.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rock Force: The American Paratroopers Who Took Back Corregidor and Exacted MacArthur&amp;#039;s Revenge on Japan
Author: Kevin Maurer
Narrator: Stephen Graybill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the #1 New York Times bestselling coauthor of No Easy Day comes a thrilling World War II story of the American airborne soldiers who captured a Japanese-held island fortress “Rock Force is a beautifully told story of war: the friendships, the courage and despair, and the terror... One of the most exciting books ever written about the Pacific War.”—Mitch Weiss, New York Times bestselling coauthor of Countdown 1945 In late December 1941, General Douglas MacArthur, caught off guard by the Japanese invasion of the Philippines, is forced to retreat to Corregidor, a jagged, rocky island fortress at the mouth of Manila Bay. Months later, under orders from the president, the general is whisked away in the dark of night, leaving his troops to their fate. It is a bitter pill for a fiercely proud warrior who has always protected his men. He famously declares &amp;#039;I shall return,&amp;#039; but the humiliation of Corregidor haunts him, even earning him the derisive nickname &amp;#039;Dugout Doug.&amp;#039; In early 1945, MacArthur returns to the Philippines, his eyes firmly fixed on Corregidor. To take back the island, he calls on the 503rd Parachute Infantry Regiment, a highly trained veteran airborne unit. Their mission is to jump onto the island—hemmed in by sheer cliffs, pockmarked by bomb craters, bristling with deadly spiky broken tree trunks—and wrest it from some 6,700 Japanese defenders who await, fully armed and ready to fight to the death.   Drawn from firsthand accounts and personal interviews with the battle&amp;#039;s surviving veterans, acclaimed war correspondent and bestselling author Kevin Maurer delves into this extraordinary tale, uncovering astonishing accounts of bravery and heroism during an epic, yet largely forgotten, clash of the Pacific War. Here is an intimate story of uncommon soldiers showing uncommon courage and winning, through blood and sacrifice, the redemption of General MacArthur.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rock Force: The American Paratroopers Who Took Back Corregidor and Exacted MacArthur&amp;#039;s Revenge on Japan
Author: Kevin Maurer
Narrator: Stephen Graybill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the #1 New York Times bestselling coauthor of No Easy Day comes a thrilling World War II story of the American airborne soldiers who captured a Japanese-held island fortress “Rock Force is a beautifully told story of war: the friendships, the courage and despair, and the terror... One of the most exciting books ever written about the Pacific War.”—Mitch Weiss, New York Times bestselling coauthor of Countdown 1945 In late December 1941, General Douglas MacArthur, caught off guard by the Japanese invasion of the Philippines, is forced to retreat to Corregidor, a jagged, rocky island fortress at the mouth of Manila Bay. Months later, under orders from the president, the general is whisked away in the dark of night, leaving his troops to their fate. It is a bitter pill for a fiercely proud warrior who has always protected his men. He famously declares &amp;#039;I shall return,&amp;#039; but the humiliation of Corregidor haunts him, even earning him the derisive nickname &amp;#039;Dugout Doug.&amp;#039; In early 1945, MacArthur returns to the Philippines, his eyes firmly fixed on Corregidor. To take back the island, he calls on the 503rd Parachute Infantry Regiment, a highly trained veteran airborne unit. Their mission is to jump onto the island—hemmed in by sheer cliffs, pockmarked by bomb craters, bristling with deadly spiky broken tree trunks—and wrest it from some 6,700 Japanese defenders who await, fully armed and ready to fight to the death.   Drawn from firsthand accounts and personal interviews with the battle&amp;#039;s surviving veterans, acclaimed war correspondent and bestselling author Kevin Maurer delves into this extraordinary tale, uncovering astonishing accounts of bravery and heroism during an epic, yet largely forgotten, clash of the Pacific War. Here is an intimate story of uncommon soldiers showing uncommon courage and winning, through blood and sacrifice, the redemption of General MacArthur.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Talkin&amp;#039; To Me?: The Unruly History of New York English by E.J. White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427015</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Talkin&amp;#039; To Me?: The Unruly History of New York English
Author: E.J. White
Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From paddy wagon to rush hour, New York City has given us a number of our popular words and phrases, along the way fashioning a recognizable dialect all its own. Often imitated and just as often ridiculed, New York English has its own identity, imbued with the rich cultural history of (as New Yorkers tell it) the greatest city in the world. How did this unique language community develop, and how has it shaped the city as we know it today? In You Talkin&amp;#039; to Me?, E. J. White explores the hidden history of English in New York City—a history that encompasses social class, immigration, culture, economics, and, of course, real estate. She tells entertaining stories of New York&amp;#039;s most famous characters, streets, and cultural institutions, from Broadway to the newspaper office to the department store, illuminating a new dimension of the city&amp;#039;s landscape. Full of little-known facts—C-3PO was originally written to have a New York accent; West Side Story was originally going to be East Side Story, about Jewish and Christian New Yorkers; and &amp;#039;confidence man&amp;#039; started in reference to a specific New York City criminal—the book will delight lovers of language and history alike.</description>
      <author>E.J. White</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630150198.mp3" length="8101431" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427015</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630150198.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Talkin&amp;#039; To Me?: The Unruly History of New York English
Author: E.J. White
Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From paddy wagon to rush hour, New York City has given us a number of our popular words and phrases, along the way fashioning a recognizable dialect all its own. Often imitated and just as often ridiculed, New York English has its own identity, imbued with the rich cultural history of (as New Yorkers tell it) the greatest city in the world. How did this unique language community develop, and how has it shaped the city as we know it today? In You Talkin&amp;#039; to Me?, E. J. White explores the hidden history of English in New York City—a history that encompasses social class, immigration, culture, economics, and, of course, real estate. She tells entertaining stories of New York&amp;#039;s most famous characters, streets, and cultural institutions, from Broadway to the newspaper office to the department store, illuminating a new dimension of the city&amp;#039;s landscape. Full of little-known facts—C-3PO was originally written to have a New York accent; West Side Story was originally going to be East Side Story, about Jewish and Christian New Yorkers; and &amp;#039;confidence man&amp;#039; started in reference to a specific New York City criminal—the book will delight lovers of language and history alike.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Talkin&amp;#039; To Me?: The Unruly History of New York English
Author: E.J. White
Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From paddy wagon to rush hour, New York City has given us a number of our popular words and phrases, along the way fashioning a recognizable dialect all its own. Often imitated and just as often ridiculed, New York English has its own identity, imbued with the rich cultural history of (as New Yorkers tell it) the greatest city in the world. How did this unique language community develop, and how has it shaped the city as we know it today? In You Talkin&amp;#039; to Me?, E. J. White explores the hidden history of English in New York City—a history that encompasses social class, immigration, culture, economics, and, of course, real estate. She tells entertaining stories of New York&amp;#039;s most famous characters, streets, and cultural institutions, from Broadway to the newspaper office to the department store, illuminating a new dimension of the city&amp;#039;s landscape. Full of little-known facts—C-3PO was originally written to have a New York accent; West Side Story was originally going to be East Side Story, about Jewish and Christian New Yorkers; and &amp;#039;confidence man&amp;#039; started in reference to a specific New York City criminal—the book will delight lovers of language and history alike.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Serial Killers: The Epidemic Years 1950-2000 by Peter Vronsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Serial Killers: The Epidemic Years 1950-2000
Author: Peter Vronsky
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fans of Mindhunter and true crime podcasts will devour these chilling stories of serial killers from the American &amp;#039;Golden Age&amp;#039; (1950-2000).     With books like Serial Killers, Female Serial Killers and Sons of Cain, Peter Vronsky has established himself as the foremost expert on the history of serial killers.  In this first definitive history of the &amp;#039;Golden Age&amp;#039; of American serial murder, when the number and body count of serial killers exploded, Vronsky tells the stories of the most unusual and prominent serial killings from the 1950s to the early twenty-first century. From Ted Bundy to the Golden State Killer, our fascination with these classic serial killers seems to grow by the day. American Serial Killers gives true crime junkies what they crave, with both perennial favorites (Ed Kemper, Jeffrey Dahmer) and lesser-known cases (Melvin Rees, Harvey Glatman).</description>
      <author>Peter Vronsky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593291290.mp3" length="2973626" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593291290.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Serial Killers: The Epidemic Years 1950-2000
Author: Peter Vronsky
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fans of Mindhunter and true crime podcasts will devour these chilling stories of serial killers from the American &amp;#039;Golden Age&amp;#039; (1950-2000).     With books like Serial Killers, Female Serial Killers and Sons of Cain, Peter Vronsky has established himself as the foremost expert on the history of serial killers.  In this first definitive history of the &amp;#039;Golden Age&amp;#039; of American serial murder, when the number and body count of serial killers exploded, Vronsky tells the stories of the most unusual and prominent serial killings from the 1950s to the early twenty-first century. From Ted Bundy to the Golden State Killer, our fascination with these classic serial killers seems to grow by the day. American Serial Killers gives true crime junkies what they crave, with both perennial favorites (Ed Kemper, Jeffrey Dahmer) and lesser-known cases (Melvin Rees, Harvey Glatman).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Serial Killers: The Epidemic Years 1950-2000
Author: Peter Vronsky
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Fans of Mindhunter and true crime podcasts will devour these chilling stories of serial killers from the American &amp;#039;Golden Age&amp;#039; (1950-2000).     With books like Serial Killers, Female Serial Killers and Sons of Cain, Peter Vronsky has established himself as the foremost expert on the history of serial killers.  In this first definitive history of the &amp;#039;Golden Age&amp;#039; of American serial murder, when the number and body count of serial killers exploded, Vronsky tells the stories of the most unusual and prominent serial killings from the 1950s to the early twenty-first century. From Ted Bundy to the Golden State Killer, our fascination with these classic serial killers seems to grow by the day. American Serial Killers gives true crime junkies what they crave, with both perennial favorites (Ed Kemper, Jeffrey Dahmer) and lesser-known cases (Melvin Rees, Harvey Glatman).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love and Hate in Jamestown: John Smith, Pocahontas, and the Start of a New Nation by David A. Price</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426066</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love and Hate in Jamestown: John Smith, Pocahontas, and the Start of a New Nation
Author: David A. Price
Narrator: Josh Innerst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping narrative of one of the great survival stories of American history: the opening of the first permanent English settlement in the New World. Drawing on period letters and chronicles, and on the papers of the Virginia Company–which financed the settlement of Jamestown–David Price tells a tale of cowardice and courage, stupidity and brilliance, tragedy and costly triumph. He takes us into the day-to-day existence of the English men and women whose charge was to find gold and a route to the Orient, and who found, instead, hardship and wretched misery. Death, in fact, became the settlers’ most faithful companion, and their infighting was ceaseless. Price offers a rare balanced view of the relationship between the settlers and the natives. He unravels the crucial role of Pocahontas, a young woman whose reality has been obscured by centuries of legend and misinformation (and, more recently, animation). He paints indelible portraits of Chief Powhatan, the aged monarch who came close to ending the colony’s existence, and Captain John Smith, the former mercenary and slave, whose disdain for class distinctions infuriated many around him–even as his resourcefulness made him essential to the colony’s success. Love and Hate in Jamestown is a superb work of popular history, reminding us of the horrors and heroism that marked the dawning of our nation.</description>
      <author>David A. Price</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Dec 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593339473.mp3" length="2791775" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426066</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593339473.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love and Hate in Jamestown: John Smith, Pocahontas, and the Start of a New Nation
Author: David A. Price
Narrator: Josh Innerst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping narrative of one of the great survival stories of American history: the opening of the first permanent English settlement in the New World. Drawing on period letters and chronicles, and on the papers of the Virginia Company–which financed the settlement of Jamestown–David Price tells a tale of cowardice and courage, stupidity and brilliance, tragedy and costly triumph. He takes us into the day-to-day existence of the English men and women whose charge was to find gold and a route to the Orient, and who found, instead, hardship and wretched misery. Death, in fact, became the settlers’ most faithful companion, and their infighting was ceaseless. Price offers a rare balanced view of the relationship between the settlers and the natives. He unravels the crucial role of Pocahontas, a young woman whose reality has been obscured by centuries of legend and misinformation (and, more recently, animation). He paints indelible portraits of Chief Powhatan, the aged monarch who came close to ending the colony’s existence, and Captain John Smith, the former mercenary and slave, whose disdain for class distinctions infuriated many around him–even as his resourcefulness made him essential to the colony’s success. Love and Hate in Jamestown is a superb work of popular history, reminding us of the horrors and heroism that marked the dawning of our nation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love and Hate in Jamestown: John Smith, Pocahontas, and the Start of a New Nation
Author: David A. Price
Narrator: Josh Innerst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping narrative of one of the great survival stories of American history: the opening of the first permanent English settlement in the New World. Drawing on period letters and chronicles, and on the papers of the Virginia Company–which financed the settlement of Jamestown–David Price tells a tale of cowardice and courage, stupidity and brilliance, tragedy and costly triumph. He takes us into the day-to-day existence of the English men and women whose charge was to find gold and a route to the Orient, and who found, instead, hardship and wretched misery. Death, in fact, became the settlers’ most faithful companion, and their infighting was ceaseless. Price offers a rare balanced view of the relationship between the settlers and the natives. He unravels the crucial role of Pocahontas, a young woman whose reality has been obscured by centuries of legend and misinformation (and, more recently, animation). He paints indelible portraits of Chief Powhatan, the aged monarch who came close to ending the colony’s existence, and Captain John Smith, the former mercenary and slave, whose disdain for class distinctions infuriated many around him–even as his resourcefulness made him essential to the colony’s success. Love and Hate in Jamestown is a superb work of popular history, reminding us of the horrors and heroism that marked the dawning of our nation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Democratization of American Christianity by Nathan O. Hatch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426026</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Democratization of American Christianity
Author: Nathan O. Hatch
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The half century following the American Revolution witnessed the transformation of American Christianity. The passion for equality, says Hatch, brought about a crisis or religious authority in popular culture, introduced new and popular forms of theology, witnessed the rise of minority religious movements, reshaped preaching, singing, and publishing, and became a scriptural foundation for nineteenth-century American individualism. Hatch examines five distinct traditions or mass movements that emerged early in the nineteenth century: the Christian movement, the Methodists, the Baptists, the black churches, and the Mormons. Each was led by young men of relentless energy who went about movement building as self-conscious outsiders, However diverse their theologies and church organizations. Hatch points out, they all offered the unschooled and unsophisticated compelling visions of individual potential and collective aspiration. More effectively than religious movements in other modern industrial societies, these denominations embraced people without regard to social standing and challenged them to think, interpret Scripture, and organize the church for themselves. The religious populism that resulted remains among the oldest and deepest impulse in American life.</description>
      <author>Nathan O. Hatch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705230626.mp3" length="3047055" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426026</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705230626.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Democratization of American Christianity
Author: Nathan O. Hatch
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The half century following the American Revolution witnessed the transformation of American Christianity. The passion for equality, says Hatch, brought about a crisis or religious authority in popular culture, introduced new and popular forms of theology, witnessed the rise of minority religious movements, reshaped preaching, singing, and publishing, and became a scriptural foundation for nineteenth-century American individualism. Hatch examines five distinct traditions or mass movements that emerged early in the nineteenth century: the Christian movement, the Methodists, the Baptists, the black churches, and the Mormons. Each was led by young men of relentless energy who went about movement building as self-conscious outsiders, However diverse their theologies and church organizations. Hatch points out, they all offered the unschooled and unsophisticated compelling visions of individual potential and collective aspiration. More effectively than religious movements in other modern industrial societies, these denominations embraced people without regard to social standing and challenged them to think, interpret Scripture, and organize the church for themselves. The religious populism that resulted remains among the oldest and deepest impulse in American life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Democratization of American Christianity
Author: Nathan O. Hatch
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The half century following the American Revolution witnessed the transformation of American Christianity. The passion for equality, says Hatch, brought about a crisis or religious authority in popular culture, introduced new and popular forms of theology, witnessed the rise of minority religious movements, reshaped preaching, singing, and publishing, and became a scriptural foundation for nineteenth-century American individualism. Hatch examines five distinct traditions or mass movements that emerged early in the nineteenth century: the Christian movement, the Methodists, the Baptists, the black churches, and the Mormons. Each was led by young men of relentless energy who went about movement building as self-conscious outsiders, However diverse their theologies and church organizations. Hatch points out, they all offered the unschooled and unsophisticated compelling visions of individual potential and collective aspiration. More effectively than religious movements in other modern industrial societies, these denominations embraced people without regard to social standing and challenged them to think, interpret Scripture, and organize the church for themselves. The religious populism that resulted remains among the oldest and deepest impulse in American life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bosom Friends: The Intimate World of James Buchanan and William Rufus King by Thomas J. Balcerski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426023</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426023">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426023</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bosom Friends: The Intimate World of James Buchanan and William Rufus King
Author: Thomas J. Balcerski
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In Bosom Friends: The Intimate World of James Buchanan and William Rufus King, Thomas J. Balcerski explores the lives of these two politicians and discovers one of the most significant collaborations in American political history. He traces the parallels in the men&amp;#039;s personal and professional lives before elected office, including their failed romantic courtships and the stories they told about them. Unlikely companions from the start, they lived together as congressional messmates in a Washington, DC, boardinghouse and became close confidantes. Around the nation&amp;#039;s capital, the men were mocked for their effeminacy and perhaps their sexuality, and they were likened to Siamese twins.   Over time, their intimate friendship blossomed into a significant cross-sectional political partnership. Balcerski examines Buchanan&amp;#039;s and King&amp;#039;s contributions to the Jacksonian political agenda, manifest destiny, and the increasingly divisive debates over slavery, while contesting interpretations that the men lacked political principles and deserved blame for the breakdown of the union. He closely narrates each man&amp;#039;s rise to national prominence, as William Rufus King was elected vice-president in 1852 and James Buchanan the nation&amp;#039;s fifteenth president in 1856, despite the political gossip that circulated about them.</description>
      <author>Thomas J. Balcerski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705230022.mp3" length="8590163" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426023</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705230022.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426023">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426023</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bosom Friends: The Intimate World of James Buchanan and William Rufus King
Author: Thomas J. Balcerski
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In Bosom Friends: The Intimate World of James Buchanan and William Rufus King, Thomas J. Balcerski explores the lives of these two politicians and discovers one of the most significant collaborations in American political history. He traces the parallels in the men&amp;#039;s personal and professional lives before elected office, including their failed romantic courtships and the stories they told about them. Unlikely companions from the start, they lived together as congressional messmates in a Washington, DC, boardinghouse and became close confidantes. Around the nation&amp;#039;s capital, the men were mocked for their effeminacy and perhaps their sexuality, and they were likened to Siamese twins.   Over time, their intimate friendship blossomed into a significant cross-sectional political partnership. Balcerski examines Buchanan&amp;#039;s and King&amp;#039;s contributions to the Jacksonian political agenda, manifest destiny, and the increasingly divisive debates over slavery, while contesting interpretations that the men lacked political principles and deserved blame for the breakdown of the union. He closely narrates each man&amp;#039;s rise to national prominence, as William Rufus King was elected vice-president in 1852 and James Buchanan the nation&amp;#039;s fifteenth president in 1856, despite the political gossip that circulated about them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426023">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426023</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bosom Friends: The Intimate World of James Buchanan and William Rufus King
Author: Thomas J. Balcerski
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In Bosom Friends: The Intimate World of James Buchanan and William Rufus King, Thomas J. Balcerski explores the lives of these two politicians and discovers one of the most significant collaborations in American political history. He traces the parallels in the men&amp;#039;s personal and professional lives before elected office, including their failed romantic courtships and the stories they told about them. Unlikely companions from the start, they lived together as congressional messmates in a Washington, DC, boardinghouse and became close confidantes. Around the nation&amp;#039;s capital, the men were mocked for their effeminacy and perhaps their sexuality, and they were likened to Siamese twins.   Over time, their intimate friendship blossomed into a significant cross-sectional political partnership. Balcerski examines Buchanan&amp;#039;s and King&amp;#039;s contributions to the Jacksonian political agenda, manifest destiny, and the increasingly divisive debates over slavery, while contesting interpretations that the men lacked political principles and deserved blame for the breakdown of the union. He closely narrates each man&amp;#039;s rise to national prominence, as William Rufus King was elected vice-president in 1852 and James Buchanan the nation&amp;#039;s fifteenth president in 1856, despite the political gossip that circulated about them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thomas Jefferson and Sally Hemings: An American Controversy by Annette Gordon-Reed</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425973</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Jefferson and Sally Hemings: An American Controversy
Author: Annette Gordon-Reed
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
When Annette Gordon-Reed&amp;#039;s groundbreaking study was first published, rumors of Thomas Jefferson&amp;#039;s sexual involvement with his slave Sally Hemings had circulated for two centuries. Among all aspects of Jefferson&amp;#039;s renowned life, it was perhaps the most hotly contested topic. The publication of Thomas Jefferson and Sally Hemings intensified this debate by identifying glaring inconsistencies in many noted scholars&amp;#039; evaluations of the existing evidence. In this study, Gordon-Reed assembles a fascinating and convincing argument: not that the alleged thirty-eight-year liaison necessarily took place but rather that the evidence for its taking place has been denied a fair hearing. Friends of Jefferson sought to debunk the Hemings story as early as 1800, and most subsequent historians and biographers followed suit, finding the affair unthinkable based upon their view of Jefferson&amp;#039;s life, character, and beliefs. Gordon-Reed responds to these critics by pointing out numerous errors and prejudices in their writings, ranging from inaccurate citations, to impossible time lines, to virtual exclusions of evidence—especially evidence concerning the Hemings family. She demonstrates how these scholars may have been misguided by their own biases and may even have tailored evidence to serve and preserve their opinions of Jefferson.</description>
      <author>Annette Gordon-Reed</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541431980.mp3" length="8077200" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425973</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541431980.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Jefferson and Sally Hemings: An American Controversy
Author: Annette Gordon-Reed
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
When Annette Gordon-Reed&amp;#039;s groundbreaking study was first published, rumors of Thomas Jefferson&amp;#039;s sexual involvement with his slave Sally Hemings had circulated for two centuries. Among all aspects of Jefferson&amp;#039;s renowned life, it was perhaps the most hotly contested topic. The publication of Thomas Jefferson and Sally Hemings intensified this debate by identifying glaring inconsistencies in many noted scholars&amp;#039; evaluations of the existing evidence. In this study, Gordon-Reed assembles a fascinating and convincing argument: not that the alleged thirty-eight-year liaison necessarily took place but rather that the evidence for its taking place has been denied a fair hearing. Friends of Jefferson sought to debunk the Hemings story as early as 1800, and most subsequent historians and biographers followed suit, finding the affair unthinkable based upon their view of Jefferson&amp;#039;s life, character, and beliefs. Gordon-Reed responds to these critics by pointing out numerous errors and prejudices in their writings, ranging from inaccurate citations, to impossible time lines, to virtual exclusions of evidence—especially evidence concerning the Hemings family. She demonstrates how these scholars may have been misguided by their own biases and may even have tailored evidence to serve and preserve their opinions of Jefferson.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Jefferson and Sally Hemings: An American Controversy
Author: Annette Gordon-Reed
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
When Annette Gordon-Reed&amp;#039;s groundbreaking study was first published, rumors of Thomas Jefferson&amp;#039;s sexual involvement with his slave Sally Hemings had circulated for two centuries. Among all aspects of Jefferson&amp;#039;s renowned life, it was perhaps the most hotly contested topic. The publication of Thomas Jefferson and Sally Hemings intensified this debate by identifying glaring inconsistencies in many noted scholars&amp;#039; evaluations of the existing evidence. In this study, Gordon-Reed assembles a fascinating and convincing argument: not that the alleged thirty-eight-year liaison necessarily took place but rather that the evidence for its taking place has been denied a fair hearing. Friends of Jefferson sought to debunk the Hemings story as early as 1800, and most subsequent historians and biographers followed suit, finding the affair unthinkable based upon their view of Jefferson&amp;#039;s life, character, and beliefs. Gordon-Reed responds to these critics by pointing out numerous errors and prejudices in their writings, ranging from inaccurate citations, to impossible time lines, to virtual exclusions of evidence—especially evidence concerning the Hemings family. She demonstrates how these scholars may have been misguided by their own biases and may even have tailored evidence to serve and preserve their opinions of Jefferson.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Watergate - Der Fall Präsident Nixons - Hördokumentationen (Feature) by Heiko Petermann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425305</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Watergate - Der Fall Präsident Nixons - Hördokumentationen (Feature)
Author: Heiko Petermann
Narrator: Mathias Scherwenikas, Oliver Nitsche, Brita Sommer, Viktor Pavel, Joachim Schönfeld, Thomas Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2016
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Watergate-Affäre bringt 1974 den US-Präsidenten Richard Nixon zu Fall. Was der Öffentlichkeit zunächst als unspektakulärer Einbruch erscheint, erweist sich durch die Recherche engagierter Reporter als brisanter Polit-Skandal. Bob Woodward und Carl Bernstein von der Washington Post entdecken Spuren zu Hintermännern im Weißen Haus ... Ein fesselndes Feature zu einem der Schlüsselmomente des 20. Jahrhunderts, inszeniert mit Musik, O-Tönen der Zeitzeugen und vielen Sprechern - diese spannende Dokumentation ruft den Aufsehen erregenden Sturz Nixons eindrucksvoll ins Gedächtnis.</description>
      <author>Heiko Petermann</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Mar 2016 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732401406.mp3" length="903647" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425305</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732401406.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Watergate - Der Fall Präsident Nixons - Hördokumentationen (Feature)
Author: Heiko Petermann
Narrator: Mathias Scherwenikas, Oliver Nitsche, Brita Sommer, Viktor Pavel, Joachim Schönfeld, Thomas Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2016
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Watergate-Affäre bringt 1974 den US-Präsidenten Richard Nixon zu Fall. Was der Öffentlichkeit zunächst als unspektakulärer Einbruch erscheint, erweist sich durch die Recherche engagierter Reporter als brisanter Polit-Skandal. Bob Woodward und Carl Bernstein von der Washington Post entdecken Spuren zu Hintermännern im Weißen Haus ... Ein fesselndes Feature zu einem der Schlüsselmomente des 20. Jahrhunderts, inszeniert mit Musik, O-Tönen der Zeitzeugen und vielen Sprechern - diese spannende Dokumentation ruft den Aufsehen erregenden Sturz Nixons eindrucksvoll ins Gedächtnis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Watergate - Der Fall Präsident Nixons - Hördokumentationen (Feature)
Author: Heiko Petermann
Narrator: Mathias Scherwenikas, Oliver Nitsche, Brita Sommer, Viktor Pavel, Joachim Schönfeld, Thomas Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2016
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Watergate-Affäre bringt 1974 den US-Präsidenten Richard Nixon zu Fall. Was der Öffentlichkeit zunächst als unspektakulärer Einbruch erscheint, erweist sich durch die Recherche engagierter Reporter als brisanter Polit-Skandal. Bob Woodward und Carl Bernstein von der Washington Post entdecken Spuren zu Hintermännern im Weißen Haus ... Ein fesselndes Feature zu einem der Schlüsselmomente des 20. Jahrhunderts, inszeniert mit Musik, O-Tönen der Zeitzeugen und vielen Sprechern - diese spannende Dokumentation ruft den Aufsehen erregenden Sturz Nixons eindrucksvoll ins Gedächtnis.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fire in Paradise by Alastair Gee, Dani Anguiano</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424704</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424704">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424704</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire in Paradise
Author: Alastair Gee, Dani Anguiano
Narrator: T. Ryder Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.56 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 9
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The harrowing story of the most destructive American wildfire in a century.There is no precedent in postwar American history for the destruction of the town of Paradise, California. On November 8, 2018,the community of 27,000 people was swallowed by the ferocious Camp Fire, which razed virtually every home and killed at least 85people. The catastrophe seared the American imagination, taking the front page of every major national newspaper and top billing onthe news networks. It displaced tens of thousands of people, yielding a refugee crisis that continues to unfold.Fire in Paradise is a dramatic and moving narrative of the disaster based on hundreds of in-depth interviews with residents,firefighters and police officers, and scientific experts. Alastair Gee and Dani Anguiano are California-based journalists who havereported on Paradise since the day the fire began. Together they reveal the heroics of the first responders, the miraculous escapes ofthose who got out of Paradise, and the horrors experienced by those who were trapped. Their accounts are intimate and unforgettable,including the local who left her home on foot as fire approached while her 82-year-old father stayed to battle it; the firefighter whodrove into the heart of the inferno in his bulldozer; the police officer who switched on his body camera to record what he thoughtwould be his final moments as the flames closed in; and the mother who, less than 12 hours after giving birth in the local hospital,thought she would die in the chaotic evacuation with her baby in her lap. Gee and Anguiano also explain the science of wildfires, writepowerfully about the role of the power company PG&amp;amp;E in the blaze, and describe the poignant efforts to raise Paradise from the ruins.This is the story of a town at the forefront of a devastating global shift—of a remarkable landscape sucked ever drier of moistureand becoming inhospitable even to trees, now dying in their tens of millions and turning to kindling. It is also the story of a lostcommunity, one that epitomized a provincial, affordable kind of Californian existence that is increasingly unattainable. It is, finally, astory of a new kind of fire behavior that firefighters have never witnessed before and barely know how to handle. What happened inParadise was unprecedented in America. Yet according to climate scientists and fire experts, it will surely happen again</description>
      <author>Alastair Gee, Dani Anguiano</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980047940.mp3" length="1429519" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424704</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980047940.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424704">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424704</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire in Paradise
Author: Alastair Gee, Dani Anguiano
Narrator: T. Ryder Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.56 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 9
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The harrowing story of the most destructive American wildfire in a century.There is no precedent in postwar American history for the destruction of the town of Paradise, California. On November 8, 2018,the community of 27,000 people was swallowed by the ferocious Camp Fire, which razed virtually every home and killed at least 85people. The catastrophe seared the American imagination, taking the front page of every major national newspaper and top billing onthe news networks. It displaced tens of thousands of people, yielding a refugee crisis that continues to unfold.Fire in Paradise is a dramatic and moving narrative of the disaster based on hundreds of in-depth interviews with residents,firefighters and police officers, and scientific experts. Alastair Gee and Dani Anguiano are California-based journalists who havereported on Paradise since the day the fire began. Together they reveal the heroics of the first responders, the miraculous escapes ofthose who got out of Paradise, and the horrors experienced by those who were trapped. Their accounts are intimate and unforgettable,including the local who left her home on foot as fire approached while her 82-year-old father stayed to battle it; the firefighter whodrove into the heart of the inferno in his bulldozer; the police officer who switched on his body camera to record what he thoughtwould be his final moments as the flames closed in; and the mother who, less than 12 hours after giving birth in the local hospital,thought she would die in the chaotic evacuation with her baby in her lap. Gee and Anguiano also explain the science of wildfires, writepowerfully about the role of the power company PG&amp;amp;E in the blaze, and describe the poignant efforts to raise Paradise from the ruins.This is the story of a town at the forefront of a devastating global shift—of a remarkable landscape sucked ever drier of moistureand becoming inhospitable even to trees, now dying in their tens of millions and turning to kindling. It is also the story of a lostcommunity, one that epitomized a provincial, affordable kind of Californian existence that is increasingly unattainable. It is, finally, astory of a new kind of fire behavior that firefighters have never witnessed before and barely know how to handle. What happened inParadise was unprecedented in America. Yet according to climate scientists and fire experts, it will surely happen again</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424704">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424704</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire in Paradise
Author: Alastair Gee, Dani Anguiano
Narrator: T. Ryder Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.56 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 9
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The harrowing story of the most destructive American wildfire in a century.There is no precedent in postwar American history for the destruction of the town of Paradise, California. On November 8, 2018,the community of 27,000 people was swallowed by the ferocious Camp Fire, which razed virtually every home and killed at least 85people. The catastrophe seared the American imagination, taking the front page of every major national newspaper and top billing onthe news networks. It displaced tens of thousands of people, yielding a refugee crisis that continues to unfold.Fire in Paradise is a dramatic and moving narrative of the disaster based on hundreds of in-depth interviews with residents,firefighters and police officers, and scientific experts. Alastair Gee and Dani Anguiano are California-based journalists who havereported on Paradise since the day the fire began. Together they reveal the heroics of the first responders, the miraculous escapes ofthose who got out of Paradise, and the horrors experienced by those who were trapped. Their accounts are intimate and unforgettable,including the local who left her home on foot as fire approached while her 82-year-old father stayed to battle it; the firefighter whodrove into the heart of the inferno in his bulldozer; the police officer who switched on his body camera to record what he thoughtwould be his final moments as the flames closed in; and the mother who, less than 12 hours after giving birth in the local hospital,thought she would die in the chaotic evacuation with her baby in her lap. Gee and Anguiano also explain the science of wildfires, writepowerfully about the role of the power company PG&amp;amp;E in the blaze, and describe the poignant efforts to raise Paradise from the ruins.This is the story of a town at the forefront of a devastating global shift—of a remarkable landscape sucked ever drier of moistureand becoming inhospitable even to trees, now dying in their tens of millions and turning to kindling. It is also the story of a lostcommunity, one that epitomized a provincial, affordable kind of Californian existence that is increasingly unattainable. It is, finally, astory of a new kind of fire behavior that firefighters have never witnessed before and barely know how to handle. What happened inParadise was unprecedented in America. Yet according to climate scientists and fire experts, it will surely happen again</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Gather Together: A Nation Divided, A President in Turmoil, and a Historic Campaign to Embrace Gratitude and Grace by Denise Kiernan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Gather Together: A Nation Divided, A President in Turmoil, and a Historic Campaign to Embrace Gratitude and Grace
Author: Denise Kiernan
Narrator: Denise Kiernan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Last Castle and The Girls of Atomic City comes a new way to look at American history through the story of giving thanks. From Ancient Rome through 21st-century America, bestselling author Denise Kiernan brings us a biography of an idea: gratitude, as a compelling human instinct and a global concept, more than just a mere holiday. Spanning centuries, We Gather Together is anchored amid the strife of the Civil War, and driven by the fascinating story of Sarah Josepha Hale, a widowed mother with no formal schooling who became one of the 19th century’s most influential tastemakers and who campaigned for decades to make real an annual day of thanks.  Populated by an enthralling supporting cast of characters including Frederick Douglass, Abraham Lincoln, Sojourner Truth, Walt Whitman, Norman Rockwell, and others, We Gather Together is ultimately a story of tenacity and dedication, an inspiring tale of how imperfect people in challenging times can create powerful legacies.      Working at the helm of one of the most widely read magazines in the nation, Hale published Edgar Allan Poe, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Harriet Beecher Stowe, and others, while introducing American readers to such newfangled concepts as “domestic science,” white wedding gowns, and the Christmas tree. A prolific writer, Hale penned novels, recipe books, essays and more, including the ubiquitous children’s poem, “Mary Had a Little Lamb.” And Hale herself never stopped pushing the leaders of her time, in pursuit of her goal.      The man who finally granted her wish about a national “thanksgiving” was Lincoln, the president of the war-torn nation in which Hale would never have the right to vote.   Illuminating, wildly discussable, part myth-busting, part call to action, We Gather Together is full of unexpected delights and uneasy truths. The stories of indigenous peoples, immigrant communities, women’s rights activists, abolitionists, and more, will inspire readers to rethink and reclaim what it means to give thanks in this day and age. The book’s message of gratitude—especially when embraced during the hardest of times—makes it one to read and share, over and over, at any time of year.</description>
      <author>Denise Kiernan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593292532.mp3" length="2667239" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593292532.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Gather Together: A Nation Divided, A President in Turmoil, and a Historic Campaign to Embrace Gratitude and Grace
Author: Denise Kiernan
Narrator: Denise Kiernan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Last Castle and The Girls of Atomic City comes a new way to look at American history through the story of giving thanks. From Ancient Rome through 21st-century America, bestselling author Denise Kiernan brings us a biography of an idea: gratitude, as a compelling human instinct and a global concept, more than just a mere holiday. Spanning centuries, We Gather Together is anchored amid the strife of the Civil War, and driven by the fascinating story of Sarah Josepha Hale, a widowed mother with no formal schooling who became one of the 19th century’s most influential tastemakers and who campaigned for decades to make real an annual day of thanks.  Populated by an enthralling supporting cast of characters including Frederick Douglass, Abraham Lincoln, Sojourner Truth, Walt Whitman, Norman Rockwell, and others, We Gather Together is ultimately a story of tenacity and dedication, an inspiring tale of how imperfect people in challenging times can create powerful legacies.      Working at the helm of one of the most widely read magazines in the nation, Hale published Edgar Allan Poe, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Harriet Beecher Stowe, and others, while introducing American readers to such newfangled concepts as “domestic science,” white wedding gowns, and the Christmas tree. A prolific writer, Hale penned novels, recipe books, essays and more, including the ubiquitous children’s poem, “Mary Had a Little Lamb.” And Hale herself never stopped pushing the leaders of her time, in pursuit of her goal.      The man who finally granted her wish about a national “thanksgiving” was Lincoln, the president of the war-torn nation in which Hale would never have the right to vote.   Illuminating, wildly discussable, part myth-busting, part call to action, We Gather Together is full of unexpected delights and uneasy truths. The stories of indigenous peoples, immigrant communities, women’s rights activists, abolitionists, and more, will inspire readers to rethink and reclaim what it means to give thanks in this day and age. The book’s message of gratitude—especially when embraced during the hardest of times—makes it one to read and share, over and over, at any time of year.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Gather Together: A Nation Divided, A President in Turmoil, and a Historic Campaign to Embrace Gratitude and Grace
Author: Denise Kiernan
Narrator: Denise Kiernan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Last Castle and The Girls of Atomic City comes a new way to look at American history through the story of giving thanks. From Ancient Rome through 21st-century America, bestselling author Denise Kiernan brings us a biography of an idea: gratitude, as a compelling human instinct and a global concept, more than just a mere holiday. Spanning centuries, We Gather Together is anchored amid the strife of the Civil War, and driven by the fascinating story of Sarah Josepha Hale, a widowed mother with no formal schooling who became one of the 19th century’s most influential tastemakers and who campaigned for decades to make real an annual day of thanks.  Populated by an enthralling supporting cast of characters including Frederick Douglass, Abraham Lincoln, Sojourner Truth, Walt Whitman, Norman Rockwell, and others, We Gather Together is ultimately a story of tenacity and dedication, an inspiring tale of how imperfect people in challenging times can create powerful legacies.      Working at the helm of one of the most widely read magazines in the nation, Hale published Edgar Allan Poe, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Harriet Beecher Stowe, and others, while introducing American readers to such newfangled concepts as “domestic science,” white wedding gowns, and the Christmas tree. A prolific writer, Hale penned novels, recipe books, essays and more, including the ubiquitous children’s poem, “Mary Had a Little Lamb.” And Hale herself never stopped pushing the leaders of her time, in pursuit of her goal.      The man who finally granted her wish about a national “thanksgiving” was Lincoln, the president of the war-torn nation in which Hale would never have the right to vote.   Illuminating, wildly discussable, part myth-busting, part call to action, We Gather Together is full of unexpected delights and uneasy truths. The stories of indigenous peoples, immigrant communities, women’s rights activists, abolitionists, and more, will inspire readers to rethink and reclaim what it means to give thanks in this day and age. The book’s message of gratitude—especially when embraced during the hardest of times—makes it one to read and share, over and over, at any time of year.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Frederick Douglass: America&amp;#039;s Prophet by D.H. Dilbeck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424214</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Frederick Douglass: America&amp;#039;s Prophet
Author: D.H. Dilbeck
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From his enslavement to freedom, Frederick Douglass was one of America&amp;#039;s most extraordinary champions of liberty and equality. Throughout his long life, Douglass was also a man of profound religious conviction. In this concise and original biography, D. H. Dilbeck offers a provocative interpretation of Douglass&amp;#039;s life through the lens of his faith. In an era when the role of religion in public life is as contentious as ever, Dilbeck provides essential new perspective on Douglass&amp;#039;s place in American history. Douglass came to faith as a teenager among African American Methodists in Baltimore. For the rest of his life, he adhered to a distinctly prophetic Christianity. Imitating the ancient Hebrew prophets and Jesus Christ, Douglass boldly condemned evil and oppression, especially when committed by the powerful. Dilbeck shows how Douglass&amp;#039;s prophetic Christianity provided purpose and unity to his wide-ranging work as an author, editor, orator, and reformer. As &amp;#039;America&amp;#039;s Prophet,&amp;#039; Douglass exposed his nation&amp;#039;s moral failures and hypocrisies in the hopes of creating a more just society. He admonished his fellow Americans to truly abide by the political and religious ideals they professed to hold most dear. Two hundred years after his birth, Douglass&amp;#039;s prophetic voice remains as timely as ever.</description>
      <author>D.H. Dilbeck</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705226728.mp3" length="7757935" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424214</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705226728.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Frederick Douglass: America&amp;#039;s Prophet
Author: D.H. Dilbeck
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From his enslavement to freedom, Frederick Douglass was one of America&amp;#039;s most extraordinary champions of liberty and equality. Throughout his long life, Douglass was also a man of profound religious conviction. In this concise and original biography, D. H. Dilbeck offers a provocative interpretation of Douglass&amp;#039;s life through the lens of his faith. In an era when the role of religion in public life is as contentious as ever, Dilbeck provides essential new perspective on Douglass&amp;#039;s place in American history. Douglass came to faith as a teenager among African American Methodists in Baltimore. For the rest of his life, he adhered to a distinctly prophetic Christianity. Imitating the ancient Hebrew prophets and Jesus Christ, Douglass boldly condemned evil and oppression, especially when committed by the powerful. Dilbeck shows how Douglass&amp;#039;s prophetic Christianity provided purpose and unity to his wide-ranging work as an author, editor, orator, and reformer. As &amp;#039;America&amp;#039;s Prophet,&amp;#039; Douglass exposed his nation&amp;#039;s moral failures and hypocrisies in the hopes of creating a more just society. He admonished his fellow Americans to truly abide by the political and religious ideals they professed to hold most dear. Two hundred years after his birth, Douglass&amp;#039;s prophetic voice remains as timely as ever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Frederick Douglass: America&amp;#039;s Prophet
Author: D.H. Dilbeck
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From his enslavement to freedom, Frederick Douglass was one of America&amp;#039;s most extraordinary champions of liberty and equality. Throughout his long life, Douglass was also a man of profound religious conviction. In this concise and original biography, D. H. Dilbeck offers a provocative interpretation of Douglass&amp;#039;s life through the lens of his faith. In an era when the role of religion in public life is as contentious as ever, Dilbeck provides essential new perspective on Douglass&amp;#039;s place in American history. Douglass came to faith as a teenager among African American Methodists in Baltimore. For the rest of his life, he adhered to a distinctly prophetic Christianity. Imitating the ancient Hebrew prophets and Jesus Christ, Douglass boldly condemned evil and oppression, especially when committed by the powerful. Dilbeck shows how Douglass&amp;#039;s prophetic Christianity provided purpose and unity to his wide-ranging work as an author, editor, orator, and reformer. As &amp;#039;America&amp;#039;s Prophet,&amp;#039; Douglass exposed his nation&amp;#039;s moral failures and hypocrisies in the hopes of creating a more just society. He admonished his fellow Americans to truly abide by the political and religious ideals they professed to hold most dear. Two hundred years after his birth, Douglass&amp;#039;s prophetic voice remains as timely as ever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Southern Key: Class, Race, and Radicalism in the 1930s and 1940s by Michael Goldfield</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424215</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Southern Key: Class, Race, and Radicalism in the 1930s and 1940s
Author: Michael Goldfield
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The golden key to understanding the last seventy-five years of American political development, the eminent labor relations scholar Michael Goldfield argues, lies in the contests between labor and capital in the American South during the 1930s and 1940s. Labor agitation and unionization efforts in the South in the New Deal era were extensive and bitterly fought, and ranged across all of the major industries of the region. In The Southern Key, Goldfield charts the rise of labor activism in each and then examines how and why labor organizers struggled so mightily in the region. Drawing from meticulous and unprecedented archival material and detailed data on four core industries—textiles, timber, coal mining, and steel—he argues that much of what is important in American politics and society today was largely shaped by the successes and failures of the labor movements of the 1930s and 1940s. Most notably, Goldfield shows how the broad-based failure to organize the South during this period made it what it is today. He contends that this early defeat for labor unions not only contributed to the exploitation of race and right-wing demagoguery in the South, but has also led to a decline in unionization, growing economic inequality, and an inability to confront and dismantle white supremacy throughout the US.</description>
      <author>Michael Goldfield</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705227305.mp3" length="8439571" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424215</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705227305.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Southern Key: Class, Race, and Radicalism in the 1930s and 1940s
Author: Michael Goldfield
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The golden key to understanding the last seventy-five years of American political development, the eminent labor relations scholar Michael Goldfield argues, lies in the contests between labor and capital in the American South during the 1930s and 1940s. Labor agitation and unionization efforts in the South in the New Deal era were extensive and bitterly fought, and ranged across all of the major industries of the region. In The Southern Key, Goldfield charts the rise of labor activism in each and then examines how and why labor organizers struggled so mightily in the region. Drawing from meticulous and unprecedented archival material and detailed data on four core industries—textiles, timber, coal mining, and steel—he argues that much of what is important in American politics and society today was largely shaped by the successes and failures of the labor movements of the 1930s and 1940s. Most notably, Goldfield shows how the broad-based failure to organize the South during this period made it what it is today. He contends that this early defeat for labor unions not only contributed to the exploitation of race and right-wing demagoguery in the South, but has also led to a decline in unionization, growing economic inequality, and an inability to confront and dismantle white supremacy throughout the US.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Southern Key: Class, Race, and Radicalism in the 1930s and 1940s
Author: Michael Goldfield
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The golden key to understanding the last seventy-five years of American political development, the eminent labor relations scholar Michael Goldfield argues, lies in the contests between labor and capital in the American South during the 1930s and 1940s. Labor agitation and unionization efforts in the South in the New Deal era were extensive and bitterly fought, and ranged across all of the major industries of the region. In The Southern Key, Goldfield charts the rise of labor activism in each and then examines how and why labor organizers struggled so mightily in the region. Drawing from meticulous and unprecedented archival material and detailed data on four core industries—textiles, timber, coal mining, and steel—he argues that much of what is important in American politics and society today was largely shaped by the successes and failures of the labor movements of the 1930s and 1940s. Most notably, Goldfield shows how the broad-based failure to organize the South during this period made it what it is today. He contends that this early defeat for labor unions not only contributed to the exploitation of race and right-wing demagoguery in the South, but has also led to a decline in unionization, growing economic inequality, and an inability to confront and dismantle white supremacy throughout the US.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Free Justice: A History of the Public Defender in Twentieth-Century America by Sara Mayeux</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free Justice: A History of the Public Defender in Twentieth-Century America
Author: Sara Mayeux
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Though often taken for granted, the modern American public defender is a recent invention with a surprisingly contentious history—one that offers insights not only about the &amp;#039;carceral state,&amp;#039; but also about the contours and compromises of twentieth-century liberalism. First gaining appeal amidst the Progressive Era fervor for court reform, the public defender idea was swiftly quashed by elite corporate lawyers who believed the legal profession should remain independent from the state. Public defenders took hold in some localities but not yet as a nationwide standard. By the 1960s, views had shifted. Gideon v. Wainwright enshrined the right to counsel into law and the legal profession mobilized to expand the ranks of public defenders nationwide. Yet within a few years, lawyers had already diagnosed a &amp;#039;crisis&amp;#039; of underfunded, overworked defenders providing inadequate representation—a crisis that persists today. This book shows how these conditions, often attributed to recent fiscal emergencies, have deep roots, and chronicles the intertwined histories of constitutional doctrine, big philanthropy, professional in-fighting, and Cold War culture that made public defenders ubiquitous but embattled figures in American courtrooms.</description>
      <author>Sara Mayeux</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705226681.mp3" length="8395145" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705226681.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free Justice: A History of the Public Defender in Twentieth-Century America
Author: Sara Mayeux
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Though often taken for granted, the modern American public defender is a recent invention with a surprisingly contentious history—one that offers insights not only about the &amp;#039;carceral state,&amp;#039; but also about the contours and compromises of twentieth-century liberalism. First gaining appeal amidst the Progressive Era fervor for court reform, the public defender idea was swiftly quashed by elite corporate lawyers who believed the legal profession should remain independent from the state. Public defenders took hold in some localities but not yet as a nationwide standard. By the 1960s, views had shifted. Gideon v. Wainwright enshrined the right to counsel into law and the legal profession mobilized to expand the ranks of public defenders nationwide. Yet within a few years, lawyers had already diagnosed a &amp;#039;crisis&amp;#039; of underfunded, overworked defenders providing inadequate representation—a crisis that persists today. This book shows how these conditions, often attributed to recent fiscal emergencies, have deep roots, and chronicles the intertwined histories of constitutional doctrine, big philanthropy, professional in-fighting, and Cold War culture that made public defenders ubiquitous but embattled figures in American courtrooms.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free Justice: A History of the Public Defender in Twentieth-Century America
Author: Sara Mayeux
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Though often taken for granted, the modern American public defender is a recent invention with a surprisingly contentious history—one that offers insights not only about the &amp;#039;carceral state,&amp;#039; but also about the contours and compromises of twentieth-century liberalism. First gaining appeal amidst the Progressive Era fervor for court reform, the public defender idea was swiftly quashed by elite corporate lawyers who believed the legal profession should remain independent from the state. Public defenders took hold in some localities but not yet as a nationwide standard. By the 1960s, views had shifted. Gideon v. Wainwright enshrined the right to counsel into law and the legal profession mobilized to expand the ranks of public defenders nationwide. Yet within a few years, lawyers had already diagnosed a &amp;#039;crisis&amp;#039; of underfunded, overworked defenders providing inadequate representation—a crisis that persists today. This book shows how these conditions, often attributed to recent fiscal emergencies, have deep roots, and chronicles the intertwined histories of constitutional doctrine, big philanthropy, professional in-fighting, and Cold War culture that made public defenders ubiquitous but embattled figures in American courtrooms.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When God Made Martin Luther King Jr. Smile: The Man, The Leader, The Dreamer by Raymond Sturgis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423754</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When God Made Martin Luther King Jr. Smile: The Man, The Leader, The Dreamer
Author: Raymond Sturgis
Narrator: Books With Voices
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. is all smiles as he watches over us as we celebrate his life and dedication to freedom. Author Raymond Sturgis has put in wonderful words the life work of Dr. King which was inspired by his faith in God. Martin Luther King Jr. lived a short nut fulfilled life, and although he was receiving death threats or going to jail, it was his family, supporters, friends, and God that made him find time to smile for better days. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.&amp;#039;s method of non-violence is needed today more than ever before because people are more recalcitrant and violent in their misunderstandings. Therefore, if Dr. King can find something worthy to live for, let us all smile more by heeding his message and find comfort in living together non-violently.</description>
      <author>Raymond Sturgis</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Mar 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518916519.mp3" length="1106641" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423754</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518916519.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When God Made Martin Luther King Jr. Smile: The Man, The Leader, The Dreamer
Author: Raymond Sturgis
Narrator: Books With Voices
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. is all smiles as he watches over us as we celebrate his life and dedication to freedom. Author Raymond Sturgis has put in wonderful words the life work of Dr. King which was inspired by his faith in God. Martin Luther King Jr. lived a short nut fulfilled life, and although he was receiving death threats or going to jail, it was his family, supporters, friends, and God that made him find time to smile for better days. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.&amp;#039;s method of non-violence is needed today more than ever before because people are more recalcitrant and violent in their misunderstandings. Therefore, if Dr. King can find something worthy to live for, let us all smile more by heeding his message and find comfort in living together non-violently.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When God Made Martin Luther King Jr. Smile: The Man, The Leader, The Dreamer
Author: Raymond Sturgis
Narrator: Books With Voices
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. is all smiles as he watches over us as we celebrate his life and dedication to freedom. Author Raymond Sturgis has put in wonderful words the life work of Dr. King which was inspired by his faith in God. Martin Luther King Jr. lived a short nut fulfilled life, and although he was receiving death threats or going to jail, it was his family, supporters, friends, and God that made him find time to smile for better days. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.&amp;#039;s method of non-violence is needed today more than ever before because people are more recalcitrant and violent in their misunderstandings. Therefore, if Dr. King can find something worthy to live for, let us all smile more by heeding his message and find comfort in living together non-violently.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - México a tres bandas: Un recorrido crítico de la historia de México by Leopoldo Mendívil López, Pedro J. Fernández, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423647</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - México a tres bandas: Un recorrido crítico de la historia de México
Author: Leopoldo Mendívil López, Pedro J. Fernández, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui
Narrator: Leopoldo Mendívil López, Jaime Alberto Carrilllo, Victor Manuel Espinoza, Rubén Hernández, Pedro J. Fernández, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui, Noé Velázquez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Tres grandes autores reúnen sus plumas en un solo volumen para hacer un recorrido histórico, pero crítico, de la historia de México. Toman como punto de partida la época prehispánica hasta el siglo XX.     Prólogo escrito por Francisco Martín Moreno.  «Ahora puedo ver, con más claridad que antes, cómo todas las tramas tienen una conexión, cómo los personajes obedecieron a las leyes de su tiempo, cómo también están conectados a nosotros y cómo es nuestro turno de seguir construyendo la patria que nos heredaron para que otros puedan hacer lo mismo.» Pedro J. Fernández   «México es un país que tiene todo para ser rico, seguro y pacífico, y liderar entre las potencias del mundo. Las razones por las cuales no lo es tienen su explicación en la historia, y si conocemos la historia -las causas de las cosas- podemos cambiarlo todo.» Leopoldo Mendívil   «México es una fuerza vital, voluntad de poder, un impulso. México es también una tragedia, un miedo al futuro, una locura. Es resultado de la historia que se cuenta de sí mismo y de la inconsciencia con que lo hemos construido entre todos. La única forma de transformar un país tan contradictorio, tan lleno de oportunidades, pero con patrones de conducta tan destructivos, es mirar al pasado con nuevos ojos y darle un nuevo significado a toda nuestra historia.» Juan Miguel Zunzunegui</description>
      <author>Leopoldo Mendívil López, Pedro J. Fernández, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073189767.mp3" length="1438781" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423647</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073189767.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - México a tres bandas: Un recorrido crítico de la historia de México
Author: Leopoldo Mendívil López, Pedro J. Fernández, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui
Narrator: Leopoldo Mendívil López, Jaime Alberto Carrilllo, Victor Manuel Espinoza, Rubén Hernández, Pedro J. Fernández, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui, Noé Velázquez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Tres grandes autores reúnen sus plumas en un solo volumen para hacer un recorrido histórico, pero crítico, de la historia de México. Toman como punto de partida la época prehispánica hasta el siglo XX.     Prólogo escrito por Francisco Martín Moreno.  «Ahora puedo ver, con más claridad que antes, cómo todas las tramas tienen una conexión, cómo los personajes obedecieron a las leyes de su tiempo, cómo también están conectados a nosotros y cómo es nuestro turno de seguir construyendo la patria que nos heredaron para que otros puedan hacer lo mismo.» Pedro J. Fernández   «México es un país que tiene todo para ser rico, seguro y pacífico, y liderar entre las potencias del mundo. Las razones por las cuales no lo es tienen su explicación en la historia, y si conocemos la historia -las causas de las cosas- podemos cambiarlo todo.» Leopoldo Mendívil   «México es una fuerza vital, voluntad de poder, un impulso. México es también una tragedia, un miedo al futuro, una locura. Es resultado de la historia que se cuenta de sí mismo y de la inconsciencia con que lo hemos construido entre todos. La única forma de transformar un país tan contradictorio, tan lleno de oportunidades, pero con patrones de conducta tan destructivos, es mirar al pasado con nuevos ojos y darle un nuevo significado a toda nuestra historia.» Juan Miguel Zunzunegui</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - México a tres bandas: Un recorrido crítico de la historia de México
Author: Leopoldo Mendívil López, Pedro J. Fernández, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui
Narrator: Leopoldo Mendívil López, Jaime Alberto Carrilllo, Victor Manuel Espinoza, Rubén Hernández, Pedro J. Fernández, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui, Noé Velázquez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Tres grandes autores reúnen sus plumas en un solo volumen para hacer un recorrido histórico, pero crítico, de la historia de México. Toman como punto de partida la época prehispánica hasta el siglo XX.     Prólogo escrito por Francisco Martín Moreno.  «Ahora puedo ver, con más claridad que antes, cómo todas las tramas tienen una conexión, cómo los personajes obedecieron a las leyes de su tiempo, cómo también están conectados a nosotros y cómo es nuestro turno de seguir construyendo la patria que nos heredaron para que otros puedan hacer lo mismo.» Pedro J. Fernández   «México es un país que tiene todo para ser rico, seguro y pacífico, y liderar entre las potencias del mundo. Las razones por las cuales no lo es tienen su explicación en la historia, y si conocemos la historia -las causas de las cosas- podemos cambiarlo todo.» Leopoldo Mendívil   «México es una fuerza vital, voluntad de poder, un impulso. México es también una tragedia, un miedo al futuro, una locura. Es resultado de la historia que se cuenta de sí mismo y de la inconsciencia con que lo hemos construido entre todos. La única forma de transformar un país tan contradictorio, tan lleno de oportunidades, pero con patrones de conducta tan destructivos, es mirar al pasado con nuevos ojos y darle un nuevo significado a toda nuestra historia.» Juan Miguel Zunzunegui</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Crisis of Peace: George Washington, the Newburgh Conspiracy, and the Fate of the American Revolution by David Head</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423562</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Crisis of Peace: George Washington, the Newburgh Conspiracy, and the Fate of the American Revolution
Author: David Head
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of George Washington’s first crisis of the fledgling republic: In the war’s waning days, the American Revolution neared collapse when Washington’s senior officers were rumored to be on the edge of mutiny.  On March 15, 1783, General George Washington addressed a group of angry officers in an effort to rescue the American Revolution from mutiny at the highest level. After the British surrender at Yorktown, the American Revolution still blazed on, and as peace was negotiated in Europe, grave problems surfaced at home. The government was broke, paying its debts with loans from France. Political rivalry among the states paralyzed Congress. The army’s officers, encamped near Newburgh, New York, and restless without an enemy to fight, brooded over a civilian population seemingly indifferent to their sacrifices. The result was the Newburgh Affair, a mysterious event in which Continental Army officers, disgruntled by a lack of pay and pensions, may have collaborated with nationalist-minded politicians such as Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and Robert Morris to pressure Congress and the states to approve new taxes and strengthen the central government. Fearing what his men might do with their passions inflamed, Washington averted the crisis, but with the nation’s problems persisting, the officers ultimately left the army disappointed, their low opinion of their civilian countrymen confirmed. A Crisis of Peace provides a fresh look at the end of the American Revolution while speaking to issues that concern us still: the fragility of civil-military relations, how even victorious wars end ambiguously, and what veterans and civilians owe each other.</description>
      <author>David Head</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094122373.mp3" length="882521" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423562</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094122373.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Crisis of Peace: George Washington, the Newburgh Conspiracy, and the Fate of the American Revolution
Author: David Head
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of George Washington’s first crisis of the fledgling republic: In the war’s waning days, the American Revolution neared collapse when Washington’s senior officers were rumored to be on the edge of mutiny.  On March 15, 1783, General George Washington addressed a group of angry officers in an effort to rescue the American Revolution from mutiny at the highest level. After the British surrender at Yorktown, the American Revolution still blazed on, and as peace was negotiated in Europe, grave problems surfaced at home. The government was broke, paying its debts with loans from France. Political rivalry among the states paralyzed Congress. The army’s officers, encamped near Newburgh, New York, and restless without an enemy to fight, brooded over a civilian population seemingly indifferent to their sacrifices. The result was the Newburgh Affair, a mysterious event in which Continental Army officers, disgruntled by a lack of pay and pensions, may have collaborated with nationalist-minded politicians such as Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and Robert Morris to pressure Congress and the states to approve new taxes and strengthen the central government. Fearing what his men might do with their passions inflamed, Washington averted the crisis, but with the nation’s problems persisting, the officers ultimately left the army disappointed, their low opinion of their civilian countrymen confirmed. A Crisis of Peace provides a fresh look at the end of the American Revolution while speaking to issues that concern us still: the fragility of civil-military relations, how even victorious wars end ambiguously, and what veterans and civilians owe each other.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Crisis of Peace: George Washington, the Newburgh Conspiracy, and the Fate of the American Revolution
Author: David Head
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of George Washington’s first crisis of the fledgling republic: In the war’s waning days, the American Revolution neared collapse when Washington’s senior officers were rumored to be on the edge of mutiny.  On March 15, 1783, General George Washington addressed a group of angry officers in an effort to rescue the American Revolution from mutiny at the highest level. After the British surrender at Yorktown, the American Revolution still blazed on, and as peace was negotiated in Europe, grave problems surfaced at home. The government was broke, paying its debts with loans from France. Political rivalry among the states paralyzed Congress. The army’s officers, encamped near Newburgh, New York, and restless without an enemy to fight, brooded over a civilian population seemingly indifferent to their sacrifices. The result was the Newburgh Affair, a mysterious event in which Continental Army officers, disgruntled by a lack of pay and pensions, may have collaborated with nationalist-minded politicians such as Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and Robert Morris to pressure Congress and the states to approve new taxes and strengthen the central government. Fearing what his men might do with their passions inflamed, Washington averted the crisis, but with the nation’s problems persisting, the officers ultimately left the army disappointed, their low opinion of their civilian countrymen confirmed. A Crisis of Peace provides a fresh look at the end of the American Revolution while speaking to issues that concern us still: the fragility of civil-military relations, how even victorious wars end ambiguously, and what veterans and civilians owe each other.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>White Fright: The Sexual Panic at the Heart of America&amp;#039;s Racist History by Jane Dailey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Fright: The Sexual Panic at the Heart of America&amp;#039;s Racist History
Author: Jane Dailey
Narrator: Kylah Frye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A major new history of the fight for racial equality in America, arguing that fear of black sexuality has undergirded white supremacy from the start. In White Fright, historian Jane Dailey brilliantly reframes our understanding of the long struggle for African American rights. Those fighting against equality were not motivated only by a sense of innate superiority, as is often supposed, but also by an intense fear of black sexuality. In this urgent investigation, Dailey examines how white anxiety about interracial sex and marriage found expression in some of the most contentious episodes of American history since Reconstruction: in battles over lynching, in the policing of black troops&amp;#039; behavior overseas during World War II, in the violent outbursts following the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s decision in Brown v. Board of Education, and in the tragic story of Emmett Till. The question was finally settled -- as a legal matter -- with the Court&amp;#039;s definitive 1967 decision in Loving v. Virginia, which declared interracial marriage a &amp;#039;fundamental freedom.&amp;#039; Placing sex at the center of our civil rights history, White Fright offers a bold new take on one of the most confounding threads running through American history.</description>
      <author>Jane Dailey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549157721.mp3" length="891142" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549157721.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Fright: The Sexual Panic at the Heart of America&amp;#039;s Racist History
Author: Jane Dailey
Narrator: Kylah Frye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A major new history of the fight for racial equality in America, arguing that fear of black sexuality has undergirded white supremacy from the start. In White Fright, historian Jane Dailey brilliantly reframes our understanding of the long struggle for African American rights. Those fighting against equality were not motivated only by a sense of innate superiority, as is often supposed, but also by an intense fear of black sexuality. In this urgent investigation, Dailey examines how white anxiety about interracial sex and marriage found expression in some of the most contentious episodes of American history since Reconstruction: in battles over lynching, in the policing of black troops&amp;#039; behavior overseas during World War II, in the violent outbursts following the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s decision in Brown v. Board of Education, and in the tragic story of Emmett Till. The question was finally settled -- as a legal matter -- with the Court&amp;#039;s definitive 1967 decision in Loving v. Virginia, which declared interracial marriage a &amp;#039;fundamental freedom.&amp;#039; Placing sex at the center of our civil rights history, White Fright offers a bold new take on one of the most confounding threads running through American history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Fright: The Sexual Panic at the Heart of America&amp;#039;s Racist History
Author: Jane Dailey
Narrator: Kylah Frye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A major new history of the fight for racial equality in America, arguing that fear of black sexuality has undergirded white supremacy from the start. In White Fright, historian Jane Dailey brilliantly reframes our understanding of the long struggle for African American rights. Those fighting against equality were not motivated only by a sense of innate superiority, as is often supposed, but also by an intense fear of black sexuality. In this urgent investigation, Dailey examines how white anxiety about interracial sex and marriage found expression in some of the most contentious episodes of American history since Reconstruction: in battles over lynching, in the policing of black troops&amp;#039; behavior overseas during World War II, in the violent outbursts following the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s decision in Brown v. Board of Education, and in the tragic story of Emmett Till. The question was finally settled -- as a legal matter -- with the Court&amp;#039;s definitive 1967 decision in Loving v. Virginia, which declared interracial marriage a &amp;#039;fundamental freedom.&amp;#039; Placing sex at the center of our civil rights history, White Fright offers a bold new take on one of the most confounding threads running through American history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Calhoun: American Heretic by Robert Elder</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423423</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Calhoun: American Heretic
Author: Robert Elder
Narrator: Rick Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A new biography of the intellectual father of Southern secession -- the man who set the scene for the Civil War, and whose political legacy still shapes America today.  John C. Calhoun is among the most notorious and enigmatic figures in American political history. First elected to Congress in 1810, Calhoun went on to serve as secretary of war and vice president. But he is perhaps most known for arguing in favor of slavery as a &amp;quot;positive good&amp;quot; and for his famous doctrine of &amp;quot;state interposition,&amp;quot; which laid the groundwork for the South to secede from the Union -- and arguably set the nation on course for civil war.  Calhoun has catapulted back into the public eye in recent years, as the strain of radical politics he developed has found expression once again in the tactics and extremism of the modern Far Right. In this revelatory biographical study, historian Robert Elder shows that Calhoun is crucial for understanding the political climate in which we find ourselves today. By excising him from the mainstream of American history, we have been left with a distorted understanding of our past and no way to explain our present.</description>
      <author>Robert Elder</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549104794.mp3" length="885067" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423423</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549104794.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Calhoun: American Heretic
Author: Robert Elder
Narrator: Rick Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A new biography of the intellectual father of Southern secession -- the man who set the scene for the Civil War, and whose political legacy still shapes America today.  John C. Calhoun is among the most notorious and enigmatic figures in American political history. First elected to Congress in 1810, Calhoun went on to serve as secretary of war and vice president. But he is perhaps most known for arguing in favor of slavery as a &amp;quot;positive good&amp;quot; and for his famous doctrine of &amp;quot;state interposition,&amp;quot; which laid the groundwork for the South to secede from the Union -- and arguably set the nation on course for civil war.  Calhoun has catapulted back into the public eye in recent years, as the strain of radical politics he developed has found expression once again in the tactics and extremism of the modern Far Right. In this revelatory biographical study, historian Robert Elder shows that Calhoun is crucial for understanding the political climate in which we find ourselves today. By excising him from the mainstream of American history, we have been left with a distorted understanding of our past and no way to explain our present.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Calhoun: American Heretic
Author: Robert Elder
Narrator: Rick Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A new biography of the intellectual father of Southern secession -- the man who set the scene for the Civil War, and whose political legacy still shapes America today.  John C. Calhoun is among the most notorious and enigmatic figures in American political history. First elected to Congress in 1810, Calhoun went on to serve as secretary of war and vice president. But he is perhaps most known for arguing in favor of slavery as a &amp;quot;positive good&amp;quot; and for his famous doctrine of &amp;quot;state interposition,&amp;quot; which laid the groundwork for the South to secede from the Union -- and arguably set the nation on course for civil war.  Calhoun has catapulted back into the public eye in recent years, as the strain of radical politics he developed has found expression once again in the tactics and extremism of the modern Far Right. In this revelatory biographical study, historian Robert Elder shows that Calhoun is crucial for understanding the political climate in which we find ourselves today. By excising him from the mainstream of American history, we have been left with a distorted understanding of our past and no way to explain our present.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript by Various</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript
Author: Various
Narrator: full cast, Luke Kirby, J. K. Simmons, John Hawkes, Corey Stoll, Chris Chalk, Chris Jackson, Norbert Leo Butz, Jeff Daniels, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Republished fifty years later to coincide with the release of the Academy Award–nominated film of the same title written and directed by Aaron Sorkin with an all-star cast, this is the classic account of perhaps the most infamous, and definitely the most entertaining, trial in recent American history. In the fall of 1969 eight prominent anti-Vietnam War activists were put on trial for conspiring to riot at the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. One of the eight, Black Panther cofounder Bobby Seale, was literally bound and gagged in court by order of the judge, Julius Hoffman, and his case was separated from that of the others.   The activists, who included Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, and Tom Hayden, and their attorneys, William Kunstler and Leonard Weinglass, insisted that the First Amendment was on trial. Their witnesses were a virtual who’s who of the 1960s counterculture: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, Arlo Guthrie, Judy Collins, Norman Mailer, among them.   The defendants constantly interrupted to protest what they felt were unfair rulings by the judge. The trial became a circus, all the while receiving intense media coverage. The convictions that resulted were subsequently overturned on appeal, but the trial remained a political and cultural touchstone, a mirror of the deep divisions in the country. The Trial of the Chicago 7 consists of the highlights from trial testimony with a brief epilogue describing what later happened to the principal figures.</description>
      <author>Various</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797114927.mp3" length="891827" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797114927.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript
Author: Various
Narrator: full cast, Luke Kirby, J. K. Simmons, John Hawkes, Corey Stoll, Chris Chalk, Chris Jackson, Norbert Leo Butz, Jeff Daniels, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Republished fifty years later to coincide with the release of the Academy Award–nominated film of the same title written and directed by Aaron Sorkin with an all-star cast, this is the classic account of perhaps the most infamous, and definitely the most entertaining, trial in recent American history. In the fall of 1969 eight prominent anti-Vietnam War activists were put on trial for conspiring to riot at the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. One of the eight, Black Panther cofounder Bobby Seale, was literally bound and gagged in court by order of the judge, Julius Hoffman, and his case was separated from that of the others.   The activists, who included Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, and Tom Hayden, and their attorneys, William Kunstler and Leonard Weinglass, insisted that the First Amendment was on trial. Their witnesses were a virtual who’s who of the 1960s counterculture: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, Arlo Guthrie, Judy Collins, Norman Mailer, among them.   The defendants constantly interrupted to protest what they felt were unfair rulings by the judge. The trial became a circus, all the while receiving intense media coverage. The convictions that resulted were subsequently overturned on appeal, but the trial remained a political and cultural touchstone, a mirror of the deep divisions in the country. The Trial of the Chicago 7 consists of the highlights from trial testimony with a brief epilogue describing what later happened to the principal figures.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript
Author: Various
Narrator: full cast, Luke Kirby, J. K. Simmons, John Hawkes, Corey Stoll, Chris Chalk, Chris Jackson, Norbert Leo Butz, Jeff Daniels, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Republished fifty years later to coincide with the release of the Academy Award–nominated film of the same title written and directed by Aaron Sorkin with an all-star cast, this is the classic account of perhaps the most infamous, and definitely the most entertaining, trial in recent American history. In the fall of 1969 eight prominent anti-Vietnam War activists were put on trial for conspiring to riot at the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. One of the eight, Black Panther cofounder Bobby Seale, was literally bound and gagged in court by order of the judge, Julius Hoffman, and his case was separated from that of the others.   The activists, who included Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, and Tom Hayden, and their attorneys, William Kunstler and Leonard Weinglass, insisted that the First Amendment was on trial. Their witnesses were a virtual who’s who of the 1960s counterculture: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, Arlo Guthrie, Judy Collins, Norman Mailer, among them.   The defendants constantly interrupted to protest what they felt were unfair rulings by the judge. The trial became a circus, all the while receiving intense media coverage. The convictions that resulted were subsequently overturned on appeal, but the trial remained a political and cultural touchstone, a mirror of the deep divisions in the country. The Trial of the Chicago 7 consists of the highlights from trial testimony with a brief epilogue describing what later happened to the principal figures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Virginia Dynasty: Four Presidents and the Creation of the American Nation by Lynne Cheney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422861</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Virginia Dynasty: Four Presidents and the Creation of the American Nation
Author: Lynne Cheney
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid account of leadership focusing on the first four Virginia presidents--George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and James Monroe--from the bestselling historian and author of James Madison. From a small expanse of land on the North American continent came four of the nation&amp;#039;s first five presidents--a geographic dynasty whose members led a revolution, created a nation, and ultimately changed the world. George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and James Monroe were born, grew to manhood, and made their homes within a sixty-mile circle east of the Blue Ridge Mountains. Friends and rivals, they led in securing independence, hammering out the United States Constitution, and building a working republic. Acting together, they doubled the territory of the United States. From their disputes came American political parties and the weaponizing of newspapers, the media of the day. In this elegantly conceived and insightful new book from bestselling author Lynne Cheney, the four Virginians are not marble icons but vital figures deeply intent on building a nation where citizens could be free. Focusing on the intersecting roles these men played as warriors, intellectuals, and statesmen, Cheney takes us back to an exhilarating time when the Enlightenment opened new vistas for humankind. But even as the Virginians advanced liberty, equality, and human possibility, they held people in slavery and were slaveholders when they died. Lives built on slavery were incompatible with a free and just society; their actions contradicted the very ideals they espoused. They managed nonetheless to pass down those ideals, and they became powerful weapons for ending slavery. They inspired Abraham Lincoln and Frederick Douglass and today undergird the freest nation on earth.  Taking full measure of strengths and failures in the personal as well as the political lives of the men at the center of this book, Cheney offers a concise and original exploration of how the United States came to be.</description>
      <author>Lynne Cheney</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593289808.mp3" length="2706935" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422861</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593289808.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Virginia Dynasty: Four Presidents and the Creation of the American Nation
Author: Lynne Cheney
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid account of leadership focusing on the first four Virginia presidents--George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and James Monroe--from the bestselling historian and author of James Madison. From a small expanse of land on the North American continent came four of the nation&amp;#039;s first five presidents--a geographic dynasty whose members led a revolution, created a nation, and ultimately changed the world. George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and James Monroe were born, grew to manhood, and made their homes within a sixty-mile circle east of the Blue Ridge Mountains. Friends and rivals, they led in securing independence, hammering out the United States Constitution, and building a working republic. Acting together, they doubled the territory of the United States. From their disputes came American political parties and the weaponizing of newspapers, the media of the day. In this elegantly conceived and insightful new book from bestselling author Lynne Cheney, the four Virginians are not marble icons but vital figures deeply intent on building a nation where citizens could be free. Focusing on the intersecting roles these men played as warriors, intellectuals, and statesmen, Cheney takes us back to an exhilarating time when the Enlightenment opened new vistas for humankind. But even as the Virginians advanced liberty, equality, and human possibility, they held people in slavery and were slaveholders when they died. Lives built on slavery were incompatible with a free and just society; their actions contradicted the very ideals they espoused. They managed nonetheless to pass down those ideals, and they became powerful weapons for ending slavery. They inspired Abraham Lincoln and Frederick Douglass and today undergird the freest nation on earth.  Taking full measure of strengths and failures in the personal as well as the political lives of the men at the center of this book, Cheney offers a concise and original exploration of how the United States came to be.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Virginia Dynasty: Four Presidents and the Creation of the American Nation
Author: Lynne Cheney
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid account of leadership focusing on the first four Virginia presidents--George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and James Monroe--from the bestselling historian and author of James Madison. From a small expanse of land on the North American continent came four of the nation&amp;#039;s first five presidents--a geographic dynasty whose members led a revolution, created a nation, and ultimately changed the world. George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and James Monroe were born, grew to manhood, and made their homes within a sixty-mile circle east of the Blue Ridge Mountains. Friends and rivals, they led in securing independence, hammering out the United States Constitution, and building a working republic. Acting together, they doubled the territory of the United States. From their disputes came American political parties and the weaponizing of newspapers, the media of the day. In this elegantly conceived and insightful new book from bestselling author Lynne Cheney, the four Virginians are not marble icons but vital figures deeply intent on building a nation where citizens could be free. Focusing on the intersecting roles these men played as warriors, intellectuals, and statesmen, Cheney takes us back to an exhilarating time when the Enlightenment opened new vistas for humankind. But even as the Virginians advanced liberty, equality, and human possibility, they held people in slavery and were slaveholders when they died. Lives built on slavery were incompatible with a free and just society; their actions contradicted the very ideals they espoused. They managed nonetheless to pass down those ideals, and they became powerful weapons for ending slavery. They inspired Abraham Lincoln and Frederick Douglass and today undergird the freest nation on earth.  Taking full measure of strengths and failures in the personal as well as the political lives of the men at the center of this book, Cheney offers a concise and original exploration of how the United States came to be.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Inevitability of Tragedy: Henry Kissinger and His World by Barry Gewen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422756</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Inevitability of Tragedy: Henry Kissinger and His World
Author: Barry Gewen
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A new portrait of Henry Kissinger focusing on the fundamental ideas underlying his policies: Realism, balance of power, and national interest. Few public officials have provoked such intense controversy as Henry Kissinger. During his time in the Nixon and Ford administrations, he came to be admired and hated in equal measure. Notoriously, he believed that foreign affairs ought to be based primarily on the power relationships of a situation, not simply on ethics. He went so far as to argue that under certain circumstances America had to protect its national interests even if that meant repressing other countries’ attempts at democracy. For this reason, many today on both the right and left dismiss him as a latter-day Machiavelli, ignoring the breadth and complexity of his thought. With The Inevitability of Tragedy, Barry Gewen corrects this shallow view, presenting the fascinating story of Kissinger&amp;#039;s development as both a strategist and an intellectual and examining his unique role in government through his ideas. It analyzes his contentious policies in Vietnam and Chile, guided by a fresh understanding of his definition of Realism, the belief that world politics is based on an inevitable, tragic competition for power.</description>
      <author>Barry Gewen</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684578122.mp3" length="8568670" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422756</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684578122.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Inevitability of Tragedy: Henry Kissinger and His World
Author: Barry Gewen
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A new portrait of Henry Kissinger focusing on the fundamental ideas underlying his policies: Realism, balance of power, and national interest. Few public officials have provoked such intense controversy as Henry Kissinger. During his time in the Nixon and Ford administrations, he came to be admired and hated in equal measure. Notoriously, he believed that foreign affairs ought to be based primarily on the power relationships of a situation, not simply on ethics. He went so far as to argue that under certain circumstances America had to protect its national interests even if that meant repressing other countries’ attempts at democracy. For this reason, many today on both the right and left dismiss him as a latter-day Machiavelli, ignoring the breadth and complexity of his thought. With The Inevitability of Tragedy, Barry Gewen corrects this shallow view, presenting the fascinating story of Kissinger&amp;#039;s development as both a strategist and an intellectual and examining his unique role in government through his ideas. It analyzes his contentious policies in Vietnam and Chile, guided by a fresh understanding of his definition of Realism, the belief that world politics is based on an inevitable, tragic competition for power.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Inevitability of Tragedy: Henry Kissinger and His World
Author: Barry Gewen
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A new portrait of Henry Kissinger focusing on the fundamental ideas underlying his policies: Realism, balance of power, and national interest. Few public officials have provoked such intense controversy as Henry Kissinger. During his time in the Nixon and Ford administrations, he came to be admired and hated in equal measure. Notoriously, he believed that foreign affairs ought to be based primarily on the power relationships of a situation, not simply on ethics. He went so far as to argue that under certain circumstances America had to protect its national interests even if that meant repressing other countries’ attempts at democracy. For this reason, many today on both the right and left dismiss him as a latter-day Machiavelli, ignoring the breadth and complexity of his thought. With The Inevitability of Tragedy, Barry Gewen corrects this shallow view, presenting the fascinating story of Kissinger&amp;#039;s development as both a strategist and an intellectual and examining his unique role in government through his ideas. It analyzes his contentious policies in Vietnam and Chile, guided by a fresh understanding of his definition of Realism, the belief that world politics is based on an inevitable, tragic competition for power.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jericho by Charles Bowden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422753</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jericho
Author: Charles Bowden
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In a career defined by an allegiance to the truth, Charles Bowden&amp;#039;s reporting continually unearthed the gritty realities behind high-profile hype, including the doomed War on Drugs. His daring expeditions to Ciudad Juárez, which resulted in such books as his bestseller Murder City, left him with haunting images of ruthless drug lords and their prey. In Jericho, an unpublished work brought to light after Bowden&amp;#039;s death in 2014, he captures the monumental corruption and addiction to power that fuel Mexico&amp;#039;s drug cartels—and that have fueled much of humanity&amp;#039;s suffering throughout the ages. Interspersed with scenes from the battle of the walled city of Jericho, which in Bowden&amp;#039;s eyes is not a story of inspiring strength but of bloodthirsty plunder, the world of El Sicario (&amp;#039;the hitman&amp;#039;) unfolds in brutal detail. Bucolic settings such as the Falcon International Reservoir become the site of an unsolved murder as Bowden examines why the high murder rate in Juárez has yet to spill across the border. Yet, recalling his younger days in Louisiana and retracing the atrocities of racism in America, Bowden reveals a history where greed knows no borders, while undaunted voices (including his own) relentlessly expose its perpetrators.</description>
      <author>Charles Bowden</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705225301.mp3" length="2768146" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422753</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705225301.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jericho
Author: Charles Bowden
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In a career defined by an allegiance to the truth, Charles Bowden&amp;#039;s reporting continually unearthed the gritty realities behind high-profile hype, including the doomed War on Drugs. His daring expeditions to Ciudad Juárez, which resulted in such books as his bestseller Murder City, left him with haunting images of ruthless drug lords and their prey. In Jericho, an unpublished work brought to light after Bowden&amp;#039;s death in 2014, he captures the monumental corruption and addiction to power that fuel Mexico&amp;#039;s drug cartels—and that have fueled much of humanity&amp;#039;s suffering throughout the ages. Interspersed with scenes from the battle of the walled city of Jericho, which in Bowden&amp;#039;s eyes is not a story of inspiring strength but of bloodthirsty plunder, the world of El Sicario (&amp;#039;the hitman&amp;#039;) unfolds in brutal detail. Bucolic settings such as the Falcon International Reservoir become the site of an unsolved murder as Bowden examines why the high murder rate in Juárez has yet to spill across the border. Yet, recalling his younger days in Louisiana and retracing the atrocities of racism in America, Bowden reveals a history where greed knows no borders, while undaunted voices (including his own) relentlessly expose its perpetrators.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jericho
Author: Charles Bowden
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In a career defined by an allegiance to the truth, Charles Bowden&amp;#039;s reporting continually unearthed the gritty realities behind high-profile hype, including the doomed War on Drugs. His daring expeditions to Ciudad Juárez, which resulted in such books as his bestseller Murder City, left him with haunting images of ruthless drug lords and their prey. In Jericho, an unpublished work brought to light after Bowden&amp;#039;s death in 2014, he captures the monumental corruption and addiction to power that fuel Mexico&amp;#039;s drug cartels—and that have fueled much of humanity&amp;#039;s suffering throughout the ages. Interspersed with scenes from the battle of the walled city of Jericho, which in Bowden&amp;#039;s eyes is not a story of inspiring strength but of bloodthirsty plunder, the world of El Sicario (&amp;#039;the hitman&amp;#039;) unfolds in brutal detail. Bucolic settings such as the Falcon International Reservoir become the site of an unsolved murder as Bowden examines why the high murder rate in Juárez has yet to spill across the border. Yet, recalling his younger days in Louisiana and retracing the atrocities of racism in America, Bowden reveals a history where greed knows no borders, while undaunted voices (including his own) relentlessly expose its perpetrators.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Are Each Other&amp;#039;s Harvest: Celebrating African American Farmers, Land, and Legacy by Natalie Baszile</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Are Each Other&amp;#039;s Harvest: Celebrating African American Farmers, Land, and Legacy
Author: Natalie Baszile
Narrator: Tina Lifford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Queen Sugar—now a critically acclaimed series on OWN directed by Ava Duvernay—comes a beautiful exploration and celebration of black farming in America.  In this impressive anthology, Natalie Baszile brings together essays, poems, quotes, conversations, and first-person stories to examine black people’s connection to the American land from Emancipation to today. In the 1920s, there were over one million black farmers; today there are just 45,000. Baszile explores this crisis, through the farmers’ personal experiences. In their own words, middle aged and elderly black farmers explain why they continue to farm despite systemic discrimination and land loss. The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Returning Generation&amp;#039;&amp;#039;—young farmers, who are building upon the legacy of their ancestors, talk about the challenges they face as they seek to redress issues of food justice, food sovereignty, and reparations.  These farmers are joined by other influential voices, including noted historians Analena Hope Hassberg and Pete Daniel, and award-winning author Clyde W. Ford, who considers the arrival of Africans to American shores; and James Beard Award-winning writers and Michael Twitty, reflects on black culinary tradition and its African roots. Poetry and inspirational quotes are woven into these diverse narratives, adding richness and texture.  As Baszile reveals, black farming informs crucial aspects of American culture—the family, the way our national identity is bound up with the land, the pull of memory, the healing power of food, and race relations. She reminds us that the land, well-earned and fiercely protected, transcends history and signifies a home that can be tended, tilled, and passed to succeeding generations with pride. We Are Each Other’s Harvest elevates the voices and stories of black farmers and people of color, celebrating their perseverance and resilience, while spotlighting the challenges they continue to face. Luminous and eye-opening, this eclectic collection helps people and communities of color today reimagine what it means to be dedicated to the soil.</description>
      <author>Natalie Baszile</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063033283.mp3" length="1337858" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063033283.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Are Each Other&amp;#039;s Harvest: Celebrating African American Farmers, Land, and Legacy
Author: Natalie Baszile
Narrator: Tina Lifford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Queen Sugar—now a critically acclaimed series on OWN directed by Ava Duvernay—comes a beautiful exploration and celebration of black farming in America.  In this impressive anthology, Natalie Baszile brings together essays, poems, quotes, conversations, and first-person stories to examine black people’s connection to the American land from Emancipation to today. In the 1920s, there were over one million black farmers; today there are just 45,000. Baszile explores this crisis, through the farmers’ personal experiences. In their own words, middle aged and elderly black farmers explain why they continue to farm despite systemic discrimination and land loss. The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Returning Generation&amp;#039;&amp;#039;—young farmers, who are building upon the legacy of their ancestors, talk about the challenges they face as they seek to redress issues of food justice, food sovereignty, and reparations.  These farmers are joined by other influential voices, including noted historians Analena Hope Hassberg and Pete Daniel, and award-winning author Clyde W. Ford, who considers the arrival of Africans to American shores; and James Beard Award-winning writers and Michael Twitty, reflects on black culinary tradition and its African roots. Poetry and inspirational quotes are woven into these diverse narratives, adding richness and texture.  As Baszile reveals, black farming informs crucial aspects of American culture—the family, the way our national identity is bound up with the land, the pull of memory, the healing power of food, and race relations. She reminds us that the land, well-earned and fiercely protected, transcends history and signifies a home that can be tended, tilled, and passed to succeeding generations with pride. We Are Each Other’s Harvest elevates the voices and stories of black farmers and people of color, celebrating their perseverance and resilience, while spotlighting the challenges they continue to face. Luminous and eye-opening, this eclectic collection helps people and communities of color today reimagine what it means to be dedicated to the soil.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Are Each Other&amp;#039;s Harvest: Celebrating African American Farmers, Land, and Legacy
Author: Natalie Baszile
Narrator: Tina Lifford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Queen Sugar—now a critically acclaimed series on OWN directed by Ava Duvernay—comes a beautiful exploration and celebration of black farming in America.  In this impressive anthology, Natalie Baszile brings together essays, poems, quotes, conversations, and first-person stories to examine black people’s connection to the American land from Emancipation to today. In the 1920s, there were over one million black farmers; today there are just 45,000. Baszile explores this crisis, through the farmers’ personal experiences. In their own words, middle aged and elderly black farmers explain why they continue to farm despite systemic discrimination and land loss. The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Returning Generation&amp;#039;&amp;#039;—young farmers, who are building upon the legacy of their ancestors, talk about the challenges they face as they seek to redress issues of food justice, food sovereignty, and reparations.  These farmers are joined by other influential voices, including noted historians Analena Hope Hassberg and Pete Daniel, and award-winning author Clyde W. Ford, who considers the arrival of Africans to American shores; and James Beard Award-winning writers and Michael Twitty, reflects on black culinary tradition and its African roots. Poetry and inspirational quotes are woven into these diverse narratives, adding richness and texture.  As Baszile reveals, black farming informs crucial aspects of American culture—the family, the way our national identity is bound up with the land, the pull of memory, the healing power of food, and race relations. She reminds us that the land, well-earned and fiercely protected, transcends history and signifies a home that can be tended, tilled, and passed to succeeding generations with pride. We Are Each Other’s Harvest elevates the voices and stories of black farmers and people of color, celebrating their perseverance and resilience, while spotlighting the challenges they continue to face. Luminous and eye-opening, this eclectic collection helps people and communities of color today reimagine what it means to be dedicated to the soil.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving Freedom: Truman, the Cold War, and the Fight for Western Civilization by Joe Scarborough</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421775</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Freedom: Truman, the Cold War, and the Fight for Western Civilization
Author: Joe Scarborough
Narrator: Joe Scarborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
History called on Harry Truman to unite the Western world against Soviet communism, but first he had to rally Republicans and Democrats behind America’s most dramatic foreign policy shift since George Washington delivered his farewell address. How did one of the least prepared presidents to walk into the Oval Office become one of its most successful? The year was 1947. The Soviet Union had moved from being America’s uneasy ally in the Second World War to its most feared enemy. With Joseph Stalin’s ambitions pushing westward, Turkey was pressured from the east while communist revolutionaries overran Greece. The British Empire was battered from its war with Hitler and suddenly teetering on the brink of financial ruin. Only America could afford to defend freedom in the West, and the effort was spearheaded by a president who hadn’t even been elected to that office. But Truman would wage a domestic political battle that carried with it the highest of stakes, inspiring friends and foes alike to join in his crusade to defend democracy across the globe. In Saving Freedom, Joe Scarborough recounts the historic forces that moved Truman toward his country’s long twilight struggle against Soviet communism, and how this untested president acted decisively to build a lasting coalition that would influence America’s foreign policy for generations to come. On March 12, 1947, Truman delivered an address before a joint session of Congress announcing a policy of containment that would soon become known as the Truman Doctrine. That doctrine pledged that the United States would “support free peoples who are resisting attempted subjugation by armed minorities or by outside pressures.” The untested president’s policy was a radical shift from 150 years of isolationism, but it would prove to be the pivotal moment that guaranteed Western Europe’s freedom, the American Century’s rise, and the eventual collapse of the Soviet Union.  Truman’s triumph over the personal and political struggles that confronted him following his ascension to the presidency is an inspiring tale of American leadership, fierce determination, bipartisan unity, and courage in the face of the rising Soviet threat. Saving Freedom explores one of the most pivotal moments of the twentieth century, a turning point when patriotic Americans of both political parties worked together to defeat tyranny. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Joe Scarborough</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062950536.mp3" length="1414157" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421775</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062950536.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Freedom: Truman, the Cold War, and the Fight for Western Civilization
Author: Joe Scarborough
Narrator: Joe Scarborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
History called on Harry Truman to unite the Western world against Soviet communism, but first he had to rally Republicans and Democrats behind America’s most dramatic foreign policy shift since George Washington delivered his farewell address. How did one of the least prepared presidents to walk into the Oval Office become one of its most successful? The year was 1947. The Soviet Union had moved from being America’s uneasy ally in the Second World War to its most feared enemy. With Joseph Stalin’s ambitions pushing westward, Turkey was pressured from the east while communist revolutionaries overran Greece. The British Empire was battered from its war with Hitler and suddenly teetering on the brink of financial ruin. Only America could afford to defend freedom in the West, and the effort was spearheaded by a president who hadn’t even been elected to that office. But Truman would wage a domestic political battle that carried with it the highest of stakes, inspiring friends and foes alike to join in his crusade to defend democracy across the globe. In Saving Freedom, Joe Scarborough recounts the historic forces that moved Truman toward his country’s long twilight struggle against Soviet communism, and how this untested president acted decisively to build a lasting coalition that would influence America’s foreign policy for generations to come. On March 12, 1947, Truman delivered an address before a joint session of Congress announcing a policy of containment that would soon become known as the Truman Doctrine. That doctrine pledged that the United States would “support free peoples who are resisting attempted subjugation by armed minorities or by outside pressures.” The untested president’s policy was a radical shift from 150 years of isolationism, but it would prove to be the pivotal moment that guaranteed Western Europe’s freedom, the American Century’s rise, and the eventual collapse of the Soviet Union.  Truman’s triumph over the personal and political struggles that confronted him following his ascension to the presidency is an inspiring tale of American leadership, fierce determination, bipartisan unity, and courage in the face of the rising Soviet threat. Saving Freedom explores one of the most pivotal moments of the twentieth century, a turning point when patriotic Americans of both political parties worked together to defeat tyranny. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Freedom: Truman, the Cold War, and the Fight for Western Civilization
Author: Joe Scarborough
Narrator: Joe Scarborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
History called on Harry Truman to unite the Western world against Soviet communism, but first he had to rally Republicans and Democrats behind America’s most dramatic foreign policy shift since George Washington delivered his farewell address. How did one of the least prepared presidents to walk into the Oval Office become one of its most successful? The year was 1947. The Soviet Union had moved from being America’s uneasy ally in the Second World War to its most feared enemy. With Joseph Stalin’s ambitions pushing westward, Turkey was pressured from the east while communist revolutionaries overran Greece. The British Empire was battered from its war with Hitler and suddenly teetering on the brink of financial ruin. Only America could afford to defend freedom in the West, and the effort was spearheaded by a president who hadn’t even been elected to that office. But Truman would wage a domestic political battle that carried with it the highest of stakes, inspiring friends and foes alike to join in his crusade to defend democracy across the globe. In Saving Freedom, Joe Scarborough recounts the historic forces that moved Truman toward his country’s long twilight struggle against Soviet communism, and how this untested president acted decisively to build a lasting coalition that would influence America’s foreign policy for generations to come. On March 12, 1947, Truman delivered an address before a joint session of Congress announcing a policy of containment that would soon become known as the Truman Doctrine. That doctrine pledged that the United States would “support free peoples who are resisting attempted subjugation by armed minorities or by outside pressures.” The untested president’s policy was a radical shift from 150 years of isolationism, but it would prove to be the pivotal moment that guaranteed Western Europe’s freedom, the American Century’s rise, and the eventual collapse of the Soviet Union.  Truman’s triumph over the personal and political struggles that confronted him following his ascension to the presidency is an inspiring tale of American leadership, fierce determination, bipartisan unity, and courage in the face of the rising Soviet threat. Saving Freedom explores one of the most pivotal moments of the twentieth century, a turning point when patriotic Americans of both political parties worked together to defeat tyranny. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Conservative Heartland: A Political History of the Postwar American Midwest by Catherine Mcnicol Stock, Jon K. Lauck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conservative Heartland: A Political History of the Postwar American Midwest
Author: Catherine Mcnicol Stock, Jon K. Lauck
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the wake of the 2016 presidential election there was widespread shock that the Midwest, the Democrats&amp;#039; so-called blue wall, had been so effectively breached by Donald Trump. But the blue wall, as The Conservative Heartland makes clear, was never quite as secure as so many observers assumed.   Focusing on nine states, from Iowa and the Dakotas to Indiana and Ohio, the essays in this collection detail the rise of midwestern conservatism after World War II—a trend that coincided with the transformation of the prewar Republican Party into the New Right. This transformation, the authors contend, involved the Midwest and the Sunbelt states. Through the lenses of race, class, gender, and sexuality, their essays explore the development of midwestern conservative politics in light of deindustrialization, environmentalism, second wave feminism, mass incarceration, privatization, and debates over same-sex marriage and abortion, among other issues. Together these essays map the region&amp;#039;s complex patchwork of viable rural and urban areas, variously subject to a wide array of conflicting interests and concerns; the perspective they provide, at once broad and in-depth, offers unique historical insight into the Midwest&amp;#039;s political complexity—and its status as the last real competitive battleground in presidential elections.</description>
      <author>Catherine Mcnicol Stock, Jon K. Lauck</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705220320.mp3" length="8662024" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705220320.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conservative Heartland: A Political History of the Postwar American Midwest
Author: Catherine Mcnicol Stock, Jon K. Lauck
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the wake of the 2016 presidential election there was widespread shock that the Midwest, the Democrats&amp;#039; so-called blue wall, had been so effectively breached by Donald Trump. But the blue wall, as The Conservative Heartland makes clear, was never quite as secure as so many observers assumed.   Focusing on nine states, from Iowa and the Dakotas to Indiana and Ohio, the essays in this collection detail the rise of midwestern conservatism after World War II—a trend that coincided with the transformation of the prewar Republican Party into the New Right. This transformation, the authors contend, involved the Midwest and the Sunbelt states. Through the lenses of race, class, gender, and sexuality, their essays explore the development of midwestern conservative politics in light of deindustrialization, environmentalism, second wave feminism, mass incarceration, privatization, and debates over same-sex marriage and abortion, among other issues. Together these essays map the region&amp;#039;s complex patchwork of viable rural and urban areas, variously subject to a wide array of conflicting interests and concerns; the perspective they provide, at once broad and in-depth, offers unique historical insight into the Midwest&amp;#039;s political complexity—and its status as the last real competitive battleground in presidential elections.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conservative Heartland: A Political History of the Postwar American Midwest
Author: Catherine Mcnicol Stock, Jon K. Lauck
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the wake of the 2016 presidential election there was widespread shock that the Midwest, the Democrats&amp;#039; so-called blue wall, had been so effectively breached by Donald Trump. But the blue wall, as The Conservative Heartland makes clear, was never quite as secure as so many observers assumed.   Focusing on nine states, from Iowa and the Dakotas to Indiana and Ohio, the essays in this collection detail the rise of midwestern conservatism after World War II—a trend that coincided with the transformation of the prewar Republican Party into the New Right. This transformation, the authors contend, involved the Midwest and the Sunbelt states. Through the lenses of race, class, gender, and sexuality, their essays explore the development of midwestern conservative politics in light of deindustrialization, environmentalism, second wave feminism, mass incarceration, privatization, and debates over same-sex marriage and abortion, among other issues. Together these essays map the region&amp;#039;s complex patchwork of viable rural and urban areas, variously subject to a wide array of conflicting interests and concerns; the perspective they provide, at once broad and in-depth, offers unique historical insight into the Midwest&amp;#039;s political complexity—and its status as the last real competitive battleground in presidential elections.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rise of American Democracy: Jefferson to Lincoln by Sean Wilentz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421605</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of American Democracy: Jefferson to Lincoln
Author: Sean Wilentz
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A grand political history in a fresh new style of how the elitist young American republic became a rough-and-tumble democracy. In this magisterial work, Sean Wilentz traces a historical arc from the earliest days of the republic to the opening shots of the Civil War. One of our finest writers of history, Wilentz brings to life the era after the American Revolution, when the idea of democracy remained contentious, and Jeffersonians and Federalists clashed over the role of ordinary citizens in government of, by, and for the people. The triumph of Andrew Jackson soon defined this role on the national level, while city democrats, Anti-Masons, fugitive slaves, and a host of others hewed their own local definitions. In these definitions Wilentz recovers the beginnings of a discontenttwo starkly opposed democracies, one in the North and another in the Southand the wary balance that lasted until the election of Abraham Lincoln sparked its bloody resolution.</description>
      <author>Sean Wilentz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705201183.mp3" length="8455425" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421605</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705201183.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>39:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of American Democracy: Jefferson to Lincoln
Author: Sean Wilentz
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A grand political history in a fresh new style of how the elitist young American republic became a rough-and-tumble democracy. In this magisterial work, Sean Wilentz traces a historical arc from the earliest days of the republic to the opening shots of the Civil War. One of our finest writers of history, Wilentz brings to life the era after the American Revolution, when the idea of democracy remained contentious, and Jeffersonians and Federalists clashed over the role of ordinary citizens in government of, by, and for the people. The triumph of Andrew Jackson soon defined this role on the national level, while city democrats, Anti-Masons, fugitive slaves, and a host of others hewed their own local definitions. In these definitions Wilentz recovers the beginnings of a discontenttwo starkly opposed democracies, one in the North and another in the Southand the wary balance that lasted until the election of Abraham Lincoln sparked its bloody resolution.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of American Democracy: Jefferson to Lincoln
Author: Sean Wilentz
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A grand political history in a fresh new style of how the elitist young American republic became a rough-and-tumble democracy. In this magisterial work, Sean Wilentz traces a historical arc from the earliest days of the republic to the opening shots of the Civil War. One of our finest writers of history, Wilentz brings to life the era after the American Revolution, when the idea of democracy remained contentious, and Jeffersonians and Federalists clashed over the role of ordinary citizens in government of, by, and for the people. The triumph of Andrew Jackson soon defined this role on the national level, while city democrats, Anti-Masons, fugitive slaves, and a host of others hewed their own local definitions. In these definitions Wilentz recovers the beginnings of a discontenttwo starkly opposed democracies, one in the North and another in the Southand the wary balance that lasted until the election of Abraham Lincoln sparked its bloody resolution.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ok Boomer, Let&amp;#039;s Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind by Jill Filipovic</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ok Boomer, Let&amp;#039;s Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind
Author: Jill Filipovic
Narrator: Emily Tremaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Particularly relevant in an election year...This book is full of data—on the economy, technology, and more—that will help millennials articulate their generational rage and help boomers understand where they’re coming from.” —The Washington Post    “Jill Filipovic cuts through the noise with characteristic clarity and nuance. Behind the meme is a thoughtfully reported book that greatly contributes to our understanding of generational change.” —Irin Carmon, coauthor of the New York Times bestseller Notorious RBG   Baby Boomers are the most prosperous generation in American history, but their kids are screwed. In this eye-opening book, journalist Jill Filipovic breaks down the massive problems facing Millennials including climate, money, housing, and healthcare. In Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk, journalist (and Millenial) Jill Filipovic tells the definitive story of her generation. Talking to gig workers, economists, policy makers, and dozens of struggling Millennials drowning in debt on a planet quite literally in flames, Filipovic paints a shocking and nuanced portrait of a generation being left behind:   -Millennials are the most educated generation in American history—and also the most broke.  -Millennials hold just 3 percent of American wealth. When they were the same age, Boomers held 21 percent.  -The average older Millennial has $15,000 in student loan debt. The average Boomer at the same age? Just $2,300 in today’s dollars.  -Millennials are paying almost 40 percent more for their first homes than Boomers did.  -American families spend twice as much on healthcare now than they did when Boomers were young parents.   Filipovic shows that Millennials are not the avocado-toast-eating snowflakes of Boomer outrage fantasies. But they are the first American generation that will do worse than their parents. “OK, Boomer” isn’t just a sarcastic dismissal—it’s a recognition that Millennials are in crisis, and that Boomer voters, bankers, and policy makers are responsible. Filipovic goes beyond the meme, upending dated assumptions with revelatory data and revealing portraits of young people delaying adulthood to pay down debt, obsessed with “wellness” because they can’t afford real healthcare, and struggling to #hustle in the precarious gig economy.   Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk is at once an explainer and an extended olive branch that will finally allow these two generations to truly understand each other.</description>
      <author>Jill Filipovic</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797114040.mp3" length="893471" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797114040.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ok Boomer, Let&amp;#039;s Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind
Author: Jill Filipovic
Narrator: Emily Tremaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Particularly relevant in an election year...This book is full of data—on the economy, technology, and more—that will help millennials articulate their generational rage and help boomers understand where they’re coming from.” —The Washington Post    “Jill Filipovic cuts through the noise with characteristic clarity and nuance. Behind the meme is a thoughtfully reported book that greatly contributes to our understanding of generational change.” —Irin Carmon, coauthor of the New York Times bestseller Notorious RBG   Baby Boomers are the most prosperous generation in American history, but their kids are screwed. In this eye-opening book, journalist Jill Filipovic breaks down the massive problems facing Millennials including climate, money, housing, and healthcare. In Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk, journalist (and Millenial) Jill Filipovic tells the definitive story of her generation. Talking to gig workers, economists, policy makers, and dozens of struggling Millennials drowning in debt on a planet quite literally in flames, Filipovic paints a shocking and nuanced portrait of a generation being left behind:   -Millennials are the most educated generation in American history—and also the most broke.  -Millennials hold just 3 percent of American wealth. When they were the same age, Boomers held 21 percent.  -The average older Millennial has $15,000 in student loan debt. The average Boomer at the same age? Just $2,300 in today’s dollars.  -Millennials are paying almost 40 percent more for their first homes than Boomers did.  -American families spend twice as much on healthcare now than they did when Boomers were young parents.   Filipovic shows that Millennials are not the avocado-toast-eating snowflakes of Boomer outrage fantasies. But they are the first American generation that will do worse than their parents. “OK, Boomer” isn’t just a sarcastic dismissal—it’s a recognition that Millennials are in crisis, and that Boomer voters, bankers, and policy makers are responsible. Filipovic goes beyond the meme, upending dated assumptions with revelatory data and revealing portraits of young people delaying adulthood to pay down debt, obsessed with “wellness” because they can’t afford real healthcare, and struggling to #hustle in the precarious gig economy.   Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk is at once an explainer and an extended olive branch that will finally allow these two generations to truly understand each other.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ok Boomer, Let&amp;#039;s Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind
Author: Jill Filipovic
Narrator: Emily Tremaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Particularly relevant in an election year...This book is full of data—on the economy, technology, and more—that will help millennials articulate their generational rage and help boomers understand where they’re coming from.” —The Washington Post    “Jill Filipovic cuts through the noise with characteristic clarity and nuance. Behind the meme is a thoughtfully reported book that greatly contributes to our understanding of generational change.” —Irin Carmon, coauthor of the New York Times bestseller Notorious RBG   Baby Boomers are the most prosperous generation in American history, but their kids are screwed. In this eye-opening book, journalist Jill Filipovic breaks down the massive problems facing Millennials including climate, money, housing, and healthcare. In Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk, journalist (and Millenial) Jill Filipovic tells the definitive story of her generation. Talking to gig workers, economists, policy makers, and dozens of struggling Millennials drowning in debt on a planet quite literally in flames, Filipovic paints a shocking and nuanced portrait of a generation being left behind:   -Millennials are the most educated generation in American history—and also the most broke.  -Millennials hold just 3 percent of American wealth. When they were the same age, Boomers held 21 percent.  -The average older Millennial has $15,000 in student loan debt. The average Boomer at the same age? Just $2,300 in today’s dollars.  -Millennials are paying almost 40 percent more for their first homes than Boomers did.  -American families spend twice as much on healthcare now than they did when Boomers were young parents.   Filipovic shows that Millennials are not the avocado-toast-eating snowflakes of Boomer outrage fantasies. But they are the first American generation that will do worse than their parents. “OK, Boomer” isn’t just a sarcastic dismissal—it’s a recognition that Millennials are in crisis, and that Boomer voters, bankers, and policy makers are responsible. Filipovic goes beyond the meme, upending dated assumptions with revelatory data and revealing portraits of young people delaying adulthood to pay down debt, obsessed with “wellness” because they can’t afford real healthcare, and struggling to #hustle in the precarious gig economy.   Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk is at once an explainer and an extended olive branch that will finally allow these two generations to truly understand each other.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eleanor by David Michaelis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421539</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eleanor
Author: David Michaelis
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestseller from prizewinning author David Michaelis presents a “stunning” (The Wall Street Journal) breakthrough portrait of Eleanor Roosevelt, America’s longest-serving First Lady, an avatar of democracy whose ever-expanding agency as diplomat, activist, and humanitarian made her one of the world’s most widely admired and influential women. In the first single-volume cradle-to-grave portrait in six decades, acclaimed biographer David Michaelis delivers a stunning account of Eleanor Roosevelt’s remarkable life of transformation. An orphaned niece of President Theodore Roosevelt, she converted her Gilded Age childhood of denial and secrecy into an irreconcilable marriage with her ambitious fifth cousin Franklin. Despite their inability to make each other happy, Franklin Roosevelt transformed Eleanor from a settlement house volunteer on New York’s Lower East Side into a matching partner in New York’s most important power couple in a generation.   When Eleanor discovered Franklin’s betrayal with her younger, prettier, social secretary, Lucy Mercer, she offered a divorce and vowed to face herself honestly. Here is an Eleanor both more vulnerable and more aggressive, more psychologically aware and sexually adaptable than we knew. She came to accept her FDR’s bond with his executive assistant, Missy LeHand; she allowed her children to live their own lives, as she never could; and she explored her sexual attraction to women, among them a star female reporter on FDR’s first presidential campaign, and younger men.   Eleanor needed emotional connection. She pursued deeper relationships wherever she could find them. Throughout her life and travels, there was always another person or place she wanted to heal. As FDR struggled to recover from polio, Eleanor became a voice for the voiceless, her husband’s proxy in the White House. Later, she would be the architect of international human rights and world citizen of the Atomic Age, urging Americans to cope with the anxiety of global annihilation by cultivating a “world mind.” She insisted that we cannot live for ourselves alone but must learn to live together or we will die together.   This “absolutely spellbinding,” (The Washington Post) “complex and sensitive portrait” (The Guardian) is not just a comprehensive biography of a major American figure, but the story of an American ideal: how our freedom is always a choice. Eleanor rediscovers a model of what is noble and evergreen in the American character, a model we need today more than ever.</description>
      <author>David Michaelis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797114071.mp3" length="852313" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421539</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797114071.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eleanor
Author: David Michaelis
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestseller from prizewinning author David Michaelis presents a “stunning” (The Wall Street Journal) breakthrough portrait of Eleanor Roosevelt, America’s longest-serving First Lady, an avatar of democracy whose ever-expanding agency as diplomat, activist, and humanitarian made her one of the world’s most widely admired and influential women. In the first single-volume cradle-to-grave portrait in six decades, acclaimed biographer David Michaelis delivers a stunning account of Eleanor Roosevelt’s remarkable life of transformation. An orphaned niece of President Theodore Roosevelt, she converted her Gilded Age childhood of denial and secrecy into an irreconcilable marriage with her ambitious fifth cousin Franklin. Despite their inability to make each other happy, Franklin Roosevelt transformed Eleanor from a settlement house volunteer on New York’s Lower East Side into a matching partner in New York’s most important power couple in a generation.   When Eleanor discovered Franklin’s betrayal with her younger, prettier, social secretary, Lucy Mercer, she offered a divorce and vowed to face herself honestly. Here is an Eleanor both more vulnerable and more aggressive, more psychologically aware and sexually adaptable than we knew. She came to accept her FDR’s bond with his executive assistant, Missy LeHand; she allowed her children to live their own lives, as she never could; and she explored her sexual attraction to women, among them a star female reporter on FDR’s first presidential campaign, and younger men.   Eleanor needed emotional connection. She pursued deeper relationships wherever she could find them. Throughout her life and travels, there was always another person or place she wanted to heal. As FDR struggled to recover from polio, Eleanor became a voice for the voiceless, her husband’s proxy in the White House. Later, she would be the architect of international human rights and world citizen of the Atomic Age, urging Americans to cope with the anxiety of global annihilation by cultivating a “world mind.” She insisted that we cannot live for ourselves alone but must learn to live together or we will die together.   This “absolutely spellbinding,” (The Washington Post) “complex and sensitive portrait” (The Guardian) is not just a comprehensive biography of a major American figure, but the story of an American ideal: how our freedom is always a choice. Eleanor rediscovers a model of what is noble and evergreen in the American character, a model we need today more than ever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eleanor
Author: David Michaelis
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestseller from prizewinning author David Michaelis presents a “stunning” (The Wall Street Journal) breakthrough portrait of Eleanor Roosevelt, America’s longest-serving First Lady, an avatar of democracy whose ever-expanding agency as diplomat, activist, and humanitarian made her one of the world’s most widely admired and influential women. In the first single-volume cradle-to-grave portrait in six decades, acclaimed biographer David Michaelis delivers a stunning account of Eleanor Roosevelt’s remarkable life of transformation. An orphaned niece of President Theodore Roosevelt, she converted her Gilded Age childhood of denial and secrecy into an irreconcilable marriage with her ambitious fifth cousin Franklin. Despite their inability to make each other happy, Franklin Roosevelt transformed Eleanor from a settlement house volunteer on New York’s Lower East Side into a matching partner in New York’s most important power couple in a generation.   When Eleanor discovered Franklin’s betrayal with her younger, prettier, social secretary, Lucy Mercer, she offered a divorce and vowed to face herself honestly. Here is an Eleanor both more vulnerable and more aggressive, more psychologically aware and sexually adaptable than we knew. She came to accept her FDR’s bond with his executive assistant, Missy LeHand; she allowed her children to live their own lives, as she never could; and she explored her sexual attraction to women, among them a star female reporter on FDR’s first presidential campaign, and younger men.   Eleanor needed emotional connection. She pursued deeper relationships wherever she could find them. Throughout her life and travels, there was always another person or place she wanted to heal. As FDR struggled to recover from polio, Eleanor became a voice for the voiceless, her husband’s proxy in the White House. Later, she would be the architect of international human rights and world citizen of the Atomic Age, urging Americans to cope with the anxiety of global annihilation by cultivating a “world mind.” She insisted that we cannot live for ourselves alone but must learn to live together or we will die together.   This “absolutely spellbinding,” (The Washington Post) “complex and sensitive portrait” (The Guardian) is not just a comprehensive biography of a major American figure, but the story of an American ideal: how our freedom is always a choice. Eleanor rediscovers a model of what is noble and evergreen in the American character, a model we need today more than ever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Men from Babylon: Nebuchadnezzar, Trump, and the Lord of History by Wallace Henley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421174</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Men from Babylon: Nebuchadnezzar, Trump, and the Lord of History
Author: Wallace Henley
Narrator: Zach Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the Key to Unlocking the Meaning of History What roles do King Nebuchadnezzar, ruler of ancient Babylon, and Donald J. Trump, 45th president of the United States, play in God furthering His kingdom? In Two Men from Babylon, Wallace Henley brings into perspective how God uses unlikely leaders to bring about His plans and purpose. Here is a masterfully constructed audiobook that tears the camouflage off our times and looks intensely at what is going on in our crazy era on the eve of a year of destiny—and perhaps for civilization itself. Here you will: -  Consider the possibility Donald Trump is president by God’s will - Learn where the “age of Trump” might fit into history - Get a feel for the &amp;#039;White House Mystique” - Sense the spiritual atmosphere of the Oval Office - Discover the strategic role of the church related to politics - Understand why places of great power are vulnerable to demonic attack - . . . and much more The heart of this audiobook is found in two Scripture passages, “It is God who changes the times and the epochs; He removes kings and establishes kings” (Daniel 2:21); and “This Gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all the nations and then the end will come” (Matthew 24:14). Two Men from Babylon summarizes the truth of these verses in revealing that God has grand purposes for time and history; there are manifestations of the kingdom that appear throughout finite time and history; the church is the primary agent for the expansion of this kingdom; nations are of strategic importance in the fulfillment of God’s plan; and it is God who establishes and removes the leaders of those nations. Thus, the Lord of History is the focus of this audiobook, but Nebuchadnezzar and Donald Trump play an essential role in His story.</description>
      <author>Wallace Henley</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785238782.mp3" length="892087" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421174</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785238782.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Men from Babylon: Nebuchadnezzar, Trump, and the Lord of History
Author: Wallace Henley
Narrator: Zach Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the Key to Unlocking the Meaning of History What roles do King Nebuchadnezzar, ruler of ancient Babylon, and Donald J. Trump, 45th president of the United States, play in God furthering His kingdom? In Two Men from Babylon, Wallace Henley brings into perspective how God uses unlikely leaders to bring about His plans and purpose. Here is a masterfully constructed audiobook that tears the camouflage off our times and looks intensely at what is going on in our crazy era on the eve of a year of destiny—and perhaps for civilization itself. Here you will: -  Consider the possibility Donald Trump is president by God’s will - Learn where the “age of Trump” might fit into history - Get a feel for the &amp;#039;White House Mystique” - Sense the spiritual atmosphere of the Oval Office - Discover the strategic role of the church related to politics - Understand why places of great power are vulnerable to demonic attack - . . . and much more The heart of this audiobook is found in two Scripture passages, “It is God who changes the times and the epochs; He removes kings and establishes kings” (Daniel 2:21); and “This Gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all the nations and then the end will come” (Matthew 24:14). Two Men from Babylon summarizes the truth of these verses in revealing that God has grand purposes for time and history; there are manifestations of the kingdom that appear throughout finite time and history; the church is the primary agent for the expansion of this kingdom; nations are of strategic importance in the fulfillment of God’s plan; and it is God who establishes and removes the leaders of those nations. Thus, the Lord of History is the focus of this audiobook, but Nebuchadnezzar and Donald Trump play an essential role in His story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Men from Babylon: Nebuchadnezzar, Trump, and the Lord of History
Author: Wallace Henley
Narrator: Zach Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the Key to Unlocking the Meaning of History What roles do King Nebuchadnezzar, ruler of ancient Babylon, and Donald J. Trump, 45th president of the United States, play in God furthering His kingdom? In Two Men from Babylon, Wallace Henley brings into perspective how God uses unlikely leaders to bring about His plans and purpose. Here is a masterfully constructed audiobook that tears the camouflage off our times and looks intensely at what is going on in our crazy era on the eve of a year of destiny—and perhaps for civilization itself. Here you will: -  Consider the possibility Donald Trump is president by God’s will - Learn where the “age of Trump” might fit into history - Get a feel for the &amp;#039;White House Mystique” - Sense the spiritual atmosphere of the Oval Office - Discover the strategic role of the church related to politics - Understand why places of great power are vulnerable to demonic attack - . . . and much more The heart of this audiobook is found in two Scripture passages, “It is God who changes the times and the epochs; He removes kings and establishes kings” (Daniel 2:21); and “This Gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all the nations and then the end will come” (Matthew 24:14). Two Men from Babylon summarizes the truth of these verses in revealing that God has grand purposes for time and history; there are manifestations of the kingdom that appear throughout finite time and history; the church is the primary agent for the expansion of this kingdom; nations are of strategic importance in the fulfillment of God’s plan; and it is God who establishes and removes the leaders of those nations. Thus, the Lord of History is the focus of this audiobook, but Nebuchadnezzar and Donald Trump play an essential role in His story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Endgame: Inside the Impeachments of Donald J. Trump by Eric Swalwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420914</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Endgame: Inside the Impeachments of Donald J. Trump
Author: Eric Swalwell
Narrator: Eric Swalwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An Insider’s Account of the Impeachments of Donald Trump   How do you stop a rogue president? How do you protect a country from a man who lies, who obstructs justice, and who seeks to cheat with foreign powers to get reelected? Our constitution offers one remedy: impeachment. On December 18, 2019, President Donald J. Trump became just the third president in US history to be impeached by the House of Representatives. And then, on January 13, 2021, he became the first president to be impeached twice.   In Endgame, Congressman Eric Swalwell offers his personal account of his path to office all the way to House impeachment manager, and how he and his colleagues resisted, investigated, and impeached a corrupt president. Swalwell takes readers inside Congress and through the impeachment process, from Trump’s disgraceful phone call with the Ukrainian president to depositions in the SCIF, and from caucus meetings and conversations with the Speaker to the bombshell public hearings and the historic vote, and then what followed—the 2020 election, the insurrection on January 6, 2021, the second impeachment and second trial. Endgame is fascinating, a gripping read by a unique witness to extraordinary events.</description>
      <author>Eric Swalwell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593295021.mp3" length="2614533" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420914</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593295021.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Endgame: Inside the Impeachments of Donald J. Trump
Author: Eric Swalwell
Narrator: Eric Swalwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An Insider’s Account of the Impeachments of Donald Trump   How do you stop a rogue president? How do you protect a country from a man who lies, who obstructs justice, and who seeks to cheat with foreign powers to get reelected? Our constitution offers one remedy: impeachment. On December 18, 2019, President Donald J. Trump became just the third president in US history to be impeached by the House of Representatives. And then, on January 13, 2021, he became the first president to be impeached twice.   In Endgame, Congressman Eric Swalwell offers his personal account of his path to office all the way to House impeachment manager, and how he and his colleagues resisted, investigated, and impeached a corrupt president. Swalwell takes readers inside Congress and through the impeachment process, from Trump’s disgraceful phone call with the Ukrainian president to depositions in the SCIF, and from caucus meetings and conversations with the Speaker to the bombshell public hearings and the historic vote, and then what followed—the 2020 election, the insurrection on January 6, 2021, the second impeachment and second trial. Endgame is fascinating, a gripping read by a unique witness to extraordinary events.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Endgame: Inside the Impeachments of Donald J. Trump
Author: Eric Swalwell
Narrator: Eric Swalwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An Insider’s Account of the Impeachments of Donald Trump   How do you stop a rogue president? How do you protect a country from a man who lies, who obstructs justice, and who seeks to cheat with foreign powers to get reelected? Our constitution offers one remedy: impeachment. On December 18, 2019, President Donald J. Trump became just the third president in US history to be impeached by the House of Representatives. And then, on January 13, 2021, he became the first president to be impeached twice.   In Endgame, Congressman Eric Swalwell offers his personal account of his path to office all the way to House impeachment manager, and how he and his colleagues resisted, investigated, and impeached a corrupt president. Swalwell takes readers inside Congress and through the impeachment process, from Trump’s disgraceful phone call with the Ukrainian president to depositions in the SCIF, and from caucus meetings and conversations with the Speaker to the bombshell public hearings and the historic vote, and then what followed—the 2020 election, the insurrection on January 6, 2021, the second impeachment and second trial. Endgame is fascinating, a gripping read by a unique witness to extraordinary events.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rigged: America, Russia, and One Hundred Years of Covert Electoral Interference by David Shimer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rigged: America, Russia, and One Hundred Years of Covert Electoral Interference
Author: David Shimer
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive history of the covert struggle between Russia and America to influence elections, why the threat to American democracy is greater than ever, and what we can do about it. This is &amp;#039;the first book to put the story of Russian interference into a broader context ... Extraordinary and gripping&amp;#039; (The New York Times Book Review) Russia&amp;#039;s interference in 2016 marked only the latest chapter of a hidden and revelatory history. In Rigged, David Shimer tells the sweeping story of covert electoral interference past and present. He exposes decades of secret operations—by the KGB, the CIA, and Vladimir Putin&amp;#039;s Russia—to shape electoral outcomes, melding deep historical research with groundbreaking interviews with more than 130 key players, from leading officials in both the Trump and Obama administrations, to CIA and NSA directors, to a former KGB general. What Americans should make of Russia&amp;#039;s attack in 2016 is still hotly debated, even after the Mueller report and years of media coverage. Shimer shows that Putin&amp;#039;s operation was, in fact, a continuation of an ongoing struggle, using familiar weapons radically enhanced by new technology. Throughout history and in 2016, both Russian and American operations achieved their greatest success by influencing the way voters think, rather than tampering with actual vote tallies. Casting aside partisanship and sensationalism, Rigged reveals new details about what Russia achieved in 2016, how the Obama administration responded, and why Putin has also been interfering covertly in elections across the globe in recent years, while American presidents have largely refrained from doing so. Shimer also makes disturbingly clear that this type of intrusion can be used to harm Democrats and Republicans alike. Russia&amp;#039;s central aim is to undermine and disrupt our democracy, to the detriment of all Americans. Understanding 2016 as one battle in a much longer war is essential to understanding the critical threat currently posed to America&amp;#039;s electoral sovereignty and how to defend against it. Illuminating how the lessons of the past can be used to protect our democracy in the future, Rigged is an essential book for readers of every political persuasion.</description>
      <author>David Shimer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593339749.mp3" length="2537350" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593339749.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rigged: America, Russia, and One Hundred Years of Covert Electoral Interference
Author: David Shimer
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive history of the covert struggle between Russia and America to influence elections, why the threat to American democracy is greater than ever, and what we can do about it. This is &amp;#039;the first book to put the story of Russian interference into a broader context ... Extraordinary and gripping&amp;#039; (The New York Times Book Review) Russia&amp;#039;s interference in 2016 marked only the latest chapter of a hidden and revelatory history. In Rigged, David Shimer tells the sweeping story of covert electoral interference past and present. He exposes decades of secret operations—by the KGB, the CIA, and Vladimir Putin&amp;#039;s Russia—to shape electoral outcomes, melding deep historical research with groundbreaking interviews with more than 130 key players, from leading officials in both the Trump and Obama administrations, to CIA and NSA directors, to a former KGB general. What Americans should make of Russia&amp;#039;s attack in 2016 is still hotly debated, even after the Mueller report and years of media coverage. Shimer shows that Putin&amp;#039;s operation was, in fact, a continuation of an ongoing struggle, using familiar weapons radically enhanced by new technology. Throughout history and in 2016, both Russian and American operations achieved their greatest success by influencing the way voters think, rather than tampering with actual vote tallies. Casting aside partisanship and sensationalism, Rigged reveals new details about what Russia achieved in 2016, how the Obama administration responded, and why Putin has also been interfering covertly in elections across the globe in recent years, while American presidents have largely refrained from doing so. Shimer also makes disturbingly clear that this type of intrusion can be used to harm Democrats and Republicans alike. Russia&amp;#039;s central aim is to undermine and disrupt our democracy, to the detriment of all Americans. Understanding 2016 as one battle in a much longer war is essential to understanding the critical threat currently posed to America&amp;#039;s electoral sovereignty and how to defend against it. Illuminating how the lessons of the past can be used to protect our democracy in the future, Rigged is an essential book for readers of every political persuasion.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rigged: America, Russia, and One Hundred Years of Covert Electoral Interference
Author: David Shimer
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive history of the covert struggle between Russia and America to influence elections, why the threat to American democracy is greater than ever, and what we can do about it. This is &amp;#039;the first book to put the story of Russian interference into a broader context ... Extraordinary and gripping&amp;#039; (The New York Times Book Review) Russia&amp;#039;s interference in 2016 marked only the latest chapter of a hidden and revelatory history. In Rigged, David Shimer tells the sweeping story of covert electoral interference past and present. He exposes decades of secret operations—by the KGB, the CIA, and Vladimir Putin&amp;#039;s Russia—to shape electoral outcomes, melding deep historical research with groundbreaking interviews with more than 130 key players, from leading officials in both the Trump and Obama administrations, to CIA and NSA directors, to a former KGB general. What Americans should make of Russia&amp;#039;s attack in 2016 is still hotly debated, even after the Mueller report and years of media coverage. Shimer shows that Putin&amp;#039;s operation was, in fact, a continuation of an ongoing struggle, using familiar weapons radically enhanced by new technology. Throughout history and in 2016, both Russian and American operations achieved their greatest success by influencing the way voters think, rather than tampering with actual vote tallies. Casting aside partisanship and sensationalism, Rigged reveals new details about what Russia achieved in 2016, how the Obama administration responded, and why Putin has also been interfering covertly in elections across the globe in recent years, while American presidents have largely refrained from doing so. Shimer also makes disturbingly clear that this type of intrusion can be used to harm Democrats and Republicans alike. Russia&amp;#039;s central aim is to undermine and disrupt our democracy, to the detriment of all Americans. Understanding 2016 as one battle in a much longer war is essential to understanding the critical threat currently posed to America&amp;#039;s electoral sovereignty and how to defend against it. Illuminating how the lessons of the past can be used to protect our democracy in the future, Rigged is an essential book for readers of every political persuasion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam by Rachel S. Mikva</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam
Author: Rachel S. Mikva
Narrator: Sybil Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Reveals how faith traditions have always passed down tools for self-examination and debate, because all religious ideas—not just extremist ones—can cause harm, even as they also embody important moral teachings. Scripture’s abiding relevance can inspire great goodness, such as welcoming the stranger and extending compassion for the poor. But its authority has also been wielded to defend slavery, marginalize LGBTQ individuals, ignore science, and justify violence. Grounded in close readings of scripture and tradition in Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, religious scholar Rachel Mikva shows us that the Abrahamic religions have always been aware of their tremendous power both to harm and to heal. And so they have transmitted their sacred stories along with built-in tools—interpretive traditions—to do the necessary work of taking on dangerous religious ideas and fostering self-critical faith. By exploring the themes of Scripture, Election, Reward and Punishment, Mikva examines how the interpretive methodologies of these religions have identified and grappled with their perilous power and positive potential. Many readers presume that their understanding of scripture’s meaning is absolute, forgetting how these sacred texts and the history of interpretation have valued multiple perspectives and recognized ongoing rhythms of change. It’s not a modern phenomenon to debate the nature of truth, hold space open for doubt, value humility, and question our capacity to know things—especially about God and God’s will—with certainty. In fact, none of the traditions could remain vital or thrive together without a sustained practice of self-critique. Dangerous Religious Ideas reframes the way we talk about faith to create a space where public discussion of religion is more constructive, nuanced, and socially engaged.</description>
      <author>Rachel S. Mikva</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807098240.mp3" length="2928738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807098240.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam
Author: Rachel S. Mikva
Narrator: Sybil Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Reveals how faith traditions have always passed down tools for self-examination and debate, because all religious ideas—not just extremist ones—can cause harm, even as they also embody important moral teachings. Scripture’s abiding relevance can inspire great goodness, such as welcoming the stranger and extending compassion for the poor. But its authority has also been wielded to defend slavery, marginalize LGBTQ individuals, ignore science, and justify violence. Grounded in close readings of scripture and tradition in Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, religious scholar Rachel Mikva shows us that the Abrahamic religions have always been aware of their tremendous power both to harm and to heal. And so they have transmitted their sacred stories along with built-in tools—interpretive traditions—to do the necessary work of taking on dangerous religious ideas and fostering self-critical faith. By exploring the themes of Scripture, Election, Reward and Punishment, Mikva examines how the interpretive methodologies of these religions have identified and grappled with their perilous power and positive potential. Many readers presume that their understanding of scripture’s meaning is absolute, forgetting how these sacred texts and the history of interpretation have valued multiple perspectives and recognized ongoing rhythms of change. It’s not a modern phenomenon to debate the nature of truth, hold space open for doubt, value humility, and question our capacity to know things—especially about God and God’s will—with certainty. In fact, none of the traditions could remain vital or thrive together without a sustained practice of self-critique. Dangerous Religious Ideas reframes the way we talk about faith to create a space where public discussion of religion is more constructive, nuanced, and socially engaged.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam
Author: Rachel S. Mikva
Narrator: Sybil Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Reveals how faith traditions have always passed down tools for self-examination and debate, because all religious ideas—not just extremist ones—can cause harm, even as they also embody important moral teachings. Scripture’s abiding relevance can inspire great goodness, such as welcoming the stranger and extending compassion for the poor. But its authority has also been wielded to defend slavery, marginalize LGBTQ individuals, ignore science, and justify violence. Grounded in close readings of scripture and tradition in Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, religious scholar Rachel Mikva shows us that the Abrahamic religions have always been aware of their tremendous power both to harm and to heal. And so they have transmitted their sacred stories along with built-in tools—interpretive traditions—to do the necessary work of taking on dangerous religious ideas and fostering self-critical faith. By exploring the themes of Scripture, Election, Reward and Punishment, Mikva examines how the interpretive methodologies of these religions have identified and grappled with their perilous power and positive potential. Many readers presume that their understanding of scripture’s meaning is absolute, forgetting how these sacred texts and the history of interpretation have valued multiple perspectives and recognized ongoing rhythms of change. It’s not a modern phenomenon to debate the nature of truth, hold space open for doubt, value humility, and question our capacity to know things—especially about God and God’s will—with certainty. In fact, none of the traditions could remain vital or thrive together without a sustained practice of self-critique. Dangerous Religious Ideas reframes the way we talk about faith to create a space where public discussion of religion is more constructive, nuanced, and socially engaged.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>First Principles: What America&amp;#039;s Founders Learned from the Greeks and Romans and How That Shaped Our Country by Thomas E. Ricks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420867</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Principles: What America&amp;#039;s Founders Learned from the Greeks and Romans and How That Shaped Our Country
Author: Thomas E. Ricks
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Bestseller Editors&amp;#039; Choice —New York Times Book Review &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ricks knocks it out of the park with this jewel of a book. On every page I learned something new. Read it every night if you want to restore your faith in our country.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —James Mattis, General, U.S. Marines (ret.) &amp;amp; 26th Secretary of Defense  The Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and #1 New York Times bestselling author offers a revelatory new book about the founding fathers, examining their educations and, in particular, their devotion to the ancient Greek and Roman classics—and how that influence would shape their ideals and the new American nation. On the morning after the 2016 presidential election, Thomas Ricks awoke with a few questions on his mind: What kind of nation did we now have? Is it what was designed or intended by the nation’s founders? Trying to get as close to the source as he could, Ricks decided to go back and read the philosophy and literature that shaped the founders’ thinking, and the letters they wrote to each other debating these crucial works—among them the Iliad, Plutarch’s Lives, and the works of Xenophon, Epicurus, Aristotle, Cato, and Cicero. For though much attention has been paid the influence of English political philosophers, like John Locke, closer to their own era, the founders were far more immersed in the literature of the ancient world. The first four American presidents came to their classical knowledge differently. Washington absorbed it mainly from the elite culture of his day; Adams from the laws and rhetoric of Rome; Jefferson immersed himself in classical philosophy, especially Epicureanism; and Madison, both a groundbreaking researcher and a deft politician, spent years studying the ancient world like a political scientist. Each of their experiences, and distinctive learning, played an essential role in the formation of the United States. In examining how and what they studied, looking at them in the unusual light of the classical world, Ricks is able to draw arresting and fresh portraits of men we thought we knew. First Principles follows these four members of the Revolutionary generation from their youths to their adult lives, as they grappled with questions of independence, and forming and keeping a new nation. In doing so, Ricks interprets not only the effect of the ancient world on each man, and how that shaped our constitution and government, but offers startling new insights into these legendary leaders.</description>
      <author>Thomas E. Ricks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062997487.mp3" length="1324811" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420867</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062997487.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Principles: What America&amp;#039;s Founders Learned from the Greeks and Romans and How That Shaped Our Country
Author: Thomas E. Ricks
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Bestseller Editors&amp;#039; Choice —New York Times Book Review &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ricks knocks it out of the park with this jewel of a book. On every page I learned something new. Read it every night if you want to restore your faith in our country.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —James Mattis, General, U.S. Marines (ret.) &amp;amp; 26th Secretary of Defense  The Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and #1 New York Times bestselling author offers a revelatory new book about the founding fathers, examining their educations and, in particular, their devotion to the ancient Greek and Roman classics—and how that influence would shape their ideals and the new American nation. On the morning after the 2016 presidential election, Thomas Ricks awoke with a few questions on his mind: What kind of nation did we now have? Is it what was designed or intended by the nation’s founders? Trying to get as close to the source as he could, Ricks decided to go back and read the philosophy and literature that shaped the founders’ thinking, and the letters they wrote to each other debating these crucial works—among them the Iliad, Plutarch’s Lives, and the works of Xenophon, Epicurus, Aristotle, Cato, and Cicero. For though much attention has been paid the influence of English political philosophers, like John Locke, closer to their own era, the founders were far more immersed in the literature of the ancient world. The first four American presidents came to their classical knowledge differently. Washington absorbed it mainly from the elite culture of his day; Adams from the laws and rhetoric of Rome; Jefferson immersed himself in classical philosophy, especially Epicureanism; and Madison, both a groundbreaking researcher and a deft politician, spent years studying the ancient world like a political scientist. Each of their experiences, and distinctive learning, played an essential role in the formation of the United States. In examining how and what they studied, looking at them in the unusual light of the classical world, Ricks is able to draw arresting and fresh portraits of men we thought we knew. First Principles follows these four members of the Revolutionary generation from their youths to their adult lives, as they grappled with questions of independence, and forming and keeping a new nation. In doing so, Ricks interprets not only the effect of the ancient world on each man, and how that shaped our constitution and government, but offers startling new insights into these legendary leaders.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Principles: What America&amp;#039;s Founders Learned from the Greeks and Romans and How That Shaped Our Country
Author: Thomas E. Ricks
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Bestseller Editors&amp;#039; Choice —New York Times Book Review &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ricks knocks it out of the park with this jewel of a book. On every page I learned something new. Read it every night if you want to restore your faith in our country.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —James Mattis, General, U.S. Marines (ret.) &amp;amp; 26th Secretary of Defense  The Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and #1 New York Times bestselling author offers a revelatory new book about the founding fathers, examining their educations and, in particular, their devotion to the ancient Greek and Roman classics—and how that influence would shape their ideals and the new American nation. On the morning after the 2016 presidential election, Thomas Ricks awoke with a few questions on his mind: What kind of nation did we now have? Is it what was designed or intended by the nation’s founders? Trying to get as close to the source as he could, Ricks decided to go back and read the philosophy and literature that shaped the founders’ thinking, and the letters they wrote to each other debating these crucial works—among them the Iliad, Plutarch’s Lives, and the works of Xenophon, Epicurus, Aristotle, Cato, and Cicero. For though much attention has been paid the influence of English political philosophers, like John Locke, closer to their own era, the founders were far more immersed in the literature of the ancient world. The first four American presidents came to their classical knowledge differently. Washington absorbed it mainly from the elite culture of his day; Adams from the laws and rhetoric of Rome; Jefferson immersed himself in classical philosophy, especially Epicureanism; and Madison, both a groundbreaking researcher and a deft politician, spent years studying the ancient world like a political scientist. Each of their experiences, and distinctive learning, played an essential role in the formation of the United States. In examining how and what they studied, looking at them in the unusual light of the classical world, Ricks is able to draw arresting and fresh portraits of men we thought we knew. First Principles follows these four members of the Revolutionary generation from their youths to their adult lives, as they grappled with questions of independence, and forming and keeping a new nation. In doing so, Ricks interprets not only the effect of the ancient world on each man, and how that shaped our constitution and government, but offers startling new insights into these legendary leaders.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Unchecked: The Untold Story Behind Congress’s Botched Impeachments of Donald Trump by Rachael Bade, Karoun Demirjian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Unchecked: The Untold Story Behind Congress’s Botched Impeachments of Donald Trump
Author: Rachael Bade, Karoun Demirjian
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A revealing, behind-the-scenes examination of how Congress twice fumbled its best chance to hold accountable a president many considered one of the most dangerous in American history. The definitive—and only—insider account of both Trump impeachments, as told by the two reporters on the front lines covering them for The Washington Post and Politico. In a riveting account that flips the script on what readers think they know about the two impeachments of Donald Trump, Rachael Bade and Karoun Demirjian reveal how—and why—congressional oversight failed when it was needed most. Unchecked weaves a vivid narrative of how House Democrats under the lead of a cautious speaker, Nancy Pelosi, hesitated for months to stand up to Trump—and then pulled punches in their effort to oust him in a misguided effort to protect themselves politically. What they left on the cutting room floor would come back to haunt them, as Republicans seized on their missteps to whip an uneasy GOP rank-and-file into line behind Donald Trump, abandoning their scruples to defend a president who some privately believed had indeed abused his power. Even after Trump incited a mob to violently attack the Capitol—a day the authors recount in minute-by-minute, stunning detail — Democrats pressured their own investigators to forego a thorough investigation in the name of safeguarding the Biden agenda. And Republicans, fearful of repelling a base they needed for re-election, missed their best moment to turn their backs on a leader they secretly agreed was destructive to democracy. Sourced from hundreds of interviews with all the key players, the authors of Unchecked pull back the curtain on how both parties pursued political expediency over fact-finding. The end result not only emboldened Trump, giving him room for a political comeback, but also undermined Congress by rendering toothless their most powerful check on a president: the power of impeachment. A dramatic and at times crushing work of investigative reporting, Unchecked is both a gripping page-turner of political intrigue and a detailed case study for historians and political scientists searching for answers about the unravelling of checks and balances that have governed American democracy for centuries.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Rachael Bade, Karoun Demirjian</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063040823.mp3" length="1397342" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063040823.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Unchecked: The Untold Story Behind Congress’s Botched Impeachments of Donald Trump
Author: Rachael Bade, Karoun Demirjian
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A revealing, behind-the-scenes examination of how Congress twice fumbled its best chance to hold accountable a president many considered one of the most dangerous in American history. The definitive—and only—insider account of both Trump impeachments, as told by the two reporters on the front lines covering them for The Washington Post and Politico. In a riveting account that flips the script on what readers think they know about the two impeachments of Donald Trump, Rachael Bade and Karoun Demirjian reveal how—and why—congressional oversight failed when it was needed most. Unchecked weaves a vivid narrative of how House Democrats under the lead of a cautious speaker, Nancy Pelosi, hesitated for months to stand up to Trump—and then pulled punches in their effort to oust him in a misguided effort to protect themselves politically. What they left on the cutting room floor would come back to haunt them, as Republicans seized on their missteps to whip an uneasy GOP rank-and-file into line behind Donald Trump, abandoning their scruples to defend a president who some privately believed had indeed abused his power. Even after Trump incited a mob to violently attack the Capitol—a day the authors recount in minute-by-minute, stunning detail — Democrats pressured their own investigators to forego a thorough investigation in the name of safeguarding the Biden agenda. And Republicans, fearful of repelling a base they needed for re-election, missed their best moment to turn their backs on a leader they secretly agreed was destructive to democracy. Sourced from hundreds of interviews with all the key players, the authors of Unchecked pull back the curtain on how both parties pursued political expediency over fact-finding. The end result not only emboldened Trump, giving him room for a political comeback, but also undermined Congress by rendering toothless their most powerful check on a president: the power of impeachment. A dramatic and at times crushing work of investigative reporting, Unchecked is both a gripping page-turner of political intrigue and a detailed case study for historians and political scientists searching for answers about the unravelling of checks and balances that have governed American democracy for centuries.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Unchecked: The Untold Story Behind Congress’s Botched Impeachments of Donald Trump
Author: Rachael Bade, Karoun Demirjian
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A revealing, behind-the-scenes examination of how Congress twice fumbled its best chance to hold accountable a president many considered one of the most dangerous in American history. The definitive—and only—insider account of both Trump impeachments, as told by the two reporters on the front lines covering them for The Washington Post and Politico. In a riveting account that flips the script on what readers think they know about the two impeachments of Donald Trump, Rachael Bade and Karoun Demirjian reveal how—and why—congressional oversight failed when it was needed most. Unchecked weaves a vivid narrative of how House Democrats under the lead of a cautious speaker, Nancy Pelosi, hesitated for months to stand up to Trump—and then pulled punches in their effort to oust him in a misguided effort to protect themselves politically. What they left on the cutting room floor would come back to haunt them, as Republicans seized on their missteps to whip an uneasy GOP rank-and-file into line behind Donald Trump, abandoning their scruples to defend a president who some privately believed had indeed abused his power. Even after Trump incited a mob to violently attack the Capitol—a day the authors recount in minute-by-minute, stunning detail — Democrats pressured their own investigators to forego a thorough investigation in the name of safeguarding the Biden agenda. And Republicans, fearful of repelling a base they needed for re-election, missed their best moment to turn their backs on a leader they secretly agreed was destructive to democracy. Sourced from hundreds of interviews with all the key players, the authors of Unchecked pull back the curtain on how both parties pursued political expediency over fact-finding. The end result not only emboldened Trump, giving him room for a political comeback, but also undermined Congress by rendering toothless their most powerful check on a president: the power of impeachment. A dramatic and at times crushing work of investigative reporting, Unchecked is both a gripping page-turner of political intrigue and a detailed case study for historians and political scientists searching for answers about the unravelling of checks and balances that have governed American democracy for centuries.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In the Cauldron: Terror, Tension, and the American Ambassador’s Struggle to Avoid Pearl Harbor by Lew Paper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419647</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Cauldron: Terror, Tension, and the American Ambassador’s Struggle to Avoid Pearl Harbor
Author: Lew Paper
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This is not just another book about Pearl Harbor. It is the story of Joseph Grew, America’s ambassador to Japan, and his frantic effort in the months before the Pearl Harbor attack to orchestrate an agreement between Japan and the United States to avoid the war he saw coming. It is a story filled with hope and heartache, with complex and fascinating characters, and with a drama befitting the momentous decisions at stake. And more than that, it is a story that has never been told. In those months before the Pearl Harbor attack, Japan and the United States were locked in a battle of wills. President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s economic sanctions were crippling Japan. America’s noose was tightening around Japan’s neck—but the country’s leaders refused to yield to American demands.  In this cauldron of boiling tensions, Joseph Grew offered many recommendations to break the deadlock. Having resided and worked in Tokyo for almost ten years, Grew understood what Roosevelt and his administration back home did not: that the Japanese would rather face annihilation than endure the humiliation of surrendering to American pressure.  The President and his administration saw little need to accept their ambassador’s recommendations. The administration’s policies, they believed, were sure to succeed. And so, with increasing urgency, Grew tried to explain to the President and his administration that Japan’s mindset could not be gauged by Western standards of logic and that the administration’s policies could lead Japan to embark on a suicidal war with the United States “with dangerous and dramatic suddenness.” Relying on Grew’s diaries, letters and memos, interviews with members of the families of Grew and his staff, and an abundance of other primary source materials, Lew Paper presents the gripping story of Grew’s effort to halt the downward spiral of Japan’s relations with the United States. Grew had to wrestle with an American government that would not listen to him—and simultaneously confront an increasingly hostile environment in Japan, where pervasive surveillance, arbitrary arrest, and even unspeakable torture by Japan’s secret police were constant threats.  In the Cauldron reads like a novel, but it is based on fact. And it is sure to raise questions whether the Pearl Harbor attack could have been avoided.</description>
      <author>Lew Paper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094087061.mp3" length="836988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419647</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094087061.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Cauldron: Terror, Tension, and the American Ambassador’s Struggle to Avoid Pearl Harbor
Author: Lew Paper
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This is not just another book about Pearl Harbor. It is the story of Joseph Grew, America’s ambassador to Japan, and his frantic effort in the months before the Pearl Harbor attack to orchestrate an agreement between Japan and the United States to avoid the war he saw coming. It is a story filled with hope and heartache, with complex and fascinating characters, and with a drama befitting the momentous decisions at stake. And more than that, it is a story that has never been told. In those months before the Pearl Harbor attack, Japan and the United States were locked in a battle of wills. President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s economic sanctions were crippling Japan. America’s noose was tightening around Japan’s neck—but the country’s leaders refused to yield to American demands.  In this cauldron of boiling tensions, Joseph Grew offered many recommendations to break the deadlock. Having resided and worked in Tokyo for almost ten years, Grew understood what Roosevelt and his administration back home did not: that the Japanese would rather face annihilation than endure the humiliation of surrendering to American pressure.  The President and his administration saw little need to accept their ambassador’s recommendations. The administration’s policies, they believed, were sure to succeed. And so, with increasing urgency, Grew tried to explain to the President and his administration that Japan’s mindset could not be gauged by Western standards of logic and that the administration’s policies could lead Japan to embark on a suicidal war with the United States “with dangerous and dramatic suddenness.” Relying on Grew’s diaries, letters and memos, interviews with members of the families of Grew and his staff, and an abundance of other primary source materials, Lew Paper presents the gripping story of Grew’s effort to halt the downward spiral of Japan’s relations with the United States. Grew had to wrestle with an American government that would not listen to him—and simultaneously confront an increasingly hostile environment in Japan, where pervasive surveillance, arbitrary arrest, and even unspeakable torture by Japan’s secret police were constant threats.  In the Cauldron reads like a novel, but it is based on fact. And it is sure to raise questions whether the Pearl Harbor attack could have been avoided.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Cauldron: Terror, Tension, and the American Ambassador’s Struggle to Avoid Pearl Harbor
Author: Lew Paper
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This is not just another book about Pearl Harbor. It is the story of Joseph Grew, America’s ambassador to Japan, and his frantic effort in the months before the Pearl Harbor attack to orchestrate an agreement between Japan and the United States to avoid the war he saw coming. It is a story filled with hope and heartache, with complex and fascinating characters, and with a drama befitting the momentous decisions at stake. And more than that, it is a story that has never been told. In those months before the Pearl Harbor attack, Japan and the United States were locked in a battle of wills. President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s economic sanctions were crippling Japan. America’s noose was tightening around Japan’s neck—but the country’s leaders refused to yield to American demands.  In this cauldron of boiling tensions, Joseph Grew offered many recommendations to break the deadlock. Having resided and worked in Tokyo for almost ten years, Grew understood what Roosevelt and his administration back home did not: that the Japanese would rather face annihilation than endure the humiliation of surrendering to American pressure.  The President and his administration saw little need to accept their ambassador’s recommendations. The administration’s policies, they believed, were sure to succeed. And so, with increasing urgency, Grew tried to explain to the President and his administration that Japan’s mindset could not be gauged by Western standards of logic and that the administration’s policies could lead Japan to embark on a suicidal war with the United States “with dangerous and dramatic suddenness.” Relying on Grew’s diaries, letters and memos, interviews with members of the families of Grew and his staff, and an abundance of other primary source materials, Lew Paper presents the gripping story of Grew’s effort to halt the downward spiral of Japan’s relations with the United States. Grew had to wrestle with an American government that would not listen to him—and simultaneously confront an increasingly hostile environment in Japan, where pervasive surveillance, arbitrary arrest, and even unspeakable torture by Japan’s secret police were constant threats.  In the Cauldron reads like a novel, but it is based on fact. And it is sure to raise questions whether the Pearl Harbor attack could have been avoided.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Demagogue: The Great Awakening and the Rise and Fall of Populism by J. D. Dickey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419630</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Demagogue: The Great Awakening and the Rise and Fall of Populism
Author: J. D. Dickey
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times bestselling historian examines how demagoguery and the populism it inspires―for good and ill―is embedded in the very soul of our nation. In September 1740, New England experienced a social earthquake. It arrived not in the form of a great natural disaster or an act of violence, but with the figure of a twenty-year-old preacher. People were abuzz with his stunning oratory, his colorful theatrics, and his almost ungodly sense of power and presence. When George Whitfield arrived in the small towns and hamlets that made up the American colonies, he proved to be much more than anything the residents could have expected. His reputation and growing legend had been built on his brilliant speeches and frightening tirades, and his fame now engulfed what would become America. He demanded his listeners repent their sins and follow the true word of God―his. He had knowledge that only he could unlock for the American people. Whitefield’s message shook the country to its core. Overwhelmed with passion, his listeners cried, screamed, sang, and danced. Despite their ecstasy, though, the converted also felt a great deal of fear growing. For Whitefield’s message also carried a threat, and he brooked no dissent. Whitefield’s power over his listeners grew, and New England was in the uproar of a social revolution never seen before in America. Years later, they would call it a Great Awakening, and it would reorder the colonies and wend its way into the very fabric of what America would eventually become. Soon after Whitefield and his followers reached their zenith, things began to fall apart. And what once seemed so certain―a puritanical utopia―vanished like a dream, leaving the Awakeners stripped of their earthly power. American Demagogue is the story of this rapid rise and equally steep fall, which would be echoed by authoritarian populists in later centuries and American demagogues yet to come. As we enter a new era of populism and demagoguery on both sides of the spectrum, we need to understand America’s paradoxical passion and disdain for demagogues throughout our history. Though centuries have passed, the themes remain the same―anger, grievance, dissension, self-promotion, and even brute force―as this cycle of rise and fall continues.</description>
      <author>J. D. Dickey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982599751.mp3" length="752835" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419630</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982599751.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Demagogue: The Great Awakening and the Rise and Fall of Populism
Author: J. D. Dickey
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times bestselling historian examines how demagoguery and the populism it inspires―for good and ill―is embedded in the very soul of our nation. In September 1740, New England experienced a social earthquake. It arrived not in the form of a great natural disaster or an act of violence, but with the figure of a twenty-year-old preacher. People were abuzz with his stunning oratory, his colorful theatrics, and his almost ungodly sense of power and presence. When George Whitfield arrived in the small towns and hamlets that made up the American colonies, he proved to be much more than anything the residents could have expected. His reputation and growing legend had been built on his brilliant speeches and frightening tirades, and his fame now engulfed what would become America. He demanded his listeners repent their sins and follow the true word of God―his. He had knowledge that only he could unlock for the American people. Whitefield’s message shook the country to its core. Overwhelmed with passion, his listeners cried, screamed, sang, and danced. Despite their ecstasy, though, the converted also felt a great deal of fear growing. For Whitefield’s message also carried a threat, and he brooked no dissent. Whitefield’s power over his listeners grew, and New England was in the uproar of a social revolution never seen before in America. Years later, they would call it a Great Awakening, and it would reorder the colonies and wend its way into the very fabric of what America would eventually become. Soon after Whitefield and his followers reached their zenith, things began to fall apart. And what once seemed so certain―a puritanical utopia―vanished like a dream, leaving the Awakeners stripped of their earthly power. American Demagogue is the story of this rapid rise and equally steep fall, which would be echoed by authoritarian populists in later centuries and American demagogues yet to come. As we enter a new era of populism and demagoguery on both sides of the spectrum, we need to understand America’s paradoxical passion and disdain for demagogues throughout our history. Though centuries have passed, the themes remain the same―anger, grievance, dissension, self-promotion, and even brute force―as this cycle of rise and fall continues.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Demagogue: The Great Awakening and the Rise and Fall of Populism
Author: J. D. Dickey
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times bestselling historian examines how demagoguery and the populism it inspires―for good and ill―is embedded in the very soul of our nation. In September 1740, New England experienced a social earthquake. It arrived not in the form of a great natural disaster or an act of violence, but with the figure of a twenty-year-old preacher. People were abuzz with his stunning oratory, his colorful theatrics, and his almost ungodly sense of power and presence. When George Whitfield arrived in the small towns and hamlets that made up the American colonies, he proved to be much more than anything the residents could have expected. His reputation and growing legend had been built on his brilliant speeches and frightening tirades, and his fame now engulfed what would become America. He demanded his listeners repent their sins and follow the true word of God―his. He had knowledge that only he could unlock for the American people. Whitefield’s message shook the country to its core. Overwhelmed with passion, his listeners cried, screamed, sang, and danced. Despite their ecstasy, though, the converted also felt a great deal of fear growing. For Whitefield’s message also carried a threat, and he brooked no dissent. Whitefield’s power over his listeners grew, and New England was in the uproar of a social revolution never seen before in America. Years later, they would call it a Great Awakening, and it would reorder the colonies and wend its way into the very fabric of what America would eventually become. Soon after Whitefield and his followers reached their zenith, things began to fall apart. And what once seemed so certain―a puritanical utopia―vanished like a dream, leaving the Awakeners stripped of their earthly power. American Demagogue is the story of this rapid rise and equally steep fall, which would be echoed by authoritarian populists in later centuries and American demagogues yet to come. As we enter a new era of populism and demagoguery on both sides of the spectrum, we need to understand America’s paradoxical passion and disdain for demagogues throughout our history. Though centuries have passed, the themes remain the same―anger, grievance, dissension, self-promotion, and even brute force―as this cycle of rise and fall continues.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building America: The Life of Benjamin Henry Latrobe by Jean H. Baker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419604</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building America: The Life of Benjamin Henry Latrobe
Author: Jean H. Baker
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An English émigré who became America&amp;#039;s first professional architect, Benjamin Henry Latrobe put his stamp on the built landscape of the new republic. Latrobe contributed to such iconic structures as the south wing of the US Capitol building, the White House, and the Navy Yard. He created some of the early republic&amp;#039;s greatest neoclassical interiors, including the Statuary Hall. As a young man, Latrobe was apprenticed to both a leading architect and civil engineer in London, studied the European continent&amp;#039;s architectural and engineering monuments, worked on canals, and designed private houses. After the death of his first wife, he was bankrupt and emigrated to the United States in 1796 to restart his career. For the new nation with grand political expectations, he intended buildings and engineering projects to match those aspirations. Like his patron Thomas Jefferson, Latrobe saw his neoclassical designs as a way to convey American democracy. He envisioned his engineering projects as a way to unite the nation and improve public health.   Building America masterfully narrates the life and legacy of a key figure in creating an American aesthetic in the new United States.</description>
      <author>Jean H. Baker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684579693.mp3" length="7477879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419604</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684579693.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building America: The Life of Benjamin Henry Latrobe
Author: Jean H. Baker
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An English émigré who became America&amp;#039;s first professional architect, Benjamin Henry Latrobe put his stamp on the built landscape of the new republic. Latrobe contributed to such iconic structures as the south wing of the US Capitol building, the White House, and the Navy Yard. He created some of the early republic&amp;#039;s greatest neoclassical interiors, including the Statuary Hall. As a young man, Latrobe was apprenticed to both a leading architect and civil engineer in London, studied the European continent&amp;#039;s architectural and engineering monuments, worked on canals, and designed private houses. After the death of his first wife, he was bankrupt and emigrated to the United States in 1796 to restart his career. For the new nation with grand political expectations, he intended buildings and engineering projects to match those aspirations. Like his patron Thomas Jefferson, Latrobe saw his neoclassical designs as a way to convey American democracy. He envisioned his engineering projects as a way to unite the nation and improve public health.   Building America masterfully narrates the life and legacy of a key figure in creating an American aesthetic in the new United States.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building America: The Life of Benjamin Henry Latrobe
Author: Jean H. Baker
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An English émigré who became America&amp;#039;s first professional architect, Benjamin Henry Latrobe put his stamp on the built landscape of the new republic. Latrobe contributed to such iconic structures as the south wing of the US Capitol building, the White House, and the Navy Yard. He created some of the early republic&amp;#039;s greatest neoclassical interiors, including the Statuary Hall. As a young man, Latrobe was apprenticed to both a leading architect and civil engineer in London, studied the European continent&amp;#039;s architectural and engineering monuments, worked on canals, and designed private houses. After the death of his first wife, he was bankrupt and emigrated to the United States in 1796 to restart his career. For the new nation with grand political expectations, he intended buildings and engineering projects to match those aspirations. Like his patron Thomas Jefferson, Latrobe saw his neoclassical designs as a way to convey American democracy. He envisioned his engineering projects as a way to unite the nation and improve public health.   Building America masterfully narrates the life and legacy of a key figure in creating an American aesthetic in the new United States.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unworthy Republic: The Dispossession of Native Americans and the Road to Indian Territory by Claudio Saunt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419600</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unworthy Republic: The Dispossession of Native Americans and the Road to Indian Territory
Author: Claudio Saunt
Narrator: Stephen Bowlby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In May 1830, the United States formally launched a policy to expel Native Americans from the East to territories west of the Mississippi River. Justified as a humanitarian enterprise, the undertaking was to be systematic and rational, overseen by Washington’s small but growing bureaucracy. But as the policy unfolded over the next decade, thousands of Native Americans died under the federal government’s auspices, and thousands of others lost their possessions and homelands in an orgy of fraud, intimidation, and violence. Drawing on firsthand accounts and the voluminous records produced by the federal government, Saunt’s deeply researched book argues that Indian Removal, as advocates of the policy called it, was not an inevitable chapter in US expansion across the continent. Rather, it was a fiercely contested political act designed to secure new lands for the expansion of slavery and to consolidate the power of the southern states. Indigenous peoples fought relentlessly against the policy, while many US citizens insisted that it was a betrayal of the nation’s values. When Congress passed the act by a razor-thin margin, it authorized one of the first state-sponsored mass deportations in the modern era, marking a turning point for native peoples and for the United States.</description>
      <author>Claudio Saunt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684578054.mp3" length="8466241" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419600</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684578054.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unworthy Republic: The Dispossession of Native Americans and the Road to Indian Territory
Author: Claudio Saunt
Narrator: Stephen Bowlby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In May 1830, the United States formally launched a policy to expel Native Americans from the East to territories west of the Mississippi River. Justified as a humanitarian enterprise, the undertaking was to be systematic and rational, overseen by Washington’s small but growing bureaucracy. But as the policy unfolded over the next decade, thousands of Native Americans died under the federal government’s auspices, and thousands of others lost their possessions and homelands in an orgy of fraud, intimidation, and violence. Drawing on firsthand accounts and the voluminous records produced by the federal government, Saunt’s deeply researched book argues that Indian Removal, as advocates of the policy called it, was not an inevitable chapter in US expansion across the continent. Rather, it was a fiercely contested political act designed to secure new lands for the expansion of slavery and to consolidate the power of the southern states. Indigenous peoples fought relentlessly against the policy, while many US citizens insisted that it was a betrayal of the nation’s values. When Congress passed the act by a razor-thin margin, it authorized one of the first state-sponsored mass deportations in the modern era, marking a turning point for native peoples and for the United States.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unworthy Republic: The Dispossession of Native Americans and the Road to Indian Territory
Author: Claudio Saunt
Narrator: Stephen Bowlby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In May 1830, the United States formally launched a policy to expel Native Americans from the East to territories west of the Mississippi River. Justified as a humanitarian enterprise, the undertaking was to be systematic and rational, overseen by Washington’s small but growing bureaucracy. But as the policy unfolded over the next decade, thousands of Native Americans died under the federal government’s auspices, and thousands of others lost their possessions and homelands in an orgy of fraud, intimidation, and violence. Drawing on firsthand accounts and the voluminous records produced by the federal government, Saunt’s deeply researched book argues that Indian Removal, as advocates of the policy called it, was not an inevitable chapter in US expansion across the continent. Rather, it was a fiercely contested political act designed to secure new lands for the expansion of slavery and to consolidate the power of the southern states. Indigenous peoples fought relentlessly against the policy, while many US citizens insisted that it was a betrayal of the nation’s values. When Congress passed the act by a razor-thin margin, it authorized one of the first state-sponsored mass deportations in the modern era, marking a turning point for native peoples and for the United States.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cabinet: George Washington and the Creation of an American Institution by Lindsay M. Chervinsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cabinet: George Washington and the Creation of an American Institution
Author: Lindsay M. Chervinsky
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On November 26, 1791, George Washington convened his department secretaries—Alexander Hamilton, Thomas Jefferson, Henry Knox, and Edmund Randolph—for the first cabinet meeting. Why did he wait two and a half years into his presidency to call his cabinet? Because the US Constitution did not create or provide for such a body. Washington was on his own. Faced with diplomatic crises, domestic insurrections, and constitutional challenges—and finding congressional help lacking—Washington decided he needed a group of advisors he could turn to. He modeled his new cabinet on the councils of war he had led as commander of the Continental Army. In the early days, the cabinet served at the president&amp;#039;s pleasure. Washington tinkered with its structure throughout his administration, at times calling regular meetings, at other times preferring written advice and individual discussions. Lindsay M. Chervinsky reveals the far-reaching consequences of Washington&amp;#039;s choice. The tensions in the cabinet between Hamilton and Jefferson heightened partisanship and contributed to the development of the first party system. And as Washington faced an increasingly recalcitrant Congress, he came to treat the cabinet as a private advisory body to summon as needed, greatly expanding the role of the president and the executive branch.</description>
      <author>Lindsay M. Chervinsky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705218440.mp3" length="2776507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705218440.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cabinet: George Washington and the Creation of an American Institution
Author: Lindsay M. Chervinsky
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On November 26, 1791, George Washington convened his department secretaries—Alexander Hamilton, Thomas Jefferson, Henry Knox, and Edmund Randolph—for the first cabinet meeting. Why did he wait two and a half years into his presidency to call his cabinet? Because the US Constitution did not create or provide for such a body. Washington was on his own. Faced with diplomatic crises, domestic insurrections, and constitutional challenges—and finding congressional help lacking—Washington decided he needed a group of advisors he could turn to. He modeled his new cabinet on the councils of war he had led as commander of the Continental Army. In the early days, the cabinet served at the president&amp;#039;s pleasure. Washington tinkered with its structure throughout his administration, at times calling regular meetings, at other times preferring written advice and individual discussions. Lindsay M. Chervinsky reveals the far-reaching consequences of Washington&amp;#039;s choice. The tensions in the cabinet between Hamilton and Jefferson heightened partisanship and contributed to the development of the first party system. And as Washington faced an increasingly recalcitrant Congress, he came to treat the cabinet as a private advisory body to summon as needed, greatly expanding the role of the president and the executive branch.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cabinet: George Washington and the Creation of an American Institution
Author: Lindsay M. Chervinsky
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On November 26, 1791, George Washington convened his department secretaries—Alexander Hamilton, Thomas Jefferson, Henry Knox, and Edmund Randolph—for the first cabinet meeting. Why did he wait two and a half years into his presidency to call his cabinet? Because the US Constitution did not create or provide for such a body. Washington was on his own. Faced with diplomatic crises, domestic insurrections, and constitutional challenges—and finding congressional help lacking—Washington decided he needed a group of advisors he could turn to. He modeled his new cabinet on the councils of war he had led as commander of the Continental Army. In the early days, the cabinet served at the president&amp;#039;s pleasure. Washington tinkered with its structure throughout his administration, at times calling regular meetings, at other times preferring written advice and individual discussions. Lindsay M. Chervinsky reveals the far-reaching consequences of Washington&amp;#039;s choice. The tensions in the cabinet between Hamilton and Jefferson heightened partisanship and contributed to the development of the first party system. And as Washington faced an increasingly recalcitrant Congress, he came to treat the cabinet as a private advisory body to summon as needed, greatly expanding the role of the president and the executive branch.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fifth Sun: A New History of the Aztecs by Camilla Townsend</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fifth Sun: A New History of the Aztecs
Author: Camilla Townsend
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In November 1519, Hernando Cortés walked along a causeway leading to the capital of the Aztec kingdom and came face to face with Moctezuma. That story—and the story of what happened afterwards—has been told many times, but always following the narrative offered by the Spaniards. After all, we have been taught, it was the Europeans who held the pens. But the Native Americans were intrigued by the Roman alphabet and, unbeknownst to the newcomers, they used it to write detailed histories in their own language of Nahuatl. Until recently, these sources remained obscure, only partially translated, and rarely consulted by scholars. For the first time, in Fifth Sun, the history of the Aztecs is offered in all its complexity based solely on the texts written by the indigenous people themselves. Camilla Townsend presents an accessible and humanized depiction of these native Mexicans, rather than seeing them as the exotic, bloody figures of European stereotypes. The conquest, in this work, is neither an apocalyptic moment, nor an origin story launching Mexicans into existence. The Mexica people had a history of their own long before the Europeans arrived and did not simply capitulate to Spanish culture and colonization. Instead, they realigned their political allegiances, accommodated new obligations, adopted new technologies, and endured.</description>
      <author>Camilla Townsend</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705217085.mp3" length="8584747" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705217085.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fifth Sun: A New History of the Aztecs
Author: Camilla Townsend
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In November 1519, Hernando Cortés walked along a causeway leading to the capital of the Aztec kingdom and came face to face with Moctezuma. That story—and the story of what happened afterwards—has been told many times, but always following the narrative offered by the Spaniards. After all, we have been taught, it was the Europeans who held the pens. But the Native Americans were intrigued by the Roman alphabet and, unbeknownst to the newcomers, they used it to write detailed histories in their own language of Nahuatl. Until recently, these sources remained obscure, only partially translated, and rarely consulted by scholars. For the first time, in Fifth Sun, the history of the Aztecs is offered in all its complexity based solely on the texts written by the indigenous people themselves. Camilla Townsend presents an accessible and humanized depiction of these native Mexicans, rather than seeing them as the exotic, bloody figures of European stereotypes. The conquest, in this work, is neither an apocalyptic moment, nor an origin story launching Mexicans into existence. The Mexica people had a history of their own long before the Europeans arrived and did not simply capitulate to Spanish culture and colonization. Instead, they realigned their political allegiances, accommodated new obligations, adopted new technologies, and endured.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fifth Sun: A New History of the Aztecs
Author: Camilla Townsend
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In November 1519, Hernando Cortés walked along a causeway leading to the capital of the Aztec kingdom and came face to face with Moctezuma. That story—and the story of what happened afterwards—has been told many times, but always following the narrative offered by the Spaniards. After all, we have been taught, it was the Europeans who held the pens. But the Native Americans were intrigued by the Roman alphabet and, unbeknownst to the newcomers, they used it to write detailed histories in their own language of Nahuatl. Until recently, these sources remained obscure, only partially translated, and rarely consulted by scholars. For the first time, in Fifth Sun, the history of the Aztecs is offered in all its complexity based solely on the texts written by the indigenous people themselves. Camilla Townsend presents an accessible and humanized depiction of these native Mexicans, rather than seeing them as the exotic, bloody figures of European stereotypes. The conquest, in this work, is neither an apocalyptic moment, nor an origin story launching Mexicans into existence. The Mexica people had a history of their own long before the Europeans arrived and did not simply capitulate to Spanish culture and colonization. Instead, they realigned their political allegiances, accommodated new obligations, adopted new technologies, and endured.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Prohibition: A Very Short Introduction by W. J. Rorabaugh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419506</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prohibition: A Very Short Introduction
Author: W. J. Rorabaugh
Narrator: Phil Thron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Americans have always been a hard-drinking people, but from 1920 to 1933 the country went dry. After decades of pressure from rural Protestants such as the hatchet-wielding Carry A. Nation and organizations such as the Women&amp;#039;s Christian Temperance Union and Anti-Saloon League, the states ratified the Eighteenth Amendment to the Constitution. Bolstered by the Volstead Act, this amendment made Prohibition law: alcohol could no longer be produced, imported, transported, or sold.   This bizarre episode is often humorously recalled, frequently satirized, and usually condemned. The more interesting questions, however, are how and why Prohibition came about, how Prohibition worked (and failed to work), and how Prohibition gave way to strict governmental regulation of alcohol. This book answers these questions, presenting a brief and elegant overview of the Prohibition era and its legacy.   With his unparalleled expertise regarding American drinking patterns, W. J. Rorabaugh provides an accessible synthesis of one of the most important topics in US history, a topic that remains relevant today amidst rising concerns over binge-drinking and alcohol culture on college campuses.</description>
      <author>W. J. Rorabaugh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705203262.mp3" length="8536759" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419506</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705203262.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prohibition: A Very Short Introduction
Author: W. J. Rorabaugh
Narrator: Phil Thron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Americans have always been a hard-drinking people, but from 1920 to 1933 the country went dry. After decades of pressure from rural Protestants such as the hatchet-wielding Carry A. Nation and organizations such as the Women&amp;#039;s Christian Temperance Union and Anti-Saloon League, the states ratified the Eighteenth Amendment to the Constitution. Bolstered by the Volstead Act, this amendment made Prohibition law: alcohol could no longer be produced, imported, transported, or sold.   This bizarre episode is often humorously recalled, frequently satirized, and usually condemned. The more interesting questions, however, are how and why Prohibition came about, how Prohibition worked (and failed to work), and how Prohibition gave way to strict governmental regulation of alcohol. This book answers these questions, presenting a brief and elegant overview of the Prohibition era and its legacy.   With his unparalleled expertise regarding American drinking patterns, W. J. Rorabaugh provides an accessible synthesis of one of the most important topics in US history, a topic that remains relevant today amidst rising concerns over binge-drinking and alcohol culture on college campuses.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prohibition: A Very Short Introduction
Author: W. J. Rorabaugh
Narrator: Phil Thron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Americans have always been a hard-drinking people, but from 1920 to 1933 the country went dry. After decades of pressure from rural Protestants such as the hatchet-wielding Carry A. Nation and organizations such as the Women&amp;#039;s Christian Temperance Union and Anti-Saloon League, the states ratified the Eighteenth Amendment to the Constitution. Bolstered by the Volstead Act, this amendment made Prohibition law: alcohol could no longer be produced, imported, transported, or sold.   This bizarre episode is often humorously recalled, frequently satirized, and usually condemned. The more interesting questions, however, are how and why Prohibition came about, how Prohibition worked (and failed to work), and how Prohibition gave way to strict governmental regulation of alcohol. This book answers these questions, presenting a brief and elegant overview of the Prohibition era and its legacy.   With his unparalleled expertise regarding American drinking patterns, W. J. Rorabaugh provides an accessible synthesis of one of the most important topics in US history, a topic that remains relevant today amidst rising concerns over binge-drinking and alcohol culture on college campuses.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coffeeland: A History by Augustine Sedgewick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coffeeland: A History
Author: Augustine Sedgewick
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Coffee is one of the most valuable commodities in the history of the global economy and the world&amp;#039;s most popular drug. The very word &amp;#039;coffee&amp;#039; is one of the most widespread on the planet. Augustine Sedgewick&amp;#039;s brilliant new history tells the hidden and surprising story of how this came to be, tracing coffee&amp;#039;s 400-year transformation into an everyday necessity. The story is one that few coffee drinkers know. Coffeeland centres on the volcanic highlands of El Salvador, where James Hill, born in the slums of nineteenth-century Manchester, founded one of the world&amp;#039;s great coffee dynasties. Adapting the innovations of the industrial revolution to plantation agriculture, Hill helped to turn El Salvador into perhaps the most intensive monoculture in modern history, a place of extraordinary productivity, inequality and violence. The book follows coffee from the Hill family plantations into the United States, through the San Francisco roasting plants into supermarkets, kitchens and work places, and finally into today&amp;#039;s omnipresent cafés. Sedgewick reveals the unexpected consequences of the rise of coffee, which reshaped large areas of the tropics, transformed understandings of energy, and ultimately made us dependent on a drug served in a cup. © Augustine Sedgewick 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Augustine Sedgewick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241468036.mp3" length="1353199" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241468036.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coffeeland: A History
Author: Augustine Sedgewick
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Coffee is one of the most valuable commodities in the history of the global economy and the world&amp;#039;s most popular drug. The very word &amp;#039;coffee&amp;#039; is one of the most widespread on the planet. Augustine Sedgewick&amp;#039;s brilliant new history tells the hidden and surprising story of how this came to be, tracing coffee&amp;#039;s 400-year transformation into an everyday necessity. The story is one that few coffee drinkers know. Coffeeland centres on the volcanic highlands of El Salvador, where James Hill, born in the slums of nineteenth-century Manchester, founded one of the world&amp;#039;s great coffee dynasties. Adapting the innovations of the industrial revolution to plantation agriculture, Hill helped to turn El Salvador into perhaps the most intensive monoculture in modern history, a place of extraordinary productivity, inequality and violence. The book follows coffee from the Hill family plantations into the United States, through the San Francisco roasting plants into supermarkets, kitchens and work places, and finally into today&amp;#039;s omnipresent cafés. Sedgewick reveals the unexpected consequences of the rise of coffee, which reshaped large areas of the tropics, transformed understandings of energy, and ultimately made us dependent on a drug served in a cup. © Augustine Sedgewick 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coffeeland: A History
Author: Augustine Sedgewick
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Coffee is one of the most valuable commodities in the history of the global economy and the world&amp;#039;s most popular drug. The very word &amp;#039;coffee&amp;#039; is one of the most widespread on the planet. Augustine Sedgewick&amp;#039;s brilliant new history tells the hidden and surprising story of how this came to be, tracing coffee&amp;#039;s 400-year transformation into an everyday necessity. The story is one that few coffee drinkers know. Coffeeland centres on the volcanic highlands of El Salvador, where James Hill, born in the slums of nineteenth-century Manchester, founded one of the world&amp;#039;s great coffee dynasties. Adapting the innovations of the industrial revolution to plantation agriculture, Hill helped to turn El Salvador into perhaps the most intensive monoculture in modern history, a place of extraordinary productivity, inequality and violence. The book follows coffee from the Hill family plantations into the United States, through the San Francisco roasting plants into supermarkets, kitchens and work places, and finally into today&amp;#039;s omnipresent cafés. Sedgewick reveals the unexpected consequences of the rise of coffee, which reshaped large areas of the tropics, transformed understandings of energy, and ultimately made us dependent on a drug served in a cup. © Augustine Sedgewick 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving Stalin: Roosevelt, Churchill, Stalin, and the Cost of Allied Victory in Europe by John Kelly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419241</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419241">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419241</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Stalin: Roosevelt, Churchill, Stalin, and the Cost of Allied Victory in Europe
Author: John Kelly
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
During World War II, the Allied leaders banded together, forged a great victory--and created a new and dangerous post-war world. In the summer of 1941, Harry Hopkins, Franklin Roosevelt&amp;#039;s trusted advisor, arrived in Moscow to assess whether the US should send aid to Russia as it had to Britain. Unofficially, he was there to determine whether Josef Stalin--the man who had killed over six million Ukrainians during the 1930s--was worth saving. In this riveting and sweeping narrative, author John Kelly chronicles the turbulent wartime relationship between the great leaders--Roosevelt, Churchill, and Stalin--and military commanders of America, Britain, and the Soviet Union. Faced with the greatest challenge of the century, the Allied leaders and their war managers struggled against a common enemy--and each other. The story behind how victory was forged is an epic story, rich in drama, passion and larger-than-life personalities. The Allies eventually triumphed, but at what cost? Using his trademark character-rich writing style and focusing on unique, unknown, and unexplored aspects of the story, Kelly offers a fresh perspective on the decision-making that changed the course of the war--and the course of history. Saving Stalin brings to vivid life the epic story of the century&amp;#039;s greatest human catastrophe. It is an unforgettable master work in historical narrative.</description>
      <author>John Kelly</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549186417.mp3" length="888034" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419241</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549186417.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419241">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419241</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Stalin: Roosevelt, Churchill, Stalin, and the Cost of Allied Victory in Europe
Author: John Kelly
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
During World War II, the Allied leaders banded together, forged a great victory--and created a new and dangerous post-war world. In the summer of 1941, Harry Hopkins, Franklin Roosevelt&amp;#039;s trusted advisor, arrived in Moscow to assess whether the US should send aid to Russia as it had to Britain. Unofficially, he was there to determine whether Josef Stalin--the man who had killed over six million Ukrainians during the 1930s--was worth saving. In this riveting and sweeping narrative, author John Kelly chronicles the turbulent wartime relationship between the great leaders--Roosevelt, Churchill, and Stalin--and military commanders of America, Britain, and the Soviet Union. Faced with the greatest challenge of the century, the Allied leaders and their war managers struggled against a common enemy--and each other. The story behind how victory was forged is an epic story, rich in drama, passion and larger-than-life personalities. The Allies eventually triumphed, but at what cost? Using his trademark character-rich writing style and focusing on unique, unknown, and unexplored aspects of the story, Kelly offers a fresh perspective on the decision-making that changed the course of the war--and the course of history. Saving Stalin brings to vivid life the epic story of the century&amp;#039;s greatest human catastrophe. It is an unforgettable master work in historical narrative.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419241">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419241</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Stalin: Roosevelt, Churchill, Stalin, and the Cost of Allied Victory in Europe
Author: John Kelly
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
During World War II, the Allied leaders banded together, forged a great victory--and created a new and dangerous post-war world. In the summer of 1941, Harry Hopkins, Franklin Roosevelt&amp;#039;s trusted advisor, arrived in Moscow to assess whether the US should send aid to Russia as it had to Britain. Unofficially, he was there to determine whether Josef Stalin--the man who had killed over six million Ukrainians during the 1930s--was worth saving. In this riveting and sweeping narrative, author John Kelly chronicles the turbulent wartime relationship between the great leaders--Roosevelt, Churchill, and Stalin--and military commanders of America, Britain, and the Soviet Union. Faced with the greatest challenge of the century, the Allied leaders and their war managers struggled against a common enemy--and each other. The story behind how victory was forged is an epic story, rich in drama, passion and larger-than-life personalities. The Allies eventually triumphed, but at what cost? Using his trademark character-rich writing style and focusing on unique, unknown, and unexplored aspects of the story, Kelly offers a fresh perspective on the decision-making that changed the course of the war--and the course of history. Saving Stalin brings to vivid life the epic story of the century&amp;#039;s greatest human catastrophe. It is an unforgettable master work in historical narrative.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Deepest South of All: True Stories from Natchez, Mississippi by Richard Grant</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419183</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deepest South of All: True Stories from Natchez, Mississippi
Author: Richard Grant
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 24 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling travel writer Richard Grant “sensitively probes the complex and troubled history of the oldest city on the Mississippi River through the eyes of a cast of eccentric and unexpected characters” (Newsweek). Natchez, Mississippi, once had more millionaires per capita than anywhere else in America, and its wealth was built on slavery and cotton. Today it has the greatest concentration of antebellum mansions in the South, and a culture full of unexpected contradictions. Prominent white families dress up in hoopskirts and Confederate uniforms for ritual celebrations of the Old South, yet Natchez is also progressive enough to elect a gay black man for mayor with 91% of the vote.   Much as John Berendt did for Savannah in Midnight in the Garden of Good and Evil and the hit podcast S-Town did for Woodstock, Alabama, so Richard Grant does for Natchez in The Deepest South of All. With humor and insight, he depicts a strange, eccentric town with an unforgettable cast of characters. There’s Buzz Harper, a six-food-five gay antique dealer famous for swanning around in a mink coat with a uniformed manservant and a very short German bodybuilder. There’s Ginger Hyland, “The Lioness,” who owns 500 antique eyewash cups and decorates 168 Christmas trees with her jewelry collection. And there’s Nellie Jackson, a Cadillac-driving brothel madam who became an FBI informant about the KKK before being burned alive by one of her customers. Interwoven through these stories is the more somber and largely forgotten account of Abd al Rahman Ibrahima, a West African prince who was enslaved in Natchez and became a cause célèbre in the 1820s, eventually gaining his freedom and returning to Africa.   With an “easygoing manner” (Geoff Dyer, National Book Critics Circle Award–winning author of Otherwise Known as the Human Condition), this book offers a gripping portrait of a complex American place, as it struggles to break free from the past and confront the legacy of slavery.</description>
      <author>Richard Grant</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797108599.mp3" length="879493" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419183</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797108599.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deepest South of All: True Stories from Natchez, Mississippi
Author: Richard Grant
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 24 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling travel writer Richard Grant “sensitively probes the complex and troubled history of the oldest city on the Mississippi River through the eyes of a cast of eccentric and unexpected characters” (Newsweek). Natchez, Mississippi, once had more millionaires per capita than anywhere else in America, and its wealth was built on slavery and cotton. Today it has the greatest concentration of antebellum mansions in the South, and a culture full of unexpected contradictions. Prominent white families dress up in hoopskirts and Confederate uniforms for ritual celebrations of the Old South, yet Natchez is also progressive enough to elect a gay black man for mayor with 91% of the vote.   Much as John Berendt did for Savannah in Midnight in the Garden of Good and Evil and the hit podcast S-Town did for Woodstock, Alabama, so Richard Grant does for Natchez in The Deepest South of All. With humor and insight, he depicts a strange, eccentric town with an unforgettable cast of characters. There’s Buzz Harper, a six-food-five gay antique dealer famous for swanning around in a mink coat with a uniformed manservant and a very short German bodybuilder. There’s Ginger Hyland, “The Lioness,” who owns 500 antique eyewash cups and decorates 168 Christmas trees with her jewelry collection. And there’s Nellie Jackson, a Cadillac-driving brothel madam who became an FBI informant about the KKK before being burned alive by one of her customers. Interwoven through these stories is the more somber and largely forgotten account of Abd al Rahman Ibrahima, a West African prince who was enslaved in Natchez and became a cause célèbre in the 1820s, eventually gaining his freedom and returning to Africa.   With an “easygoing manner” (Geoff Dyer, National Book Critics Circle Award–winning author of Otherwise Known as the Human Condition), this book offers a gripping portrait of a complex American place, as it struggles to break free from the past and confront the legacy of slavery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deepest South of All: True Stories from Natchez, Mississippi
Author: Richard Grant
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 24 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling travel writer Richard Grant “sensitively probes the complex and troubled history of the oldest city on the Mississippi River through the eyes of a cast of eccentric and unexpected characters” (Newsweek). Natchez, Mississippi, once had more millionaires per capita than anywhere else in America, and its wealth was built on slavery and cotton. Today it has the greatest concentration of antebellum mansions in the South, and a culture full of unexpected contradictions. Prominent white families dress up in hoopskirts and Confederate uniforms for ritual celebrations of the Old South, yet Natchez is also progressive enough to elect a gay black man for mayor with 91% of the vote.   Much as John Berendt did for Savannah in Midnight in the Garden of Good and Evil and the hit podcast S-Town did for Woodstock, Alabama, so Richard Grant does for Natchez in The Deepest South of All. With humor and insight, he depicts a strange, eccentric town with an unforgettable cast of characters. There’s Buzz Harper, a six-food-five gay antique dealer famous for swanning around in a mink coat with a uniformed manservant and a very short German bodybuilder. There’s Ginger Hyland, “The Lioness,” who owns 500 antique eyewash cups and decorates 168 Christmas trees with her jewelry collection. And there’s Nellie Jackson, a Cadillac-driving brothel madam who became an FBI informant about the KKK before being burned alive by one of her customers. Interwoven through these stories is the more somber and largely forgotten account of Abd al Rahman Ibrahima, a West African prince who was enslaved in Natchez and became a cause célèbre in the 1820s, eventually gaining his freedom and returning to Africa.   With an “easygoing manner” (Geoff Dyer, National Book Critics Circle Award–winning author of Otherwise Known as the Human Condition), this book offers a gripping portrait of a complex American place, as it struggles to break free from the past and confront the legacy of slavery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Empire of Mud: The Secret History of Washington, DC by J. D. Dickey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418957</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Empire of Mud: The Secret History of Washington, DC
Author: J. D. Dickey
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Washington, DC, gleams with stately columns and neoclassical temples, a pulsing hub of political power and prowess. But for decades it was one of the worst excuses for a capital city the world had ever seen. Before America became a world power in the twentieth century, Washington City was an eyesore at best and a disgrace at worst. Unfilled swamps, filthy canals, and rutted horse trails littered its landscape. Political bosses hired hooligans and thugs to conduct the nation’s affairs. Legendary madams entertained clients from all stations of society and politicians of every party. The police served and protected with the aid of bribes and protection money. Beneath pestilential air, the city’s muddy roads led to a stumpy, half-finished obelisk to Washington here, a domeless Capitol Building there. Lining the streets stood boarding houses, tanneries, and slums. Deadly horse races gouged dusty streets, and opposing factions of volunteer firefighters battled one another like violent gangs rather than life-saving heroes. The city’s turbulent history set a precedent for the dishonesty, corruption, and mismanagement that have led generations to look suspiciously on the various sin—both real and imagined—of Washington politicians. Empire of Mud unearths and untangles the roots of our capital’s story and explores how the city was tainted from the outset, nearly stifled from becoming the proud citadel of the republic that George Washington and Pierre L’Enfant envisioned more than two centuries ago.</description>
      <author>J. D. Dickey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094090153.mp3" length="775918" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418957</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094090153.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Empire of Mud: The Secret History of Washington, DC
Author: J. D. Dickey
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Washington, DC, gleams with stately columns and neoclassical temples, a pulsing hub of political power and prowess. But for decades it was one of the worst excuses for a capital city the world had ever seen. Before America became a world power in the twentieth century, Washington City was an eyesore at best and a disgrace at worst. Unfilled swamps, filthy canals, and rutted horse trails littered its landscape. Political bosses hired hooligans and thugs to conduct the nation’s affairs. Legendary madams entertained clients from all stations of society and politicians of every party. The police served and protected with the aid of bribes and protection money. Beneath pestilential air, the city’s muddy roads led to a stumpy, half-finished obelisk to Washington here, a domeless Capitol Building there. Lining the streets stood boarding houses, tanneries, and slums. Deadly horse races gouged dusty streets, and opposing factions of volunteer firefighters battled one another like violent gangs rather than life-saving heroes. The city’s turbulent history set a precedent for the dishonesty, corruption, and mismanagement that have led generations to look suspiciously on the various sin—both real and imagined—of Washington politicians. Empire of Mud unearths and untangles the roots of our capital’s story and explores how the city was tainted from the outset, nearly stifled from becoming the proud citadel of the republic that George Washington and Pierre L’Enfant envisioned more than two centuries ago.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Empire of Mud: The Secret History of Washington, DC
Author: J. D. Dickey
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Washington, DC, gleams with stately columns and neoclassical temples, a pulsing hub of political power and prowess. But for decades it was one of the worst excuses for a capital city the world had ever seen. Before America became a world power in the twentieth century, Washington City was an eyesore at best and a disgrace at worst. Unfilled swamps, filthy canals, and rutted horse trails littered its landscape. Political bosses hired hooligans and thugs to conduct the nation’s affairs. Legendary madams entertained clients from all stations of society and politicians of every party. The police served and protected with the aid of bribes and protection money. Beneath pestilential air, the city’s muddy roads led to a stumpy, half-finished obelisk to Washington here, a domeless Capitol Building there. Lining the streets stood boarding houses, tanneries, and slums. Deadly horse races gouged dusty streets, and opposing factions of volunteer firefighters battled one another like violent gangs rather than life-saving heroes. The city’s turbulent history set a precedent for the dishonesty, corruption, and mismanagement that have led generations to look suspiciously on the various sin—both real and imagined—of Washington politicians. Empire of Mud unearths and untangles the roots of our capital’s story and explores how the city was tainted from the outset, nearly stifled from becoming the proud citadel of the republic that George Washington and Pierre L’Enfant envisioned more than two centuries ago.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In the Hands of the People: Thomas Jefferson on Equality, Faith, Freedom, Compromise, and the Art of Citizenship by Annette Gordon-Reed</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Hands of the People: Thomas Jefferson on Equality, Faith, Freedom, Compromise, and the Art of Citizenship
Author: Annette Gordon-Reed
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini, Fred Sanders, Various
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Jon Meacham offers a collection of inspiring words about how to be a good citizen, from Thomas Jefferson and others, and reminds us why our country’s founding principles are still so important today. Thomas Jefferson believed in the covenant between a government and its citizens, in both the government’s responsibilities to its people and also the people’s responsibility to the republic. In this illuminating book, a project of the Thomas Jefferson Foundation at Monticello, the #1 New York Times bestselling author Jon Meacham presents selections from Jefferson’s writing on the subject, with an afterword by Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Annette Gordon-Reed and comments on Jefferson’s ideas from others, including Colin Powell, Madeleine Albright, Frederick Douglass, Carl Sagan, and American presidents. This curated collection revitalizes how to see an individual’s role in the world, as it explores such Jeffersonian concepts as religious freedom, the importance of a free press, public education, participation in government, and others. Meacham writes, “In an hour of twenty-first-century division and partisanship, of declining trust in institutions and of widespread skepticism about the long-term viability of the American experiment, it is instructive to return to first principles. Not, to be sure, as an exercise in nostalgia or as a flight from the reality of our own time, but as an honest effort to see, as Jefferson wrote, what history may be able to tell us about the present and the future.” Read by Fred Sanders and Edoardo Ballerini, with Paul Boehmer, Mark Bramhall, Amanda Carlin, Janina Edwards, Robert Fass, Jim Frangione, Dion Graham, Johnny Heller, JD Jackson, Arthur Morey, George Newbern, and Christine Rendel</description>
      <author>Annette Gordon-Reed</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593286715.mp3" length="2808575" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593286715.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Hands of the People: Thomas Jefferson on Equality, Faith, Freedom, Compromise, and the Art of Citizenship
Author: Annette Gordon-Reed
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini, Fred Sanders, Various
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Jon Meacham offers a collection of inspiring words about how to be a good citizen, from Thomas Jefferson and others, and reminds us why our country’s founding principles are still so important today. Thomas Jefferson believed in the covenant between a government and its citizens, in both the government’s responsibilities to its people and also the people’s responsibility to the republic. In this illuminating book, a project of the Thomas Jefferson Foundation at Monticello, the #1 New York Times bestselling author Jon Meacham presents selections from Jefferson’s writing on the subject, with an afterword by Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Annette Gordon-Reed and comments on Jefferson’s ideas from others, including Colin Powell, Madeleine Albright, Frederick Douglass, Carl Sagan, and American presidents. This curated collection revitalizes how to see an individual’s role in the world, as it explores such Jeffersonian concepts as religious freedom, the importance of a free press, public education, participation in government, and others. Meacham writes, “In an hour of twenty-first-century division and partisanship, of declining trust in institutions and of widespread skepticism about the long-term viability of the American experiment, it is instructive to return to first principles. Not, to be sure, as an exercise in nostalgia or as a flight from the reality of our own time, but as an honest effort to see, as Jefferson wrote, what history may be able to tell us about the present and the future.” Read by Fred Sanders and Edoardo Ballerini, with Paul Boehmer, Mark Bramhall, Amanda Carlin, Janina Edwards, Robert Fass, Jim Frangione, Dion Graham, Johnny Heller, JD Jackson, Arthur Morey, George Newbern, and Christine Rendel</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Hands of the People: Thomas Jefferson on Equality, Faith, Freedom, Compromise, and the Art of Citizenship
Author: Annette Gordon-Reed
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini, Fred Sanders, Various
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Jon Meacham offers a collection of inspiring words about how to be a good citizen, from Thomas Jefferson and others, and reminds us why our country’s founding principles are still so important today. Thomas Jefferson believed in the covenant between a government and its citizens, in both the government’s responsibilities to its people and also the people’s responsibility to the republic. In this illuminating book, a project of the Thomas Jefferson Foundation at Monticello, the #1 New York Times bestselling author Jon Meacham presents selections from Jefferson’s writing on the subject, with an afterword by Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Annette Gordon-Reed and comments on Jefferson’s ideas from others, including Colin Powell, Madeleine Albright, Frederick Douglass, Carl Sagan, and American presidents. This curated collection revitalizes how to see an individual’s role in the world, as it explores such Jeffersonian concepts as religious freedom, the importance of a free press, public education, participation in government, and others. Meacham writes, “In an hour of twenty-first-century division and partisanship, of declining trust in institutions and of widespread skepticism about the long-term viability of the American experiment, it is instructive to return to first principles. Not, to be sure, as an exercise in nostalgia or as a flight from the reality of our own time, but as an honest effort to see, as Jefferson wrote, what history may be able to tell us about the present and the future.” Read by Fred Sanders and Edoardo Ballerini, with Paul Boehmer, Mark Bramhall, Amanda Carlin, Janina Edwards, Robert Fass, Jim Frangione, Dion Graham, Johnny Heller, JD Jackson, Arthur Morey, George Newbern, and Christine Rendel</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear: The Utopian Plot to Liberate an American Town (And Some Bears) by Matthew Hongoltz-Hetling</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear: The Utopian Plot to Liberate an American Town (And Some Bears)
Author: Matthew Hongoltz-Hetling
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;Simultaneously hilarious, poignant, and deeply unsettling.&amp;quot; ―The New Republic A tiny American town&amp;#039;s plans for radical self-government overlooked one hairy detail: no one told the bears.    Once upon a time, a group of libertarians got together and hatched the Free Town Project, a plan to take over an American town and completely eliminate its government. In 2004, they set their sights on Grafton, NH, a barely populated settlement with one paved road. When they descended on Grafton, public funding for pretty much everything shrank: the fire department, the library, the schoolhouse. State and federal laws became meek suggestions, scarcely heard in the town&amp;#039;s thick wilderness.  The anything-goes atmosphere soon caught the attention of Grafton&amp;#039;s neighbors: the bears. Freedom-loving citizens ignored hunting laws and regulations on food disposal. They built a tent city in an effort to get off the grid. The bears smelled food and opportunity. A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear is the sometimes funny, sometimes terrifying tale of what happens when a government disappears into the woods. Complete with gunplay, adventure, and backstabbing politicians, this is the ultimate story of a quintessential American experiment -- to live free or die, perhaps from a bear.</description>
      <author>Matthew Hongoltz-Hetling</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549104671.mp3" length="871666" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549104671.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear: The Utopian Plot to Liberate an American Town (And Some Bears)
Author: Matthew Hongoltz-Hetling
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;Simultaneously hilarious, poignant, and deeply unsettling.&amp;quot; ―The New Republic A tiny American town&amp;#039;s plans for radical self-government overlooked one hairy detail: no one told the bears.    Once upon a time, a group of libertarians got together and hatched the Free Town Project, a plan to take over an American town and completely eliminate its government. In 2004, they set their sights on Grafton, NH, a barely populated settlement with one paved road. When they descended on Grafton, public funding for pretty much everything shrank: the fire department, the library, the schoolhouse. State and federal laws became meek suggestions, scarcely heard in the town&amp;#039;s thick wilderness.  The anything-goes atmosphere soon caught the attention of Grafton&amp;#039;s neighbors: the bears. Freedom-loving citizens ignored hunting laws and regulations on food disposal. They built a tent city in an effort to get off the grid. The bears smelled food and opportunity. A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear is the sometimes funny, sometimes terrifying tale of what happens when a government disappears into the woods. Complete with gunplay, adventure, and backstabbing politicians, this is the ultimate story of a quintessential American experiment -- to live free or die, perhaps from a bear.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear: The Utopian Plot to Liberate an American Town (And Some Bears)
Author: Matthew Hongoltz-Hetling
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;Simultaneously hilarious, poignant, and deeply unsettling.&amp;quot; ―The New Republic A tiny American town&amp;#039;s plans for radical self-government overlooked one hairy detail: no one told the bears.    Once upon a time, a group of libertarians got together and hatched the Free Town Project, a plan to take over an American town and completely eliminate its government. In 2004, they set their sights on Grafton, NH, a barely populated settlement with one paved road. When they descended on Grafton, public funding for pretty much everything shrank: the fire department, the library, the schoolhouse. State and federal laws became meek suggestions, scarcely heard in the town&amp;#039;s thick wilderness.  The anything-goes atmosphere soon caught the attention of Grafton&amp;#039;s neighbors: the bears. Freedom-loving citizens ignored hunting laws and regulations on food disposal. They built a tent city in an effort to get off the grid. The bears smelled food and opportunity. A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear is the sometimes funny, sometimes terrifying tale of what happens when a government disappears into the woods. Complete with gunplay, adventure, and backstabbing politicians, this is the ultimate story of a quintessential American experiment -- to live free or die, perhaps from a bear.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Independent Empire: Diplomacy &amp;amp; War in the Making of the United States by Michael S. Kochin, Michael Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Independent Empire: Diplomacy &amp;amp; War in the Making of the United States
Author: Michael S. Kochin, Michael Taylor
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Foreign policies and diplomatic missions, combined with military action, were the driving forces behind the growth of the early United States. In an era when the Old and New Worlds were subject to British, French, and Spanish imperial ambitions, the new republic had limited diplomatic presence and minimal public credit. It was vulnerable to hostile forces in every direction. The United States could not have survived, grown, or flourished without the adoption of prescient foreign policies, or without skillful diplomatic operations. An Independent Empire shows how foreign policy and diplomacy constitute a truly national story, necessary for understanding the history of the United States. In this lively and well-written book, episodes in American history—such as the writing and ratification of the Constitution, Henry Clay&amp;#039;s advocacy of an American System, Pinckney&amp;#039;s Treaty with Spain, and the visionary but absurd Congress of Panama—are recast as elemental aspects of United States foreign and security policy. An Independent Empire tells the stories of the people who defined the early history of America’s international relationships. Throughout the book are brief, entertaining vignettes of often-overlooked intellectuals, spies, diplomats, and statesmen whose actions and decisions shaped the first fifty years of the United States.</description>
      <author>Michael S. Kochin, Michael Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705213087.mp3" length="7475009" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705213087.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Independent Empire: Diplomacy &amp;amp; War in the Making of the United States
Author: Michael S. Kochin, Michael Taylor
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Foreign policies and diplomatic missions, combined with military action, were the driving forces behind the growth of the early United States. In an era when the Old and New Worlds were subject to British, French, and Spanish imperial ambitions, the new republic had limited diplomatic presence and minimal public credit. It was vulnerable to hostile forces in every direction. The United States could not have survived, grown, or flourished without the adoption of prescient foreign policies, or without skillful diplomatic operations. An Independent Empire shows how foreign policy and diplomacy constitute a truly national story, necessary for understanding the history of the United States. In this lively and well-written book, episodes in American history—such as the writing and ratification of the Constitution, Henry Clay&amp;#039;s advocacy of an American System, Pinckney&amp;#039;s Treaty with Spain, and the visionary but absurd Congress of Panama—are recast as elemental aspects of United States foreign and security policy. An Independent Empire tells the stories of the people who defined the early history of America’s international relationships. Throughout the book are brief, entertaining vignettes of often-overlooked intellectuals, spies, diplomats, and statesmen whose actions and decisions shaped the first fifty years of the United States.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Independent Empire: Diplomacy &amp;amp; War in the Making of the United States
Author: Michael S. Kochin, Michael Taylor
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Foreign policies and diplomatic missions, combined with military action, were the driving forces behind the growth of the early United States. In an era when the Old and New Worlds were subject to British, French, and Spanish imperial ambitions, the new republic had limited diplomatic presence and minimal public credit. It was vulnerable to hostile forces in every direction. The United States could not have survived, grown, or flourished without the adoption of prescient foreign policies, or without skillful diplomatic operations. An Independent Empire shows how foreign policy and diplomacy constitute a truly national story, necessary for understanding the history of the United States. In this lively and well-written book, episodes in American history—such as the writing and ratification of the Constitution, Henry Clay&amp;#039;s advocacy of an American System, Pinckney&amp;#039;s Treaty with Spain, and the visionary but absurd Congress of Panama—are recast as elemental aspects of United States foreign and security policy. An Independent Empire tells the stories of the people who defined the early history of America’s international relationships. Throughout the book are brief, entertaining vignettes of often-overlooked intellectuals, spies, diplomats, and statesmen whose actions and decisions shaped the first fifty years of the United States.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Kennedy Curse: The shocking true story of America’s most famous family by James Patterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416817</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416817">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416817</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kennedy Curse: The shocking true story of America’s most famous family
Author: James Patterson
Narrator: David Pittu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  JAMES PATTERSON&amp;#039;S NON-FICTION MASTERPIECE Kennedys were always taught to win at all costs. And they did - but the costs were unimaginable . . . Across decades and generations, the Kennedys have been a family of charismatic adventurers, raised to take risks and excel. Their name is synonymous with American royalty. Their commitment to public service is legendary. But, for all the successes, the family has been blighted by assassinations, fatal accidents, drug and alcohol abuse and sex scandals.  To this day, the Kennedys occupy a unique, contradictory place in the world&amp;#039;s imagination: at once familiar and unknowable; charmed and cursed. The Kennedy Curse is a revealing, fascinating account of America&amp;#039;s most famous family, as told by the world&amp;#039;s most trusted storyteller. Also published as The House of Kennedy in the US. © James Patterson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>James Patterson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473582095.mp3" length="1437512" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416817</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473582095.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416817">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416817</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kennedy Curse: The shocking true story of America’s most famous family
Author: James Patterson
Narrator: David Pittu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  JAMES PATTERSON&amp;#039;S NON-FICTION MASTERPIECE Kennedys were always taught to win at all costs. And they did - but the costs were unimaginable . . . Across decades and generations, the Kennedys have been a family of charismatic adventurers, raised to take risks and excel. Their name is synonymous with American royalty. Their commitment to public service is legendary. But, for all the successes, the family has been blighted by assassinations, fatal accidents, drug and alcohol abuse and sex scandals.  To this day, the Kennedys occupy a unique, contradictory place in the world&amp;#039;s imagination: at once familiar and unknowable; charmed and cursed. The Kennedy Curse is a revealing, fascinating account of America&amp;#039;s most famous family, as told by the world&amp;#039;s most trusted storyteller. Also published as The House of Kennedy in the US. © James Patterson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416817">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416817</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kennedy Curse: The shocking true story of America’s most famous family
Author: James Patterson
Narrator: David Pittu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  JAMES PATTERSON&amp;#039;S NON-FICTION MASTERPIECE Kennedys were always taught to win at all costs. And they did - but the costs were unimaginable . . . Across decades and generations, the Kennedys have been a family of charismatic adventurers, raised to take risks and excel. Their name is synonymous with American royalty. Their commitment to public service is legendary. But, for all the successes, the family has been blighted by assassinations, fatal accidents, drug and alcohol abuse and sex scandals.  To this day, the Kennedys occupy a unique, contradictory place in the world&amp;#039;s imagination: at once familiar and unknowable; charmed and cursed. The Kennedy Curse is a revealing, fascinating account of America&amp;#039;s most famous family, as told by the world&amp;#039;s most trusted storyteller. Also published as The House of Kennedy in the US. © James Patterson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wilmington&amp;#039;s Lie: The Murderous Coup of 1898 and the Rise of White Supremacy by David Zucchino</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416045</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416045">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416045</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wilmington&amp;#039;s Lie: The Murderous Coup of 1898 and the Rise of White Supremacy
Author: David Zucchino
Narrator: Victor Bevine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize winner David Zucchino comes a searing account of the Wilmington riot andcoup of 1898, an extraordinary event unknown to most AmericansBy the 1890s, Wilmington was North Carolina’s largest city and a shining example of a mixed-racecommunity. It was a bustling port city with a burgeoning African American middle class and a Fusionistgovernment of Republicans and Populists that included black aldermen, police officers, and magistrates.There were successful black-owned businesses and an African American newspaper, the Record. But acrossthe state—and the South—white supremacist Democrats were working to reverse the advances made byformer slaves and their progeny.In North Carolina, Democrats were plotting to take back the state legislature in November “by theballot or bullet or both,” and then to trigger a “race riot” to overthrow Wilmington’s multi-racial government.Led by prominent citizens including Josephus Daniels, publisher of the state’s largest newspaper, andformer Confederate Colonel Alfred Moore Waddell, white supremacists rolled out a carefully orchestratedcampaign that included raucous rallies, race-baiting editorials and newspaper cartoons, and sensational,fabricated news stories.With intimidation and violence, the Democrats suppressed the black vote and stuffed ballot boxes (orthrew them out), to win control of the state legislature on November 8th. Two days later, more than 2,000heavily armed Red Shirts swarmed through Wilmington, torching the Record office, terrorizing womenand children, and shooting at least sixty black men dead in the streets. The rioters forced city officials toresign at gunpoint and replaced them with mob leaders. Prominent blacks—and sympathetic whites—werebanished. Hundreds of terrified black families took refuge in surrounding swamps and forests.This brutal insurrection is a rare instance of a violent overthrow of an elected government in the U.S.It halted gains made by blacks and restored racism as official government policy, cementing white rule foranother half century. It was not a “race riot,” as the events of November 1898 came to be known, but rathera racially motivated rebellion launched by white supremacists.In Wilmington’s Lie, Pulitzer Prize winner David Zucchino uses contemporary newspaper accounts,diaries, letters, and official communications to create a gripping and compelling narrative that weavestogether individual stories of hate and fear and brutality. This is a dramatic and definitive account of aremarkable but forgotten chapter of American history.</description>
      <author>David Zucchino</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980080251.mp3" length="1321731" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416045</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980080251.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416045">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416045</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wilmington&amp;#039;s Lie: The Murderous Coup of 1898 and the Rise of White Supremacy
Author: David Zucchino
Narrator: Victor Bevine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize winner David Zucchino comes a searing account of the Wilmington riot andcoup of 1898, an extraordinary event unknown to most AmericansBy the 1890s, Wilmington was North Carolina’s largest city and a shining example of a mixed-racecommunity. It was a bustling port city with a burgeoning African American middle class and a Fusionistgovernment of Republicans and Populists that included black aldermen, police officers, and magistrates.There were successful black-owned businesses and an African American newspaper, the Record. But acrossthe state—and the South—white supremacist Democrats were working to reverse the advances made byformer slaves and their progeny.In North Carolina, Democrats were plotting to take back the state legislature in November “by theballot or bullet or both,” and then to trigger a “race riot” to overthrow Wilmington’s multi-racial government.Led by prominent citizens including Josephus Daniels, publisher of the state’s largest newspaper, andformer Confederate Colonel Alfred Moore Waddell, white supremacists rolled out a carefully orchestratedcampaign that included raucous rallies, race-baiting editorials and newspaper cartoons, and sensational,fabricated news stories.With intimidation and violence, the Democrats suppressed the black vote and stuffed ballot boxes (orthrew them out), to win control of the state legislature on November 8th. Two days later, more than 2,000heavily armed Red Shirts swarmed through Wilmington, torching the Record office, terrorizing womenand children, and shooting at least sixty black men dead in the streets. The rioters forced city officials toresign at gunpoint and replaced them with mob leaders. Prominent blacks—and sympathetic whites—werebanished. Hundreds of terrified black families took refuge in surrounding swamps and forests.This brutal insurrection is a rare instance of a violent overthrow of an elected government in the U.S.It halted gains made by blacks and restored racism as official government policy, cementing white rule foranother half century. It was not a “race riot,” as the events of November 1898 came to be known, but rathera racially motivated rebellion launched by white supremacists.In Wilmington’s Lie, Pulitzer Prize winner David Zucchino uses contemporary newspaper accounts,diaries, letters, and official communications to create a gripping and compelling narrative that weavestogether individual stories of hate and fear and brutality. This is a dramatic and definitive account of aremarkable but forgotten chapter of American history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416045">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416045</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wilmington&amp;#039;s Lie: The Murderous Coup of 1898 and the Rise of White Supremacy
Author: David Zucchino
Narrator: Victor Bevine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize winner David Zucchino comes a searing account of the Wilmington riot andcoup of 1898, an extraordinary event unknown to most AmericansBy the 1890s, Wilmington was North Carolina’s largest city and a shining example of a mixed-racecommunity. It was a bustling port city with a burgeoning African American middle class and a Fusionistgovernment of Republicans and Populists that included black aldermen, police officers, and magistrates.There were successful black-owned businesses and an African American newspaper, the Record. But acrossthe state—and the South—white supremacist Democrats were working to reverse the advances made byformer slaves and their progeny.In North Carolina, Democrats were plotting to take back the state legislature in November “by theballot or bullet or both,” and then to trigger a “race riot” to overthrow Wilmington’s multi-racial government.Led by prominent citizens including Josephus Daniels, publisher of the state’s largest newspaper, andformer Confederate Colonel Alfred Moore Waddell, white supremacists rolled out a carefully orchestratedcampaign that included raucous rallies, race-baiting editorials and newspaper cartoons, and sensational,fabricated news stories.With intimidation and violence, the Democrats suppressed the black vote and stuffed ballot boxes (orthrew them out), to win control of the state legislature on November 8th. Two days later, more than 2,000heavily armed Red Shirts swarmed through Wilmington, torching the Record office, terrorizing womenand children, and shooting at least sixty black men dead in the streets. The rioters forced city officials toresign at gunpoint and replaced them with mob leaders. Prominent blacks—and sympathetic whites—werebanished. Hundreds of terrified black families took refuge in surrounding swamps and forests.This brutal insurrection is a rare instance of a violent overthrow of an elected government in the U.S.It halted gains made by blacks and restored racism as official government policy, cementing white rule foranother half century. It was not a “race riot,” as the events of November 1898 came to be known, but rathera racially motivated rebellion launched by white supremacists.In Wilmington’s Lie, Pulitzer Prize winner David Zucchino uses contemporary newspaper accounts,diaries, letters, and official communications to create a gripping and compelling narrative that weavestogether individual stories of hate and fear and brutality. This is a dramatic and definitive account of aremarkable but forgotten chapter of American history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Kosher Capones: A History of Chicago’s Jewish Gangsters by Joe Kraus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415811</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kosher Capones: A History of Chicago’s Jewish Gangsters
Author: Joe Kraus
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Kosher Capones tells the fascinating story of Chicago’s Jewish gangsters from Prohibition into the 1980s. Author Joe Kraus traces these gangsters through the lives, criminal careers, and conflicts of Benjamin “Zukie the Bookie” Zuckerman, last of the independent West Side Jewish bosses, and Lenny Patrick, eventual head of the Syndicate’s “Jewish wing.” These two men linked the early Jewish gangsters of the neighborhoods of Maxwell Street and Lawndale to the notorious Chicago Outfit that emerged from Al Capone’s criminal confederation. Focusing on the murder of Zuckerman by Patrick, Kraus introduces us to the different models of organized crime they represented, a raft of largely forgotten Jewish gangsters, and the changing nature of Chicago’s political corruption. Hard-to-believe anecdotes of corrupt politicians, seasoned killers, and in-over-their-heads criminal operators spotlight the magnitude and importance of Jewish gangsters to the story of Windy City mob rule. With an eye for the dramatic, The Kosher Capones takes us deep inside a hidden society and offers glimpses of the men who ran the Jewish criminal community in Chicago for more than sixty years.</description>
      <author>Joe Kraus</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094051291.mp3" length="760322" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415811</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094051291.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kosher Capones: A History of Chicago’s Jewish Gangsters
Author: Joe Kraus
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Kosher Capones tells the fascinating story of Chicago’s Jewish gangsters from Prohibition into the 1980s. Author Joe Kraus traces these gangsters through the lives, criminal careers, and conflicts of Benjamin “Zukie the Bookie” Zuckerman, last of the independent West Side Jewish bosses, and Lenny Patrick, eventual head of the Syndicate’s “Jewish wing.” These two men linked the early Jewish gangsters of the neighborhoods of Maxwell Street and Lawndale to the notorious Chicago Outfit that emerged from Al Capone’s criminal confederation. Focusing on the murder of Zuckerman by Patrick, Kraus introduces us to the different models of organized crime they represented, a raft of largely forgotten Jewish gangsters, and the changing nature of Chicago’s political corruption. Hard-to-believe anecdotes of corrupt politicians, seasoned killers, and in-over-their-heads criminal operators spotlight the magnitude and importance of Jewish gangsters to the story of Windy City mob rule. With an eye for the dramatic, The Kosher Capones takes us deep inside a hidden society and offers glimpses of the men who ran the Jewish criminal community in Chicago for more than sixty years.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kosher Capones: A History of Chicago’s Jewish Gangsters
Author: Joe Kraus
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Kosher Capones tells the fascinating story of Chicago’s Jewish gangsters from Prohibition into the 1980s. Author Joe Kraus traces these gangsters through the lives, criminal careers, and conflicts of Benjamin “Zukie the Bookie” Zuckerman, last of the independent West Side Jewish bosses, and Lenny Patrick, eventual head of the Syndicate’s “Jewish wing.” These two men linked the early Jewish gangsters of the neighborhoods of Maxwell Street and Lawndale to the notorious Chicago Outfit that emerged from Al Capone’s criminal confederation. Focusing on the murder of Zuckerman by Patrick, Kraus introduces us to the different models of organized crime they represented, a raft of largely forgotten Jewish gangsters, and the changing nature of Chicago’s political corruption. Hard-to-believe anecdotes of corrupt politicians, seasoned killers, and in-over-their-heads criminal operators spotlight the magnitude and importance of Jewish gangsters to the story of Windy City mob rule. With an eye for the dramatic, The Kosher Capones takes us deep inside a hidden society and offers glimpses of the men who ran the Jewish criminal community in Chicago for more than sixty years.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Nervous Systems: Brain Science in the Early Cold War by Andreas Killen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nervous Systems: Brain Science in the Early Cold War
Author: Andreas Killen
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this eye-opening chronicle of scientific research on the brain in the early Cold War era, the acclaimed historian Andreas Killen traces the complex circumstances surrounding the genesis of our present-day fascination with this organ. The 1950s were a transformative, even revolutionary decade in the history of brain science. Using new techniques for probing brain activity and function, researchers in neurosurgery, psychiatry, and psychology achieved dramatic breakthroughs in the treatment of illnesses like epilepsy and schizophrenia, as well as the understanding of such faculties as memory and perception. Memory was the site of particularly startling discoveries. As one researcher wrote to another in the middle of that decade, “Memory was the sleeping beauty of the brain—and now she is awake.” Collectively, these advances prefigured the emergence of the field of neuroscience at the end of the twentieth century. But the 1950s also marked the beginning of the Cold War and a period of transformative social change across Western society. These developments resulted in unease and paranoia. Mysterious new afflictions—none more mystifying than “brainwashing”—also appeared at this time. Faced with the discovery that, as one leading psychiatrist put it, “the human personality is not as stable as we often assume,” many researchers in the sciences of brain and behavior joined the effort to understand these conditions. They devised ingenious and sometimes transgressive experimental methods for studying and proposing countermeasures to the problem of Communist mind control. Some of these procedures took on a strange life of their own, escaping the confines of the research lab to become part of 1960s counterculture. Much later, in the early 2000s, they resurfaced in the War on Terror. These stories, often told separately, are brought together by the historian Andreas Killen in this chronicle of the brain’s mid-twentieth-century emergence as both a new research frontier and an organ whose integrity and capacities—especially that of memory—were imagined as uniquely imperiled in the 1950s. Nervous Systems explores the anxious context in which the mid-century sciences of the brain took shape and reveals the deeply ambivalent history that lies behind our contemporary understanding of this organ.</description>
      <author>Andreas Killen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063033948.mp3" length="1453809" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063033948.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nervous Systems: Brain Science in the Early Cold War
Author: Andreas Killen
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this eye-opening chronicle of scientific research on the brain in the early Cold War era, the acclaimed historian Andreas Killen traces the complex circumstances surrounding the genesis of our present-day fascination with this organ. The 1950s were a transformative, even revolutionary decade in the history of brain science. Using new techniques for probing brain activity and function, researchers in neurosurgery, psychiatry, and psychology achieved dramatic breakthroughs in the treatment of illnesses like epilepsy and schizophrenia, as well as the understanding of such faculties as memory and perception. Memory was the site of particularly startling discoveries. As one researcher wrote to another in the middle of that decade, “Memory was the sleeping beauty of the brain—and now she is awake.” Collectively, these advances prefigured the emergence of the field of neuroscience at the end of the twentieth century. But the 1950s also marked the beginning of the Cold War and a period of transformative social change across Western society. These developments resulted in unease and paranoia. Mysterious new afflictions—none more mystifying than “brainwashing”—also appeared at this time. Faced with the discovery that, as one leading psychiatrist put it, “the human personality is not as stable as we often assume,” many researchers in the sciences of brain and behavior joined the effort to understand these conditions. They devised ingenious and sometimes transgressive experimental methods for studying and proposing countermeasures to the problem of Communist mind control. Some of these procedures took on a strange life of their own, escaping the confines of the research lab to become part of 1960s counterculture. Much later, in the early 2000s, they resurfaced in the War on Terror. These stories, often told separately, are brought together by the historian Andreas Killen in this chronicle of the brain’s mid-twentieth-century emergence as both a new research frontier and an organ whose integrity and capacities—especially that of memory—were imagined as uniquely imperiled in the 1950s. Nervous Systems explores the anxious context in which the mid-century sciences of the brain took shape and reveals the deeply ambivalent history that lies behind our contemporary understanding of this organ.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nervous Systems: Brain Science in the Early Cold War
Author: Andreas Killen
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this eye-opening chronicle of scientific research on the brain in the early Cold War era, the acclaimed historian Andreas Killen traces the complex circumstances surrounding the genesis of our present-day fascination with this organ. The 1950s were a transformative, even revolutionary decade in the history of brain science. Using new techniques for probing brain activity and function, researchers in neurosurgery, psychiatry, and psychology achieved dramatic breakthroughs in the treatment of illnesses like epilepsy and schizophrenia, as well as the understanding of such faculties as memory and perception. Memory was the site of particularly startling discoveries. As one researcher wrote to another in the middle of that decade, “Memory was the sleeping beauty of the brain—and now she is awake.” Collectively, these advances prefigured the emergence of the field of neuroscience at the end of the twentieth century. But the 1950s also marked the beginning of the Cold War and a period of transformative social change across Western society. These developments resulted in unease and paranoia. Mysterious new afflictions—none more mystifying than “brainwashing”—also appeared at this time. Faced with the discovery that, as one leading psychiatrist put it, “the human personality is not as stable as we often assume,” many researchers in the sciences of brain and behavior joined the effort to understand these conditions. They devised ingenious and sometimes transgressive experimental methods for studying and proposing countermeasures to the problem of Communist mind control. Some of these procedures took on a strange life of their own, escaping the confines of the research lab to become part of 1960s counterculture. Much later, in the early 2000s, they resurfaced in the War on Terror. These stories, often told separately, are brought together by the historian Andreas Killen in this chronicle of the brain’s mid-twentieth-century emergence as both a new research frontier and an organ whose integrity and capacities—especially that of memory—were imagined as uniquely imperiled in the 1950s. Nervous Systems explores the anxious context in which the mid-century sciences of the brain took shape and reveals the deeply ambivalent history that lies behind our contemporary understanding of this organ.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fight House: Rivalries in the White House from Truman to Trump by Tevi Troy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415707</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fight House: Rivalries in the White House from Truman to Trump
Author: Tevi Troy
Narrator: Pat Grimes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Washington Post bestselling presidential historian and former senior White House aide Tevi Troy examines some of the juiciest, nastiest, and most consequential administration struggles in modern American history.  In doing so, he not only provides context on the administrations, the players, and their in-fighting but also show how those fights shaped the administrations in question, the presidents’ historical reputations, and the policy landscape of modern America. In showing these fights, the book highlights tough tactics used by sharp-elbowed operatives to prevail in bureaucratic disputes, from leaks to delays in submitting items for review to moving rivals out of cherished office spaces. Fight House also looks at the presidents’ role in all of this and questions long-standing assumptions about whether creative tension is really the best method of governing. Troy employs both his historical knowledge as well as his own high-level White House experience to inform his recommendations for the best ways to staff and organize a White House to ensure the best results for the president—and the American people.  Part riveting interpersonal history, part case study, and part analysis of the commanders in chief and their teams, Fight House is essential listening for students of the presidency and of the nation as a whole.</description>
      <author>Tevi Troy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666565386.mp3" length="837852" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415707</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666565386.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fight House: Rivalries in the White House from Truman to Trump
Author: Tevi Troy
Narrator: Pat Grimes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Washington Post bestselling presidential historian and former senior White House aide Tevi Troy examines some of the juiciest, nastiest, and most consequential administration struggles in modern American history.  In doing so, he not only provides context on the administrations, the players, and their in-fighting but also show how those fights shaped the administrations in question, the presidents’ historical reputations, and the policy landscape of modern America. In showing these fights, the book highlights tough tactics used by sharp-elbowed operatives to prevail in bureaucratic disputes, from leaks to delays in submitting items for review to moving rivals out of cherished office spaces. Fight House also looks at the presidents’ role in all of this and questions long-standing assumptions about whether creative tension is really the best method of governing. Troy employs both his historical knowledge as well as his own high-level White House experience to inform his recommendations for the best ways to staff and organize a White House to ensure the best results for the president—and the American people.  Part riveting interpersonal history, part case study, and part analysis of the commanders in chief and their teams, Fight House is essential listening for students of the presidency and of the nation as a whole.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fight House: Rivalries in the White House from Truman to Trump
Author: Tevi Troy
Narrator: Pat Grimes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Washington Post bestselling presidential historian and former senior White House aide Tevi Troy examines some of the juiciest, nastiest, and most consequential administration struggles in modern American history.  In doing so, he not only provides context on the administrations, the players, and their in-fighting but also show how those fights shaped the administrations in question, the presidents’ historical reputations, and the policy landscape of modern America. In showing these fights, the book highlights tough tactics used by sharp-elbowed operatives to prevail in bureaucratic disputes, from leaks to delays in submitting items for review to moving rivals out of cherished office spaces. Fight House also looks at the presidents’ role in all of this and questions long-standing assumptions about whether creative tension is really the best method of governing. Troy employs both his historical knowledge as well as his own high-level White House experience to inform his recommendations for the best ways to staff and organize a White House to ensure the best results for the president—and the American people.  Part riveting interpersonal history, part case study, and part analysis of the commanders in chief and their teams, Fight House is essential listening for students of the presidency and of the nation as a whole.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Prejudential: Black America and the Presidents by Margaret Kimberley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prejudential: Black America and the Presidents
Author: Margaret Kimberley
Narrator: Margaret Kimberley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“This book is an effort to shed light on the truth. . . . To the extent that our leaders embody aspects of who we are as a people, studying how each president has participated in our nation’s complicated and often shameful treatment of Black people is as good a place as any to start.”  — Margaret Kimberley from the Preface &amp;#039;Margaret Kimberley gives us an intellectual gem of prophetic fire about all the U.S. presidents and their deep roots in the vicious legacy of white supremacy and predatory capitalism. Such truths seem more than most Americans can bear, though we ignore her words at our own peril!&amp;#039; — Cornel West, author of Race Matters PREJUDENTIAL is a concise, authoritative exploration of America’s relationship with race and Black Americans through the lens of the presidents who have been elected to represent all of its people.   Throughout the history of the United States, numerous presidents have left their legacies as slaveholders, bigots, and inciters of racial violence, but were the ones generally regarded as more sympathetic to the plight and interests of Black Americans—such as Lincoln, FDR, and Clinton—really much better? And what of all the presidents whose relationship with Black America is not even considered in the pages of most history books? Over the course of 45 chapters—one for each president—Margaret Kimberley enlightens and informs readers about the attitudes and actions of the highest elected official in the country. By casting sunlight on an aspect of American history that is largely overlooked, Prejudential aims to increase awareness in a manner that will facilitate discussion and understanding.</description>
      <author>Margaret Kimberley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781586422608.mp3" length="2745170" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781586422608.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prejudential: Black America and the Presidents
Author: Margaret Kimberley
Narrator: Margaret Kimberley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“This book is an effort to shed light on the truth. . . . To the extent that our leaders embody aspects of who we are as a people, studying how each president has participated in our nation’s complicated and often shameful treatment of Black people is as good a place as any to start.”  — Margaret Kimberley from the Preface &amp;#039;Margaret Kimberley gives us an intellectual gem of prophetic fire about all the U.S. presidents and their deep roots in the vicious legacy of white supremacy and predatory capitalism. Such truths seem more than most Americans can bear, though we ignore her words at our own peril!&amp;#039; — Cornel West, author of Race Matters PREJUDENTIAL is a concise, authoritative exploration of America’s relationship with race and Black Americans through the lens of the presidents who have been elected to represent all of its people.   Throughout the history of the United States, numerous presidents have left their legacies as slaveholders, bigots, and inciters of racial violence, but were the ones generally regarded as more sympathetic to the plight and interests of Black Americans—such as Lincoln, FDR, and Clinton—really much better? And what of all the presidents whose relationship with Black America is not even considered in the pages of most history books? Over the course of 45 chapters—one for each president—Margaret Kimberley enlightens and informs readers about the attitudes and actions of the highest elected official in the country. By casting sunlight on an aspect of American history that is largely overlooked, Prejudential aims to increase awareness in a manner that will facilitate discussion and understanding.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prejudential: Black America and the Presidents
Author: Margaret Kimberley
Narrator: Margaret Kimberley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“This book is an effort to shed light on the truth. . . . To the extent that our leaders embody aspects of who we are as a people, studying how each president has participated in our nation’s complicated and often shameful treatment of Black people is as good a place as any to start.”  — Margaret Kimberley from the Preface &amp;#039;Margaret Kimberley gives us an intellectual gem of prophetic fire about all the U.S. presidents and their deep roots in the vicious legacy of white supremacy and predatory capitalism. Such truths seem more than most Americans can bear, though we ignore her words at our own peril!&amp;#039; — Cornel West, author of Race Matters PREJUDENTIAL is a concise, authoritative exploration of America’s relationship with race and Black Americans through the lens of the presidents who have been elected to represent all of its people.   Throughout the history of the United States, numerous presidents have left their legacies as slaveholders, bigots, and inciters of racial violence, but were the ones generally regarded as more sympathetic to the plight and interests of Black Americans—such as Lincoln, FDR, and Clinton—really much better? And what of all the presidents whose relationship with Black America is not even considered in the pages of most history books? Over the course of 45 chapters—one for each president—Margaret Kimberley enlightens and informs readers about the attitudes and actions of the highest elected official in the country. By casting sunlight on an aspect of American history that is largely overlooked, Prejudential aims to increase awareness in a manner that will facilitate discussion and understanding.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Zealot and the Emancipator: John Brown, Abraham Lincoln, and the Struggle for American Freedom by H. W. Brands</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415658</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Zealot and the Emancipator: John Brown, Abraham Lincoln, and the Struggle for American Freedom
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Master storyteller and bestselling historian H. W. Brands narrates the epic struggle over slavery as embodied by John Brown and Abraham Lincoln—two men moved to radically different acts to confront our nation’s gravest sin.     John Brown was a charismatic and deeply religious man who heard the God of the Old Testament speaking to him, telling him to destroy slavery by any means. When Congress opened Kansas territory to slavery in 1854, Brown raised a band of followers to wage war. His men tore pro-slavery settlers from their homes and hacked them to death with broadswords. Three years later, Brown and his men assaulted the federal arsenal at Harpers Ferry, Virginia, hoping to arm slaves with weapons for a race war that would cleanse the nation of slavery. Brown’s violence pointed ambitious Illinois lawyer and former officeholder Abraham Lincoln toward a different solution to slavery: politics. Lincoln spoke cautiously and dreamed big, plotting his path back to Washington and perhaps to the White House. Yet his caution could not protect him from the vortex of violence Brown had set in motion. After Brown’s arrest, his righteous dignity on the way to the gallows led many in the North to see him as a martyr to liberty. Southerners responded with anger and horror to a terrorist being made into a saint. Lincoln shrewdly threaded the needle between the opposing voices of the fractured nation and won election as president. But the time for moderation had passed, and Lincoln’s fervent belief that democracy could resolve its moral crises peacefully faced its ultimate test.    The Zealot and the Emancipator is acclaimed historian H. W. Brands’s thrilling account of how two American giants shaped the war for freedom. Photograph of Abraham Lincoln courtesy of the White House Collection/White House Historical Association  https://library.whitehousehistory.org/fotoweb/archives/5017-Digital-Library/Main%20Index/Portraits/5.tif.info</description>
      <author>H. W. Brands</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593293232.mp3" length="2747346" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415658</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593293232.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Zealot and the Emancipator: John Brown, Abraham Lincoln, and the Struggle for American Freedom
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Master storyteller and bestselling historian H. W. Brands narrates the epic struggle over slavery as embodied by John Brown and Abraham Lincoln—two men moved to radically different acts to confront our nation’s gravest sin.     John Brown was a charismatic and deeply religious man who heard the God of the Old Testament speaking to him, telling him to destroy slavery by any means. When Congress opened Kansas territory to slavery in 1854, Brown raised a band of followers to wage war. His men tore pro-slavery settlers from their homes and hacked them to death with broadswords. Three years later, Brown and his men assaulted the federal arsenal at Harpers Ferry, Virginia, hoping to arm slaves with weapons for a race war that would cleanse the nation of slavery. Brown’s violence pointed ambitious Illinois lawyer and former officeholder Abraham Lincoln toward a different solution to slavery: politics. Lincoln spoke cautiously and dreamed big, plotting his path back to Washington and perhaps to the White House. Yet his caution could not protect him from the vortex of violence Brown had set in motion. After Brown’s arrest, his righteous dignity on the way to the gallows led many in the North to see him as a martyr to liberty. Southerners responded with anger and horror to a terrorist being made into a saint. Lincoln shrewdly threaded the needle between the opposing voices of the fractured nation and won election as president. But the time for moderation had passed, and Lincoln’s fervent belief that democracy could resolve its moral crises peacefully faced its ultimate test.    The Zealot and the Emancipator is acclaimed historian H. W. Brands’s thrilling account of how two American giants shaped the war for freedom. Photograph of Abraham Lincoln courtesy of the White House Collection/White House Historical Association  https://library.whitehousehistory.org/fotoweb/archives/5017-Digital-Library/Main%20Index/Portraits/5.tif.info</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Zealot and the Emancipator: John Brown, Abraham Lincoln, and the Struggle for American Freedom
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Master storyteller and bestselling historian H. W. Brands narrates the epic struggle over slavery as embodied by John Brown and Abraham Lincoln—two men moved to radically different acts to confront our nation’s gravest sin.     John Brown was a charismatic and deeply religious man who heard the God of the Old Testament speaking to him, telling him to destroy slavery by any means. When Congress opened Kansas territory to slavery in 1854, Brown raised a band of followers to wage war. His men tore pro-slavery settlers from their homes and hacked them to death with broadswords. Three years later, Brown and his men assaulted the federal arsenal at Harpers Ferry, Virginia, hoping to arm slaves with weapons for a race war that would cleanse the nation of slavery. Brown’s violence pointed ambitious Illinois lawyer and former officeholder Abraham Lincoln toward a different solution to slavery: politics. Lincoln spoke cautiously and dreamed big, plotting his path back to Washington and perhaps to the White House. Yet his caution could not protect him from the vortex of violence Brown had set in motion. After Brown’s arrest, his righteous dignity on the way to the gallows led many in the North to see him as a martyr to liberty. Southerners responded with anger and horror to a terrorist being made into a saint. Lincoln shrewdly threaded the needle between the opposing voices of the fractured nation and won election as president. But the time for moderation had passed, and Lincoln’s fervent belief that democracy could resolve its moral crises peacefully faced its ultimate test.    The Zealot and the Emancipator is acclaimed historian H. W. Brands’s thrilling account of how two American giants shaped the war for freedom. Photograph of Abraham Lincoln courtesy of the White House Collection/White House Historical Association  https://library.whitehousehistory.org/fotoweb/archives/5017-Digital-Library/Main%20Index/Portraits/5.tif.info</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Abe: Abraham Lincoln in His Times by David S. Reynolds</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415643</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415643">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415643</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Abe: Abraham Lincoln in His Times
Author: David S. Reynolds
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 33 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Now an Apple TV+ documentary, Lincoln&amp;#039;s Dilemma, airing February 18, 2022. One of the Wall Street Journal&amp;#039;s Ten Best Books of the Year | A Washington Post Notable Book | A Christian Science Monitor and Kirkus Reviews Best Book of 2020 Winner of the Gilder Lehrman Abraham Lincoln Prize and the Abraham Lincoln Institute Book Award &amp;#039;A marvelous cultural biography that captures Lincoln in all his historical fullness. . . . using popular culture in this way, to fill out the context surrounding Lincoln, is what makes Mr. Reynolds&amp;#039;s biography so different and so compelling . . . Where did the sympathy and compassion expressed in [Lincoln&amp;#039;s] Second Inaugural—&amp;#039;With malice toward none; with charity for all&amp;#039;—come from? This big, wonderful book provides the richest cultural context to explain that, and everything else, about Lincoln.&amp;#039; —Gordon Wood, Wall Street Journal From one of the great historians of nineteenth-century America, a revelatory and enthralling new biography of Lincoln, many years in the making, that brings him to life within his turbulent age David S. Reynolds, author of the Bancroft Prize-winning cultural biography of Walt Whitman and many other iconic works of nineteenth century American history, understands the currents in which Abraham Lincoln swam as well as anyone alive. His magisterial biography Abe is the product of full-body immersion into the riotous tumult of American life in the decades before the Civil War. It was a country growing up and being pulled apart at the same time, with a democratic popular culture that reflected the country&amp;#039;s contradictions. Lincoln&amp;#039;s lineage was considered auspicious by Emerson, Whitman, and others who prophesied that a new man from the West would emerge to balance North and South. From New England Puritan stock on his father&amp;#039;s side and Virginia Cavalier gentry on his mother&amp;#039;s, Lincoln was linked by blood to the central conflict of the age. And an enduring theme of his life, Reynolds shows, was his genius for striking a balance between opposing forces. Lacking formal schooling but with an unquenchable thirst for self-improvement, Lincoln had a talent for wrestling and bawdy jokes that made him popular with his peers, even as his appetite for poetry and prodigious gifts for memorization set him apart from them through his childhood, his years as a lawyer, and his entrance into politics. No one can transcend the limitations of their time, and Lincoln was no exception. But what emerges from Reynolds&amp;#039;s masterful reckoning is a man who at each stage in his life managed to arrive at a broader view of things than all but his most enlightened peers. As a politician, he moved too slowly for some and too swiftly for many, but he always pushed toward justice while keeping the whole nation in mind. Abe culminates, of course, in the Civil War, the defining test of Lincoln and his beloved country. Reynolds shows us the extraordinary range of cultural knowledge Lincoln drew from as he shaped a vision of true union, transforming, in Martin Luther King Jr.&amp;#039;s words, &amp;#039;the jangling discords of our nation into a beautiful symphony of brotherhood.&amp;#039;  Abraham Lincoln did not come out of nowhere. But if he was shaped by his times, he also managed at his life&amp;#039;s fateful hour to shape them to an extent few could have foreseen. Ultimately, this is the great drama that astonishes us still, and that Abe brings to fresh and vivid life. The measure of that life will always be part of our American education.</description>
      <author>David S. Reynolds</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593289112.mp3" length="2852480" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415643</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593289112.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>33:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415643">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415643</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Abe: Abraham Lincoln in His Times
Author: David S. Reynolds
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 33 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Now an Apple TV+ documentary, Lincoln&amp;#039;s Dilemma, airing February 18, 2022. One of the Wall Street Journal&amp;#039;s Ten Best Books of the Year | A Washington Post Notable Book | A Christian Science Monitor and Kirkus Reviews Best Book of 2020 Winner of the Gilder Lehrman Abraham Lincoln Prize and the Abraham Lincoln Institute Book Award &amp;#039;A marvelous cultural biography that captures Lincoln in all his historical fullness. . . . using popular culture in this way, to fill out the context surrounding Lincoln, is what makes Mr. Reynolds&amp;#039;s biography so different and so compelling . . . Where did the sympathy and compassion expressed in [Lincoln&amp;#039;s] Second Inaugural—&amp;#039;With malice toward none; with charity for all&amp;#039;—come from? This big, wonderful book provides the richest cultural context to explain that, and everything else, about Lincoln.&amp;#039; —Gordon Wood, Wall Street Journal From one of the great historians of nineteenth-century America, a revelatory and enthralling new biography of Lincoln, many years in the making, that brings him to life within his turbulent age David S. Reynolds, author of the Bancroft Prize-winning cultural biography of Walt Whitman and many other iconic works of nineteenth century American history, understands the currents in which Abraham Lincoln swam as well as anyone alive. His magisterial biography Abe is the product of full-body immersion into the riotous tumult of American life in the decades before the Civil War. It was a country growing up and being pulled apart at the same time, with a democratic popular culture that reflected the country&amp;#039;s contradictions. Lincoln&amp;#039;s lineage was considered auspicious by Emerson, Whitman, and others who prophesied that a new man from the West would emerge to balance North and South. From New England Puritan stock on his father&amp;#039;s side and Virginia Cavalier gentry on his mother&amp;#039;s, Lincoln was linked by blood to the central conflict of the age. And an enduring theme of his life, Reynolds shows, was his genius for striking a balance between opposing forces. Lacking formal schooling but with an unquenchable thirst for self-improvement, Lincoln had a talent for wrestling and bawdy jokes that made him popular with his peers, even as his appetite for poetry and prodigious gifts for memorization set him apart from them through his childhood, his years as a lawyer, and his entrance into politics. No one can transcend the limitations of their time, and Lincoln was no exception. But what emerges from Reynolds&amp;#039;s masterful reckoning is a man who at each stage in his life managed to arrive at a broader view of things than all but his most enlightened peers. As a politician, he moved too slowly for some and too swiftly for many, but he always pushed toward justice while keeping the whole nation in mind. Abe culminates, of course, in the Civil War, the defining test of Lincoln and his beloved country. Reynolds shows us the extraordinary range of cultural knowledge Lincoln drew from as he shaped a vision of true union, transforming, in Martin Luther King Jr.&amp;#039;s words, &amp;#039;the jangling discords of our nation into a beautiful symphony of brotherhood.&amp;#039;  Abraham Lincoln did not come out of nowhere. But if he was shaped by his times, he also managed at his life&amp;#039;s fateful hour to shape them to an extent few could have foreseen. Ultimately, this is the great drama that astonishes us still, and that Abe brings to fresh and vivid life. The measure of that life will always be part of our American education.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415643">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415643</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Abe: Abraham Lincoln in His Times
Author: David S. Reynolds
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 33 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Now an Apple TV+ documentary, Lincoln&amp;#039;s Dilemma, airing February 18, 2022. One of the Wall Street Journal&amp;#039;s Ten Best Books of the Year | A Washington Post Notable Book | A Christian Science Monitor and Kirkus Reviews Best Book of 2020 Winner of the Gilder Lehrman Abraham Lincoln Prize and the Abraham Lincoln Institute Book Award &amp;#039;A marvelous cultural biography that captures Lincoln in all his historical fullness. . . . using popular culture in this way, to fill out the context surrounding Lincoln, is what makes Mr. Reynolds&amp;#039;s biography so different and so compelling . . . Where did the sympathy and compassion expressed in [Lincoln&amp;#039;s] Second Inaugural—&amp;#039;With malice toward none; with charity for all&amp;#039;—come from? This big, wonderful book provides the richest cultural context to explain that, and everything else, about Lincoln.&amp;#039; —Gordon Wood, Wall Street Journal From one of the great historians of nineteenth-century America, a revelatory and enthralling new biography of Lincoln, many years in the making, that brings him to life within his turbulent age David S. Reynolds, author of the Bancroft Prize-winning cultural biography of Walt Whitman and many other iconic works of nineteenth century American history, understands the currents in which Abraham Lincoln swam as well as anyone alive. His magisterial biography Abe is the product of full-body immersion into the riotous tumult of American life in the decades before the Civil War. It was a country growing up and being pulled apart at the same time, with a democratic popular culture that reflected the country&amp;#039;s contradictions. Lincoln&amp;#039;s lineage was considered auspicious by Emerson, Whitman, and others who prophesied that a new man from the West would emerge to balance North and South. From New England Puritan stock on his father&amp;#039;s side and Virginia Cavalier gentry on his mother&amp;#039;s, Lincoln was linked by blood to the central conflict of the age. And an enduring theme of his life, Reynolds shows, was his genius for striking a balance between opposing forces. Lacking formal schooling but with an unquenchable thirst for self-improvement, Lincoln had a talent for wrestling and bawdy jokes that made him popular with his peers, even as his appetite for poetry and prodigious gifts for memorization set him apart from them through his childhood, his years as a lawyer, and his entrance into politics. No one can transcend the limitations of their time, and Lincoln was no exception. But what emerges from Reynolds&amp;#039;s masterful reckoning is a man who at each stage in his life managed to arrive at a broader view of things than all but his most enlightened peers. As a politician, he moved too slowly for some and too swiftly for many, but he always pushed toward justice while keeping the whole nation in mind. Abe culminates, of course, in the Civil War, the defining test of Lincoln and his beloved country. Reynolds shows us the extraordinary range of cultural knowledge Lincoln drew from as he shaped a vision of true union, transforming, in Martin Luther King Jr.&amp;#039;s words, &amp;#039;the jangling discords of our nation into a beautiful symphony of brotherhood.&amp;#039;  Abraham Lincoln did not come out of nowhere. But if he was shaped by his times, he also managed at his life&amp;#039;s fateful hour to shape them to an extent few could have foreseen. Ultimately, this is the great drama that astonishes us still, and that Abe brings to fresh and vivid life. The measure of that life will always be part of our American education.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kingdom of Nauvoo: The Rise and Fall of a Religious Empire on the American Frontier by Benjamin E. Park</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415585</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kingdom of Nauvoo: The Rise and Fall of a Religious Empire on the American Frontier
Author: Benjamin E. Park
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An extraordinary story of faith and violence in nineteenth-century America, based on previously confidential documents from the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Compared to the Puritans, Mormons have rarely gotten their due, often treated as fringe cultists or marginalized polygamists unworthy of serious examination. In Kingdom of Nauvoo, Benjamin E. Park excavates the brief, tragic life of a lost Mormon city, demonstrating that the Mormons are essential to understanding American history writ large. Using newly accessible sources, Park re-creates the Mormons&amp;#039; 1839 flight from Missouri to Illinois. There, under the charismatic leadership of Joseph Smith, they founded Nauvoo, which shimmered briefly—but Smith&amp;#039;s challenge to democratic traditions, as well as his new doctrine of polygamy, would bring about its fall. His wife Emma, rarely written about, opposed him, but the greater threat came from without: in 1844, a mob murdered Joseph, precipitating the Mormon trek to Utah. Throughout his absorbing chronicle, Park shows that far from being outsiders, the Mormons were representative of their era in their distrust of democracy and their attempt to forge a sovereign society of their own.</description>
      <author>Benjamin E. Park</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684577101.mp3" length="9263509" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415585</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684577101.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kingdom of Nauvoo: The Rise and Fall of a Religious Empire on the American Frontier
Author: Benjamin E. Park
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An extraordinary story of faith and violence in nineteenth-century America, based on previously confidential documents from the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Compared to the Puritans, Mormons have rarely gotten their due, often treated as fringe cultists or marginalized polygamists unworthy of serious examination. In Kingdom of Nauvoo, Benjamin E. Park excavates the brief, tragic life of a lost Mormon city, demonstrating that the Mormons are essential to understanding American history writ large. Using newly accessible sources, Park re-creates the Mormons&amp;#039; 1839 flight from Missouri to Illinois. There, under the charismatic leadership of Joseph Smith, they founded Nauvoo, which shimmered briefly—but Smith&amp;#039;s challenge to democratic traditions, as well as his new doctrine of polygamy, would bring about its fall. His wife Emma, rarely written about, opposed him, but the greater threat came from without: in 1844, a mob murdered Joseph, precipitating the Mormon trek to Utah. Throughout his absorbing chronicle, Park shows that far from being outsiders, the Mormons were representative of their era in their distrust of democracy and their attempt to forge a sovereign society of their own.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kingdom of Nauvoo: The Rise and Fall of a Religious Empire on the American Frontier
Author: Benjamin E. Park
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An extraordinary story of faith and violence in nineteenth-century America, based on previously confidential documents from the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Compared to the Puritans, Mormons have rarely gotten their due, often treated as fringe cultists or marginalized polygamists unworthy of serious examination. In Kingdom of Nauvoo, Benjamin E. Park excavates the brief, tragic life of a lost Mormon city, demonstrating that the Mormons are essential to understanding American history writ large. Using newly accessible sources, Park re-creates the Mormons&amp;#039; 1839 flight from Missouri to Illinois. There, under the charismatic leadership of Joseph Smith, they founded Nauvoo, which shimmered briefly—but Smith&amp;#039;s challenge to democratic traditions, as well as his new doctrine of polygamy, would bring about its fall. His wife Emma, rarely written about, opposed him, but the greater threat came from without: in 1844, a mob murdered Joseph, precipitating the Mormon trek to Utah. Throughout his absorbing chronicle, Park shows that far from being outsiders, the Mormons were representative of their era in their distrust of democracy and their attempt to forge a sovereign society of their own.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Roadside Americans: The Rise and Fall of Hitchhiking in a Changing Nation by Jack Reid</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415559</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Roadside Americans: The Rise and Fall of Hitchhiking in a Changing Nation
Author: Jack Reid
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Between the Great Depression and the mid-1970s, hitchhikers were a common sight for motorists, as American service members, students, and adventurers sought out the romance of the road in droves. Beats, hippies, feminists, and civil rights and antiwar activists saw &amp;#039;thumb tripping&amp;#039; as a vehicle for liberation, living out the counterculture&amp;#039;s rejection of traditional values. Yet, by the time Ronald Reagan, a former hitchhiker himself, was in the White House, the youthful faces on the road chasing the ghost of Jack Kerouac were largely gone—along with sympathetic portrayals of the practice in state legislatures and the media. In Roadside Americans, Jack Reid traces the rise and fall of hitchhiking, offering vivid accounts of life on the road and how the act of soliciting rides from strangers, and the attitude toward hitchhikers in American society, evolved over time in sync with broader economic, political, and cultural shifts. In doing so, Reid offers insight into significant changes in the United States amid the decline of liberalism and the rise of the Reagan Era.</description>
      <author>Jack Reid</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705212783.mp3" length="8669216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415559</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705212783.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Roadside Americans: The Rise and Fall of Hitchhiking in a Changing Nation
Author: Jack Reid
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Between the Great Depression and the mid-1970s, hitchhikers were a common sight for motorists, as American service members, students, and adventurers sought out the romance of the road in droves. Beats, hippies, feminists, and civil rights and antiwar activists saw &amp;#039;thumb tripping&amp;#039; as a vehicle for liberation, living out the counterculture&amp;#039;s rejection of traditional values. Yet, by the time Ronald Reagan, a former hitchhiker himself, was in the White House, the youthful faces on the road chasing the ghost of Jack Kerouac were largely gone—along with sympathetic portrayals of the practice in state legislatures and the media. In Roadside Americans, Jack Reid traces the rise and fall of hitchhiking, offering vivid accounts of life on the road and how the act of soliciting rides from strangers, and the attitude toward hitchhikers in American society, evolved over time in sync with broader economic, political, and cultural shifts. In doing so, Reid offers insight into significant changes in the United States amid the decline of liberalism and the rise of the Reagan Era.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Roadside Americans: The Rise and Fall of Hitchhiking in a Changing Nation
Author: Jack Reid
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Between the Great Depression and the mid-1970s, hitchhikers were a common sight for motorists, as American service members, students, and adventurers sought out the romance of the road in droves. Beats, hippies, feminists, and civil rights and antiwar activists saw &amp;#039;thumb tripping&amp;#039; as a vehicle for liberation, living out the counterculture&amp;#039;s rejection of traditional values. Yet, by the time Ronald Reagan, a former hitchhiker himself, was in the White House, the youthful faces on the road chasing the ghost of Jack Kerouac were largely gone—along with sympathetic portrayals of the practice in state legislatures and the media. In Roadside Americans, Jack Reid traces the rise and fall of hitchhiking, offering vivid accounts of life on the road and how the act of soliciting rides from strangers, and the attitude toward hitchhikers in American society, evolved over time in sync with broader economic, political, and cultural shifts. In doing so, Reid offers insight into significant changes in the United States amid the decline of liberalism and the rise of the Reagan Era.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>His Very Best: Jimmy Carter, a Life by Jonathan Alter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415400</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: His Very Best: Jimmy Carter, a Life
Author: Jonathan Alter
Narrator: Michael Boatman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of America’s most respected journalists and modern historians comes the highly acclaimed, “splendid” (The Washington Post) biography of Jimmy Carter, the thirty-ninth president of the United States and Nobel Prize–winning humanitarian. Jonathan Alter tells the epic story of an enigmatic man of faith and his improbable journey from barefoot boy to global icon. Alter paints an intimate and surprising portrait of the only president since Thomas Jefferson who can fairly be called a Renaissance Man, a complex figure—ridiculed and later revered—with a piercing intelligence, prickly intensity, and biting wit beneath the patented smile. Here is a moral exemplar for our times, a flawed but underrated president of decency and vision who was committed to telling the truth to the American people.   Growing up in one of the meanest counties in the Jim Crow South, Carter is the only American president who essentially lived in three centuries: his early life on the farm in the 1920s without electricity or running water might as well have been in the nineteenth; his presidency put him at the center of major events in the twentieth; and his efforts on conflict resolution and global health set him on the cutting edge of the challenges of the twenty-first.   “One of the best in a celebrated genre of presidential biography,” (The Washington Post), His Very Best traces how Carter evolved from a timid, bookish child—raised mostly by a Black woman farmhand—into an ambitious naval nuclear engineer writing passionate, never-before-published love letters from sea to his wife and full partner, Rosalynn; a peanut farmer and civic leader whose guilt over staying silent during the civil rights movement and not confronting the white terrorism around him helped power his quest for racial justice at home and abroad; an obscure, born-again governor whose brilliant 1976 campaign demolished the racist wing of the Democratic Party and took him from zero percent to the presidency; a stubborn outsider who failed politically amid the bad economy of the 1970s and the seizure of American hostages in Iran but succeeded in engineering peace between Israel and Egypt, amassing a historic environmental record, moving the government from tokenism to diversity, setting a new global standard for human rights and normalizing relations with China among other unheralded and far-sighted achievements. After leaving office, Carter eradicated diseases, built houses for the poor, and taught Sunday school into his mid-nineties.   This “important, fair-minded, highly readable contribution” (The New York Times Book Review) will change our understanding of perhaps the most misunderstood president in American history.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Alter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797112428.mp3" length="818040" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415400</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797112428.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: His Very Best: Jimmy Carter, a Life
Author: Jonathan Alter
Narrator: Michael Boatman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of America’s most respected journalists and modern historians comes the highly acclaimed, “splendid” (The Washington Post) biography of Jimmy Carter, the thirty-ninth president of the United States and Nobel Prize–winning humanitarian. Jonathan Alter tells the epic story of an enigmatic man of faith and his improbable journey from barefoot boy to global icon. Alter paints an intimate and surprising portrait of the only president since Thomas Jefferson who can fairly be called a Renaissance Man, a complex figure—ridiculed and later revered—with a piercing intelligence, prickly intensity, and biting wit beneath the patented smile. Here is a moral exemplar for our times, a flawed but underrated president of decency and vision who was committed to telling the truth to the American people.   Growing up in one of the meanest counties in the Jim Crow South, Carter is the only American president who essentially lived in three centuries: his early life on the farm in the 1920s without electricity or running water might as well have been in the nineteenth; his presidency put him at the center of major events in the twentieth; and his efforts on conflict resolution and global health set him on the cutting edge of the challenges of the twenty-first.   “One of the best in a celebrated genre of presidential biography,” (The Washington Post), His Very Best traces how Carter evolved from a timid, bookish child—raised mostly by a Black woman farmhand—into an ambitious naval nuclear engineer writing passionate, never-before-published love letters from sea to his wife and full partner, Rosalynn; a peanut farmer and civic leader whose guilt over staying silent during the civil rights movement and not confronting the white terrorism around him helped power his quest for racial justice at home and abroad; an obscure, born-again governor whose brilliant 1976 campaign demolished the racist wing of the Democratic Party and took him from zero percent to the presidency; a stubborn outsider who failed politically amid the bad economy of the 1970s and the seizure of American hostages in Iran but succeeded in engineering peace between Israel and Egypt, amassing a historic environmental record, moving the government from tokenism to diversity, setting a new global standard for human rights and normalizing relations with China among other unheralded and far-sighted achievements. After leaving office, Carter eradicated diseases, built houses for the poor, and taught Sunday school into his mid-nineties.   This “important, fair-minded, highly readable contribution” (The New York Times Book Review) will change our understanding of perhaps the most misunderstood president in American history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: His Very Best: Jimmy Carter, a Life
Author: Jonathan Alter
Narrator: Michael Boatman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of America’s most respected journalists and modern historians comes the highly acclaimed, “splendid” (The Washington Post) biography of Jimmy Carter, the thirty-ninth president of the United States and Nobel Prize–winning humanitarian. Jonathan Alter tells the epic story of an enigmatic man of faith and his improbable journey from barefoot boy to global icon. Alter paints an intimate and surprising portrait of the only president since Thomas Jefferson who can fairly be called a Renaissance Man, a complex figure—ridiculed and later revered—with a piercing intelligence, prickly intensity, and biting wit beneath the patented smile. Here is a moral exemplar for our times, a flawed but underrated president of decency and vision who was committed to telling the truth to the American people.   Growing up in one of the meanest counties in the Jim Crow South, Carter is the only American president who essentially lived in three centuries: his early life on the farm in the 1920s without electricity or running water might as well have been in the nineteenth; his presidency put him at the center of major events in the twentieth; and his efforts on conflict resolution and global health set him on the cutting edge of the challenges of the twenty-first.   “One of the best in a celebrated genre of presidential biography,” (The Washington Post), His Very Best traces how Carter evolved from a timid, bookish child—raised mostly by a Black woman farmhand—into an ambitious naval nuclear engineer writing passionate, never-before-published love letters from sea to his wife and full partner, Rosalynn; a peanut farmer and civic leader whose guilt over staying silent during the civil rights movement and not confronting the white terrorism around him helped power his quest for racial justice at home and abroad; an obscure, born-again governor whose brilliant 1976 campaign demolished the racist wing of the Democratic Party and took him from zero percent to the presidency; a stubborn outsider who failed politically amid the bad economy of the 1970s and the seizure of American hostages in Iran but succeeded in engineering peace between Israel and Egypt, amassing a historic environmental record, moving the government from tokenism to diversity, setting a new global standard for human rights and normalizing relations with China among other unheralded and far-sighted achievements. After leaving office, Carter eradicated diseases, built houses for the poor, and taught Sunday school into his mid-nineties.   This “important, fair-minded, highly readable contribution” (The New York Times Book Review) will change our understanding of perhaps the most misunderstood president in American history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sex With Presidents: The Ins and Outs of Love and Lust in the White House by Eleanor Herman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415391</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sex With Presidents: The Ins and Outs of Love and Lust in the White House
Author: Eleanor Herman
Narrator: Emily Rankin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this fascinating work of popular history, the New York Times bestselling author of Sex with Kings and The Royal Art of Poison uncovers the bedroom secrets of American presidents and explores the surprising ways voters have reacted to their leaders’ sex scandals.  While Americans have a reputation for being strait-laced, many of the nation’s leaders have been anything but puritanical. Alexander Hamilton had a steamy affair with a blackmailing prostitute. John F. Kennedy swam nude with female staff in the White House swimming pool. Is it possible the qualities needed to run for president—narcissism, a thirst for power, a desire for importance—go hand in hand with a tendency to sexual misdoing? In this entertaining and eye-opening book, Eleanor Herman revisits some of the sex scandals that have rocked the nation&amp;#039;s capital and shocked the public, while asking the provocative questions: does rampant adultery show a lack of character or the stamina needed to run the country? Or perhaps both? While Americans have judged their leaders&amp;#039; affairs harshly compared to other nations, did they mostly just hate being lied to? And do they now clearly care more about issues other than a politician’s sex life? What is sex like with the most powerful man in the world? Is it better than with your average Joe? And when America finally elects a female president, will she, too, have sexual escapades in the Oval Office?</description>
      <author>Eleanor Herman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063035430.mp3" length="1398690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415391</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063035430.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sex With Presidents: The Ins and Outs of Love and Lust in the White House
Author: Eleanor Herman
Narrator: Emily Rankin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this fascinating work of popular history, the New York Times bestselling author of Sex with Kings and The Royal Art of Poison uncovers the bedroom secrets of American presidents and explores the surprising ways voters have reacted to their leaders’ sex scandals.  While Americans have a reputation for being strait-laced, many of the nation’s leaders have been anything but puritanical. Alexander Hamilton had a steamy affair with a blackmailing prostitute. John F. Kennedy swam nude with female staff in the White House swimming pool. Is it possible the qualities needed to run for president—narcissism, a thirst for power, a desire for importance—go hand in hand with a tendency to sexual misdoing? In this entertaining and eye-opening book, Eleanor Herman revisits some of the sex scandals that have rocked the nation&amp;#039;s capital and shocked the public, while asking the provocative questions: does rampant adultery show a lack of character or the stamina needed to run the country? Or perhaps both? While Americans have judged their leaders&amp;#039; affairs harshly compared to other nations, did they mostly just hate being lied to? And do they now clearly care more about issues other than a politician’s sex life? What is sex like with the most powerful man in the world? Is it better than with your average Joe? And when America finally elects a female president, will she, too, have sexual escapades in the Oval Office?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sex With Presidents: The Ins and Outs of Love and Lust in the White House
Author: Eleanor Herman
Narrator: Emily Rankin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this fascinating work of popular history, the New York Times bestselling author of Sex with Kings and The Royal Art of Poison uncovers the bedroom secrets of American presidents and explores the surprising ways voters have reacted to their leaders’ sex scandals.  While Americans have a reputation for being strait-laced, many of the nation’s leaders have been anything but puritanical. Alexander Hamilton had a steamy affair with a blackmailing prostitute. John F. Kennedy swam nude with female staff in the White House swimming pool. Is it possible the qualities needed to run for president—narcissism, a thirst for power, a desire for importance—go hand in hand with a tendency to sexual misdoing? In this entertaining and eye-opening book, Eleanor Herman revisits some of the sex scandals that have rocked the nation&amp;#039;s capital and shocked the public, while asking the provocative questions: does rampant adultery show a lack of character or the stamina needed to run the country? Or perhaps both? While Americans have judged their leaders&amp;#039; affairs harshly compared to other nations, did they mostly just hate being lied to? And do they now clearly care more about issues other than a politician’s sex life? What is sex like with the most powerful man in the world? Is it better than with your average Joe? And when America finally elects a female president, will she, too, have sexual escapades in the Oval Office?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>FEDERALIST No. 65. The Powers of the Senate Continued by Alexander Hamilton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415320</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FEDERALIST No. 65. The Powers of the Senate Continued
Author: Alexander Hamilton
Narrator: D. S. Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Federalist Papers is a series of 85 articles arguing in favor of ratification of the United States Constitution by the thirteen original colonies. The Federalist papers were written in response to criticism of the Constitution. The articles were first published between October 1787 and August 1788 in newspapers and then published in book form in 1788.  Federalist No. 65 discusses the reasoning behind the choice of the Senate to conduct Impeachment trials.  He is sanguine about the danger of political factions polarizing the proceedings. He rejects the Supreme Court as too small a body to represent the general public and posits that assigning the House, the representative elected by the body politic, the responsibility of bringing charges and prosecuting an impeachment, and assigning the Senate, a body of wise elders elected by state legislatures, the task trying the matter, is the best that can be done to bring about a necessary separation of powers to achieve a fair and just outcome.</description>
      <author>Alexander Hamilton</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jan 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982797256.mp3" length="607577" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415320</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982797256.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FEDERALIST No. 65. The Powers of the Senate Continued
Author: Alexander Hamilton
Narrator: D. S. Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Federalist Papers is a series of 85 articles arguing in favor of ratification of the United States Constitution by the thirteen original colonies. The Federalist papers were written in response to criticism of the Constitution. The articles were first published between October 1787 and August 1788 in newspapers and then published in book form in 1788.  Federalist No. 65 discusses the reasoning behind the choice of the Senate to conduct Impeachment trials.  He is sanguine about the danger of political factions polarizing the proceedings. He rejects the Supreme Court as too small a body to represent the general public and posits that assigning the House, the representative elected by the body politic, the responsibility of bringing charges and prosecuting an impeachment, and assigning the Senate, a body of wise elders elected by state legislatures, the task trying the matter, is the best that can be done to bring about a necessary separation of powers to achieve a fair and just outcome.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FEDERALIST No. 65. The Powers of the Senate Continued
Author: Alexander Hamilton
Narrator: D. S. Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Federalist Papers is a series of 85 articles arguing in favor of ratification of the United States Constitution by the thirteen original colonies. The Federalist papers were written in response to criticism of the Constitution. The articles were first published between October 1787 and August 1788 in newspapers and then published in book form in 1788.  Federalist No. 65 discusses the reasoning behind the choice of the Senate to conduct Impeachment trials.  He is sanguine about the danger of political factions polarizing the proceedings. He rejects the Supreme Court as too small a body to represent the general public and posits that assigning the House, the representative elected by the body politic, the responsibility of bringing charges and prosecuting an impeachment, and assigning the Senate, a body of wise elders elected by state legislatures, the task trying the matter, is the best that can be done to bring about a necessary separation of powers to achieve a fair and just outcome.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>FEDERALIST No. 66. Objections to the Power of the Senate To Set as a Court for Impeachments Further Considered. by Alexander Hamilton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415321</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FEDERALIST No. 66. Objections to the Power of the Senate To Set as a Court for Impeachments Further Considered.
Author: Alexander Hamilton
Narrator: D. S. Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Federalist Papers is a series of 85 articles arguing in favor of ratification of the United States Constitution by the thirteen original colonies.  When the Constitutional Convention met in 1787 to revise the Articles of Confederation, James Madison and Alexander Hamilton advocated instead for the creation of a new government.  The delegates used the principles contained in Madison&amp;#039;s Virginia Plan to create  the Constitution, which was submitted to the states in September 1787.  The Federalist papers were written in response to criticism of the Constitution.  Federalist No. 66 is a continuation of the argument in Federalist No. 65 for the Senate as the trial venue for impeachments. In No. 66 he addresses specific anti-Federalist objections in a series of four rebuttals. The issues addressed are: first, the concern that the Senate is encroaching on the powers of the courts; second, that the Senate itself may become too aristocratic; third, that impartiality may suffer when trying appointed officials previously approved by the same body; and, fourth, that the Senators may be unable to judge their own actions impartially in ratifying treaties.</description>
      <author>Alexander Hamilton</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jan 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982797294.mp3" length="620285" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415321</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982797294.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FEDERALIST No. 66. Objections to the Power of the Senate To Set as a Court for Impeachments Further Considered.
Author: Alexander Hamilton
Narrator: D. S. Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Federalist Papers is a series of 85 articles arguing in favor of ratification of the United States Constitution by the thirteen original colonies.  When the Constitutional Convention met in 1787 to revise the Articles of Confederation, James Madison and Alexander Hamilton advocated instead for the creation of a new government.  The delegates used the principles contained in Madison&amp;#039;s Virginia Plan to create  the Constitution, which was submitted to the states in September 1787.  The Federalist papers were written in response to criticism of the Constitution.  Federalist No. 66 is a continuation of the argument in Federalist No. 65 for the Senate as the trial venue for impeachments. In No. 66 he addresses specific anti-Federalist objections in a series of four rebuttals. The issues addressed are: first, the concern that the Senate is encroaching on the powers of the courts; second, that the Senate itself may become too aristocratic; third, that impartiality may suffer when trying appointed officials previously approved by the same body; and, fourth, that the Senators may be unable to judge their own actions impartially in ratifying treaties.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FEDERALIST No. 66. Objections to the Power of the Senate To Set as a Court for Impeachments Further Considered.
Author: Alexander Hamilton
Narrator: D. S. Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Federalist Papers is a series of 85 articles arguing in favor of ratification of the United States Constitution by the thirteen original colonies.  When the Constitutional Convention met in 1787 to revise the Articles of Confederation, James Madison and Alexander Hamilton advocated instead for the creation of a new government.  The delegates used the principles contained in Madison&amp;#039;s Virginia Plan to create  the Constitution, which was submitted to the states in September 1787.  The Federalist papers were written in response to criticism of the Constitution.  Federalist No. 66 is a continuation of the argument in Federalist No. 65 for the Senate as the trial venue for impeachments. In No. 66 he addresses specific anti-Federalist objections in a series of four rebuttals. The issues addressed are: first, the concern that the Senate is encroaching on the powers of the courts; second, that the Senate itself may become too aristocratic; third, that impartiality may suffer when trying appointed officials previously approved by the same body; and, fourth, that the Senators may be unable to judge their own actions impartially in ratifying treaties.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hidden Nazi: The Untold Story of America’s Deal with the Devil by Colm Lowery, Keith Chester, Dean Reuter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415285</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415285">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415285</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Nazi: The Untold Story of America’s Deal with the Devil
Author: Colm Lowery, Keith Chester, Dean Reuter
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
He’s the worst Nazi war criminal you’ve never heard of Sidekick to SS Chief Heinrich Himmler and supervisor of Nazi rocket scientist Wernher von Braun, General Hans Kammler was responsible for the construction of Hitler’s slave labor sites and concentration camps. He personally altered the design of Auschwitz to increase crowding, ensuring that epidemic diseases would complement the work of the gas chambers. Why has the world forgotten this monster? Kammler was declared dead after the war. But the aide who testified to Kammler’s supposed “suicide” never produced the general’s dog tags or any other proof of death. Dean Reuter, Colm Lowery, and Keith Chester have spent decades on the trail of the elusive Kammler, uncovering documents unseen since the 1940s and visiting the purported site of Kammler’s death, now in the Czech Republic. Their astonishing discovery: US government documents prove that Hans Kammler was in American custody for months after the war—well after his officially declared suicide. And what happened to him after that? Kammler was kept out of public view, never indicted or tried, but to what end? Did he cooperate with Nuremberg prosecutors investigating Nazi war crimes? Was he protected so the United States could benefit from his intimate knowledge of the Nazi rocket program and Germany’s secret weapons? The Hidden Nazi is true history more harrowing—and shocking—than the most thrilling fiction.</description>
      <author>Colm Lowery, Keith Chester, Dean Reuter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982695675.mp3" length="809673" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415285</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982695675.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415285">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415285</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Nazi: The Untold Story of America’s Deal with the Devil
Author: Colm Lowery, Keith Chester, Dean Reuter
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
He’s the worst Nazi war criminal you’ve never heard of Sidekick to SS Chief Heinrich Himmler and supervisor of Nazi rocket scientist Wernher von Braun, General Hans Kammler was responsible for the construction of Hitler’s slave labor sites and concentration camps. He personally altered the design of Auschwitz to increase crowding, ensuring that epidemic diseases would complement the work of the gas chambers. Why has the world forgotten this monster? Kammler was declared dead after the war. But the aide who testified to Kammler’s supposed “suicide” never produced the general’s dog tags or any other proof of death. Dean Reuter, Colm Lowery, and Keith Chester have spent decades on the trail of the elusive Kammler, uncovering documents unseen since the 1940s and visiting the purported site of Kammler’s death, now in the Czech Republic. Their astonishing discovery: US government documents prove that Hans Kammler was in American custody for months after the war—well after his officially declared suicide. And what happened to him after that? Kammler was kept out of public view, never indicted or tried, but to what end? Did he cooperate with Nuremberg prosecutors investigating Nazi war crimes? Was he protected so the United States could benefit from his intimate knowledge of the Nazi rocket program and Germany’s secret weapons? The Hidden Nazi is true history more harrowing—and shocking—than the most thrilling fiction.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415285">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415285</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Nazi: The Untold Story of America’s Deal with the Devil
Author: Colm Lowery, Keith Chester, Dean Reuter
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
He’s the worst Nazi war criminal you’ve never heard of Sidekick to SS Chief Heinrich Himmler and supervisor of Nazi rocket scientist Wernher von Braun, General Hans Kammler was responsible for the construction of Hitler’s slave labor sites and concentration camps. He personally altered the design of Auschwitz to increase crowding, ensuring that epidemic diseases would complement the work of the gas chambers. Why has the world forgotten this monster? Kammler was declared dead after the war. But the aide who testified to Kammler’s supposed “suicide” never produced the general’s dog tags or any other proof of death. Dean Reuter, Colm Lowery, and Keith Chester have spent decades on the trail of the elusive Kammler, uncovering documents unseen since the 1940s and visiting the purported site of Kammler’s death, now in the Czech Republic. Their astonishing discovery: US government documents prove that Hans Kammler was in American custody for months after the war—well after his officially declared suicide. And what happened to him after that? Kammler was kept out of public view, never indicted or tried, but to what end? Did he cooperate with Nuremberg prosecutors investigating Nazi war crimes? Was he protected so the United States could benefit from his intimate knowledge of the Nazi rocket program and Germany’s secret weapons? The Hidden Nazi is true history more harrowing—and shocking—than the most thrilling fiction.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All About the Story: News, Power, Politics, and the Washington Post by Leonard Downie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415180</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All About the Story: News, Power, Politics, and the Washington Post
Author: Leonard Downie
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At a time when the role of journalism is especially critical, the former executive editor of the Washington Post writes about his nearly 50 years at the newspaper and the importance of getting at the truth. In 1964, as a 22-year-old Ohio State graduate with working-class Cleveland roots and a family to support, Len Downie landed an internship with the Washington Post. He would become a pioneering investigative reporter, news editor, foreign correspondent, and managing editor, before succeeding the legendary Ben Bradlee as executive editor.  Downie&amp;#039;s leadership style differed from Bradlee&amp;#039;s, but he played an equally important role over more than four decades in making the Post one of the world&amp;#039;s leading news organizations. He was one of the editors on the historic Watergate story and drove coverage of the impeachment of President Bill Clinton. He wrestled with the Unabomber&amp;#039;s threat to kill more people unless the Post published a rambling 30,000-word manifesto and he published important national security stories in defiance of presidents and top officials. He managed the Post&amp;#039;s ascendency to the pinnacle of influence, circulation, and profitability, producing prizewinning investigative reporting with deep impact on American life, before the digital transformation of news media threatened the Post&amp;#039;s future. At a dangerous time, when health and economic crises and partisanship are challenging the news media, Downie&amp;#039;s judgment, fairness, and commitment to truth will inspire anyone who wants to know how journalism, at its best, works.</description>
      <author>Leonard Downie</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549158759.mp3" length="894742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415180</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549158759.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All About the Story: News, Power, Politics, and the Washington Post
Author: Leonard Downie
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At a time when the role of journalism is especially critical, the former executive editor of the Washington Post writes about his nearly 50 years at the newspaper and the importance of getting at the truth. In 1964, as a 22-year-old Ohio State graduate with working-class Cleveland roots and a family to support, Len Downie landed an internship with the Washington Post. He would become a pioneering investigative reporter, news editor, foreign correspondent, and managing editor, before succeeding the legendary Ben Bradlee as executive editor.  Downie&amp;#039;s leadership style differed from Bradlee&amp;#039;s, but he played an equally important role over more than four decades in making the Post one of the world&amp;#039;s leading news organizations. He was one of the editors on the historic Watergate story and drove coverage of the impeachment of President Bill Clinton. He wrestled with the Unabomber&amp;#039;s threat to kill more people unless the Post published a rambling 30,000-word manifesto and he published important national security stories in defiance of presidents and top officials. He managed the Post&amp;#039;s ascendency to the pinnacle of influence, circulation, and profitability, producing prizewinning investigative reporting with deep impact on American life, before the digital transformation of news media threatened the Post&amp;#039;s future. At a dangerous time, when health and economic crises and partisanship are challenging the news media, Downie&amp;#039;s judgment, fairness, and commitment to truth will inspire anyone who wants to know how journalism, at its best, works.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All About the Story: News, Power, Politics, and the Washington Post
Author: Leonard Downie
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
At a time when the role of journalism is especially critical, the former executive editor of the Washington Post writes about his nearly 50 years at the newspaper and the importance of getting at the truth. In 1964, as a 22-year-old Ohio State graduate with working-class Cleveland roots and a family to support, Len Downie landed an internship with the Washington Post. He would become a pioneering investigative reporter, news editor, foreign correspondent, and managing editor, before succeeding the legendary Ben Bradlee as executive editor.  Downie&amp;#039;s leadership style differed from Bradlee&amp;#039;s, but he played an equally important role over more than four decades in making the Post one of the world&amp;#039;s leading news organizations. He was one of the editors on the historic Watergate story and drove coverage of the impeachment of President Bill Clinton. He wrestled with the Unabomber&amp;#039;s threat to kill more people unless the Post published a rambling 30,000-word manifesto and he published important national security stories in defiance of presidents and top officials. He managed the Post&amp;#039;s ascendency to the pinnacle of influence, circulation, and profitability, producing prizewinning investigative reporting with deep impact on American life, before the digital transformation of news media threatened the Post&amp;#039;s future. At a dangerous time, when health and economic crises and partisanship are challenging the news media, Downie&amp;#039;s judgment, fairness, and commitment to truth will inspire anyone who wants to know how journalism, at its best, works.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Should Have Seen It Coming: From Reagan to Trump--A Front-Row Seat to a Political Revolution by Gerald F. Seib</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Should Have Seen It Coming: From Reagan to Trump--A Front-Row Seat to a Political Revolution
Author: Gerald F. Seib
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The executive Washington editor of The Wall Street Journal chronicles the astonishing rise, climax, and decline of the conservative movement, from the election of Ronald Reagan to the Republican Party&amp;#039;s takeover by Donald Trump—with a new introduction covering the 2020 election and the future of the GOP “Ably captures the most consequential American political developments in half a century.” —Peggy Noonan In 1980, President-Elect Ronald Reagan ushered in conservatism as the most powerful political force in America. For four decades, New Deal liberalism had been the country’s dominant motif, creating such popular programs as Social Security and Medicare, but it had become creaky in the face of soaring inflation, high unemployment, and a growing sense that the United States was no longer the dominant force on the world stage. Reagan&amp;#039;s efforts to reshape the government with tax cuts, deregulation, increased military spending, and a more conservative social policy faltered at first. But the economy roared back, and the Reagan revolution was on. In We Should Have Seen It Coming, veteran journalist Gerald F. Seib shows how this conservative movement came to dominate national politics, then began to evolve into the populist movement that Donald Trump rode to power. Conservative institutions including the Heritage Foundation, the National Rifle Association, Americans for Tax Reform, Rush Limbaugh and Fox News gave the conservative movement a support system, paving the way for Newt Gingrich&amp;#039;s Contract with America and George W. Bush&amp;#039;s compassionate conservatism. But we also see multiple warning signs, many overlooked or misread, that a populist revolution was brewing. Pat Buchanan, Ross Perot, Sarah Palin, and the Tea Party—all were precursors of the Trump takeover. With behind-the-scenes anecdotes, Seib explains how Trump capitalized on that populist movement to victory in 2016, then began breaking from conservative orthodoxy once in office. He shows how Trump altered Republican relations with the business world, shattered conservative precepts on trade and immigration and challenged America’s long-standing alliances. This scintillating work of journalism brings new insight to the most important political story of our time.</description>
      <author>Gerald F. Seib</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593289310.mp3" length="2918206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593289310.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Should Have Seen It Coming: From Reagan to Trump--A Front-Row Seat to a Political Revolution
Author: Gerald F. Seib
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The executive Washington editor of The Wall Street Journal chronicles the astonishing rise, climax, and decline of the conservative movement, from the election of Ronald Reagan to the Republican Party&amp;#039;s takeover by Donald Trump—with a new introduction covering the 2020 election and the future of the GOP “Ably captures the most consequential American political developments in half a century.” —Peggy Noonan In 1980, President-Elect Ronald Reagan ushered in conservatism as the most powerful political force in America. For four decades, New Deal liberalism had been the country’s dominant motif, creating such popular programs as Social Security and Medicare, but it had become creaky in the face of soaring inflation, high unemployment, and a growing sense that the United States was no longer the dominant force on the world stage. Reagan&amp;#039;s efforts to reshape the government with tax cuts, deregulation, increased military spending, and a more conservative social policy faltered at first. But the economy roared back, and the Reagan revolution was on. In We Should Have Seen It Coming, veteran journalist Gerald F. Seib shows how this conservative movement came to dominate national politics, then began to evolve into the populist movement that Donald Trump rode to power. Conservative institutions including the Heritage Foundation, the National Rifle Association, Americans for Tax Reform, Rush Limbaugh and Fox News gave the conservative movement a support system, paving the way for Newt Gingrich&amp;#039;s Contract with America and George W. Bush&amp;#039;s compassionate conservatism. But we also see multiple warning signs, many overlooked or misread, that a populist revolution was brewing. Pat Buchanan, Ross Perot, Sarah Palin, and the Tea Party—all were precursors of the Trump takeover. With behind-the-scenes anecdotes, Seib explains how Trump capitalized on that populist movement to victory in 2016, then began breaking from conservative orthodoxy once in office. He shows how Trump altered Republican relations with the business world, shattered conservative precepts on trade and immigration and challenged America’s long-standing alliances. This scintillating work of journalism brings new insight to the most important political story of our time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Should Have Seen It Coming: From Reagan to Trump--A Front-Row Seat to a Political Revolution
Author: Gerald F. Seib
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The executive Washington editor of The Wall Street Journal chronicles the astonishing rise, climax, and decline of the conservative movement, from the election of Ronald Reagan to the Republican Party&amp;#039;s takeover by Donald Trump—with a new introduction covering the 2020 election and the future of the GOP “Ably captures the most consequential American political developments in half a century.” —Peggy Noonan In 1980, President-Elect Ronald Reagan ushered in conservatism as the most powerful political force in America. For four decades, New Deal liberalism had been the country’s dominant motif, creating such popular programs as Social Security and Medicare, but it had become creaky in the face of soaring inflation, high unemployment, and a growing sense that the United States was no longer the dominant force on the world stage. Reagan&amp;#039;s efforts to reshape the government with tax cuts, deregulation, increased military spending, and a more conservative social policy faltered at first. But the economy roared back, and the Reagan revolution was on. In We Should Have Seen It Coming, veteran journalist Gerald F. Seib shows how this conservative movement came to dominate national politics, then began to evolve into the populist movement that Donald Trump rode to power. Conservative institutions including the Heritage Foundation, the National Rifle Association, Americans for Tax Reform, Rush Limbaugh and Fox News gave the conservative movement a support system, paving the way for Newt Gingrich&amp;#039;s Contract with America and George W. Bush&amp;#039;s compassionate conservatism. But we also see multiple warning signs, many overlooked or misread, that a populist revolution was brewing. Pat Buchanan, Ross Perot, Sarah Palin, and the Tea Party—all were precursors of the Trump takeover. With behind-the-scenes anecdotes, Seib explains how Trump capitalized on that populist movement to victory in 2016, then began breaking from conservative orthodoxy once in office. He shows how Trump altered Republican relations with the business world, shattered conservative precepts on trade and immigration and challenged America’s long-standing alliances. This scintillating work of journalism brings new insight to the most important political story of our time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Against Civility: The Hidden Racism in Our Obsession with Civility by Alex Zamalin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Against Civility: The Hidden Racism in Our Obsession with Civility
Author: Alex Zamalin
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first history of racial injustice to examine how civility and white supremacy are linked, and a call for citizens who care about social justice to abandon civility and practice civic radicalism The idea and practice of civility has always been wielded to silence dissent, repress political participation, and justify violence upon people of color. Although many progressives today are told that we need to be more polite and thoughtful, less rancorous and angry, when we talk about race in America, civility maintains rather than disrupts racial injustice. Spanning two hundred years, Zamalin’s accessible blend of intellectual history, political biography, and contemporary political criticism shows that civility has never been neutral in its political uses and impacts. The best way to tackle racial inequality is through “civic radicalism,” an alternative to civility found in the actions of Black radical leaders including Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Ida B. Wells, Martin Luther King Jr., James Baldwin, Malcolm X, and Audre Lorde. Civic radicals shock and provoke people. They name injustice and who is responsible for it. They protest, march, strike, boycott, and mobilize collectively rather than form alliances with those who fundamentally oppose them. In Against Civility, citizens who care deeply about racial and socioeconomic equality will see that they need to abandon this concept of discreet politeness when it comes to racial justice and instead more fully support disruptive actions and calls for liberation, which have already begun with movements like #MeToo, the Dakota Access Pipeline protests, and Black Lives Matter.</description>
      <author>Alex Zamalin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807095270.mp3" length="2880566" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807095270.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Against Civility: The Hidden Racism in Our Obsession with Civility
Author: Alex Zamalin
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first history of racial injustice to examine how civility and white supremacy are linked, and a call for citizens who care about social justice to abandon civility and practice civic radicalism The idea and practice of civility has always been wielded to silence dissent, repress political participation, and justify violence upon people of color. Although many progressives today are told that we need to be more polite and thoughtful, less rancorous and angry, when we talk about race in America, civility maintains rather than disrupts racial injustice. Spanning two hundred years, Zamalin’s accessible blend of intellectual history, political biography, and contemporary political criticism shows that civility has never been neutral in its political uses and impacts. The best way to tackle racial inequality is through “civic radicalism,” an alternative to civility found in the actions of Black radical leaders including Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Ida B. Wells, Martin Luther King Jr., James Baldwin, Malcolm X, and Audre Lorde. Civic radicals shock and provoke people. They name injustice and who is responsible for it. They protest, march, strike, boycott, and mobilize collectively rather than form alliances with those who fundamentally oppose them. In Against Civility, citizens who care deeply about racial and socioeconomic equality will see that they need to abandon this concept of discreet politeness when it comes to racial justice and instead more fully support disruptive actions and calls for liberation, which have already begun with movements like #MeToo, the Dakota Access Pipeline protests, and Black Lives Matter.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Against Civility: The Hidden Racism in Our Obsession with Civility
Author: Alex Zamalin
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first history of racial injustice to examine how civility and white supremacy are linked, and a call for citizens who care about social justice to abandon civility and practice civic radicalism The idea and practice of civility has always been wielded to silence dissent, repress political participation, and justify violence upon people of color. Although many progressives today are told that we need to be more polite and thoughtful, less rancorous and angry, when we talk about race in America, civility maintains rather than disrupts racial injustice. Spanning two hundred years, Zamalin’s accessible blend of intellectual history, political biography, and contemporary political criticism shows that civility has never been neutral in its political uses and impacts. The best way to tackle racial inequality is through “civic radicalism,” an alternative to civility found in the actions of Black radical leaders including Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Ida B. Wells, Martin Luther King Jr., James Baldwin, Malcolm X, and Audre Lorde. Civic radicals shock and provoke people. They name injustice and who is responsible for it. They protest, march, strike, boycott, and mobilize collectively rather than form alliances with those who fundamentally oppose them. In Against Civility, citizens who care deeply about racial and socioeconomic equality will see that they need to abandon this concept of discreet politeness when it comes to racial justice and instead more fully support disruptive actions and calls for liberation, which have already begun with movements like #MeToo, the Dakota Access Pipeline protests, and Black Lives Matter.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Butch Cassidy: The True Story of an American Outlaw by Charles Leerhsen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415020</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415020">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415020</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Butch Cassidy: The True Story of an American Outlaw
Author: Charles Leerhsen
Narrator: Pete Simonelli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 35 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Leerhsen brings the notorious Butch Cassidy to vivid life in this “lyrical and deeply researched” (Publishers Weekly) biography that goes beyond the movie Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid to reveal a more fascinating and complicated man than legend provides. For more than a century the life and death of Butch Cassidy have been the subject of legend, spawning a small industry of mythmakers and a major Hollywood film. But who was Butch Cassidy, really? Charles Leerhsen, bestselling author of Ty Cobb, sorts out the facts from folklore and paints a “compelling portrait of the charming, debonair, ranch hand-turned-outlaw” (Ron Hansen, author of The Kid) of the American West.   Born into a Mormon family in Utah, Robert Leroy Parker grew up dirt poor and soon discovered that stealing horses and cattle was a fact of life in a world where small ranchers were being squeezed by banks, railroads, and cattle barons. A charismatic and more than capable cowboy—even ranch owners who knew he was a rustler said they would hire him again—he adopted the alias “Butch Cassidy,” and moved on to a new moneymaking endeavor: bank robbery. By all accounts a smart and considerate thief, Butch and his &amp;#039;Wid Bunch&amp;#039; gang eventually graduated to more lucrative train robberies. But the railroad owners hired the Pinkerton Agency, whose detectives pursued Butch and his gang relentlessly, until he and his then partner Harry Longabaugh (The Sundance Kid) fled to South America, where they replicated the cycle of ranching, rustling, and robbery until they met their end in Bolivia.   In Butch Cassidy, Leerhsen “refuses to buy into the Hollywood hype and instead offers the true tale of Butch Cassidy, which turns out to be more fascinating and fun than the myths” (Tom Clavin, bestselling author of Tombstone). In this “entertaining…definitive account” (Kirkus Reviews), he shares his fascination with how criminals such as Butch deftly maneuvered between honest work and thievery, battling the corporate interests that were exploiting the settlers, and showing us in vibrant prose the Old West as it really was, in all its promise and heartbreak.</description>
      <author>Charles Leerhsen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797111407.mp3" length="810690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415020</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797111407.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415020">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415020</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Butch Cassidy: The True Story of an American Outlaw
Author: Charles Leerhsen
Narrator: Pete Simonelli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 35 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Leerhsen brings the notorious Butch Cassidy to vivid life in this “lyrical and deeply researched” (Publishers Weekly) biography that goes beyond the movie Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid to reveal a more fascinating and complicated man than legend provides. For more than a century the life and death of Butch Cassidy have been the subject of legend, spawning a small industry of mythmakers and a major Hollywood film. But who was Butch Cassidy, really? Charles Leerhsen, bestselling author of Ty Cobb, sorts out the facts from folklore and paints a “compelling portrait of the charming, debonair, ranch hand-turned-outlaw” (Ron Hansen, author of The Kid) of the American West.   Born into a Mormon family in Utah, Robert Leroy Parker grew up dirt poor and soon discovered that stealing horses and cattle was a fact of life in a world where small ranchers were being squeezed by banks, railroads, and cattle barons. A charismatic and more than capable cowboy—even ranch owners who knew he was a rustler said they would hire him again—he adopted the alias “Butch Cassidy,” and moved on to a new moneymaking endeavor: bank robbery. By all accounts a smart and considerate thief, Butch and his &amp;#039;Wid Bunch&amp;#039; gang eventually graduated to more lucrative train robberies. But the railroad owners hired the Pinkerton Agency, whose detectives pursued Butch and his gang relentlessly, until he and his then partner Harry Longabaugh (The Sundance Kid) fled to South America, where they replicated the cycle of ranching, rustling, and robbery until they met their end in Bolivia.   In Butch Cassidy, Leerhsen “refuses to buy into the Hollywood hype and instead offers the true tale of Butch Cassidy, which turns out to be more fascinating and fun than the myths” (Tom Clavin, bestselling author of Tombstone). In this “entertaining…definitive account” (Kirkus Reviews), he shares his fascination with how criminals such as Butch deftly maneuvered between honest work and thievery, battling the corporate interests that were exploiting the settlers, and showing us in vibrant prose the Old West as it really was, in all its promise and heartbreak.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415020">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415020</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Butch Cassidy: The True Story of an American Outlaw
Author: Charles Leerhsen
Narrator: Pete Simonelli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 35 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Leerhsen brings the notorious Butch Cassidy to vivid life in this “lyrical and deeply researched” (Publishers Weekly) biography that goes beyond the movie Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid to reveal a more fascinating and complicated man than legend provides. For more than a century the life and death of Butch Cassidy have been the subject of legend, spawning a small industry of mythmakers and a major Hollywood film. But who was Butch Cassidy, really? Charles Leerhsen, bestselling author of Ty Cobb, sorts out the facts from folklore and paints a “compelling portrait of the charming, debonair, ranch hand-turned-outlaw” (Ron Hansen, author of The Kid) of the American West.   Born into a Mormon family in Utah, Robert Leroy Parker grew up dirt poor and soon discovered that stealing horses and cattle was a fact of life in a world where small ranchers were being squeezed by banks, railroads, and cattle barons. A charismatic and more than capable cowboy—even ranch owners who knew he was a rustler said they would hire him again—he adopted the alias “Butch Cassidy,” and moved on to a new moneymaking endeavor: bank robbery. By all accounts a smart and considerate thief, Butch and his &amp;#039;Wid Bunch&amp;#039; gang eventually graduated to more lucrative train robberies. But the railroad owners hired the Pinkerton Agency, whose detectives pursued Butch and his gang relentlessly, until he and his then partner Harry Longabaugh (The Sundance Kid) fled to South America, where they replicated the cycle of ranching, rustling, and robbery until they met their end in Bolivia.   In Butch Cassidy, Leerhsen “refuses to buy into the Hollywood hype and instead offers the true tale of Butch Cassidy, which turns out to be more fascinating and fun than the myths” (Tom Clavin, bestselling author of Tombstone). In this “entertaining…definitive account” (Kirkus Reviews), he shares his fascination with how criminals such as Butch deftly maneuvered between honest work and thievery, battling the corporate interests that were exploiting the settlers, and showing us in vibrant prose the Old West as it really was, in all its promise and heartbreak.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grounded: A Senator’s Lessons on Winning Back Rural America by Jon Tester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grounded: A Senator’s Lessons on Winning Back Rural America
Author: Jon Tester
Narrator: Jon Tester
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An inspiring and eye-opening memoir showing how Democrats can reconnect with rural and red-state voters, from Montana’s three-term democratic senator. Senator Jon Tester is a rare voice in Congress. He is the only United States senator who manages a full-time job outside of the Senate—as a farmer. But what has really come to distinguish Tester in the Senate is his commitment to accountability, his ability to stand up to Donald Trump, and his success in, time and again, winning red state voters back to the Democratic Party. In Grounded, Tester shares his early life, his rise in the Democratic party, his vision for helping rural America, and his strategies for reaching red state voters. Leaning deeply into lessons on the value of authenticity and hard work that he learned growing up on his family’s 1,800-acre farm near the small town of Big Sandy, Montana—the same farm he continues to work today with his wife, Sharla—Tester has made his political career a testament to crossing the divides of class and geography. The media and Democrats too often discount rural people as Trump supporters; Tester knows better. His voice is vital to the public discourse as we seek to understand the issues that are important to rural and working-class America in not just the 2020 election but also for years to come.  A heartfelt and inspiring memoir from a courageous voice, Grounded shows us that the biggest threat to our democracy isn’t a president who has no moral compass. It’s politicians who don’t understand the value of accountability and hard work. Tester demonstrates that if American democracy is to survive, we must put our trust in the values that keep us grounded. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Jon Tester</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063033849.mp3" length="1390899" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063033849.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grounded: A Senator’s Lessons on Winning Back Rural America
Author: Jon Tester
Narrator: Jon Tester
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An inspiring and eye-opening memoir showing how Democrats can reconnect with rural and red-state voters, from Montana’s three-term democratic senator. Senator Jon Tester is a rare voice in Congress. He is the only United States senator who manages a full-time job outside of the Senate—as a farmer. But what has really come to distinguish Tester in the Senate is his commitment to accountability, his ability to stand up to Donald Trump, and his success in, time and again, winning red state voters back to the Democratic Party. In Grounded, Tester shares his early life, his rise in the Democratic party, his vision for helping rural America, and his strategies for reaching red state voters. Leaning deeply into lessons on the value of authenticity and hard work that he learned growing up on his family’s 1,800-acre farm near the small town of Big Sandy, Montana—the same farm he continues to work today with his wife, Sharla—Tester has made his political career a testament to crossing the divides of class and geography. The media and Democrats too often discount rural people as Trump supporters; Tester knows better. His voice is vital to the public discourse as we seek to understand the issues that are important to rural and working-class America in not just the 2020 election but also for years to come.  A heartfelt and inspiring memoir from a courageous voice, Grounded shows us that the biggest threat to our democracy isn’t a president who has no moral compass. It’s politicians who don’t understand the value of accountability and hard work. Tester demonstrates that if American democracy is to survive, we must put our trust in the values that keep us grounded. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grounded: A Senator’s Lessons on Winning Back Rural America
Author: Jon Tester
Narrator: Jon Tester
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An inspiring and eye-opening memoir showing how Democrats can reconnect with rural and red-state voters, from Montana’s three-term democratic senator. Senator Jon Tester is a rare voice in Congress. He is the only United States senator who manages a full-time job outside of the Senate—as a farmer. But what has really come to distinguish Tester in the Senate is his commitment to accountability, his ability to stand up to Donald Trump, and his success in, time and again, winning red state voters back to the Democratic Party. In Grounded, Tester shares his early life, his rise in the Democratic party, his vision for helping rural America, and his strategies for reaching red state voters. Leaning deeply into lessons on the value of authenticity and hard work that he learned growing up on his family’s 1,800-acre farm near the small town of Big Sandy, Montana—the same farm he continues to work today with his wife, Sharla—Tester has made his political career a testament to crossing the divides of class and geography. The media and Democrats too often discount rural people as Trump supporters; Tester knows better. His voice is vital to the public discourse as we seek to understand the issues that are important to rural and working-class America in not just the 2020 election but also for years to come.  A heartfelt and inspiring memoir from a courageous voice, Grounded shows us that the biggest threat to our democracy isn’t a president who has no moral compass. It’s politicians who don’t understand the value of accountability and hard work. Tester demonstrates that if American democracy is to survive, we must put our trust in the values that keep us grounded. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC: Navigating the Politics of Everyday Life by Paula Austin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC: Navigating the Politics of Everyday Life
Author: Paula Austin
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This overview offers a complex narrative of the everyday lives of black young people in a racially, spatially, economically, and politically restricted Washington, DC during the 1930s. In contrast to the ways in which young people have been portrayed by researchers, policymakers, law enforcement, and the media, Paula C. Austin draws on previously unstudied archival material to present black poor and working-class young people as thinkers, theorists, critics, and commentators as they reckon with the boundaries imposed on them in a Jim Crow city that was also the American emblem of equality. The narratives at the center of this book provide a different understanding of black urban life in the early twentieth century, showing that ordinary people were experts at navigating around the limitations imposed by the District of Columbia’s racially segregated politics. Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC is a fresh take on the New Negro movement and a vital contribution to the history of race in America.</description>
      <author>Paula Austin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666565553.mp3" length="849118" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666565553.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC: Navigating the Politics of Everyday Life
Author: Paula Austin
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This overview offers a complex narrative of the everyday lives of black young people in a racially, spatially, economically, and politically restricted Washington, DC during the 1930s. In contrast to the ways in which young people have been portrayed by researchers, policymakers, law enforcement, and the media, Paula C. Austin draws on previously unstudied archival material to present black poor and working-class young people as thinkers, theorists, critics, and commentators as they reckon with the boundaries imposed on them in a Jim Crow city that was also the American emblem of equality. The narratives at the center of this book provide a different understanding of black urban life in the early twentieth century, showing that ordinary people were experts at navigating around the limitations imposed by the District of Columbia’s racially segregated politics. Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC is a fresh take on the New Negro movement and a vital contribution to the history of race in America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC: Navigating the Politics of Everyday Life
Author: Paula Austin
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This overview offers a complex narrative of the everyday lives of black young people in a racially, spatially, economically, and politically restricted Washington, DC during the 1930s. In contrast to the ways in which young people have been portrayed by researchers, policymakers, law enforcement, and the media, Paula C. Austin draws on previously unstudied archival material to present black poor and working-class young people as thinkers, theorists, critics, and commentators as they reckon with the boundaries imposed on them in a Jim Crow city that was also the American emblem of equality. The narratives at the center of this book provide a different understanding of black urban life in the early twentieth century, showing that ordinary people were experts at navigating around the limitations imposed by the District of Columbia’s racially segregated politics. Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC is a fresh take on the New Negro movement and a vital contribution to the history of race in America.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ages of American Capitalism: A History of the United States by Jonathan Levy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414790</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ages of American Capitalism: A History of the United States
Author: Jonathan Levy
Narrator: John Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A leading economic historian traces the evolution of American capitalism from the colonial era to the present—and argues that we’ve reached a turning point that will define the era ahead. “The best one-volume history of American capitalism . . . It is impossible to understand the United States without understanding its economic history. This book, from one of the nation’s foremost historians of capitalism, brings that important and endlessly fascinating story to life.”—Sven Beckert, author of Empire of Cotton Today, in the midst of a new economic crisis and severe political discord, the nature of capitalism in United States is at a crossroads. Since the market crash and Great Recession of 2008, historian Jonathan Levy has been teaching a course to help his students understand everything that had happened to reach that disaster and the current state of the economy, but in doing so he discovered something more fundamental about American history. Now, in an ambitious single-volume history of the United States, he reveals how, from the beginning of U.S. history to the present, capitalism in America has evolved through four distinct ages and how the country’s economic evolution is inseparable from the nature of American life itself. The Age of Commerce spans the colonial era through the outbreak of the Civil War, a period of history in which economic growth and output largely depended on enslaved labor and was limited by what could be drawn from the land and where it could be traded. The Age of Capital traces the impact of the first major leap in economic development following the Civil War: the industrial revolution, when capitalists set capital down in factories to produce commercial goods, fueled by labor moving into cities. But investments in the new industrial economy led to great volatility, most dramatically with the onset of the Great Depression in 1929. The Depression immediately sparked the Age of Control, when the government took on a more active role in the economy, first trying to jump-start it and then funding military production during World War II. Skepticism of government intervention in the Cold War combined with recession and stagflation in the 1970s led to a crisis of industrial capitalism and the withdrawal of political will for regulation. In the Age of Chaos that followed, the combination of deregulation and the growth of the finance industry created a booming economy for some but also striking inequalities and a lack of oversight that led directly to the crash of 2008. In Ages of American Capitalism, Jonathan Levy proves that, contrary to political dogma, capitalism in the United States has never been just one thing. Instead, it has morphed throughout the country’s history—and it’s likely changing again right now. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing graphs and maps.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Levy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593286814.mp3" length="2692774" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414790</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593286814.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ages of American Capitalism: A History of the United States
Author: Jonathan Levy
Narrator: John Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A leading economic historian traces the evolution of American capitalism from the colonial era to the present—and argues that we’ve reached a turning point that will define the era ahead. “The best one-volume history of American capitalism . . . It is impossible to understand the United States without understanding its economic history. This book, from one of the nation’s foremost historians of capitalism, brings that important and endlessly fascinating story to life.”—Sven Beckert, author of Empire of Cotton Today, in the midst of a new economic crisis and severe political discord, the nature of capitalism in United States is at a crossroads. Since the market crash and Great Recession of 2008, historian Jonathan Levy has been teaching a course to help his students understand everything that had happened to reach that disaster and the current state of the economy, but in doing so he discovered something more fundamental about American history. Now, in an ambitious single-volume history of the United States, he reveals how, from the beginning of U.S. history to the present, capitalism in America has evolved through four distinct ages and how the country’s economic evolution is inseparable from the nature of American life itself. The Age of Commerce spans the colonial era through the outbreak of the Civil War, a period of history in which economic growth and output largely depended on enslaved labor and was limited by what could be drawn from the land and where it could be traded. The Age of Capital traces the impact of the first major leap in economic development following the Civil War: the industrial revolution, when capitalists set capital down in factories to produce commercial goods, fueled by labor moving into cities. But investments in the new industrial economy led to great volatility, most dramatically with the onset of the Great Depression in 1929. The Depression immediately sparked the Age of Control, when the government took on a more active role in the economy, first trying to jump-start it and then funding military production during World War II. Skepticism of government intervention in the Cold War combined with recession and stagflation in the 1970s led to a crisis of industrial capitalism and the withdrawal of political will for regulation. In the Age of Chaos that followed, the combination of deregulation and the growth of the finance industry created a booming economy for some but also striking inequalities and a lack of oversight that led directly to the crash of 2008. In Ages of American Capitalism, Jonathan Levy proves that, contrary to political dogma, capitalism in the United States has never been just one thing. Instead, it has morphed throughout the country’s history—and it’s likely changing again right now. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing graphs and maps.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ages of American Capitalism: A History of the United States
Author: Jonathan Levy
Narrator: John Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A leading economic historian traces the evolution of American capitalism from the colonial era to the present—and argues that we’ve reached a turning point that will define the era ahead. “The best one-volume history of American capitalism . . . It is impossible to understand the United States without understanding its economic history. This book, from one of the nation’s foremost historians of capitalism, brings that important and endlessly fascinating story to life.”—Sven Beckert, author of Empire of Cotton Today, in the midst of a new economic crisis and severe political discord, the nature of capitalism in United States is at a crossroads. Since the market crash and Great Recession of 2008, historian Jonathan Levy has been teaching a course to help his students understand everything that had happened to reach that disaster and the current state of the economy, but in doing so he discovered something more fundamental about American history. Now, in an ambitious single-volume history of the United States, he reveals how, from the beginning of U.S. history to the present, capitalism in America has evolved through four distinct ages and how the country’s economic evolution is inseparable from the nature of American life itself. The Age of Commerce spans the colonial era through the outbreak of the Civil War, a period of history in which economic growth and output largely depended on enslaved labor and was limited by what could be drawn from the land and where it could be traded. The Age of Capital traces the impact of the first major leap in economic development following the Civil War: the industrial revolution, when capitalists set capital down in factories to produce commercial goods, fueled by labor moving into cities. But investments in the new industrial economy led to great volatility, most dramatically with the onset of the Great Depression in 1929. The Depression immediately sparked the Age of Control, when the government took on a more active role in the economy, first trying to jump-start it and then funding military production during World War II. Skepticism of government intervention in the Cold War combined with recession and stagflation in the 1970s led to a crisis of industrial capitalism and the withdrawal of political will for regulation. In the Age of Chaos that followed, the combination of deregulation and the growth of the finance industry created a booming economy for some but also striking inequalities and a lack of oversight that led directly to the crash of 2008. In Ages of American Capitalism, Jonathan Levy proves that, contrary to political dogma, capitalism in the United States has never been just one thing. Instead, it has morphed throughout the country’s history—and it’s likely changing again right now. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing graphs and maps.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Devil&amp;#039;s Trick: How Canada Fought the Vietnam War by John Boyko</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414759</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil&amp;#039;s Trick: How Canada Fought the Vietnam War
Author: John Boyko
Narrator: John Boyko
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Forty-five years after the fall of Saigon, John Boyko brings to light the little-known story of Canada&amp;#039;s involvement in the American War in Vietnam. Through the lens of six remarkable people, some well-known, others obscure, bestselling historian John Boyko recounts Canada&amp;#039;s often-overlooked involvement in that conflict as peacemaker, combatant, and provider of weapons and sanctuary.   When Brigadier General Sherwood Lett arrived in Vietnam over a decade before American troops, he and the Canadians under his command risked their lives trying to enforce an unstable peace while questioning whether they were merely handmaidens to a new war. As American battleships steamed across the Pacific, Canadian diplomat Blair Seaborn was meeting secretly in Hanoi with North Vietnam’s prime minister; if American leaders accepted his roadmap to peace, those ships could be turned around before war began. Claire Culhane worked in a Canadian hospital in Vietnam and then returned home to implore Canadians to stop supporting what she deemed an immoral war. Joe Erickson was among 30,000 young Americans who changed Canada by evading the draft and heading north; Doug Carey was one of the 20,000 Canadians who enlisted with the American forces to serve in Vietnam. Rebecca Trinh fled Saigon with her husband and young daughters, joining the waves of desperate Indochinese refugees, thousands of whom were to forge new lives in Canada.   Through these wide-ranging and fascinating accounts, Boyko exposes what he calls the Devil’s wiliest trick: convincing leaders that war is desirable, persuading the public that it is acceptable, and telling combatants that the deeds they carry out and the horrors they experience are normal, or at least necessary. In uncovering Canada’s side of the story, Boyko reveals the many secret and forgotten ways that Canada not only fought the war but was forever shaped by its lessons and lies.</description>
      <author>John Boyko</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780735280342.mp3" length="2847402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414759</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780735280342.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil&amp;#039;s Trick: How Canada Fought the Vietnam War
Author: John Boyko
Narrator: John Boyko
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Forty-five years after the fall of Saigon, John Boyko brings to light the little-known story of Canada&amp;#039;s involvement in the American War in Vietnam. Through the lens of six remarkable people, some well-known, others obscure, bestselling historian John Boyko recounts Canada&amp;#039;s often-overlooked involvement in that conflict as peacemaker, combatant, and provider of weapons and sanctuary.   When Brigadier General Sherwood Lett arrived in Vietnam over a decade before American troops, he and the Canadians under his command risked their lives trying to enforce an unstable peace while questioning whether they were merely handmaidens to a new war. As American battleships steamed across the Pacific, Canadian diplomat Blair Seaborn was meeting secretly in Hanoi with North Vietnam’s prime minister; if American leaders accepted his roadmap to peace, those ships could be turned around before war began. Claire Culhane worked in a Canadian hospital in Vietnam and then returned home to implore Canadians to stop supporting what she deemed an immoral war. Joe Erickson was among 30,000 young Americans who changed Canada by evading the draft and heading north; Doug Carey was one of the 20,000 Canadians who enlisted with the American forces to serve in Vietnam. Rebecca Trinh fled Saigon with her husband and young daughters, joining the waves of desperate Indochinese refugees, thousands of whom were to forge new lives in Canada.   Through these wide-ranging and fascinating accounts, Boyko exposes what he calls the Devil’s wiliest trick: convincing leaders that war is desirable, persuading the public that it is acceptable, and telling combatants that the deeds they carry out and the horrors they experience are normal, or at least necessary. In uncovering Canada’s side of the story, Boyko reveals the many secret and forgotten ways that Canada not only fought the war but was forever shaped by its lessons and lies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil&amp;#039;s Trick: How Canada Fought the Vietnam War
Author: John Boyko
Narrator: John Boyko
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Forty-five years after the fall of Saigon, John Boyko brings to light the little-known story of Canada&amp;#039;s involvement in the American War in Vietnam. Through the lens of six remarkable people, some well-known, others obscure, bestselling historian John Boyko recounts Canada&amp;#039;s often-overlooked involvement in that conflict as peacemaker, combatant, and provider of weapons and sanctuary.   When Brigadier General Sherwood Lett arrived in Vietnam over a decade before American troops, he and the Canadians under his command risked their lives trying to enforce an unstable peace while questioning whether they were merely handmaidens to a new war. As American battleships steamed across the Pacific, Canadian diplomat Blair Seaborn was meeting secretly in Hanoi with North Vietnam’s prime minister; if American leaders accepted his roadmap to peace, those ships could be turned around before war began. Claire Culhane worked in a Canadian hospital in Vietnam and then returned home to implore Canadians to stop supporting what she deemed an immoral war. Joe Erickson was among 30,000 young Americans who changed Canada by evading the draft and heading north; Doug Carey was one of the 20,000 Canadians who enlisted with the American forces to serve in Vietnam. Rebecca Trinh fled Saigon with her husband and young daughters, joining the waves of desperate Indochinese refugees, thousands of whom were to forge new lives in Canada.   Through these wide-ranging and fascinating accounts, Boyko exposes what he calls the Devil’s wiliest trick: convincing leaders that war is desirable, persuading the public that it is acceptable, and telling combatants that the deeds they carry out and the horrors they experience are normal, or at least necessary. In uncovering Canada’s side of the story, Boyko reveals the many secret and forgotten ways that Canada not only fought the war but was forever shaped by its lessons and lies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Golden Thirteen: How Black Men Won the Right to Wear Navy Gold by Dan Goldberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414754</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Golden Thirteen: How Black Men Won the Right to Wear Navy Gold
Author: Dan Goldberg
Narrator: Sam Manual
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspiring story of the 13 courageous Black men who integrated the U.S. Navy during World War II—leading desegregation efforts across America and anticipating the civil rights movement.     Featuring previously unpublished material from the U.S. Navy, this little-known history of forgotten civil rights heroes uncovers the racism within the military and the fight to serve.  Through oral histories and original interviews with surviving family members, Dan Goldberg brings thirteen forgotten heroes away from the margins of history and into the spotlight. He reveals the opposition these men faced: the racist pseudo-science, the regular condescension, the repeated epithets, the verbal abuse and even violence. Despite these immense challenges, the Golden Thirteen persisted—understanding the power of integration, the opportunities for black Americans if they succeeded, and the consequences if they failed.  Until 1942, black men in the Navy could hold jobs only as cleaners and cooks. The Navy reluctantly decided to select the first black men to undergo officer training in 1944, after enormous pressure from ordinary citizens and civil rights leaders. These men, segregated and sworn to secrecy, worked harder than they ever had in their lives and ultimately passed their exams with the highest average of any class in Navy history.  In March 1944, these sailors became officers, the first black men to wear the gold stripes. Yet even then, their fight wasn’t over: white men refused to salute them, refused to eat at their table, and refused to accept that black men could be superior to them in rank. Still, the Golden Thirteen persevered, determined to hold their heads high and set an example that would inspire generations to come.  In the vein of Hidden Figures, The Golden Thirteen reveals the contributions of heroes who were previously lost to history.</description>
      <author>Dan Goldberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807004449.mp3" length="2784167" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414754</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807004449.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Golden Thirteen: How Black Men Won the Right to Wear Navy Gold
Author: Dan Goldberg
Narrator: Sam Manual
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspiring story of the 13 courageous Black men who integrated the U.S. Navy during World War II—leading desegregation efforts across America and anticipating the civil rights movement.     Featuring previously unpublished material from the U.S. Navy, this little-known history of forgotten civil rights heroes uncovers the racism within the military and the fight to serve.  Through oral histories and original interviews with surviving family members, Dan Goldberg brings thirteen forgotten heroes away from the margins of history and into the spotlight. He reveals the opposition these men faced: the racist pseudo-science, the regular condescension, the repeated epithets, the verbal abuse and even violence. Despite these immense challenges, the Golden Thirteen persisted—understanding the power of integration, the opportunities for black Americans if they succeeded, and the consequences if they failed.  Until 1942, black men in the Navy could hold jobs only as cleaners and cooks. The Navy reluctantly decided to select the first black men to undergo officer training in 1944, after enormous pressure from ordinary citizens and civil rights leaders. These men, segregated and sworn to secrecy, worked harder than they ever had in their lives and ultimately passed their exams with the highest average of any class in Navy history.  In March 1944, these sailors became officers, the first black men to wear the gold stripes. Yet even then, their fight wasn’t over: white men refused to salute them, refused to eat at their table, and refused to accept that black men could be superior to them in rank. Still, the Golden Thirteen persevered, determined to hold their heads high and set an example that would inspire generations to come.  In the vein of Hidden Figures, The Golden Thirteen reveals the contributions of heroes who were previously lost to history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Golden Thirteen: How Black Men Won the Right to Wear Navy Gold
Author: Dan Goldberg
Narrator: Sam Manual
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspiring story of the 13 courageous Black men who integrated the U.S. Navy during World War II—leading desegregation efforts across America and anticipating the civil rights movement.     Featuring previously unpublished material from the U.S. Navy, this little-known history of forgotten civil rights heroes uncovers the racism within the military and the fight to serve.  Through oral histories and original interviews with surviving family members, Dan Goldberg brings thirteen forgotten heroes away from the margins of history and into the spotlight. He reveals the opposition these men faced: the racist pseudo-science, the regular condescension, the repeated epithets, the verbal abuse and even violence. Despite these immense challenges, the Golden Thirteen persisted—understanding the power of integration, the opportunities for black Americans if they succeeded, and the consequences if they failed.  Until 1942, black men in the Navy could hold jobs only as cleaners and cooks. The Navy reluctantly decided to select the first black men to undergo officer training in 1944, after enormous pressure from ordinary citizens and civil rights leaders. These men, segregated and sworn to secrecy, worked harder than they ever had in their lives and ultimately passed their exams with the highest average of any class in Navy history.  In March 1944, these sailors became officers, the first black men to wear the gold stripes. Yet even then, their fight wasn’t over: white men refused to salute them, refused to eat at their table, and refused to accept that black men could be superior to them in rank. Still, the Golden Thirteen persevered, determined to hold their heads high and set an example that would inspire generations to come.  In the vein of Hidden Figures, The Golden Thirteen reveals the contributions of heroes who were previously lost to history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reconsidering Reagan: Racism, Republicans, and the Road to Trump by Daniel S. Lucks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reconsidering Reagan: Racism, Republicans, and the Road to Trump
Author: Daniel S. Lucks
Narrator: Jeff Zinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 17 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
2021 Prose Award Finalist A long-overdue and sober examination of President Ronald Reagan’s racist politics that continue to harm communities today and helped shape the modern conservative movement. Ronald Reagan is hailed as a transformative president and an American icon, but within his twentieth-century politics lies a racial legacy that is rarely discussed. Both political parties point to Reagan as the “right” kind of conservative but fail to acknowledge his political attacks on people of color prior to and during his presidency. Reconsidering Reagan corrects that narrative and reveals how his views, policies, and actions were devastating for Black Americans and racial minorities, and that the effects continue to resonate today. Using research from previously untapped resources including the Black press which critically covered Reagan’s entire political career, Daniel S. Lucks traces Reagan’s gradual embrace of conservatism, his opposition to landmark civil rights legislation, his coziness with segregationists, and his skill in tapping into white anxiety about race, riding a wave of “white backlash” all the way to the Presidency. He argues that Reagan has the worst civil rights record of any President since the 1920s—including supporting South African apartheid, packing courts with conservatives, targeting laws prohibiting discrimination in education and housing, and launching the “War on Drugs”—which had cataclysmic consequences on the lives of Black and Brown people. Linking the past to the present, Lucks expertly examines how Reagan set the blueprint for President Trump and proves that he is not an anomaly, but in fact the logical successor to bring back the racially tumultuous America that Reagan conceptualized.</description>
      <author>Daniel S. Lucks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807029787.mp3" length="2884304" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807029787.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reconsidering Reagan: Racism, Republicans, and the Road to Trump
Author: Daniel S. Lucks
Narrator: Jeff Zinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 17 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
2021 Prose Award Finalist A long-overdue and sober examination of President Ronald Reagan’s racist politics that continue to harm communities today and helped shape the modern conservative movement. Ronald Reagan is hailed as a transformative president and an American icon, but within his twentieth-century politics lies a racial legacy that is rarely discussed. Both political parties point to Reagan as the “right” kind of conservative but fail to acknowledge his political attacks on people of color prior to and during his presidency. Reconsidering Reagan corrects that narrative and reveals how his views, policies, and actions were devastating for Black Americans and racial minorities, and that the effects continue to resonate today. Using research from previously untapped resources including the Black press which critically covered Reagan’s entire political career, Daniel S. Lucks traces Reagan’s gradual embrace of conservatism, his opposition to landmark civil rights legislation, his coziness with segregationists, and his skill in tapping into white anxiety about race, riding a wave of “white backlash” all the way to the Presidency. He argues that Reagan has the worst civil rights record of any President since the 1920s—including supporting South African apartheid, packing courts with conservatives, targeting laws prohibiting discrimination in education and housing, and launching the “War on Drugs”—which had cataclysmic consequences on the lives of Black and Brown people. Linking the past to the present, Lucks expertly examines how Reagan set the blueprint for President Trump and proves that he is not an anomaly, but in fact the logical successor to bring back the racially tumultuous America that Reagan conceptualized.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reconsidering Reagan: Racism, Republicans, and the Road to Trump
Author: Daniel S. Lucks
Narrator: Jeff Zinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 17 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
2021 Prose Award Finalist A long-overdue and sober examination of President Ronald Reagan’s racist politics that continue to harm communities today and helped shape the modern conservative movement. Ronald Reagan is hailed as a transformative president and an American icon, but within his twentieth-century politics lies a racial legacy that is rarely discussed. Both political parties point to Reagan as the “right” kind of conservative but fail to acknowledge his political attacks on people of color prior to and during his presidency. Reconsidering Reagan corrects that narrative and reveals how his views, policies, and actions were devastating for Black Americans and racial minorities, and that the effects continue to resonate today. Using research from previously untapped resources including the Black press which critically covered Reagan’s entire political career, Daniel S. Lucks traces Reagan’s gradual embrace of conservatism, his opposition to landmark civil rights legislation, his coziness with segregationists, and his skill in tapping into white anxiety about race, riding a wave of “white backlash” all the way to the Presidency. He argues that Reagan has the worst civil rights record of any President since the 1920s—including supporting South African apartheid, packing courts with conservatives, targeting laws prohibiting discrimination in education and housing, and launching the “War on Drugs”—which had cataclysmic consequences on the lives of Black and Brown people. Linking the past to the present, Lucks expertly examines how Reagan set the blueprint for President Trump and proves that he is not an anomaly, but in fact the logical successor to bring back the racially tumultuous America that Reagan conceptualized.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Liar&amp;#039;s Circus: A Strange and Terrifying Journey into the Upside-Down World of Trump’s MAGA Rallies by Carl Hoffman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liar&amp;#039;s Circus: A Strange and Terrifying Journey into the Upside-Down World of Trump’s MAGA Rallies
Author: Carl Hoffman
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A brilliant, riveting, funny, terrifying journey into the beating heart of Trumpland.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Liza Mundy, author of Code Girls In this daring work of immersive journalism, based on hundreds of hours of reporting, Carl Hoffman journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies, seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.  Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, pierced this alternate society, welcomed in and initiated into its rites and upside-down beliefs, and finally ushered to its inner sanctum. Equally freewheeling and profound, Liar’s Circus tracks the MAGA faithful across five thousand miles of the American heartland during a crucial arc of the Trump presidency stretching from the impeachment saga to the dawn of the coronavirus pandemic that ended the rallies as we know it. Trump’s rallies are a singular and defining force in American history—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, they are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill these arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise and powerful hold over both his base and the GOP? To those on the left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this traveling roadshow is the pressurized, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. Hoffman has done just this. He has stood in line for more than 170 hours with Trump&amp;#039;s most ardent superfans and joined them at the very front row; he has traveled from Minnesota to Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and New Hampshire immersing himself in their culture.   Liar’s Circus is a revelatory portrait of Trump’s America, from one of our most intrepid journalists.</description>
      <author>Carl Hoffman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063009790.mp3" length="1324732" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063009790.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liar&amp;#039;s Circus: A Strange and Terrifying Journey into the Upside-Down World of Trump’s MAGA Rallies
Author: Carl Hoffman
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A brilliant, riveting, funny, terrifying journey into the beating heart of Trumpland.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Liza Mundy, author of Code Girls In this daring work of immersive journalism, based on hundreds of hours of reporting, Carl Hoffman journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies, seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.  Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, pierced this alternate society, welcomed in and initiated into its rites and upside-down beliefs, and finally ushered to its inner sanctum. Equally freewheeling and profound, Liar’s Circus tracks the MAGA faithful across five thousand miles of the American heartland during a crucial arc of the Trump presidency stretching from the impeachment saga to the dawn of the coronavirus pandemic that ended the rallies as we know it. Trump’s rallies are a singular and defining force in American history—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, they are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill these arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise and powerful hold over both his base and the GOP? To those on the left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this traveling roadshow is the pressurized, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. Hoffman has done just this. He has stood in line for more than 170 hours with Trump&amp;#039;s most ardent superfans and joined them at the very front row; he has traveled from Minnesota to Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and New Hampshire immersing himself in their culture.   Liar’s Circus is a revelatory portrait of Trump’s America, from one of our most intrepid journalists.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liar&amp;#039;s Circus: A Strange and Terrifying Journey into the Upside-Down World of Trump’s MAGA Rallies
Author: Carl Hoffman
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A brilliant, riveting, funny, terrifying journey into the beating heart of Trumpland.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Liza Mundy, author of Code Girls In this daring work of immersive journalism, based on hundreds of hours of reporting, Carl Hoffman journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies, seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.  Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, pierced this alternate society, welcomed in and initiated into its rites and upside-down beliefs, and finally ushered to its inner sanctum. Equally freewheeling and profound, Liar’s Circus tracks the MAGA faithful across five thousand miles of the American heartland during a crucial arc of the Trump presidency stretching from the impeachment saga to the dawn of the coronavirus pandemic that ended the rallies as we know it. Trump’s rallies are a singular and defining force in American history—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, they are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill these arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise and powerful hold over both his base and the GOP? To those on the left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this traveling roadshow is the pressurized, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. Hoffman has done just this. He has stood in line for more than 170 hours with Trump&amp;#039;s most ardent superfans and joined them at the very front row; he has traveled from Minnesota to Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and New Hampshire immersing himself in their culture.   Liar’s Circus is a revelatory portrait of Trump’s America, from one of our most intrepid journalists.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crisis!: When Political Parties Lose the Consent to Rule by Cedric De Leon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crisis!: When Political Parties Lose the Consent to Rule
Author: Cedric De Leon
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
American voters have long been familiar with the phenomenon of the presidential frontrunner. In 2008, it was Hillary Clinton. In 1844, it was Martin Van Buren. And in neither election did the prominent Democrat win the party&amp;#039;s nomination. Insurgent candidates went on to win the nomination and the presidency, plunging the two-party system into disarray over the years that followed. In this book, Cedric de Leon analyzes two pivotal crises in the American two-party system: the first resulting in the demise of the Whig party and secession of eleven southern states in 1861, and the present crisis splintering the Democratic and Republican parties and leading to the election of Donald Trump. Recasting these stories through the actions of political parties, de Leon draws unsettling parallels in the political maneuvering that ultimately causes once-dominant political parties to lose the people&amp;#039;s consent to rule. Crisis! takes us beyond the common explanations of social determinants to illuminate how political parties actively shape national stability and breakdown.</description>
      <author>Cedric De Leon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705208267.mp3" length="8074935" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705208267.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crisis!: When Political Parties Lose the Consent to Rule
Author: Cedric De Leon
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
American voters have long been familiar with the phenomenon of the presidential frontrunner. In 2008, it was Hillary Clinton. In 1844, it was Martin Van Buren. And in neither election did the prominent Democrat win the party&amp;#039;s nomination. Insurgent candidates went on to win the nomination and the presidency, plunging the two-party system into disarray over the years that followed. In this book, Cedric de Leon analyzes two pivotal crises in the American two-party system: the first resulting in the demise of the Whig party and secession of eleven southern states in 1861, and the present crisis splintering the Democratic and Republican parties and leading to the election of Donald Trump. Recasting these stories through the actions of political parties, de Leon draws unsettling parallels in the political maneuvering that ultimately causes once-dominant political parties to lose the people&amp;#039;s consent to rule. Crisis! takes us beyond the common explanations of social determinants to illuminate how political parties actively shape national stability and breakdown.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crisis!: When Political Parties Lose the Consent to Rule
Author: Cedric De Leon
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
American voters have long been familiar with the phenomenon of the presidential frontrunner. In 2008, it was Hillary Clinton. In 1844, it was Martin Van Buren. And in neither election did the prominent Democrat win the party&amp;#039;s nomination. Insurgent candidates went on to win the nomination and the presidency, plunging the two-party system into disarray over the years that followed. In this book, Cedric de Leon analyzes two pivotal crises in the American two-party system: the first resulting in the demise of the Whig party and secession of eleven southern states in 1861, and the present crisis splintering the Democratic and Republican parties and leading to the election of Donald Trump. Recasting these stories through the actions of political parties, de Leon draws unsettling parallels in the political maneuvering that ultimately causes once-dominant political parties to lose the people&amp;#039;s consent to rule. Crisis! takes us beyond the common explanations of social determinants to illuminate how political parties actively shape national stability and breakdown.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lincoln&amp;#039;s Battle with God: A President&amp;#039;s Struggle with Faith and What It Meant for America by Stephen Mansfield</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414172</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lincoln&amp;#039;s Battle with God: A President&amp;#039;s Struggle with Faith and What It Meant for America
Author: Stephen Mansfield
Narrator: Stephen Mansfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Join New York Times bestselling author Stephen Mansfield as he dives into the incredible story of Abraham Lincoln&amp;#039;s spiritual life and draws from it a deeper meaning that&amp;#039;s sure to inspire us all.  Abraham Lincoln is, undoubtedly, among the most beloved of all U.S. presidents. He helped to abolish slavery, gave the world some of its most memorable speeches, and redefined the meaning of America. He did all of this with endless wisdom, compassion, and wit. Yet, throughout his life, Lincoln fought with God. In his early years in Illinois, he rejected even the existence of God and became the village atheist. In time, this changed but still, he wrestled with the truth of the Bible, preachers, doctrines, the will of God, the providence of God, and then, finally, God&amp;#039;s purposes in the Civil War. Still, on the day he was shot, Lincoln said he longed to go to Jerusalem to walk in the Savior&amp;#039;s steps. In this thrilling journey through a largely unknown part of American history, Mansfield traces Lincoln&amp;#039;s exploring: - Lincoln&amp;#039;s lifelong spiritual journey - The ways that Lincoln&amp;#039;s faith shaped his presidency and beyond - How Lincoln&amp;#039;s struggle with faith can inspire modern believers Let Lincoln&amp;#039;s Battle with God show you Lincoln&amp;#039;s life and legacy in a brand new light.</description>
      <author>Stephen Mansfield</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400223169.mp3" length="862699" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414172</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400223169.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lincoln&amp;#039;s Battle with God: A President&amp;#039;s Struggle with Faith and What It Meant for America
Author: Stephen Mansfield
Narrator: Stephen Mansfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Join New York Times bestselling author Stephen Mansfield as he dives into the incredible story of Abraham Lincoln&amp;#039;s spiritual life and draws from it a deeper meaning that&amp;#039;s sure to inspire us all.  Abraham Lincoln is, undoubtedly, among the most beloved of all U.S. presidents. He helped to abolish slavery, gave the world some of its most memorable speeches, and redefined the meaning of America. He did all of this with endless wisdom, compassion, and wit. Yet, throughout his life, Lincoln fought with God. In his early years in Illinois, he rejected even the existence of God and became the village atheist. In time, this changed but still, he wrestled with the truth of the Bible, preachers, doctrines, the will of God, the providence of God, and then, finally, God&amp;#039;s purposes in the Civil War. Still, on the day he was shot, Lincoln said he longed to go to Jerusalem to walk in the Savior&amp;#039;s steps. In this thrilling journey through a largely unknown part of American history, Mansfield traces Lincoln&amp;#039;s exploring: - Lincoln&amp;#039;s lifelong spiritual journey - The ways that Lincoln&amp;#039;s faith shaped his presidency and beyond - How Lincoln&amp;#039;s struggle with faith can inspire modern believers Let Lincoln&amp;#039;s Battle with God show you Lincoln&amp;#039;s life and legacy in a brand new light.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lincoln&amp;#039;s Battle with God: A President&amp;#039;s Struggle with Faith and What It Meant for America
Author: Stephen Mansfield
Narrator: Stephen Mansfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Join New York Times bestselling author Stephen Mansfield as he dives into the incredible story of Abraham Lincoln&amp;#039;s spiritual life and draws from it a deeper meaning that&amp;#039;s sure to inspire us all.  Abraham Lincoln is, undoubtedly, among the most beloved of all U.S. presidents. He helped to abolish slavery, gave the world some of its most memorable speeches, and redefined the meaning of America. He did all of this with endless wisdom, compassion, and wit. Yet, throughout his life, Lincoln fought with God. In his early years in Illinois, he rejected even the existence of God and became the village atheist. In time, this changed but still, he wrestled with the truth of the Bible, preachers, doctrines, the will of God, the providence of God, and then, finally, God&amp;#039;s purposes in the Civil War. Still, on the day he was shot, Lincoln said he longed to go to Jerusalem to walk in the Savior&amp;#039;s steps. In this thrilling journey through a largely unknown part of American history, Mansfield traces Lincoln&amp;#039;s exploring: - Lincoln&amp;#039;s lifelong spiritual journey - The ways that Lincoln&amp;#039;s faith shaped his presidency and beyond - How Lincoln&amp;#039;s struggle with faith can inspire modern believers Let Lincoln&amp;#039;s Battle with God show you Lincoln&amp;#039;s life and legacy in a brand new light.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Impostors: How Republicans Quit Governing and Seized American Politics by Steve Benen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Impostors: How Republicans Quit Governing and Seized American Politics
Author: Steve Benen
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This is the definitive account of what has gone wrong in our two-party system, and how our democracy has to adapt to survive it. I can&amp;#039;t say it in strong enough terms: Read. This. Book.” —RACHEL MADDOW The award-winning producer of The Rachel Maddow Show exposes the Republican Party as a gang of impostors, meticulously documenting how they have abandoned their duty to govern and are gravely endangering America For decades, American voters innocently assumed the two major political parties were equally mature and responsible governing entities, ideological differences aside. That belief is due for an overhaul: in recent years, the Republican Party has undergone an astonishing metamorphosis, one so baffling and complete that few have fully reckoned with the reality and its consequences. Republicans, simply put, have quit governing. As MSNBC&amp;#039;s Steve Benen charts in his groundbreaking new book, the contemporary GOP has become a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;post-policy party.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Republicans are effectively impostors, presenting themselves as officials who are ready to take seriously the substance of problem solving, but whose sole focus is the pursuit and maintenance of power. Astonishingly, they are winning–at the cost of pushing the political system to the breaking point. Despite having billed itself as the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;party of ideas,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the Republican Party has walked away from the hard but necessary work of policymaking. It is disdainful of expertise and hostile toward evidence and arithmetic. It is tethered to few, if any, meaningful policy preferences. It does not know, and does not care, about how competing proposals should be crafted, scrutinized, or implemented. This policy nihilism dominated the party&amp;#039;s posture throughout Barack Obama&amp;#039;s presidency, which in turn opened the door to Donald Trump -- who would cement the GOP&amp;#039;s post-policy status in ways that were difficult to even imagine a few years earlier. The implications of this approach to governance are all-encompassing. Voters routinely elect Republicans such as Mitch McConnell and Ted Cruz to powerful offices, expecting GOP policymakers to have the technocratic wherewithal to identify problems, weigh alternative solutions, forge coalitions, accept compromises, and apply some level of governmental competence, if not expertise. The party has consistently proven those hopes misguided. The result is an untenable political model that&amp;#039;s undermining the American policymaking process and failing to serve the public&amp;#039;s interests. The vital challenge facing the civil polity is coming to terms with the party&amp;#039;s collapse as a governing entity and considering what the party can do to find its policymaking footing anew. The Impostors serves as a devastating indictment of the GOP&amp;#039;s breakdown, identifying the culprits, the crisis, and its effects, while challenging Republicans with an imperative question: Are they ready to change direction? As Benen writes, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;A great deal is riding on their answer.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Steve Benen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063026513.mp3" length="1439728" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063026513.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Impostors: How Republicans Quit Governing and Seized American Politics
Author: Steve Benen
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This is the definitive account of what has gone wrong in our two-party system, and how our democracy has to adapt to survive it. I can&amp;#039;t say it in strong enough terms: Read. This. Book.” —RACHEL MADDOW The award-winning producer of The Rachel Maddow Show exposes the Republican Party as a gang of impostors, meticulously documenting how they have abandoned their duty to govern and are gravely endangering America For decades, American voters innocently assumed the two major political parties were equally mature and responsible governing entities, ideological differences aside. That belief is due for an overhaul: in recent years, the Republican Party has undergone an astonishing metamorphosis, one so baffling and complete that few have fully reckoned with the reality and its consequences. Republicans, simply put, have quit governing. As MSNBC&amp;#039;s Steve Benen charts in his groundbreaking new book, the contemporary GOP has become a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;post-policy party.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Republicans are effectively impostors, presenting themselves as officials who are ready to take seriously the substance of problem solving, but whose sole focus is the pursuit and maintenance of power. Astonishingly, they are winning–at the cost of pushing the political system to the breaking point. Despite having billed itself as the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;party of ideas,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the Republican Party has walked away from the hard but necessary work of policymaking. It is disdainful of expertise and hostile toward evidence and arithmetic. It is tethered to few, if any, meaningful policy preferences. It does not know, and does not care, about how competing proposals should be crafted, scrutinized, or implemented. This policy nihilism dominated the party&amp;#039;s posture throughout Barack Obama&amp;#039;s presidency, which in turn opened the door to Donald Trump -- who would cement the GOP&amp;#039;s post-policy status in ways that were difficult to even imagine a few years earlier. The implications of this approach to governance are all-encompassing. Voters routinely elect Republicans such as Mitch McConnell and Ted Cruz to powerful offices, expecting GOP policymakers to have the technocratic wherewithal to identify problems, weigh alternative solutions, forge coalitions, accept compromises, and apply some level of governmental competence, if not expertise. The party has consistently proven those hopes misguided. The result is an untenable political model that&amp;#039;s undermining the American policymaking process and failing to serve the public&amp;#039;s interests. The vital challenge facing the civil polity is coming to terms with the party&amp;#039;s collapse as a governing entity and considering what the party can do to find its policymaking footing anew. The Impostors serves as a devastating indictment of the GOP&amp;#039;s breakdown, identifying the culprits, the crisis, and its effects, while challenging Republicans with an imperative question: Are they ready to change direction? As Benen writes, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;A great deal is riding on their answer.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Impostors: How Republicans Quit Governing and Seized American Politics
Author: Steve Benen
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This is the definitive account of what has gone wrong in our two-party system, and how our democracy has to adapt to survive it. I can&amp;#039;t say it in strong enough terms: Read. This. Book.” —RACHEL MADDOW The award-winning producer of The Rachel Maddow Show exposes the Republican Party as a gang of impostors, meticulously documenting how they have abandoned their duty to govern and are gravely endangering America For decades, American voters innocently assumed the two major political parties were equally mature and responsible governing entities, ideological differences aside. That belief is due for an overhaul: in recent years, the Republican Party has undergone an astonishing metamorphosis, one so baffling and complete that few have fully reckoned with the reality and its consequences. Republicans, simply put, have quit governing. As MSNBC&amp;#039;s Steve Benen charts in his groundbreaking new book, the contemporary GOP has become a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;post-policy party.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Republicans are effectively impostors, presenting themselves as officials who are ready to take seriously the substance of problem solving, but whose sole focus is the pursuit and maintenance of power. Astonishingly, they are winning–at the cost of pushing the political system to the breaking point. Despite having billed itself as the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;party of ideas,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the Republican Party has walked away from the hard but necessary work of policymaking. It is disdainful of expertise and hostile toward evidence and arithmetic. It is tethered to few, if any, meaningful policy preferences. It does not know, and does not care, about how competing proposals should be crafted, scrutinized, or implemented. This policy nihilism dominated the party&amp;#039;s posture throughout Barack Obama&amp;#039;s presidency, which in turn opened the door to Donald Trump -- who would cement the GOP&amp;#039;s post-policy status in ways that were difficult to even imagine a few years earlier. The implications of this approach to governance are all-encompassing. Voters routinely elect Republicans such as Mitch McConnell and Ted Cruz to powerful offices, expecting GOP policymakers to have the technocratic wherewithal to identify problems, weigh alternative solutions, forge coalitions, accept compromises, and apply some level of governmental competence, if not expertise. The party has consistently proven those hopes misguided. The result is an untenable political model that&amp;#039;s undermining the American policymaking process and failing to serve the public&amp;#039;s interests. The vital challenge facing the civil polity is coming to terms with the party&amp;#039;s collapse as a governing entity and considering what the party can do to find its policymaking footing anew. The Impostors serves as a devastating indictment of the GOP&amp;#039;s breakdown, identifying the culprits, the crisis, and its effects, while challenging Republicans with an imperative question: Are they ready to change direction? As Benen writes, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;A great deal is riding on their answer.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Educated for Freedom: The Incredible Story of Two Fugitive Schoolboys who Grew Up to Change a Nation by Anna Mae Duane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413916</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Educated for Freedom: The Incredible Story of Two Fugitive Schoolboys who Grew Up to Change a Nation
Author: Anna Mae Duane
Narrator: Rhett Samuel Price
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the 1820s, few Americans could imagine a viable future for black children. Even abolitionists saw just two options for African American youth: permanent subjection or exile. Educated for Freedom tells the story of James McCune Smith and Henry Highland Garnet, two black children who came of age and into freedom as their country struggled to grow from a slave nation into a free country. Smith and Garnet met as schoolboys at the Mulberry Street New York African Free School, an educational experiment created by founding fathers who believed in freedom’s power to transform the country. Smith and Garnet’s achievements were near-miraculous in a nation that refused to acknowledge black talent or potential. The sons of enslaved mothers, these schoolboy friends would go on to travel the world, meet Revolutionary War heroes, publish in medical journals, address Congress, and speak before cheering crowds of thousands. The lessons they took from their days at the New York African Free School #2 shed light on how antebellum Americans viewed black children as symbols of America’s possible future. The story of their lives, their work, and their friendship testifies to the imagination and activism of the free black community that shaped the national journey toward freedom.</description>
      <author>Anna Mae Duane</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666565560.mp3" length="853322" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413916</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666565560.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Educated for Freedom: The Incredible Story of Two Fugitive Schoolboys who Grew Up to Change a Nation
Author: Anna Mae Duane
Narrator: Rhett Samuel Price
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the 1820s, few Americans could imagine a viable future for black children. Even abolitionists saw just two options for African American youth: permanent subjection or exile. Educated for Freedom tells the story of James McCune Smith and Henry Highland Garnet, two black children who came of age and into freedom as their country struggled to grow from a slave nation into a free country. Smith and Garnet met as schoolboys at the Mulberry Street New York African Free School, an educational experiment created by founding fathers who believed in freedom’s power to transform the country. Smith and Garnet’s achievements were near-miraculous in a nation that refused to acknowledge black talent or potential. The sons of enslaved mothers, these schoolboy friends would go on to travel the world, meet Revolutionary War heroes, publish in medical journals, address Congress, and speak before cheering crowds of thousands. The lessons they took from their days at the New York African Free School #2 shed light on how antebellum Americans viewed black children as symbols of America’s possible future. The story of their lives, their work, and their friendship testifies to the imagination and activism of the free black community that shaped the national journey toward freedom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Educated for Freedom: The Incredible Story of Two Fugitive Schoolboys who Grew Up to Change a Nation
Author: Anna Mae Duane
Narrator: Rhett Samuel Price
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the 1820s, few Americans could imagine a viable future for black children. Even abolitionists saw just two options for African American youth: permanent subjection or exile. Educated for Freedom tells the story of James McCune Smith and Henry Highland Garnet, two black children who came of age and into freedom as their country struggled to grow from a slave nation into a free country. Smith and Garnet met as schoolboys at the Mulberry Street New York African Free School, an educational experiment created by founding fathers who believed in freedom’s power to transform the country. Smith and Garnet’s achievements were near-miraculous in a nation that refused to acknowledge black talent or potential. The sons of enslaved mothers, these schoolboy friends would go on to travel the world, meet Revolutionary War heroes, publish in medical journals, address Congress, and speak before cheering crowds of thousands. The lessons they took from their days at the New York African Free School #2 shed light on how antebellum Americans viewed black children as symbols of America’s possible future. The story of their lives, their work, and their friendship testifies to the imagination and activism of the free black community that shaped the national journey toward freedom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tecumseh and the Prophet: The Shawnee Brothers Who Defied a Nation by Peter Cozzens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413900</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tecumseh and the Prophet: The Shawnee Brothers Who Defied a Nation
Author: Peter Cozzens
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first biography of the great Shawnee leader in more than twenty years, and the first to make clear that his misunderstood younger brother, Tenskwatawa, was an equal partner in the last great pan-Indian alliance against the United States. Until the Americans killed Tecumseh in 1813, he and his brother Tenskwatawa were the co-architects of the broadest pan-Indian confederation in United States history. In previous accounts of Tecumseh&amp;#039;s life, Tenskwatawa has been dismissed as a talentless charlatan and a drunk. But award-winning historian Peter Cozzens now shows us that while Tecumseh was a brilliant diplomat and war leader--admired by the same white Americans he opposed--it was Tenskwatawa, called the &amp;#039;Shawnee Prophet,&amp;#039; who created a vital doctrine of religious and cultural revitalization that unified the disparate tribes of the Old Northwest. Detailed research of Native American society and customs provides a window into a world often erased from history books and reveals how both men came to power in different but no less important ways. Cozzens brings us to the forefront of the chaos and violence that characterized the young American Republic, when settlers spilled across the Appalachians to bloody effect in their haste to exploit lands won from the British in the War of Independence, disregarding their rightful Indian owners. Tecumseh and the Prophet presents the untold story of the Shawnee brothers who retaliated against this threat--the two most significant siblings in Native American history, who, Cozzens helps us understand, should be writ large in the annals of America. Cover images: (left) Tecumseh, by Benson John Lossing after Pierre Le Dru, (detail). Toronto Public Library; (right) Ten-sqat-a-way, the Open Door, &amp;#039;Shawnee Prophet&amp;#039; by George Catlin (detail). Gilcrease Museum, Tulsa, Oklahoma.</description>
      <author>Peter Cozzens</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593292198.mp3" length="2752474" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413900</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593292198.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tecumseh and the Prophet: The Shawnee Brothers Who Defied a Nation
Author: Peter Cozzens
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first biography of the great Shawnee leader in more than twenty years, and the first to make clear that his misunderstood younger brother, Tenskwatawa, was an equal partner in the last great pan-Indian alliance against the United States. Until the Americans killed Tecumseh in 1813, he and his brother Tenskwatawa were the co-architects of the broadest pan-Indian confederation in United States history. In previous accounts of Tecumseh&amp;#039;s life, Tenskwatawa has been dismissed as a talentless charlatan and a drunk. But award-winning historian Peter Cozzens now shows us that while Tecumseh was a brilliant diplomat and war leader--admired by the same white Americans he opposed--it was Tenskwatawa, called the &amp;#039;Shawnee Prophet,&amp;#039; who created a vital doctrine of religious and cultural revitalization that unified the disparate tribes of the Old Northwest. Detailed research of Native American society and customs provides a window into a world often erased from history books and reveals how both men came to power in different but no less important ways. Cozzens brings us to the forefront of the chaos and violence that characterized the young American Republic, when settlers spilled across the Appalachians to bloody effect in their haste to exploit lands won from the British in the War of Independence, disregarding their rightful Indian owners. Tecumseh and the Prophet presents the untold story of the Shawnee brothers who retaliated against this threat--the two most significant siblings in Native American history, who, Cozzens helps us understand, should be writ large in the annals of America. Cover images: (left) Tecumseh, by Benson John Lossing after Pierre Le Dru, (detail). Toronto Public Library; (right) Ten-sqat-a-way, the Open Door, &amp;#039;Shawnee Prophet&amp;#039; by George Catlin (detail). Gilcrease Museum, Tulsa, Oklahoma.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tecumseh and the Prophet: The Shawnee Brothers Who Defied a Nation
Author: Peter Cozzens
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first biography of the great Shawnee leader in more than twenty years, and the first to make clear that his misunderstood younger brother, Tenskwatawa, was an equal partner in the last great pan-Indian alliance against the United States. Until the Americans killed Tecumseh in 1813, he and his brother Tenskwatawa were the co-architects of the broadest pan-Indian confederation in United States history. In previous accounts of Tecumseh&amp;#039;s life, Tenskwatawa has been dismissed as a talentless charlatan and a drunk. But award-winning historian Peter Cozzens now shows us that while Tecumseh was a brilliant diplomat and war leader--admired by the same white Americans he opposed--it was Tenskwatawa, called the &amp;#039;Shawnee Prophet,&amp;#039; who created a vital doctrine of religious and cultural revitalization that unified the disparate tribes of the Old Northwest. Detailed research of Native American society and customs provides a window into a world often erased from history books and reveals how both men came to power in different but no less important ways. Cozzens brings us to the forefront of the chaos and violence that characterized the young American Republic, when settlers spilled across the Appalachians to bloody effect in their haste to exploit lands won from the British in the War of Independence, disregarding their rightful Indian owners. Tecumseh and the Prophet presents the untold story of the Shawnee brothers who retaliated against this threat--the two most significant siblings in Native American history, who, Cozzens helps us understand, should be writ large in the annals of America. Cover images: (left) Tecumseh, by Benson John Lossing after Pierre Le Dru, (detail). Toronto Public Library; (right) Ten-sqat-a-way, the Open Door, &amp;#039;Shawnee Prophet&amp;#039; by George Catlin (detail). Gilcrease Museum, Tulsa, Oklahoma.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gambling with Armageddon: Nuclear Roulette from Hiroshima to the Cuban Missile Crisis by Martin J. Sherwin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413899</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413899">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413899</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gambling with Armageddon: Nuclear Roulette from Hiroshima to the Cuban Missile Crisis
Author: Martin J. Sherwin
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the Pulitzer Prize-winning author of American Prometheus comes the first effort to set the Cuban Missile Crisis, with its potential for nuclear holocaust, in a wider historical narrative of the Cold War—how such a crisis arose, and why at the very last possible moment it didn&amp;#039;t happen. In this groundbreaking look at the Cuban Missile Crisis, Martin Sherwin not only gives us a riveting sometimes hour-by-hour explanation of the crisis itself, but also explores the origins, scope, and consequences of the evolving place of nuclear weapons in the post-World War II world. Mining new sources and materials, and going far beyond the scope of earlier works on this critical face-off between the United States and the Soviet Union—triggered when Khrushchev began installing missiles in Cuba at Castro&amp;#039;s behest—Sherwin shows how this volatile event was an integral part of the wider Cold War and was a consequence of nuclear arms.  Gambling with Armageddon looks in particular at the original debate in the Truman Administration about using the Atomic Bomb; the way in which President Eisenhower relied on the threat of massive retaliation to project U.S. power in the early Cold War era; and how President Kennedy, though unprepared to deal with the Bay of Pigs debacle, came of age during the Cuban Missile Crisis. Here too is a clarifying picture of what was going on in Khrushchev&amp;#039;s Soviet Union.  Martin Sherwin has spent his career in the study of nuclear weapons and how they have shaped our world. Gambling with Armegeddon is an outstanding capstone to his work thus far.</description>
      <author>Martin J. Sherwin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593292136.mp3" length="2705694" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413899</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593292136.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413899">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413899</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gambling with Armageddon: Nuclear Roulette from Hiroshima to the Cuban Missile Crisis
Author: Martin J. Sherwin
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the Pulitzer Prize-winning author of American Prometheus comes the first effort to set the Cuban Missile Crisis, with its potential for nuclear holocaust, in a wider historical narrative of the Cold War—how such a crisis arose, and why at the very last possible moment it didn&amp;#039;t happen. In this groundbreaking look at the Cuban Missile Crisis, Martin Sherwin not only gives us a riveting sometimes hour-by-hour explanation of the crisis itself, but also explores the origins, scope, and consequences of the evolving place of nuclear weapons in the post-World War II world. Mining new sources and materials, and going far beyond the scope of earlier works on this critical face-off between the United States and the Soviet Union—triggered when Khrushchev began installing missiles in Cuba at Castro&amp;#039;s behest—Sherwin shows how this volatile event was an integral part of the wider Cold War and was a consequence of nuclear arms.  Gambling with Armageddon looks in particular at the original debate in the Truman Administration about using the Atomic Bomb; the way in which President Eisenhower relied on the threat of massive retaliation to project U.S. power in the early Cold War era; and how President Kennedy, though unprepared to deal with the Bay of Pigs debacle, came of age during the Cuban Missile Crisis. Here too is a clarifying picture of what was going on in Khrushchev&amp;#039;s Soviet Union.  Martin Sherwin has spent his career in the study of nuclear weapons and how they have shaped our world. Gambling with Armegeddon is an outstanding capstone to his work thus far.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413899">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413899</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gambling with Armageddon: Nuclear Roulette from Hiroshima to the Cuban Missile Crisis
Author: Martin J. Sherwin
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the Pulitzer Prize-winning author of American Prometheus comes the first effort to set the Cuban Missile Crisis, with its potential for nuclear holocaust, in a wider historical narrative of the Cold War—how such a crisis arose, and why at the very last possible moment it didn&amp;#039;t happen. In this groundbreaking look at the Cuban Missile Crisis, Martin Sherwin not only gives us a riveting sometimes hour-by-hour explanation of the crisis itself, but also explores the origins, scope, and consequences of the evolving place of nuclear weapons in the post-World War II world. Mining new sources and materials, and going far beyond the scope of earlier works on this critical face-off between the United States and the Soviet Union—triggered when Khrushchev began installing missiles in Cuba at Castro&amp;#039;s behest—Sherwin shows how this volatile event was an integral part of the wider Cold War and was a consequence of nuclear arms.  Gambling with Armageddon looks in particular at the original debate in the Truman Administration about using the Atomic Bomb; the way in which President Eisenhower relied on the threat of massive retaliation to project U.S. power in the early Cold War era; and how President Kennedy, though unprepared to deal with the Bay of Pigs debacle, came of age during the Cuban Missile Crisis. Here too is a clarifying picture of what was going on in Khrushchev&amp;#039;s Soviet Union.  Martin Sherwin has spent his career in the study of nuclear weapons and how they have shaped our world. Gambling with Armegeddon is an outstanding capstone to his work thus far.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>City at the Edge of Forever: Los Angeles Reimagined by Peter Lunenfeld</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413868</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: City at the Edge of Forever: Los Angeles Reimagined
Author: Peter Lunenfeld
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An engaging account of the uniquely creative spirit and bustling cultural ecology of contemporary Los Angeles How did Los Angeles start the 20th century as a dusty frontier town and end up a century later as one of the globe&amp;#039;s supercities - with unparalleled cultural, economic, and technological reach? In City at the Edge of Forever, Peter Lunenfeld constructs an urban portrait, layer by layer, from serendipitous affinities, historical anomalies, and uncanny correspondences. In its pages, modernist architecture and lifestyle capitalism come together via a surfer girl named Gidget; Joan Didion&amp;#039;s yellow Corvette is the brainchild of a car-crazy Japanese-American kid interned at Manzanar; and the music of the Manson Family segues into the birth of sci-fi fandom. One of the book&amp;#039;s innovations is to brand Los Angeles as the alchemical city. Earth became real estate when the Yankees took control in the nineteenth century. Fire fueled the city&amp;#039;s early explosive growth as the Southland&amp;#039;s oil fields supplied the inexhaustible demands of drivers and their cars. Air defined the area from WWII to the end of the Cold War, with aeronautics and aerospace dominating the region&amp;#039;s industries. Water is now the key element, and Southern California&amp;#039;s ports are the largest in the western hemisphere. What alchemists identify as the ethereal fifth element, or quintessence, this book positions as the glamour of Hollywood, a spell that sustains the city but also needs to be broken in order to understand Los Angeles now. Lunenfeld weaves together the city&amp;#039;s art, architecture, and design, juxtaposes its entertainment and literary histories, and moves from restaurant kitchens to recording studios to ultra-secret research and development labs. In the process, he reimagines Los Angeles as simultaneously an exemplar and cautionary tale for the 21st century.</description>
      <author>Peter Lunenfeld</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593212707.mp3" length="2768815" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413868</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593212707.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: City at the Edge of Forever: Los Angeles Reimagined
Author: Peter Lunenfeld
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An engaging account of the uniquely creative spirit and bustling cultural ecology of contemporary Los Angeles How did Los Angeles start the 20th century as a dusty frontier town and end up a century later as one of the globe&amp;#039;s supercities - with unparalleled cultural, economic, and technological reach? In City at the Edge of Forever, Peter Lunenfeld constructs an urban portrait, layer by layer, from serendipitous affinities, historical anomalies, and uncanny correspondences. In its pages, modernist architecture and lifestyle capitalism come together via a surfer girl named Gidget; Joan Didion&amp;#039;s yellow Corvette is the brainchild of a car-crazy Japanese-American kid interned at Manzanar; and the music of the Manson Family segues into the birth of sci-fi fandom. One of the book&amp;#039;s innovations is to brand Los Angeles as the alchemical city. Earth became real estate when the Yankees took control in the nineteenth century. Fire fueled the city&amp;#039;s early explosive growth as the Southland&amp;#039;s oil fields supplied the inexhaustible demands of drivers and their cars. Air defined the area from WWII to the end of the Cold War, with aeronautics and aerospace dominating the region&amp;#039;s industries. Water is now the key element, and Southern California&amp;#039;s ports are the largest in the western hemisphere. What alchemists identify as the ethereal fifth element, or quintessence, this book positions as the glamour of Hollywood, a spell that sustains the city but also needs to be broken in order to understand Los Angeles now. Lunenfeld weaves together the city&amp;#039;s art, architecture, and design, juxtaposes its entertainment and literary histories, and moves from restaurant kitchens to recording studios to ultra-secret research and development labs. In the process, he reimagines Los Angeles as simultaneously an exemplar and cautionary tale for the 21st century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: City at the Edge of Forever: Los Angeles Reimagined
Author: Peter Lunenfeld
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An engaging account of the uniquely creative spirit and bustling cultural ecology of contemporary Los Angeles How did Los Angeles start the 20th century as a dusty frontier town and end up a century later as one of the globe&amp;#039;s supercities - with unparalleled cultural, economic, and technological reach? In City at the Edge of Forever, Peter Lunenfeld constructs an urban portrait, layer by layer, from serendipitous affinities, historical anomalies, and uncanny correspondences. In its pages, modernist architecture and lifestyle capitalism come together via a surfer girl named Gidget; Joan Didion&amp;#039;s yellow Corvette is the brainchild of a car-crazy Japanese-American kid interned at Manzanar; and the music of the Manson Family segues into the birth of sci-fi fandom. One of the book&amp;#039;s innovations is to brand Los Angeles as the alchemical city. Earth became real estate when the Yankees took control in the nineteenth century. Fire fueled the city&amp;#039;s early explosive growth as the Southland&amp;#039;s oil fields supplied the inexhaustible demands of drivers and their cars. Air defined the area from WWII to the end of the Cold War, with aeronautics and aerospace dominating the region&amp;#039;s industries. Water is now the key element, and Southern California&amp;#039;s ports are the largest in the western hemisphere. What alchemists identify as the ethereal fifth element, or quintessence, this book positions as the glamour of Hollywood, a spell that sustains the city but also needs to be broken in order to understand Los Angeles now. Lunenfeld weaves together the city&amp;#039;s art, architecture, and design, juxtaposes its entertainment and literary histories, and moves from restaurant kitchens to recording studios to ultra-secret research and development labs. In the process, he reimagines Los Angeles as simultaneously an exemplar and cautionary tale for the 21st century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>1945: The Year That Made Modern Canada by Ken Cuthbertson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413819</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 1945: The Year That Made Modern Canada
Author: Ken Cuthbertson
Narrator: David Pevsner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 58 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It was a watershed year for Canada and the world. 1945 set Canada on a bold course into the future. A huge sense of relief marked the end of hostilities. Yet there was also fear and uncertainty about the perilous new world that was unfolding in the wake of the American decision to use the atomic bomb to bring the war in the Pacific to a dramatic halt.  On the eve of WWII, the Dominion of Canada was a sleepy backwater still struggling to escape the despair of the Great Depression. But the war changed everything. After six long years of conflict, sacrifice and soul-searching, the country emerged onto the world stage as a modern, confident and truly independent nation no longer under the colonial sway of Great Britain.  Ken Cuthbertson has written a highly readable narrative that commemorates the seventy-fifth anniversary of the end of WWII and chronicles the events and personalities of a critical year that reshaped Canada. 1945: The Year That Made Modern Canada showcases the stories of people—some celebrated, some ordinary—who left their mark on the nation and helped create the Canada of today.  The author profiles an eclectic group of Canadians, including eccentric prime minister Mackenzie King, iconic hockey superstar Rocket Richard, business tycoon E. P. Taylor, Soviet defector Igor Gouzenko, the bandits of the Polka Dot Gang, crusading MP Agnes Macphail, and authors Gabrielle Roy and Hugh MacLennan, among many others. The book also covers topics like the Halifax riots, war brides, the birth of Canada’s beloved social safety net, and the remarkable events that sparked the Cold War. 1945 is the unforgettable story of our nation at the moment of its modern birth.</description>
      <author>Ken Cuthbertson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781443462532.mp3" length="1379089" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413819</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781443462532.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 1945: The Year That Made Modern Canada
Author: Ken Cuthbertson
Narrator: David Pevsner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 58 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It was a watershed year for Canada and the world. 1945 set Canada on a bold course into the future. A huge sense of relief marked the end of hostilities. Yet there was also fear and uncertainty about the perilous new world that was unfolding in the wake of the American decision to use the atomic bomb to bring the war in the Pacific to a dramatic halt.  On the eve of WWII, the Dominion of Canada was a sleepy backwater still struggling to escape the despair of the Great Depression. But the war changed everything. After six long years of conflict, sacrifice and soul-searching, the country emerged onto the world stage as a modern, confident and truly independent nation no longer under the colonial sway of Great Britain.  Ken Cuthbertson has written a highly readable narrative that commemorates the seventy-fifth anniversary of the end of WWII and chronicles the events and personalities of a critical year that reshaped Canada. 1945: The Year That Made Modern Canada showcases the stories of people—some celebrated, some ordinary—who left their mark on the nation and helped create the Canada of today.  The author profiles an eclectic group of Canadians, including eccentric prime minister Mackenzie King, iconic hockey superstar Rocket Richard, business tycoon E. P. Taylor, Soviet defector Igor Gouzenko, the bandits of the Polka Dot Gang, crusading MP Agnes Macphail, and authors Gabrielle Roy and Hugh MacLennan, among many others. The book also covers topics like the Halifax riots, war brides, the birth of Canada’s beloved social safety net, and the remarkable events that sparked the Cold War. 1945 is the unforgettable story of our nation at the moment of its modern birth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 1945: The Year That Made Modern Canada
Author: Ken Cuthbertson
Narrator: David Pevsner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 58 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
It was a watershed year for Canada and the world. 1945 set Canada on a bold course into the future. A huge sense of relief marked the end of hostilities. Yet there was also fear and uncertainty about the perilous new world that was unfolding in the wake of the American decision to use the atomic bomb to bring the war in the Pacific to a dramatic halt.  On the eve of WWII, the Dominion of Canada was a sleepy backwater still struggling to escape the despair of the Great Depression. But the war changed everything. After six long years of conflict, sacrifice and soul-searching, the country emerged onto the world stage as a modern, confident and truly independent nation no longer under the colonial sway of Great Britain.  Ken Cuthbertson has written a highly readable narrative that commemorates the seventy-fifth anniversary of the end of WWII and chronicles the events and personalities of a critical year that reshaped Canada. 1945: The Year That Made Modern Canada showcases the stories of people—some celebrated, some ordinary—who left their mark on the nation and helped create the Canada of today.  The author profiles an eclectic group of Canadians, including eccentric prime minister Mackenzie King, iconic hockey superstar Rocket Richard, business tycoon E. P. Taylor, Soviet defector Igor Gouzenko, the bandits of the Polka Dot Gang, crusading MP Agnes Macphail, and authors Gabrielle Roy and Hugh MacLennan, among many others. The book also covers topics like the Halifax riots, war brides, the birth of Canada’s beloved social safety net, and the remarkable events that sparked the Cold War. 1945 is the unforgettable story of our nation at the moment of its modern birth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Short Life and Curious Death of Free Speech in America by Ellis Cose</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Short Life and Curious Death of Free Speech in America
Author: Ellis Cose
Narrator: Korey Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Named one of Newsweek’s &amp;#039;&amp;#039;25 Must-Read Fall Fiction and Nonfiction Books to Escape the Chaos of 2020&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The critically acclaimed journalist and bestselling author of The Rage of a Privileged Class explores one of the most essential rights in America—free speech—and reveals how it is crumbling under the combined weight of polarization, technology, money and systematized lying in this concise yet powerful and timely book. Free speech has long been one of American&amp;#039;s most revered freedoms. Yet now, more than ever, free speech is reshaping America’s social and political landscape even as it is coming under attack. Bestselling author and critically acclaimed journalist Ellis Cose wades into the debate to reveal how this Constitutional right has been coopted by the wealthy and politically corrupt.  It is no coincidence that historically huge disparities in income have occurred at times when moneyed interests increasingly control political dialogue. Over the past four years, Donald Trump’s accusations of “fake news,” the free use of negative language against minority groups, “cancel culture,” and blatant xenophobia have caused Americans to question how far First Amendment protections can—and should—go. Cose offers an eye-opening wholly original examination of the state of free speech in America today, litigating ideas that touch on every American’s life. Social media meant to bring us closer, has become a widespread disseminator of false information keeping people of differing opinions and political parties at odds. The nation—and world—watches in shock as white nationalism rises, race and gender-based violence spreads, and voter suppression widens. The problem, Cose makes clear, is that ordinary individuals have virtually no voice at all. He looks at the danger of hyper-partisanship and how the discriminatory structures that determine representation in the Senate and the electoral college threaten the very concept of democracy. He argues that the safeguards built into the Constitution to protect free speech and democracy have instead become instruments of suppression by an unfairly empowered political minority. But we can take our rights back, he reminds us. Analyzing the experiences of other countries, weaving landmark court cases together with a critical look at contemporary applications, and invoking the lessons of history, including the Great Migration, Cose sheds much-needed light on this cornerstone of American culture and offers a clarion call for activism and change.</description>
      <author>Ellis Cose</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062999740.mp3" length="1430633" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062999740.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Short Life and Curious Death of Free Speech in America
Author: Ellis Cose
Narrator: Korey Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Named one of Newsweek’s &amp;#039;&amp;#039;25 Must-Read Fall Fiction and Nonfiction Books to Escape the Chaos of 2020&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The critically acclaimed journalist and bestselling author of The Rage of a Privileged Class explores one of the most essential rights in America—free speech—and reveals how it is crumbling under the combined weight of polarization, technology, money and systematized lying in this concise yet powerful and timely book. Free speech has long been one of American&amp;#039;s most revered freedoms. Yet now, more than ever, free speech is reshaping America’s social and political landscape even as it is coming under attack. Bestselling author and critically acclaimed journalist Ellis Cose wades into the debate to reveal how this Constitutional right has been coopted by the wealthy and politically corrupt.  It is no coincidence that historically huge disparities in income have occurred at times when moneyed interests increasingly control political dialogue. Over the past four years, Donald Trump’s accusations of “fake news,” the free use of negative language against minority groups, “cancel culture,” and blatant xenophobia have caused Americans to question how far First Amendment protections can—and should—go. Cose offers an eye-opening wholly original examination of the state of free speech in America today, litigating ideas that touch on every American’s life. Social media meant to bring us closer, has become a widespread disseminator of false information keeping people of differing opinions and political parties at odds. The nation—and world—watches in shock as white nationalism rises, race and gender-based violence spreads, and voter suppression widens. The problem, Cose makes clear, is that ordinary individuals have virtually no voice at all. He looks at the danger of hyper-partisanship and how the discriminatory structures that determine representation in the Senate and the electoral college threaten the very concept of democracy. He argues that the safeguards built into the Constitution to protect free speech and democracy have instead become instruments of suppression by an unfairly empowered political minority. But we can take our rights back, he reminds us. Analyzing the experiences of other countries, weaving landmark court cases together with a critical look at contemporary applications, and invoking the lessons of history, including the Great Migration, Cose sheds much-needed light on this cornerstone of American culture and offers a clarion call for activism and change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Short Life and Curious Death of Free Speech in America
Author: Ellis Cose
Narrator: Korey Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Named one of Newsweek’s &amp;#039;&amp;#039;25 Must-Read Fall Fiction and Nonfiction Books to Escape the Chaos of 2020&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The critically acclaimed journalist and bestselling author of The Rage of a Privileged Class explores one of the most essential rights in America—free speech—and reveals how it is crumbling under the combined weight of polarization, technology, money and systematized lying in this concise yet powerful and timely book. Free speech has long been one of American&amp;#039;s most revered freedoms. Yet now, more than ever, free speech is reshaping America’s social and political landscape even as it is coming under attack. Bestselling author and critically acclaimed journalist Ellis Cose wades into the debate to reveal how this Constitutional right has been coopted by the wealthy and politically corrupt.  It is no coincidence that historically huge disparities in income have occurred at times when moneyed interests increasingly control political dialogue. Over the past four years, Donald Trump’s accusations of “fake news,” the free use of negative language against minority groups, “cancel culture,” and blatant xenophobia have caused Americans to question how far First Amendment protections can—and should—go. Cose offers an eye-opening wholly original examination of the state of free speech in America today, litigating ideas that touch on every American’s life. Social media meant to bring us closer, has become a widespread disseminator of false information keeping people of differing opinions and political parties at odds. The nation—and world—watches in shock as white nationalism rises, race and gender-based violence spreads, and voter suppression widens. The problem, Cose makes clear, is that ordinary individuals have virtually no voice at all. He looks at the danger of hyper-partisanship and how the discriminatory structures that determine representation in the Senate and the electoral college threaten the very concept of democracy. He argues that the safeguards built into the Constitution to protect free speech and democracy have instead become instruments of suppression by an unfairly empowered political minority. But we can take our rights back, he reminds us. Analyzing the experiences of other countries, weaving landmark court cases together with a critical look at contemporary applications, and invoking the lessons of history, including the Great Migration, Cose sheds much-needed light on this cornerstone of American culture and offers a clarion call for activism and change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Overpaid, Oversexed and Over There: How a Few Skinny Brits with Bad Teeth Rocked America by David Hepworth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413754</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overpaid, Oversexed and Over There: How a Few Skinny Brits with Bad Teeth Rocked America
Author: David Hepworth
Narrator: David Hepworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 35 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The Beatles landing in New York in February 1964 was the opening shot in a cultural revolution nobody predicted. Suddenly the youth of the richest, most powerful nation on earth was trying to emulate the music, manners and the modes of a rainy island that had recently fallen on hard times. The resulting fusion of American can-do and British fuck-you didn&amp;#039;t just lead to rock and roll&amp;#039;s most resonant music. It ushered in a golden era when a generation of kids born in ration card Britain, who had grown up with their nose pressed against the window of America&amp;#039;s plenty, were invited to wallow in their big neighbour&amp;#039;s largesse. It deals with a time when everything that was being done - from the Beatles playing Shea Stadium to the Rolling Stones at Altamont, from the Who performing their rock opera at the Metropolitan Opera House to David Bowie touching down in the USA for the first time with a couple of gowns in his luggage - was being done for the very first time. Rock and roll would never be quite so exciting again. © David Hepworth 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>David Hepworth</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473581203.mp3" length="1424550" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413754</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473581203.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overpaid, Oversexed and Over There: How a Few Skinny Brits with Bad Teeth Rocked America
Author: David Hepworth
Narrator: David Hepworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 35 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The Beatles landing in New York in February 1964 was the opening shot in a cultural revolution nobody predicted. Suddenly the youth of the richest, most powerful nation on earth was trying to emulate the music, manners and the modes of a rainy island that had recently fallen on hard times. The resulting fusion of American can-do and British fuck-you didn&amp;#039;t just lead to rock and roll&amp;#039;s most resonant music. It ushered in a golden era when a generation of kids born in ration card Britain, who had grown up with their nose pressed against the window of America&amp;#039;s plenty, were invited to wallow in their big neighbour&amp;#039;s largesse. It deals with a time when everything that was being done - from the Beatles playing Shea Stadium to the Rolling Stones at Altamont, from the Who performing their rock opera at the Metropolitan Opera House to David Bowie touching down in the USA for the first time with a couple of gowns in his luggage - was being done for the very first time. Rock and roll would never be quite so exciting again. © David Hepworth 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overpaid, Oversexed and Over There: How a Few Skinny Brits with Bad Teeth Rocked America
Author: David Hepworth
Narrator: David Hepworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 35 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The Beatles landing in New York in February 1964 was the opening shot in a cultural revolution nobody predicted. Suddenly the youth of the richest, most powerful nation on earth was trying to emulate the music, manners and the modes of a rainy island that had recently fallen on hard times. The resulting fusion of American can-do and British fuck-you didn&amp;#039;t just lead to rock and roll&amp;#039;s most resonant music. It ushered in a golden era when a generation of kids born in ration card Britain, who had grown up with their nose pressed against the window of America&amp;#039;s plenty, were invited to wallow in their big neighbour&amp;#039;s largesse. It deals with a time when everything that was being done - from the Beatles playing Shea Stadium to the Rolling Stones at Altamont, from the Who performing their rock opera at the Metropolitan Opera House to David Bowie touching down in the USA for the first time with a couple of gowns in his luggage - was being done for the very first time. Rock and roll would never be quite so exciting again. © David Hepworth 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Burning: The Tulsa Race Massacre of 1921 by Tim Madigan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413307</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413307">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413307</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Burning: The Tulsa Race Massacre of 1921
Author: Tim Madigan
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the morning of June 1, 1921, a white mob numbering in the thousands marched across the railroad tracks dividing black from white in Tulsa, Oklahoma, and obliterated a black community then celebrated as one of America&amp;#039;s most prosperous. Thirty-four square blocks of Tulsa&amp;#039;s Greenwood community were reduced to smoldering rubble. And now, eighty years later, the death toll of what is known as the Tulsa Race Riot is more difficult to pinpoint. Conservative estimates put the number of dead at about 100 (75% of the victims are believed to have been black), but the actual number of casualties could be triple that. The Tulsa Race Riot Commission, formed two years ago to determine exactly what happened, has recommended that restitution to the historic Greenwood Community would be good public policy and do much to repair the emotional as well as physical scars of this most terrible incident in our shared past. With chilling details, humanity, and the narrative thrust of compelling fiction, The Burning will recreate the town of Greenwood at the height of its prosperity, explore the currents of hatred, racism, and mistrust between its black residents and neighboring Tulsa&amp;#039;s white population, narrate events leading up to and including Greenwood&amp;#039;s annihilation, and document the subsequent silence that surrounded the tragedy.</description>
      <author>Tim Madigan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705207505.mp3" length="8553576" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413307</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705207505.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413307">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413307</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Burning: The Tulsa Race Massacre of 1921
Author: Tim Madigan
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the morning of June 1, 1921, a white mob numbering in the thousands marched across the railroad tracks dividing black from white in Tulsa, Oklahoma, and obliterated a black community then celebrated as one of America&amp;#039;s most prosperous. Thirty-four square blocks of Tulsa&amp;#039;s Greenwood community were reduced to smoldering rubble. And now, eighty years later, the death toll of what is known as the Tulsa Race Riot is more difficult to pinpoint. Conservative estimates put the number of dead at about 100 (75% of the victims are believed to have been black), but the actual number of casualties could be triple that. The Tulsa Race Riot Commission, formed two years ago to determine exactly what happened, has recommended that restitution to the historic Greenwood Community would be good public policy and do much to repair the emotional as well as physical scars of this most terrible incident in our shared past. With chilling details, humanity, and the narrative thrust of compelling fiction, The Burning will recreate the town of Greenwood at the height of its prosperity, explore the currents of hatred, racism, and mistrust between its black residents and neighboring Tulsa&amp;#039;s white population, narrate events leading up to and including Greenwood&amp;#039;s annihilation, and document the subsequent silence that surrounded the tragedy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413307">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413307</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Burning: The Tulsa Race Massacre of 1921
Author: Tim Madigan
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the morning of June 1, 1921, a white mob numbering in the thousands marched across the railroad tracks dividing black from white in Tulsa, Oklahoma, and obliterated a black community then celebrated as one of America&amp;#039;s most prosperous. Thirty-four square blocks of Tulsa&amp;#039;s Greenwood community were reduced to smoldering rubble. And now, eighty years later, the death toll of what is known as the Tulsa Race Riot is more difficult to pinpoint. Conservative estimates put the number of dead at about 100 (75% of the victims are believed to have been black), but the actual number of casualties could be triple that. The Tulsa Race Riot Commission, formed two years ago to determine exactly what happened, has recommended that restitution to the historic Greenwood Community would be good public policy and do much to repair the emotional as well as physical scars of this most terrible incident in our shared past. With chilling details, humanity, and the narrative thrust of compelling fiction, The Burning will recreate the town of Greenwood at the height of its prosperity, explore the currents of hatred, racism, and mistrust between its black residents and neighboring Tulsa&amp;#039;s white population, narrate events leading up to and including Greenwood&amp;#039;s annihilation, and document the subsequent silence that surrounded the tragedy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Most Spectacular Restaurant in the World: The Twin Towers, Windows on the World, and the Rebirth of New York by Tom Roston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413199</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Most Spectacular Restaurant in the World: The Twin Towers, Windows on the World, and the Rebirth of New York
Author: Tom Roston
Narrator: Richard Ferrone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The remarkable story of a restaurant on top of the world—built by a legend, destroyed in tragedy—and an era in New York City it helped to frame In the 1970s, New York City was plagued by crime, filth, and an ineffective government. The city was falling apart, and even the newly constructed World Trade Center threatened to be a fiasco. But in April 1976, a quarter-mile up on the 107th floor of the North Tower, a new restaurant called Windows on the World opened its doors—a glittering sign that New York wasn’t done just yet. In The Most Spectacular Restaurant in the World, journalist Tom Roston tells the complete history of this incredible restaurant, from its stunning $14-million opening to 9/11 and its tragic end. There are stories of the people behind it, such as Joe Baum, the celebrated restaurateur, who was said to be the only man who could outspend an unlimited budget; the well-tipped waiters; and the cavalcade of famous guests, as well as everyday people celebrating the key moments in their lives. Roston also charts the changes in American food, from baroque and theatrical to locally sourced and organic. Built on nearly 150 original interviews, The Most Spectacular Restaurant in the World is the story of New York City’s restaurant culture and the quintessential American drive to succeed.</description>
      <author>Tom Roston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 12:52:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094022291.mp3" length="870207" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413199</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094022291.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Most Spectacular Restaurant in the World: The Twin Towers, Windows on the World, and the Rebirth of New York
Author: Tom Roston
Narrator: Richard Ferrone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The remarkable story of a restaurant on top of the world—built by a legend, destroyed in tragedy—and an era in New York City it helped to frame In the 1970s, New York City was plagued by crime, filth, and an ineffective government. The city was falling apart, and even the newly constructed World Trade Center threatened to be a fiasco. But in April 1976, a quarter-mile up on the 107th floor of the North Tower, a new restaurant called Windows on the World opened its doors—a glittering sign that New York wasn’t done just yet. In The Most Spectacular Restaurant in the World, journalist Tom Roston tells the complete history of this incredible restaurant, from its stunning $14-million opening to 9/11 and its tragic end. There are stories of the people behind it, such as Joe Baum, the celebrated restaurateur, who was said to be the only man who could outspend an unlimited budget; the well-tipped waiters; and the cavalcade of famous guests, as well as everyday people celebrating the key moments in their lives. Roston also charts the changes in American food, from baroque and theatrical to locally sourced and organic. Built on nearly 150 original interviews, The Most Spectacular Restaurant in the World is the story of New York City’s restaurant culture and the quintessential American drive to succeed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Most Spectacular Restaurant in the World: The Twin Towers, Windows on the World, and the Rebirth of New York
Author: Tom Roston
Narrator: Richard Ferrone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The remarkable story of a restaurant on top of the world—built by a legend, destroyed in tragedy—and an era in New York City it helped to frame In the 1970s, New York City was plagued by crime, filth, and an ineffective government. The city was falling apart, and even the newly constructed World Trade Center threatened to be a fiasco. But in April 1976, a quarter-mile up on the 107th floor of the North Tower, a new restaurant called Windows on the World opened its doors—a glittering sign that New York wasn’t done just yet. In The Most Spectacular Restaurant in the World, journalist Tom Roston tells the complete history of this incredible restaurant, from its stunning $14-million opening to 9/11 and its tragic end. There are stories of the people behind it, such as Joe Baum, the celebrated restaurateur, who was said to be the only man who could outspend an unlimited budget; the well-tipped waiters; and the cavalcade of famous guests, as well as everyday people celebrating the key moments in their lives. Roston also charts the changes in American food, from baroque and theatrical to locally sourced and organic. Built on nearly 150 original interviews, The Most Spectacular Restaurant in the World is the story of New York City’s restaurant culture and the quintessential American drive to succeed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
